From 33818076ff553510b5e4a4d0295388d07ece2ec4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: krangelov Date: Wed, 8 Jul 2020 21:12:01 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] drop the SG library completely. --- src/runtime/c/Makefile.am | 17 +- src/runtime/c/configure.ac | 1 - src/runtime/c/pgf/expr.c | 88 - src/runtime/c/pgf/expr.h | 9 - src/runtime/c/sg/sg.c | 2408 - src/runtime/c/sg/sg.h | 94 - src/runtime/c/sg/sqlite3Btree.c | 48654 ---------------- src/runtime/c/sg/sqlite3Btree.h | 705 - src/runtime/haskell-bind/PGF2/FFI.hsc | 6 - src/runtime/haskell-bind/SG.hsc | 349 - src/runtime/haskell-bind/SG/FFI.hs | 84 - src/runtime/haskell-bind/pgf2.cabal | 6 +- src/runtime/java/Makefile | 11 +- src/runtime/java/jsg.c | 339 - .../java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/SG.java | 56 - .../org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError.java | 11 - .../grammaticalframework/sg/TripleResult.java | 53 - 17 files changed, 11 insertions(+), 52880 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 src/runtime/c/sg/sg.c delete mode 100644 src/runtime/c/sg/sg.h delete mode 100644 src/runtime/c/sg/sqlite3Btree.c delete mode 100644 src/runtime/c/sg/sqlite3Btree.h delete mode 100644 src/runtime/haskell-bind/SG.hsc delete mode 100644 src/runtime/haskell-bind/SG/FFI.hs delete mode 100644 src/runtime/java/jsg.c delete mode 100644 src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/SG.java delete mode 100644 src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError.java delete mode 100644 src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/TripleResult.java diff --git a/src/runtime/c/Makefile.am b/src/runtime/c/Makefile.am index adec93e6d..0da14d204 100644 --- a/src/runtime/c/Makefile.am +++ b/src/runtime/c/Makefile.am @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -lib_LTLIBRARIES = libgu.la libpgf.la libsg.la +lib_LTLIBRARIES = libgu.la libpgf.la pkgconfigdir = $(libdir)/pkgconfig -pkgconfig_DATA = libgu.pc libpgf.pc libsg.pc +pkgconfig_DATA = libgu.pc libpgf.pc configincludedir = $(libdir)/libgu/include @@ -37,10 +37,6 @@ pgfinclude_HEADERS = \ pgf/pgf.h \ pgf/data.h -sgincludedir=$(includedir)/sg -sginclude_HEADERS = \ - sg/sg.h - libgu_la_SOURCES = \ gu/assert.c \ gu/bits.c \ @@ -92,12 +88,6 @@ libpgf_la_SOURCES = \ libpgf_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined libpgf_la_LIBADD = libgu.la -libsg_la_SOURCES = \ - sg/sqlite3Btree.c \ - sg/sg.c -libsg_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -libsg_la_LIBADD = libgu.la libpgf.la - bin_PROGRAMS = AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign subdir-objects dist-bzip2 @@ -105,5 +95,4 @@ ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 EXTRA_DIST = \ libgu.pc.in \ - libpgf.pc.in \ - libsg.pc.in + libpgf.pc.in diff --git a/src/runtime/c/configure.ac b/src/runtime/c/configure.ac index f52479a5b..d8e55c164 100644 --- a/src/runtime/c/configure.ac +++ b/src/runtime/c/configure.ac @@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_LINKS(pgf/lightning/asm.h:$cpu_dir/asm.h dnl AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile libgu.pc libpgf.pc - libsg.pc ]) AC_OUTPUT diff --git a/src/runtime/c/pgf/expr.c b/src/runtime/c/pgf/expr.c index 92e92f04f..8580035b2 100644 --- a/src/runtime/c/pgf/expr.c +++ b/src/runtime/c/pgf/expr.c @@ -918,94 +918,6 @@ pgf_read_expr(GuIn* in, GuPool* pool, GuPool* tmp_pool, GuExn* err) return expr; } -PGF_API int -pgf_read_expr_tuple(GuIn* in, - size_t n_exprs, PgfExpr exprs[], - GuPool* pool, GuExn* err) -{ - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_new_pool(); - PgfExprParser* parser = - pgf_new_parser(in, pgf_expr_parser_in_getc, pool, tmp_pool, err); - if (parser->token_tag != PGF_TOKEN_LTRIANGLE) - goto fail; - pgf_expr_parser_token(parser, false); - for (size_t i = 0; i < n_exprs; i++) { - if (i > 0) { - if (parser->token_tag != PGF_TOKEN_COMMA) - goto fail; - pgf_expr_parser_token(parser, false); - } - - exprs[i] = pgf_expr_parser_expr(parser, false); - if (gu_variant_is_null(exprs[i])) - goto fail; - } - if (parser->token_tag != PGF_TOKEN_RTRIANGLE) - goto fail; - pgf_expr_parser_token(parser, false); - if (parser->token_tag != PGF_TOKEN_EOF) - goto fail; - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - - return 1; - -fail: - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - return 0; -} - -PGF_API GuSeq* -pgf_read_expr_matrix(GuIn* in, - size_t n_exprs, - GuPool* pool, GuExn* err) -{ - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_new_pool(); - PgfExprParser* parser = - pgf_new_parser(in, pgf_expr_parser_in_getc, pool, tmp_pool, err); - if (parser->token_tag != PGF_TOKEN_LTRIANGLE) - goto fail; - pgf_expr_parser_token(parser, false); - - GuBuf* buf = gu_new_buf(PgfExpr, pool); - - if (parser->token_tag != PGF_TOKEN_RTRIANGLE) { - for (;;) { - PgfExpr* exprs = gu_buf_extend_n(buf, n_exprs); - - for (size_t i = 0; i < n_exprs; i++) { - if (i > 0) { - if (parser->token_tag != PGF_TOKEN_COMMA) - goto fail; - pgf_expr_parser_token(parser, false); - } - - exprs[i] = pgf_expr_parser_expr(parser, false); - if (gu_variant_is_null(exprs[i])) - goto fail; - } - - if (parser->token_tag != PGF_TOKEN_SEMI) - break; - - pgf_expr_parser_token(parser, false); - } - - if (parser->token_tag != PGF_TOKEN_RTRIANGLE) - goto fail; - } - - pgf_expr_parser_token(parser, false); - if (parser->token_tag != PGF_TOKEN_EOF) - goto fail; - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - - return gu_buf_data_seq(buf); - -fail: - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - return NULL; -} - PGF_API PgfType* pgf_read_type(GuIn* in, GuPool* pool, GuPool* tmp_pool, GuExn* err) { diff --git a/src/runtime/c/pgf/expr.h b/src/runtime/c/pgf/expr.h index b775bd9b5..2c960ac92 100644 --- a/src/runtime/c/pgf/expr.h +++ b/src/runtime/c/pgf/expr.h @@ -170,15 +170,6 @@ pgf_expr_unmeta(PgfExpr expr); PGF_API_DECL PgfExpr pgf_read_expr(GuIn* in, GuPool* pool, GuPool* tmp_pool, GuExn* err); -PGF_API_DECL int -pgf_read_expr_tuple(GuIn* in, - size_t n_exprs, PgfExpr exprs[], - GuPool* pool, GuExn* err); - -PGF_API_DECL GuSeq* -pgf_read_expr_matrix(GuIn* in, size_t n_exprs, - GuPool* pool, GuExn* err); - PGF_API_DECL PgfType* pgf_read_type(GuIn* in, GuPool* pool, GuPool* tmp_pool, GuExn* err); diff --git a/src/runtime/c/sg/sg.c b/src/runtime/c/sg/sg.c deleted file mode 100644 index b5a473b99..000000000 --- a/src/runtime/c/sg/sg.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2408 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include "sqlite3Btree.h" - -#include "sg/sg.h" -#include "gu/mem.h" -#include "pgf/data.h" - -#define SG_EXPRS 1 -#define SG_PAIRS 2 -#define SG_IDENTS 3 -#define SG_LITERALS 4 -#define SG_TOKENS 5 -#define SG_TRIPLES 6 -#define SG_TRIPLES_SPO 7 -#define SG_TRIPLES_PO 8 -#define SG_TRIPLES_O 9 - -struct SgSG { - Btree *pBtree; - int exprsTNum; /* The page number for the table of expressions */ - int identsTNum; /* The page number for the index on identifiers */ - int literalsTNum; /* The page number for the index on literals */ - int pairsTNum; /* The page number for the index on application pairs */ - int tokensTNum; /* The page number for the index on linearization tokens */ - int triplesTNum; /* The page number for the table of triples */ - int triplesIdxTNum[3]; /* The page number for the three indexes on triples */ - int autoCommit; -}; - -void -sg_raise_sqlite(int rc, GuExn* err) -{ - const char *msg = sqlite3BtreeErrName(rc); - - GuExnData* err_data = gu_raise(err, SgError); - if (err_data) { - err_data->data = gu_malloc(err_data->pool, strlen(msg)+1); - strcpy(err_data->data, msg); - } -} - -void -sg_raise_err(GuString msg, GuExn* err) -{ - GuExnData* err_data = gu_raise(err, SgError); - if (err_data) { - err_data->data = (char*) msg; - } -} - -static int -sg_create_table(Btree* pBtree, BtCursor* crsSchema, int tblKey, int* pTNum, int flags) -{ - int rc; - int file_format = sqlite3BtreeFileFormat(pBtree); - - int res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(crsSchema, 0, tblKey, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - return rc; - } - - Mem mem; - int serial_type; - - if (res == 0) { - u32 payloadSize; - rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(crsSchema, &payloadSize); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - - u32 avail = 0; - const unsigned char* row = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(crsSchema, &avail); - row++; - - row += getVarint32(row, serial_type); - row += sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(row, serial_type, &mem); - assert(mem.flags & MEM_Int); - - *pTNum = mem.u.i; - } else { - rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pBtree, pTNum, flags); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - return rc; - } - - mem.flags = MEM_Int; - mem.u.i = *pTNum; - - unsigned char buf[32]; - unsigned char *p; - - buf[0] = 2; - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem, file_format); - buf[1] = serial_type; - - p = buf+2; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(buf+2, &mem, serial_type); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(crsSchema, 0, tblKey, - buf, p-buf, 0, - 0, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -SgSG* -sg_open(const char *filename, - GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - Btree* pBtree; - rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(0, filename, &pBtree, - 0, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return NULL; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 1); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - sqlite3BtreeClose(pBtree); - return NULL; - } - - BtCursor* crsSchema = NULL; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBtree, 1, 1, 0, 0, &crsSchema); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - sqlite3BtreeClose(pBtree); - return NULL; - } - - SgSG* sg = malloc(sizeof(SgSG)); - sg->pBtree = pBtree; - sg->autoCommit = 1; - - rc = sg_create_table(pBtree, crsSchema, SG_EXPRS, &sg->exprsTNum, BTREE_INTKEY); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto fail; - - rc = sg_create_table(pBtree, crsSchema, SG_IDENTS, &sg->identsTNum, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto fail; - - rc = sg_create_table(pBtree, crsSchema, SG_LITERALS, &sg->literalsTNum, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto fail; - - rc = sg_create_table(pBtree, crsSchema, SG_PAIRS, &sg->pairsTNum, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto fail; - - rc = sg_create_table(pBtree, crsSchema, SG_TOKENS, &sg->tokensTNum, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto fail; - - rc = sg_create_table(pBtree, crsSchema, SG_TRIPLES, &sg->triplesTNum, BTREE_INTKEY); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto fail; - - rc = sg_create_table(pBtree, crsSchema, SG_TRIPLES_SPO, &sg->triplesIdxTNum[0], 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto fail; - - rc = sg_create_table(pBtree, crsSchema, SG_TRIPLES_PO, &sg->triplesIdxTNum[1], 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto fail; - - rc = sg_create_table(pBtree, crsSchema, SG_TRIPLES_O, &sg->triplesIdxTNum[2], 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto fail; - - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(crsSchema); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBtree); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto fail; - - return sg; - -fail: - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - if (crsSchema != NULL) - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(crsSchema); - sqlite3BtreeRollback(sg->pBtree, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, 0); - sqlite3BtreeClose(pBtree); - free(sg); - return NULL; -} - -void -sg_close(SgSG* sg, GuExn* err) -{ - sqlite3BtreeClose(sg->pBtree); -} - -void -sg_shutdown() -{ - sqlite3BtreeShutdown(); -} - -void -sg_begin_trans(SgSG* sg, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(sg->pBtree, 1); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return; - } - sg->autoCommit = 0; -} - -void -sg_commit(SgSG* sg, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(sg->pBtree); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return; - } - sg->autoCommit = 1; -} - -void -sg_rollback(SgSG* sg, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc = sqlite3BtreeRollback(sg->pBtree, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return; - } - sg->autoCommit = 1; -} - -typedef struct { - int n_cursors; - BtCursor* crsExprs; - BtCursor* crsIdents; - BtCursor* crsLiterals; - BtCursor* crsPairs; - SgId key_seed; -} ExprContext; - -static int -open_exprs(SgSG *sg, int wrFlag, bool identsOnly, - ExprContext* ctxt, GuExn* err) -{ - ctxt->n_cursors = 0; - - int rc; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->exprsTNum, wrFlag, 0, 0, &ctxt->crsExprs); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return rc; - } - ctxt->n_cursors++; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->identsTNum, wrFlag, 1, 1, &ctxt->crsIdents); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return rc; - } - ctxt->n_cursors++; - - if (!identsOnly) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->literalsTNum, wrFlag, 1, 1, &ctxt->crsLiterals); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return rc; - } - ctxt->n_cursors++; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->pairsTNum, wrFlag, 2, 0, &ctxt->crsPairs); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return rc; - } - ctxt->n_cursors++; - } - - if (wrFlag) { - int res; - rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(ctxt->crsExprs, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return rc; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(ctxt->crsExprs, &ctxt->key_seed); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return rc; - } - } else { - ctxt->key_seed = 0; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static void -close_exprs(ExprContext* ctxt) -{ - if (ctxt->n_cursors >= 4) { - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(ctxt->crsPairs); - } - - if (ctxt->n_cursors >= 3) { - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(ctxt->crsLiterals); - } - - if (ctxt->n_cursors >= 2) { - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(ctxt->crsIdents); - } - - if (ctxt->n_cursors >= 1) { - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(ctxt->crsExprs); - } - - ctxt->n_cursors = 0; -} - -static int -find_function_rowid(SgSG* sg, ExprContext* ctxt, - GuString fun, SgId* pKey, int wrFlag) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int file_format = sqlite3BtreeFileFormat(sg->pBtree); - - Mem mem[2]; - mem[0].flags = MEM_Str; - mem[0].n = strlen(fun); - mem[0].z = (void*) fun; - - UnpackedRecord idxKey; - sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord(&idxKey, ctxt->crsIdents, 1, 0, mem); - - int res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(ctxt->crsIdents, - &idxKey, 0, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - return rc; - } - - if (res == 0) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(sg->pBtree, ctxt->crsIdents, pKey); - } else { - if (wrFlag == 0) { - *pKey = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - *pKey = ++ctxt->key_seed; - - int serial_type_fun = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[0], file_format); - int serial_type_fun_hdr_len = sqlite3BtreeVarintLen(serial_type_fun); - - mem[1].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[1].u.i = *pKey; - - int serial_type_key = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[1], file_format); - int serial_type_key_hdr_len = sqlite3BtreeVarintLen(serial_type_key); - - unsigned char* buf = malloc(1+serial_type_fun_hdr_len+(serial_type_key_hdr_len > 1 ? serial_type_key_hdr_len : 1)+mem[0].n+8); - unsigned char* p = buf; - *p++ = 1+serial_type_fun_hdr_len+1; - p += putVarint32(p, serial_type_fun); - *p++ = 0; - memcpy(p, fun, mem[0].n); - p += mem[0].n; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(ctxt->crsExprs, 0, *pKey, - buf, p-buf, 0, - 0, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - goto free; - } - - p = buf; - *p++ = 1+serial_type_fun_hdr_len+serial_type_key_hdr_len; - p += putVarint32(p, serial_type_fun); - p += putVarint32(p, serial_type_key); - memcpy(p, fun, mem[0].n); - p += mem[0].n; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[1], serial_type_key); - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(ctxt->crsIdents, buf, p-buf, - 0, *pKey, 0, - 0, 0); - -free: - free(buf); - } - - return rc; -} - -static int -store_expr(SgSG* sg, - ExprContext* ctxt, PgfExpr expr, SgId* pKey, int wrFlag) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int file_format = sqlite3BtreeFileFormat(sg->pBtree); - - GuVariantInfo ei = gu_variant_open(expr); - switch (ei.tag) { - case PGF_EXPR_ABS: { - gu_impossible(); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_APP: { - PgfExprApp* app = ei.data; - - Mem mem[3]; - - mem[0].flags = MEM_Int; - rc = store_expr(sg, ctxt, app->fun, &mem[0].u.i, wrFlag); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - if (wrFlag == 0 && mem[0].u.i == 0) { - *pKey = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - mem[1].flags = MEM_Int; - rc = store_expr(sg, ctxt, app->arg, &mem[1].u.i, wrFlag); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - if (wrFlag == 0 && mem[1].u.i == 0) { - *pKey = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - UnpackedRecord idxKey; - sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord(&idxKey, ctxt->crsPairs, 2, 0, mem); - - int res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(ctxt->crsPairs, - &idxKey, 0, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - return rc; - } - - if (res == 0) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(sg->pBtree, ctxt->crsPairs, pKey); - } else { - if (wrFlag == 0) { - *pKey = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - *pKey = ++ctxt->key_seed; - - unsigned char buf[32]; // enough for a record with three integers - buf[1] = 3; - - u32 serial_type; - unsigned char* p = buf+4; - - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[0], file_format); - buf[2] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[0], serial_type); - - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[1], file_format); - buf[3] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[1], serial_type); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(ctxt->crsExprs, 0, *pKey, - buf+1, p-(buf+1), 0, - 0, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - return rc; - } - - buf[0] = 4; - buf[1] = buf[2]; - buf[2] = buf[3]; - - mem[2].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[2].u.i = *pKey; - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[2], file_format); - buf[3] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[2], serial_type); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(ctxt->crsPairs, buf, p-buf, - 0, *pKey, 0, - 0, 0); - } - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_LIT: { - PgfExprLit* elit = ei.data; - - Mem mem[2]; - size_t len = 0; - - GuVariantInfo li = gu_variant_open(elit->lit); - switch (li.tag) { - case PGF_LITERAL_STR: { - PgfLiteralStr* lstr = li.data; - - len = strlen(lstr->val); - - mem[0].flags = MEM_Str; - mem[0].n = len; - mem[0].z = lstr->val; - break; - } - case PGF_LITERAL_INT: { - PgfLiteralInt* lint = li.data; - - mem[0].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[0].u.i = lint->val; - len = sizeof(mem[0].u.i); - break; - } - case PGF_LITERAL_FLT: { - PgfLiteralFlt* lflt = li.data; - - mem[0].flags = MEM_Real; - mem[0].u.r = lflt->val; - len = sizeof(mem[0].u.r); - break; - } - default: - gu_impossible(); - } - - UnpackedRecord idxKey; - sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord(&idxKey, ctxt->crsIdents, 1, 0, mem); - - int res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(ctxt->crsLiterals, - &idxKey, 0, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - return rc; - } - - if (res == 0) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(sg->pBtree, ctxt->crsLiterals, pKey); - } else { - if (wrFlag == 0) { - *pKey = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - *pKey = ++ctxt->key_seed; - - mem[1].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[1].u.i = 0; - - int serial_type_lit = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[0], file_format); - int serial_type_lit_hdr_len = sqlite3BtreeVarintLen(serial_type_lit); - int serial_type_arg = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[1], file_format); - int serial_type_arg_hdr_len = sqlite3BtreeVarintLen(serial_type_arg); - - unsigned char* buf = malloc(1+serial_type_lit_hdr_len+(serial_type_arg_hdr_len > 1 ? serial_type_arg_hdr_len : 1)+len+8); - unsigned char* p = buf; - *p++ = 1+serial_type_lit_hdr_len+serial_type_arg_hdr_len; - p += putVarint32(p, serial_type_lit); - p += putVarint32(p, serial_type_arg); - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[0], serial_type_lit); - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[1], serial_type_arg); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(ctxt->crsExprs, 0, *pKey, - buf, p-buf, 0, - 0, 0); - if (rc == SQLITE_OK) { - mem[1].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[1].u.i = *pKey; - - int serial_type_key = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[1], file_format); - int serial_type_key_hdr_len = sqlite3BtreeVarintLen(serial_type_key); - - p = buf; - *p++ = 1+serial_type_lit_hdr_len+serial_type_key_hdr_len; - p += putVarint32(p, serial_type_lit); - p += putVarint32(p, serial_type_key); - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[0], serial_type_lit); - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[1], serial_type_key); - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(ctxt->crsLiterals, buf, p-buf, - 0, *pKey, 0, - 0, 0); - } - - free(buf); - } - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_META: { - gu_impossible(); - } - case PGF_EXPR_FUN: { - PgfExprFun* fun = ei.data; - rc = find_function_rowid(sg, ctxt, fun->fun, pKey, wrFlag); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_VAR: { - gu_impossible(); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_TYPED: { - PgfExprTyped* etyped = ei.data; - rc = store_expr(sg, ctxt, etyped->expr, pKey, wrFlag); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_IMPL_ARG: { - PgfExprImplArg* eimpl = ei.data; - rc = store_expr(sg, ctxt, eimpl->expr, pKey, wrFlag); - break; - } - default: - gu_impossible(); - } - - return rc; -} - -SgId -sg_insert_expr(SgSG *sg, PgfExpr expr, int wrFlag, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(sg->pBtree, wrFlag); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return 0; - } - } - - ExprContext ctxt; - rc = open_exprs(sg, wrFlag, false, &ctxt, err); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto close; - - SgId key; - rc = store_expr(sg, &ctxt, expr, &key, wrFlag); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - close_exprs(&ctxt); - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(sg->pBtree); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return 0; - } - } - - return key; - -close: - close_exprs(&ctxt); - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - sqlite3BtreeRollback(sg->pBtree, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, 0); - } - return 0; -} - -static int -load_expr(BtCursor* crsExprs, SgId key, PgfExpr *pExpr, GuPool* out_pool) -{ - int res; - int rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(crsExprs, 0, key, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - - if (res != 0) { - *pExpr = gu_null_variant; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - u32 payloadSize; - rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(crsExprs, &payloadSize); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - - u32 avail = 0; - const unsigned char* row = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(crsExprs, &avail); - row++; - - int serial_type_fun, serial_type_arg; - row += getVarint32(row, serial_type_fun); - row += getVarint32(row, serial_type_arg); - - Mem mem[2]; - row += sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(row, serial_type_fun, &mem[0]); - row += sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(row, serial_type_arg, &mem[1]); - - if (mem[1].flags & MEM_Null) { - u32 len = sqlite3BtreeSerialTypeLen(serial_type_fun); - - PgfExprFun *efun = - gu_new_flex_variant(PGF_EXPR_FUN, - PgfExprFun, - fun, len+1, - pExpr, out_pool); - memcpy(efun->fun, mem[0].z, len); - efun->fun[len] = 0; - } else if (mem[1].u.i == 0) { - PgfExprLit *elit = - gu_new_variant(PGF_EXPR_LIT, - PgfExprLit, - pExpr, out_pool); - - if (mem[0].flags & MEM_Str) { - u32 len = sqlite3BtreeSerialTypeLen(serial_type_fun); - - PgfLiteralStr *lstr = - gu_new_flex_variant(PGF_LITERAL_STR, - PgfLiteralStr, - val, len+1, - &elit->lit, out_pool); - memcpy(lstr->val, mem[0].z, len); - lstr->val[len] = 0; - } else if (mem[0].flags & MEM_Int) { - PgfLiteralInt *lint = - gu_new_variant(PGF_LITERAL_INT, - PgfLiteralInt, - &elit->lit, out_pool); - lint->val = mem[0].u.i; - } else if (mem[0].flags & MEM_Real) { - PgfLiteralFlt *lflt = - gu_new_variant(PGF_LITERAL_FLT, - PgfLiteralFlt, - &elit->lit, out_pool); - lflt->val = mem[0].u.r; - } else { - gu_impossible(); - } - } else { - PgfExprApp* papp = - gu_new_variant(PGF_EXPR_APP, PgfExprApp, pExpr, out_pool); - - rc = load_expr(crsExprs, mem[0].u.i, &papp->fun, out_pool); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - - rc = load_expr(crsExprs, mem[1].u.i, &papp->arg, out_pool); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -PgfExpr -sg_get_expr(SgSG *sg, SgId key, GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(sg->pBtree, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return gu_null_variant; - } - } - - BtCursor* crsExprs; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->exprsTNum, 0, 0, 0, &crsExprs); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto rollback; - } - - PgfExpr expr = gu_null_variant; - rc = load_expr(crsExprs, key, &expr, out_pool); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(crsExprs); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto rollback; - } - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(sg->pBtree); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto rollback; - } - } - - return expr; - -close: - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(crsExprs); - -rollback: - if (sg->autoCommit) { - sqlite3BtreeRollback(sg->pBtree, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, 0); - } - return gu_null_variant; -} - -// A query is compiled into a sequence of instructions with -// the following codes: -#define QI_PUSH 1 -#define QI_VAR 2 -#define QI_APPLY 3 -#define QI_RETURN 4 - -typedef struct { - int code; - SgId arg; -} QueryInstr; - -struct SgQueryExprResult { - ExprContext ectxt; - GuBuf* instrs; - GuBuf* queue; - size_t iState; - PgfMetaId min_meta_id; - PgfMetaId max_meta_id; -}; - -typedef struct QueryArg QueryArg; -struct QueryArg { - QueryArg* prev; - SgId arg; -}; - -typedef struct { - QueryArg* args; // a stack of arguments - int pc; // program counter -} QueryState; - -static int -build_expr_query(SgSG* sg, - SgQueryExprResult* ctxt, PgfExpr expr) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - GuVariantInfo ei = gu_variant_open(expr); - switch (ei.tag) { - case PGF_EXPR_ABS: { - gu_impossible(); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_APP: { - PgfExprApp* app = ei.data; - - rc = build_expr_query(sg, ctxt, app->fun); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - QueryInstr* first = - gu_buf_index_last(ctxt->instrs, QueryInstr); - - rc = build_expr_query(sg, ctxt, app->arg); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - QueryInstr* second = - gu_buf_index_last(ctxt->instrs, QueryInstr); - - if (first->code == QI_PUSH && second->code == QI_PUSH && - second - first == 1) { - // we could directly combine the two expressions - - Mem mem[2]; - mem[0].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[0].u.i = first->arg; - mem[1].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[1].u.i = second->arg; - - UnpackedRecord idxKey; - sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord(&idxKey, ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, 2, 0, mem); - - int res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, - &idxKey, 0, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - if (res != 0) - return SQLITE_DONE; - - gu_buf_pop(ctxt->instrs, QueryInstr); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(sg->pBtree, ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, &first->arg); - } else if (gu_variant_tag(app->arg) != PGF_EXPR_META) { - QueryInstr* instr = gu_buf_extend(ctxt->instrs); - instr->code = QI_APPLY; - instr->arg = 0; - } - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_LIT: { - PgfExprLit* elit = ei.data; - - Mem mem; - - GuVariantInfo li = gu_variant_open(elit->lit); - switch (li.tag) { - case PGF_LITERAL_STR: { - PgfLiteralStr* lstr = li.data; - - mem.flags = MEM_Str; - mem.n = strlen(lstr->val); - mem.z = lstr->val; - break; - } - case PGF_LITERAL_INT: { - PgfLiteralInt* lint = li.data; - - mem.flags = MEM_Int; - mem.u.i = lint->val; - break; - } - case PGF_LITERAL_FLT: { - PgfLiteralFlt* lflt = li.data; - - mem.flags = MEM_Real; - mem.u.r = lflt->val; - break; - } - default: - gu_impossible(); - } - - UnpackedRecord idxKey; - sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord(&idxKey, ctxt->ectxt.crsIdents, 1, 0, &mem); - - int res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(ctxt->ectxt.crsLiterals, - &idxKey, 0, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - if (res != 0) - return SQLITE_DONE; - - QueryInstr* instr = gu_buf_extend(ctxt->instrs); - instr->code = QI_PUSH; - rc = sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(sg->pBtree, ctxt->ectxt.crsLiterals, &instr->arg); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_META: { - PgfExprMeta* emeta = ei.data; - QueryInstr* instr = gu_buf_extend(ctxt->instrs); - instr->code = QI_VAR; - instr->arg = emeta->id; - - if (ctxt->min_meta_id > emeta->id) - ctxt->min_meta_id = emeta->id; - if (ctxt->max_meta_id < emeta->id) - ctxt->max_meta_id = emeta->id; - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_FUN: { - PgfExprFun* fun = ei.data; - - QueryInstr* instr = gu_buf_extend(ctxt->instrs); - instr->code = QI_PUSH; - rc = find_function_rowid(sg, &ctxt->ectxt, fun->fun, &instr->arg, 0); - if (rc == SQLITE_OK && instr->arg == 0) - return SQLITE_DONE; - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_VAR: { - gu_impossible(); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_TYPED: { - PgfExprTyped* etyped = ei.data; - rc = build_expr_query(sg, ctxt, etyped->expr); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_IMPL_ARG: { - PgfExprImplArg* eimpl = ei.data; - rc = build_expr_query(sg, ctxt, eimpl->expr); - break; - } - default: - gu_impossible(); - } - - return rc; -} - -static int -run_expr_query(SgSG* sg, SgQueryExprResult* ctxt, GuPool* pool) -{ - int rc; - - while (ctxt->iState < gu_buf_length(ctxt->queue)) { - QueryState* state = - gu_buf_index(ctxt->queue, QueryState, ctxt->iState); - QueryInstr* instr = - gu_buf_index(ctxt->instrs, QueryInstr, state->pc); - - switch (instr->code) { - case QI_PUSH: { - QueryArg* arg = gu_new(QueryArg, pool); - arg->arg = instr->arg; - arg->prev = state->args; - state->args = arg; - break; - } - case QI_VAR: { - assert(state->args != NULL); - - Mem mem; - mem.flags = MEM_Int; - mem.u.i = state->args->arg; - - UnpackedRecord idxKey; - sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord(&idxKey, ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, 1, 1, &mem); - - int res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, - &idxKey, 0, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - if (res < 0) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, &res); - } - res = 0; - - while (res == 0) { - i64 szData; - const unsigned char *zData; - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, &szData); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - - u32 available = 0; - zData = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, &available); - if (szData > available) - gu_impossible(); - - idxKey.default_rc = 0; - res = sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare(available, zData, &idxKey); - if (res != 0) - break; - - QueryArg* arg = gu_new(QueryArg, pool); - arg->prev = state->args->prev; - - QueryState* state1 = gu_buf_extend(ctxt->queue); - state1->args = arg; - state1->pc = state->pc+1; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(sg->pBtree, ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, &arg->arg); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - - sqlite3BtreeNext(ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - } - - ctxt->iState++; - break; - } - case QI_APPLY: { - assert(state->args != NULL && state->args->prev); - - Mem mem[2]; - mem[0].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[0].u.i = state->args->prev->arg; - mem[1].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[1].u.i = state->args->arg; - - UnpackedRecord idxKey; - sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord(&idxKey, ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, 2, 0, mem); - - int res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, - &idxKey, 0, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - if (res != 0) { - ctxt->iState++; - continue; - } - - state->args = state->args->prev; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(sg->pBtree, ctxt->ectxt.crsPairs, &state->args->arg); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - break; - } - case QI_RETURN: - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - state->pc++; - } - - return SQLITE_DONE; -} - -SgQueryExprResult* -sg_query_expr(SgSG *sg, PgfExpr expr, GuPool* pool, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(sg->pBtree, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return NULL; - } - } - - SgQueryExprResult* ctxt = gu_new(SgQueryExprResult, pool); - rc = open_exprs(sg, 0, false, &ctxt->ectxt, err); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto close; - - ctxt->instrs = gu_new_buf(QueryInstr, pool); - ctxt->queue = gu_new_buf(QueryState, pool); - ctxt->iState = 0; - ctxt->min_meta_id = INT_MAX; - ctxt->max_meta_id = INT_MIN; - - rc = build_expr_query(sg, ctxt, expr); - if (rc == SQLITE_OK) { - QueryInstr* instr = gu_buf_extend(ctxt->instrs); - instr->code = QI_RETURN; - instr->arg = 0; - - QueryState* state = gu_buf_extend(ctxt->queue); - state->args = NULL; - state->pc = 0; - } else if (rc != SQLITE_DONE) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - return ctxt; - -close: - close_exprs(&ctxt->ectxt); - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - sqlite3BtreeRollback(sg->pBtree, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, 0); - } - return NULL; -} - -PgfExpr -sg_query_next(SgSG *sg, SgQueryExprResult* ctxt, SgId* pKey, GuPool* pool, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - rc = run_expr_query(sg, ctxt, pool); - if (rc == SQLITE_DONE) - return gu_null_variant; - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return gu_null_variant; - } - - QueryState* state = - gu_buf_index(ctxt->queue, QueryState, ctxt->iState); - assert(state->args != NULL); - ctxt->iState++; - - PgfExpr expr; - rc = load_expr(ctxt->ectxt.crsExprs, state->args->arg, &expr, pool); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return gu_null_variant; - } - - *pKey = state->args->arg; - - return expr; -} - -void -sg_query_close(SgSG* sg, SgQueryExprResult* ctxt, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - close_exprs(&ctxt->ectxt); - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(sg->pBtree); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - } - } -} - -static int -insert_token(SgSG *sg, BtCursor* crsTokens, GuString tok, SgId key) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int file_format = sqlite3BtreeFileFormat(sg->pBtree); - - Mem mem[2]; - mem[0].flags = MEM_Str; - mem[0].n = strlen(tok); - mem[0].z = (void*) tok; - - int serial_type_tok = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[0], file_format); - int serial_type_tok_hdr_len = sqlite3BtreeVarintLen(serial_type_tok); - - mem[1].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[1].u.i = key; - - int serial_type_key = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[1], file_format); - int serial_type_key_hdr_len = sqlite3BtreeVarintLen(serial_type_key); - - unsigned char* buf = malloc(1+serial_type_tok_hdr_len+serial_type_key_hdr_len+mem[0].n+8); - unsigned char* p = buf; - *p++ = 1+serial_type_tok_hdr_len+serial_type_key_hdr_len; - p += putVarint32(p, serial_type_tok); - p += putVarint32(p, serial_type_key); - memcpy(p, tok, mem[0].n); - p += mem[0].n; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[1], serial_type_key); - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(crsTokens, buf, p-buf, - 0, key, 0, - 0, 0); - free(buf); - - return rc; -} - -static int -insert_syms(SgSG *sg, BtCursor* crsTokens, PgfSymbols* syms, SgId key) -{ - int rc; - size_t n_syms = gu_seq_length(syms); - for (size_t sym_idx = 0; sym_idx < n_syms; sym_idx++) { - PgfSymbol sym = gu_seq_get(syms, PgfSymbol, sym_idx); - GuVariantInfo sym_i = gu_variant_open(sym); - switch (sym_i.tag) { - case PGF_SYMBOL_KS: { - PgfSymbolKS* ks = sym_i.data; - rc = insert_token(sg, crsTokens, ks->token, key); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - break; - } - case PGF_SYMBOL_KP: { - PgfSymbolKP* kp = sym_i.data; - rc = insert_syms(sg, crsTokens, kp->default_form, key); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - - for (size_t i = 0; i < kp->n_forms; i++) { - rc = insert_syms(sg, crsTokens, kp->forms[i].form, key); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - } - break; - } - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -void -sg_update_fts_index(SgSG* sg, PgfPGF* pgf, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(sg->pBtree, 1); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return; - } - } - - ExprContext ctxt; - rc = open_exprs(sg, 1, true, &ctxt, err); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(sg->pBtree, sg->tokensTNum, NULL); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return; - } - - BtCursor* crsTokens; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->tokensTNum, 1, 1, 1, &crsTokens); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - } - ctxt.n_cursors++; - - size_t n_concrs = gu_seq_length(pgf->concretes); - for (size_t i = 0; i < n_concrs; i++) { - PgfConcr* concr = gu_seq_index(pgf->concretes, PgfConcr, i); - - size_t n_funs = gu_seq_length(concr->cncfuns); - for (size_t funid = 0; funid < n_funs; funid++) { - PgfCncFun* cncfun = gu_seq_get(concr->cncfuns, PgfCncFun*, funid); - - SgId key = 0; - rc = find_function_rowid(sg, &ctxt, cncfun->absfun->name, &key, 1); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - for (size_t lin_idx = 0; lin_idx < cncfun->n_lins; lin_idx++) { - PgfSequence* seq = cncfun->lins[lin_idx]; - rc = insert_syms(sg, crsTokens, seq->syms, key); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - } - } - } - - if (ctxt.n_cursors >= 3) { - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(crsTokens); - ctxt.n_cursors--; - } - - close_exprs(&ctxt); - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(sg->pBtree); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - } - } - - return; - -close: - if (ctxt.n_cursors >= 3) { - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(crsTokens); - ctxt.n_cursors--; - } - - close_exprs(&ctxt); - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - sqlite3BtreeRollback(sg->pBtree, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, 0); - } -} - -GuSeq* -sg_query_linearization(SgSG *sg, GuString tok, GuPool *pool, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - BtCursor* crsTokens; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->tokensTNum, 1, 1, 1, &crsTokens); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return NULL; - } - - Mem mem[1]; - mem[0].flags = MEM_Str; - mem[0].n = strlen(tok); - mem[0].z = (void*) tok; - - UnpackedRecord idxKey; - sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord(&idxKey, crsTokens, 1, 0, mem); - - int res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(crsTokens, - &idxKey, 0, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return NULL; - } - - GuBuf* ids = gu_new_buf(SgId, pool); - - while (res == 0) { - SgId key; - rc = sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(sg->pBtree, crsTokens, &key); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(crsTokens); - return NULL; - } - - gu_buf_push(ids, SgId, key); - - sqlite3BtreeNext(crsTokens, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(crsTokens); - return NULL; - } - - i64 szData; - const unsigned char *zData; - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(crsTokens, &szData); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(crsTokens); - return NULL; - } - - u32 available = 0; - zData = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(crsTokens, &available); - if (szData > available) - gu_impossible(); - - res = sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare(available, zData, &idxKey); - if (res != 0) - break; - } - - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(crsTokens); - return gu_buf_data_seq(ids); -} - -typedef struct { - int n_cursors; - BtCursor* cursor[4]; -} TripleContext; - -static int -open_triples(SgSG *sg, int wrFlag, TripleContext* ctxt, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - ctxt->n_cursors = 0; - while (ctxt->n_cursors < 3) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->triplesIdxTNum[ctxt->n_cursors], wrFlag, 3-ctxt->n_cursors, ctxt->n_cursors, &ctxt->cursor[ctxt->n_cursors]); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return rc; - } - ctxt->n_cursors++; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->triplesTNum, wrFlag, 0, 0, &ctxt->cursor[ctxt->n_cursors]); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return rc; - } - ctxt->n_cursors++; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -static void -close_triples(TripleContext* ctxt) -{ - while (ctxt->n_cursors > 0) { - ctxt->n_cursors--; - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(ctxt->cursor[ctxt->n_cursors]); - } -} - -SgId -sg_insert_triple(SgSG *sg, SgTriple triple, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(sg->pBtree, 1); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return 0; - } - } - - TripleContext tctxt; - rc = open_triples(sg, 1, &tctxt, err); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto close; - - Mem mem[4]; - - ExprContext ectxt; - rc = open_exprs(sg, 1, false, &ectxt, err); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto close; - - for (size_t i = 0; i < 3; i++) { - mem[i].flags = MEM_Int; - - rc = store_expr(sg, &ectxt, triple[i], &mem[i].u.i, 1); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - } - - UnpackedRecord idxKey; - sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord(&idxKey, tctxt.cursor[0], 3, 0, mem); - - int res = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(tctxt.cursor[0], - &idxKey, 0, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - SgId key = 0; - - if (res == 0) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(sg->pBtree, tctxt.cursor[0], &key); - } else { - rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(tctxt.cursor[3], &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(tctxt.cursor[3], &key); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - key++; - - u32 serial_type; - unsigned char buf[41]; // enough for a record with three integers - int file_format = sqlite3BtreeFileFormat(sg->pBtree); - - unsigned char* p = buf+(buf[0] = 5); - - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[0], file_format); - buf[1] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[0], serial_type); - - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[1], file_format); - buf[2] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[1], serial_type); - - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[2], file_format); - buf[3] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[2], serial_type); - - unsigned char* tmp = p; - - mem[3].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[3].u.i = 1; - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[3], file_format); - buf[4] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[3], serial_type); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(tctxt.cursor[3], 0, key, - buf, p-buf, 0, - 0, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - mem[3].flags = MEM_Int; - mem[3].u.i = key; - - p = tmp; - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[3], file_format); - buf[4] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[3], serial_type); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(tctxt.cursor[0], buf, p-buf, - 0, key, 0, - 0, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - p = buf+(buf[0] = 4); - - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[1], file_format); - buf[1] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[1], serial_type); - - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[2], file_format); - buf[2] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[2], serial_type); - - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[3], file_format); - buf[3] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[3], serial_type); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(tctxt.cursor[1], buf, p-buf, - 0, key, 0, - 0, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - p = buf+(buf[0] = 3); - - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[2], file_format); - buf[1] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[2], serial_type); - - serial_type = sqlite3BtreeSerialType(&mem[3], file_format); - buf[2] = serial_type; - p += sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(p, &mem[3], serial_type); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(tctxt.cursor[2], buf, p-buf, - 0, key, 0, - 0, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - } - -close: - close_exprs(&ectxt); - close_triples(&tctxt); - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - if (rc == SQLITE_OK || rc == SQLITE_DONE) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(sg->pBtree); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return 0; - } - } else { - sqlite3BtreeRollback(sg->pBtree, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, 0); - } - } - - return key; -} - -static int -load_triple(BtCursor* crsTriples, BtCursor* crsExprs, SgTriple triple, - GuPool* out_pool) -{ - int rc; - - u32 payloadSize; - rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(crsTriples, &payloadSize); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - - u32 avail = 0; - const unsigned char* row = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(crsTriples, &avail); - row++; - - int serial_type_subj, serial_type_pred, serial_type_obj; - row += getVarint32(row, serial_type_subj); - row += getVarint32(row, serial_type_pred); - row += getVarint32(row, serial_type_obj); - row++; - - Mem mem[3]; - row += sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(row, serial_type_subj, &mem[0]); - row += sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(row, serial_type_pred, &mem[1]); - row += sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(row, serial_type_obj, &mem[2]); - - for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) { - if (gu_variant_is_null(triple[i])) { - rc = load_expr(crsExprs, mem[i].u.i, &triple[i], out_pool); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -int -sg_get_triple(SgSG *sg, SgId key, SgTriple triple, - GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err) -{ - triple[0] = gu_null_variant; - triple[1] = gu_null_variant; - triple[2] = gu_null_variant; - - int rc; - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(sg->pBtree, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return false; - } - } - - BtCursor* crsTriples; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->triplesTNum, 0, 0, 0, &crsTriples); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto rollback; - } - - BtCursor* crsExprs; - rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(sg->pBtree, sg->exprsTNum, 0, 0, 0, &crsExprs); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close1; - } - - int res; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(crsTriples, 0, key, 0, &res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - if (res == 0) { - rc = load_triple(crsTriples, crsExprs, triple, out_pool); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(crsExprs); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close1; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(crsTriples); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto rollback; - } - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(sg->pBtree); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return false; - } - } - - return (res == 0); - -close: - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(crsExprs); - -close1: - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(crsTriples); - -rollback: - if (sg->autoCommit) { - sqlite3BtreeRollback(sg->pBtree, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, 0); - } - return false; -} - -typedef struct { - TripleContext tctxt; - - BtCursor* cursor; - - int res; - Mem mem[3]; - UnpackedRecord idxKey; -} SgTripleResultInt; - -struct SgTripleResult { - SgSG *sg; - SgTriple triple; - ExprContext ectxt; - - SgTripleResultInt i; -}; - -static int -triple_result_init(SgSG *sg, SgTripleResultInt* tresi, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - rc = open_triples(sg, 0, &tresi->tctxt, err); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - - int i = 0; - while (i < 3) { - if (tresi->mem[i].flags != MEM_Null) - break; - i++; - } - - tresi->cursor = tresi->tctxt.cursor[i]; - sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord(&tresi->idxKey, tresi->cursor, 0, 0, &tresi->mem[i]); - tresi->res = 0; - - while (i+tresi->idxKey.nField < 3) { - tresi->idxKey.nField++; - - if (tresi->mem[i+tresi->idxKey.nField].flags == MEM_Null) - break; - } - - if (tresi->idxKey.nField > 0) { - tresi->idxKey.default_rc = 1; - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(tresi->cursor, - &tresi->idxKey, 0, 0, &tresi->res); - if (rc == SQLITE_OK) { - if (tresi->res < 0) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(tresi->cursor, &tresi->res); - } - tresi->res = 0; - } - } else { - rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(tresi->cursor, &tresi->res); - } - - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - } - - return rc; -} - -static bool -triple_result_fetch(SgSG* sg, - SgTripleResultInt* tresi, - SgId* pKey, GuExn* err) -{ - while (tresi->res == 0) { - int rc; - - if (tresi->idxKey.nField > 0) { - i64 szData; - const unsigned char *zData; - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(tresi->cursor, &szData); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return false; - } - - u32 available = 0; - zData = sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(tresi->cursor, &available); - if (szData > available) - gu_impossible(); - - tresi->idxKey.default_rc = 0; - tresi->res = sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare(available, zData, &tresi->idxKey); - if (tresi->res != 0) - return false; - - if (tresi->idxKey.aMem == &tresi->mem[0] && - tresi->idxKey.nField == 1 && - tresi->mem[2].flags != MEM_Null) { - int offset = - zData[0] + - sqlite3BtreeSerialTypeLen(zData[1]) + - sqlite3BtreeSerialTypeLen(zData[2]); - zData+offset; - Mem mem; - sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(zData+offset, zData[3], &mem); - if (mem.u.i != tresi->mem[2].u.i) { - sqlite3BtreeNext(tresi->cursor, &tresi->res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return false; - } - continue; - } - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(sg->pBtree, tresi->cursor, pKey); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return false; - } - - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(tresi->tctxt.cursor[3], 0, *pKey, 0, &tresi->res); - } else { - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(tresi->cursor, pKey); - } - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return false; - } - - return true; - } - - return false; -} - -SgTripleResult* -sg_query_triple(SgSG *sg, SgTriple triple, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(sg->pBtree, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return NULL; - } - } - - SgTripleResult* tres = malloc(sizeof(SgTripleResult)); - tres->sg = sg; - tres->triple[0] = triple[0]; - tres->triple[1] = triple[1]; - tres->triple[2] = triple[2]; - - rc = open_exprs(sg, 0, false, &tres->ectxt, err); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto close; - - for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) { - if (gu_variant_is_null(triple[i])) - tres->i.mem[i].flags = MEM_Null; - else { - tres->i.mem[i].flags = MEM_Int; - rc = store_expr(sg, &tres->ectxt, triple[i], &tres->i.mem[i].u.i, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto close; - if (tres->i.mem[i].u.i == 0) { - tres->i.res = 1; - tres->i.tctxt.n_cursors = 0; // this is important since the triples are not initialized yet - return tres; - } - } - } - - rc = triple_result_init(sg, &tres->i, err); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - return NULL; - } - - return tres; - -close: - close_exprs(&tres->ectxt); - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - sqlite3BtreeRollback(sg->pBtree, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, 0); - } - - free(tres); - return NULL; -} - -int -sg_triple_result_fetch(SgTripleResult* tres, SgId* pKey, SgTriple triple, - GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - triple[0] = tres->triple[0]; - triple[1] = tres->triple[1]; - triple[2] = tres->triple[2]; - - bool found = - triple_result_fetch(tres->sg, &tres->i, pKey, err); - if (!found) - return 0; - - rc = load_triple(tres->i.tctxt.cursor[3], tres->ectxt.crsExprs, - triple, out_pool); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return 0; - } - - sqlite3BtreeNext(tres->i.cursor, &tres->i.res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return 0; - } - - return 1; -} - -void -sg_triple_result_get_query(SgTripleResult* tres, SgTriple triple) -{ - triple[0] = tres->triple[0]; - triple[1] = tres->triple[1]; - triple[2] = tres->triple[2]; -} - -void -sg_triple_result_close(SgTripleResult* tres, GuExn* err) -{ - close_exprs(&tres->ectxt); - close_triples(&tres->i.tctxt); - - if (tres->sg->autoCommit) { - int rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(tres->sg->pBtree); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return; - } - } - - free(tres); -} - -typedef int SgPattern[3]; - -struct SgQueryResult { - SgSG* sg; - - size_t n_vars; - struct { - SgId id; - PgfExpr expr; - }* vars; - - size_t n_sels; - int* sels; - - ExprContext ectxt; - bool is_empty; - - size_t n_results; - size_t n_patterns; - struct { - SgPattern pattern; - SgTripleResultInt result; - } triples[]; -}; - -SgQueryResult* -sg_query(SgSG *sg, size_t n_triples, SgTriple* triples, GuExn* err) -{ - int rc; - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(sg->pBtree, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return NULL; - } - } - - SgQueryResult* qres = malloc(GU_FLEX_SIZE(SgQueryResult, triples, n_triples)); - qres->sg = sg; - qres->is_empty = false; - qres->n_results = 0; - - qres->n_vars = 0; - qres->vars = malloc(sizeof(qres->vars[0])*n_triples*3); - - qres->n_sels = 0; - qres->sels = malloc(sizeof(int)*n_triples*3); - - rc = open_exprs(sg, 0, false, &qres->ectxt, err); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - goto close; - - qres->n_patterns = n_triples; - for (size_t i = 0; i < n_triples; i++) { - for (int k = 0; k < 3; k++) { - PgfExpr expr = triples[i][k]; - - size_t j = 0; - while (j < qres->n_vars) { - if (pgf_expr_eq(expr, qres->vars[j].expr)) - break; - j++; - } - if (j >= qres->n_vars) { - qres->vars[j].expr = expr; - - if (gu_variant_tag(expr) == PGF_EXPR_META) { - qres->vars[j].id = 0; - qres->sels[qres->n_sels++] = j; - qres->triples[i].result.mem[k].flags = MEM_Null; - } else { - rc = store_expr(sg, &qres->ectxt, expr, &qres->vars[j].id, 0); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - if (qres->vars[j].id == 0) - goto close; - - qres->triples[i].result.mem[k].flags = MEM_Int; - } - - qres->n_vars++; - } else { - qres->triples[i].result.mem[k].flags = MEM_Int; - } - - qres->triples[i].pattern[k] = j; - } - } - - return qres; - -close: - qres->is_empty = true; - - close_exprs(&qres->ectxt); - - if (sg->autoCommit) { - sqlite3BtreeRollback(sg->pBtree, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, 0); - } - - return qres; -} - -size_t -sg_query_result_columns(SgQueryResult* qres) { - return qres->n_sels; -} - -static int -load_vars(SgQueryResult* qres, BtCursor* crsTriples, SgPattern pattern) -{ - int rc; - - u32 payloadSize; - rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(crsTriples, &payloadSize); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) - return rc; - - u32 avail = 0; - const unsigned char* row = sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(crsTriples, &avail); - row++; - - int serial_type_subj, serial_type_pred, serial_type_obj; - row += getVarint32(row, serial_type_subj); - row += getVarint32(row, serial_type_pred); - row += getVarint32(row, serial_type_obj); - row++; - - Mem mem[3]; - row += sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(row, serial_type_subj, &mem[0]); - row += sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(row, serial_type_pred, &mem[1]); - row += sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(row, serial_type_obj, &mem[2]); - - for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) { - qres->vars[pattern[i]].id = mem[i].u.i; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -int -query_result_next(SgQueryResult* qres, GuExn* err) -{ - if (qres->is_empty) - return 0; - - int rc; - - SgId key; - size_t i = (qres->n_results == 0) ? 0 : qres->n_results-1; - while (i < qres->n_patterns) { - if (i >= qres->n_results) { - for (int k = 0; k < 3; k++) { - qres->triples[i].result.mem[k].u.i = qres->vars[qres->triples[i].pattern[k]].id; - } - - rc = triple_result_init(qres->sg, &qres->triples[i].result, err); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - goto close; - } - - qres->n_results++; - } - - bool found = - triple_result_fetch(qres->sg, - &qres->triples[i].result, - &key, err); - if (gu_exn_is_raised(err)) { - goto close; - } - - if (found) { - rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(qres->triples[i].result.cursor, &qres->triples[i].result.res); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - rc = load_vars(qres, qres->triples[i].result.tctxt.cursor[3], qres->triples[i].pattern); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - goto close; - } - - i++; - } else { - close_triples(&qres->triples[i].result.tctxt); - - if (i == 0) - goto close; - - i--; - qres->n_results--; - } - } - -close: - qres->is_empty = true; - return 0; -} - -int -sg_query_result_fetch(SgQueryResult* qres, PgfExpr* res, - GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err) -{ - if (!query_result_next(qres, err)) - return 0; - - for (size_t i = 0; i < qres->n_sels; i++) { - int rc = load_expr(qres->ectxt.crsExprs, - qres->vars[qres->sels[i]].id, - &res[i], out_pool); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - qres->is_empty = true; - return 0; - } - } - - return 1; -} - -static PgfExpr -instantiate_expr(SgQueryResult* qres, PgfExpr expr, - GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err) -{ - PgfExpr new_expr = gu_null_variant; - - GuVariantInfo ei = gu_variant_open(expr); - switch (ei.tag) { - case PGF_EXPR_ABS: { - PgfExprAbs* abs = ei.data; - - PgfExprAbs* new_abs = - gu_new_variant(PGF_EXPR_ABS, - PgfExprAbs, - &new_expr, out_pool); - new_abs->bind_type = abs->bind_type; - new_abs->id = gu_string_copy(abs->id, out_pool); - new_abs->body = instantiate_expr(qres, abs->body, out_pool, err); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_APP: { - PgfExprApp* app = ei.data; - - PgfExprApp* new_app = - gu_new_variant(PGF_EXPR_APP, - PgfExprApp, - &new_expr, out_pool); - new_app->fun = instantiate_expr(qres, app->fun, out_pool, err); - new_app->arg = instantiate_expr(qres, app->arg, out_pool, err); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_LIT: { - PgfExprLit* lit = ei.data; - - PgfExprLit* new_lit = - gu_new_variant(PGF_EXPR_LIT, - PgfExprLit, - &new_expr, out_pool); - - GuVariantInfo i = gu_variant_open(lit->lit); - switch (i.tag) { - case PGF_LITERAL_STR: { - PgfLiteralStr* lstr = i.data; - - PgfLiteralStr* new_lstr = - gu_new_flex_variant(PGF_LITERAL_STR, - PgfLiteralStr, - val, strlen(lstr->val)+1, - &new_lit->lit, out_pool); - strcpy(new_lstr->val, lstr->val); - break; - } - case PGF_LITERAL_INT: { - PgfLiteralInt* lint = i.data; - - PgfLiteralInt* new_lint = - gu_new_variant(PGF_LITERAL_INT, - PgfLiteralInt, - &new_lit->lit, out_pool); - new_lint->val = lint->val; - break; - } - case PGF_LITERAL_FLT: { - PgfLiteralFlt* lflt = i.data; - - PgfLiteralFlt* new_lflt = - gu_new_variant(PGF_LITERAL_FLT, - PgfLiteralFlt, - &new_lit->lit, out_pool); - new_lflt->val = lflt->val; - break; - } - default: - gu_impossible(); - } - - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_META: { - new_expr = expr; - - size_t j = 0; - while (j < qres->n_vars) { - if (pgf_expr_eq(expr, qres->vars[j].expr)) { - - int rc = load_expr(qres->ectxt.crsExprs, - qres->vars[j].id, - &new_expr, out_pool); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - qres->is_empty = true; - return new_expr; - } - break; - } - j++; - } - - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_FUN: { - PgfExprFun* fun = ei.data; - - PgfExprFun *new_fun = - gu_new_flex_variant(PGF_EXPR_FUN, - PgfExprFun, - fun, strlen(fun->fun)+1, - &new_expr, out_pool); - strcpy(new_fun->fun, fun->fun); - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_VAR: { - PgfExprVar* var = ei.data; - - PgfExprVar* new_var = - gu_new_variant(PGF_EXPR_VAR, - PgfExprVar, - &new_expr, out_pool); - new_var->var = var->var; - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_TYPED: { - break; - } - case PGF_EXPR_IMPL_ARG: { - PgfExprImplArg* impl = ei.data; - - PgfExprImplArg* new_impl = - gu_new_variant(PGF_EXPR_IMPL_ARG, - PgfExprImplArg, - &new_expr, out_pool); - new_impl->expr = instantiate_expr(qres, impl->expr, out_pool, err); - break; - } - default: - gu_impossible(); - } - - return new_expr; -} - -PgfExpr -sg_query_result_fetch_expr(SgQueryResult* qres, PgfExpr expr, - GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err) -{ - if (!query_result_next(qres, err)) - return gu_null_variant; - - return instantiate_expr(qres, expr, out_pool, err); -} - -void -sg_query_result_close(SgQueryResult* qres, GuExn* err) -{ - while (qres->n_results > 0) { - close_triples(&qres->triples[qres->n_results-1].result.tctxt); - qres->n_results--; - } - - close_exprs(&qres->ectxt); - - if (qres->sg->autoCommit) { - int rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(qres->sg->pBtree); - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sg_raise_sqlite(rc, err); - return; - } - } - - free(qres->vars); - free(qres->sels); - free(qres); -} diff --git a/src/runtime/c/sg/sg.h b/src/runtime/c/sg/sg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e543a97c..000000000 --- a/src/runtime/c/sg/sg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef SG_SG_H_ -#define SG_SG_H_ - -typedef long long int SgId; - -#include -#include - -typedef struct SgSG SgSG; - -SgSG* -sg_open(const char *filename, GuExn* err); - -void -sg_close(SgSG *sg, GuExn* err); - -void -sg_begin_trans(SgSG* sg, GuExn* err); - -void -sg_commit(SgSG* sg, GuExn* err); - -void -sg_rollback(SgSG* sg, GuExn* err); - - -SgId -sg_insert_expr(SgSG *sg, PgfExpr expr, int wrFlag, GuExn* err); - -PgfExpr -sg_get_expr(SgSG *sg, SgId key, GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err); - -typedef struct SgQueryExprResult SgQueryExprResult; - -SgQueryExprResult* -sg_query_expr(SgSG *sg, PgfExpr expr, GuPool* pool, GuExn* err); - -PgfExpr -sg_query_next(SgSG *sg, SgQueryExprResult* ctxt, SgId* pKey, GuPool* pool, GuExn* err); - -void -sg_query_close(SgSG* sg, SgQueryExprResult* ctxt, GuExn* err); - -void -sg_update_fts_index(SgSG* sg, PgfPGF* pgf, GuExn* err); - -GuSeq* -sg_query_linearization(SgSG *sg, GuString tok, GuPool* pool, GuExn* err); - - -typedef PgfExpr SgTriple[3]; - -SgId -sg_insert_triple(SgSG *sg, SgTriple triple, GuExn* err); - -int -sg_get_triple(SgSG *sg, SgId key, SgTriple triple, - GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err); - -typedef struct SgTripleResult SgTripleResult; - -SgTripleResult* -sg_query_triple(SgSG *sg, SgTriple triple, GuExn* err); - -int -sg_triple_result_fetch(SgTripleResult* tres, SgId* pKey, SgTriple triple, - GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err); - -void -sg_triple_result_get_query(SgTripleResult* tres, SgTriple triple); - -void -sg_triple_result_close(SgTripleResult* tres, GuExn* err); - -typedef struct SgQueryResult SgQueryResult; - -SgQueryResult* -sg_query(SgSG *sg, size_t n_triples, SgTriple* triples, GuExn* err); - -size_t -sg_query_result_columns(SgQueryResult* qres); - -int -sg_query_result_fetch_columns(SgQueryResult* qres, PgfExpr* res, - GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err); - -PgfExpr -sg_query_result_fetch_expr(SgQueryResult* qres, PgfExpr expr, - GuPool* out_pool, GuExn* err); - -void -sg_query_result_close(SgQueryResult* qres, GuExn* err); - -#endif diff --git a/src/runtime/c/sg/sqlite3Btree.c b/src/runtime/c/sg/sqlite3Btree.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5271fef77..000000000 --- a/src/runtime/c/sg/sqlite3Btree.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48654 +0,0 @@ -/****************************************************************************** -** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite -** version 3.8.11.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this -** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation -** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be -** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements -** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single -** translation unit. -** -** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other -** programs, you need this file and the "sqliteBtree.h" header file that defines -** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have -** the "sqliteBtree.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within -** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqliteBtree.h" to find the start -** of the embedded sqliteBtree.h header file.) -*/ -#define SQLITE_CORE 1 -#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1 -#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE -# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static -#endif -/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. -** -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ -#define _SQLITEINT_H_ - -/* -** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC. -** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious -** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files -** that are included by this file. -*/ -/************** Include msvc.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Begin file msvc.h ********************************************/ -/* -** 2015 January 12 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to MSVC. -*/ -#ifndef _MSVC_H_ -#define _MSVC_H_ - -#if defined(_MSC_VER) -#pragma warning(disable : 4054) -#pragma warning(disable : 4055) -#pragma warning(disable : 4100) -#pragma warning(disable : 4127) -#pragma warning(disable : 4130) -#pragma warning(disable : 4152) -#pragma warning(disable : 4189) -#pragma warning(disable : 4206) -#pragma warning(disable : 4210) -#pragma warning(disable : 4232) -#pragma warning(disable : 4244) -#pragma warning(disable : 4305) -#pragma warning(disable : 4306) -#pragma warning(disable : 4702) -#pragma warning(disable : 4706) -#endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) */ - -#endif /* _MSVC_H_ */ - -/************** End of msvc.h ************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/* -** Special setup for VxWorks -*/ -/************** Include vxworks.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ -/************** Begin file vxworks.h *****************************************/ -/* -** 2015-03-02 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to Wind River's VxWorks -*/ -#if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) -/* This is VxWorks. Set up things specially for that OS -*/ -#include -#include /* amalgamator: dontcache */ -#define OS_VXWORKS 1 -#define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 -#define SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1 -#define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 -#define HAVE_UTIME 1 -#else -/* This is not VxWorks. */ -#define OS_VXWORKS 0 -#endif /* defined(_WRS_KERNEL) */ - -/************** End of vxworks.h *********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/* -** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the -** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks -** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. -** -** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any -** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first -** code in all source files. -** -** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch -** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling -** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work -** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 -** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel -** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary -** portability you should omit LFS. -** -** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written -** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so -** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might -** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. -** -** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# define _LARGE_FILE 1 -# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS -# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 -# endif -# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 -#endif - -/* What version of GCC is being used. 0 means GCC is not being used */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) -#else -# define GCC_VERSION 0 -#endif - -/* Needed for various definitions... */ -#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif - -#if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE) -# define _BSD_SOURCE -#endif - -/* -** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its -** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW -** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header -** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this -** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and -** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it. This entire #if block -** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting -** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define -** some MinGW-specific macros). When compiling for MinGW, either the -** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be -** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be -** disabled. -*/ -#if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H) -# include "mingw.h" -#elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H) -# include "_mingw.h" -#endif - -/* -** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T -** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime -** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP). -*/ -#if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \ - defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \ - defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \ - defined(__MSVCRT__) -# define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T -#endif - -#include "sqlite3Btree.h" - -#include -#include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ - -/* -** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN -# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_API -# define SQLITE_API -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL -# define SQLITE_CDECL -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL -# define SQLITE_STDCALL -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers -** -** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header -** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the -** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for -** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ -** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer -** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same -** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ -** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also -** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will -** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented -** and Z will be reset to zero. -** -** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the -** Fossil configuration management -** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to -** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite -** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID -** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 -** hash of the entire source tree. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], -** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], -** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.8.11.1" -#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008011 -#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2015-07-29 20:00:57 cf538e2783e468bbc25e7cb2a9ee64d3e0e80b2f" - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics -** -** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] -** object returns an integer which is a vector of these -** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage -** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] -** refers to. -** -** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of -** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values -** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and -** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of -** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means -** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended -** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other -** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that -** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that -** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a -** file that were written at the application level might have changed -** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are -** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN -** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open. The -** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on -** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with -** elevated privileges. -*/ -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 -#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels -** -** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second -** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods -** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. -*/ -#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 -#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags -** -** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an -** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of -** these integer values as the second argument. -** -** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the -** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode -** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag -** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. -** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means -** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). -** -** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags -** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL -** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the -** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. -** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how -** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and -** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. -** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction -** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the -** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX -** cares about the difference.) -*/ -#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 -#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 -#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle -** -** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the -** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface -** implementations will -** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields -** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an -** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing -** I/O operations on the open file. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; -struct sqlite3_file { - const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object -** -** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an -** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the -** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. -** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations -** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. -** -** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element -** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method -** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The -** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] -** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element -** to NULL. -** -** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or -** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). -** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] -** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file -** and not its inode needs to be synced. -** -** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of -**
    -**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], -**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], -**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], -**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or -**
  • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. -**
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. -** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, -** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, -** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true -** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. -** -** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom -** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the -** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an -** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to -** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to -** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be -** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the -** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire -** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite -** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. -** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. -** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes -** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should -** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not -** recognize. -** -** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the -** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the -** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing -** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() -** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the -** underlying device: -** -**
    -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] -**
  • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] -**
-** -** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of -** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values -** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and -** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of -** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means -** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended -** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other -** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that -** information is written to disk in the same order as calls -** to xWrite(). -** -** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill -** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that -** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, -** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to -** database corruption. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; -struct sqlite3_io_methods { - int iVersion; - int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); - int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); - int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); - int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); - int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); - int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); - int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); - int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); - int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); - /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ - int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); - int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); - void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); - int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); - /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ - int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); - int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); - /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ - /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes -** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode} -** -** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method -** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] -** interface. -** -**
    -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This -** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of -** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], -** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) -** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability -** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST -** compile-time option is used. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS -** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the -** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it -** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database -** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database -** file run faster. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS -** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified -** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should -** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use -** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large -** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and -** improve performance on some systems. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer -** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database -** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for -** additional information. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] -** No longer in use. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and -** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a -** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked -** because the user has configured SQLite with -** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place -** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with -** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced -** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated -** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that -** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications -** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may -** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite -** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately -** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal -** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call -** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the -** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic -** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the -** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of -** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, -** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay -** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing -** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This -** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) -** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections -** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two -** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second -** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting -** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written -** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be -** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the -** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary -** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control -** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database -** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after -** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not -** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want -** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist -** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to -** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. -** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent -** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current -** WAL persistence setting. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the -** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting -** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the -** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to -** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. -** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage -** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current -** zero-damage mode setting. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening -** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some -** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current -** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of -** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the -** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from -** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable -** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. -** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with -** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually -** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL -** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control -** is intended for diagnostic use only. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] -** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] -** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding -** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument -** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of -** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array -** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the -** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element -** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] -** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or -** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal -** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] -** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the -** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op -** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy -** of the result string if the string is non-NULL. -** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns -** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means -** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the -** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] -** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so -** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] -** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] -** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle -** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access -** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) -** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points -** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections -** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in -** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation -** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the -** current operation. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] -** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control -** to have SQLite generate a -** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate -** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The -** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename -** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should -** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the -** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. -** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that -** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The -** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if -** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit -** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This -** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information -** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. -** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. -** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the -** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if -** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a -** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending -** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it -** was first opened. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This -** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one -** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing -** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might -** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately -** available. The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare -** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion. -** Applications should not use this file-control. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other -** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode. -** -**
  • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] -** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by -** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for -** this opcode. -**
-*/ -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO 4 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK 24 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS 25 -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU 26 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle -** -** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an -** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks -** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only -** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. -** -** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object -** -** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between -** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" -** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See -** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. -** -** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in -** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this -** object when the iVersion value is increased. Note that the structure -** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between -** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not -** modified. -** -** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] -** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of -** a pathname in this VFS. -** -** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by -** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] interface manages -** this list in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface -** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS -** implementation should use the pNext pointer. -** -** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs -** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access -** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. -** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs -** object once the object has been registered. -** -** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must -** be unique across all VFS modules. -** -** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] -** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen -** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained -** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. -** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will -** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than -** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. -** ^SQLite further guarantees that -** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is -** called. Because of the previous sentence, -** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the -** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. -** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen -** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the -** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the -** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. -** -** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in -** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] -** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least -** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. -** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to -** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. -** -** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() -** call, depending on the object being opened: -** -**
    -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] -**
)^ -** -** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to -** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application -** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make -** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would -** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return -** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database -** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random -** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. -** -** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: -** -**
    -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -**
  • [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] -**
-** -** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be -** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] -** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient -** databases, and subjournals. -** -** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction -** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly -** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() -** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the -** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always -** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. -** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened -** for exclusive access. -** -** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite -** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third -** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to -** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that -** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either -** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do -** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods -** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success -** or failure of the xOpen call. -** -** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] -** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] -** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to -** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] -** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a -** directory. -** -** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the -** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer -** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer -** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is -** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor -** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. -** -** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() -** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are -** included in the VFS structure for completeness. -** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes -** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is -** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. -** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at -** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() -** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as -** a floating point value. -** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian -** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in -** a 24-hour day). -** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current -** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or -** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back -** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. -** -** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces -** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided -** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding -** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can -** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult -** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden -** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the -** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any -** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change -** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access -** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; -typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); -struct sqlite3_vfs { - int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ - int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ - int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ - sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ - const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ - void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ - int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, - int flags, int *pOutFlags); - int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); - int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); - int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); - void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); - void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); - void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); - void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); - int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); - int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); - int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); - int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); - /* - ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object - ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later - */ - int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); - /* - ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. - ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. - */ - int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); - sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); - const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); - /* - ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. - ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion - ** value will increment whenever this happens. - */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method -** -** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to -** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine -** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. -** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method -** simply checks whether the file exists. -** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method -** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable -** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within -** the directory). -** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the -** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future -** release of SQLite. -** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method -** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is -** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of -** SQLite. -*/ -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ -#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method -** -** These integer constants define the various locking operations -** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The -** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the -** xShmLock method: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED -**
  • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE -**
  • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED -**
  • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE -**
-** -** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as -** was given on the corresponding lock. -** -** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or -** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED -** and EXCLUSIVE. -*/ -#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 -#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 -#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 -#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index -** -** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values -** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. -** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a -** lock outside of this range -*/ -#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_os_init(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_os_end(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library -** -** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration -** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of -** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most -** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is -** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. -** -** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application -** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other -** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. -** -** The sqlite3_config() interface -** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using -** [sqlite3BtreeInitialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3BtreeShutdown()]. -** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3BtreeInitialize()] and before -** [sqlite3BtreeShutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. -** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the -** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. -** -** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer -** [configuration option] that determines -** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments -** vary depending on the [configuration option] -** in the first argument. -** -** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. -** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option -** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_config(int, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines -** -** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite -** and low-level memory allocation routines. -** -** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. -** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to -** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. -** By creating an instance of this object -** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) -** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative -** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its -** dynamic memory needs. -** -** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] -** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications -** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications -** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is -** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative -** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in -** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such -** conditions. -** -** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the -** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. -** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to -** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. -** -** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation -** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size -** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. -** -** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of -** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory -** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple -** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. -** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] -** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, -** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. -** -** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, -** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data -** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by -** [sqlite3BtreeShutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired -** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to -** xInit and xShutdown. -** -** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes -** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The -** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3BtreeShutdown()] so it does -** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite -** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which -** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. -** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other -** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for -** serialization. -** -** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening -** call to xShutdown(). -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; -struct sqlite3_mem_methods { - void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ - void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ - void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ - int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ - int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ - int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ - void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ - void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options -** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} -** -** These constants are the available integer configuration options that -** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. -** -** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. -** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications -** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that -** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a -** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option -** is invoked. -** -**
-** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
-**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the -** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables -** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used -** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default -** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return -** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD -** configuration option.
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
-**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the -** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables -** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. -** The application is responsible for serializing access to -** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes -** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded -** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same -** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and -** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the -** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
-**
There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the -** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables -** all mutexes including the recursive -** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. -** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with -** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access -** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the -** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the -** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. -** ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and -** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the -** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
-**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is -** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. -** The argument specifies -** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of -** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes -** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure -** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
-**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which -** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. -** The [sqlite3_mem_methods] -** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ -** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation -** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or -** tracks memory usage, for example.
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
-**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int, -** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of -** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are -** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: -**
    -**
  • [sqlite3_memory_used()] -**
  • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] -**
  • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] -**
  • [sqlite3_status64()] -**
)^ -** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is -** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory -** allocation statistics are disabled by default. -**
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
-**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option specifies a static memory buffer -** that SQLite can use for scratch memory. ^(There are three arguments -** to SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: A pointer an 8-byte -** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be -** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz), -** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).)^ -** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer -** of at least sz*N bytes of memory. -** ^SQLite will not use more than one scratch buffers per thread. -** ^SQLite will never request a scratch buffer that is more than 6 -** times the database page size. -** ^If SQLite needs needs additional -** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then -** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.

-** ^When the application provides any amount of scratch memory using -** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary large -** [sqlite3_malloc|heap allocations]. -** This can help [Robson proof|prevent memory allocation failures] due to heap -** fragmentation in low-memory embedded systems. -**

-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
-**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a static memory buffer -** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page -** cache implementation. -** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page -** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2] -** configuration option. -** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to -** 8-byte aligned -** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). -** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page -** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each -** page header. ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header -** can be determined using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ] option -** to [sqlite3_config()]. -** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, -** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary. The first -** argument should pointer to an 8-byte aligned block of memory that -** is at least sz*N bytes of memory, otherwise subsequent behavior is -** undefined. -** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its -** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional -** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then -** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
-**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer -** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs -** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. -** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled -** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns -** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise. -** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: -** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, -** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. -** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts -** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), -** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the -** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory -** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. -** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte -** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. -** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values -** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
-**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a -** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. -** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used -** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of -** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to -** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to -** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will -** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
-**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which -** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The -** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] -** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ -** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation -** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance -** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with -** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then -** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to -** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will -** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
-**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine -** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection]. -** The first argument is the -** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of -** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE -** sets the default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] -** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside -** configuration on individual connections.)^
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
-**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is -** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies -** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ -** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
-**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which -** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of -** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
-**
The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite -** global [error log]. -** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a -** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), -** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is -** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the -** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. -** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is -** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger -** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to -** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding -** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an -** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is -** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. -** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function -** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. -** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger -** function must be threadsafe.
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_URI -**
^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int. -** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, -** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally -** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], -** [sqlite3_open16()] or -** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless -** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database -** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are -** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the -** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally -** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the -** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN -**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer -** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable -** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer. -** ^The default setting is determined -** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" -** if that compile-time option is omitted. -** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans -** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction -** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to -** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work -** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] -**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE -**
These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. -** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. -**
-** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] -**
SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE -**
^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values -** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for -** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. -** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using -** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the -** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size -** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the -** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the -** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ -** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is -** changed to its compile-time default. -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] -**
SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE -**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is -** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro -** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value -** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]] -**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ -**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which -** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra -** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. -** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler, -** target platform, and SQLite version. -** -** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]] -**
SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ -**
^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which -** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded -** sorter to that integer. The default minimum PMA Size is set by the -** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option. New threads are launched -** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting -** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content -** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the -** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value. -**
-*/ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* void*, int sz, int N */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ -/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ 24 /* int *psz */ -#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ 25 /* unsigned int szPma */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions -** -** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions -** from the standard C library. -** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options, -** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below. -** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent -** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation. -** -** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their -** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. -** The strings returned by these two routines should be -** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a -** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough -** memory to hold the resulting string. -** -** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from -** the standard C library. The result is written into the -** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by -** the first parameter. Note that the order of the -** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an -** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking -** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() -** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of -** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that -** the number of characters written would be a more useful return -** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() -** now without breaking compatibility. -** -** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() -** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first -** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for -** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely -** written will be n-1 characters. -** -** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). -** -** These routines all implement some additional formatting -** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. -** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there -** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options. -** -** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated -** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. -** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\'' -** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into -** the string. -** -** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows: -** -** 
-**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-**
-** -** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: -** -** 
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-**
-** -** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText -** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: -** -** 
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-**
-** -** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL -** would have looked like this: -** -** 
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-**
-** -** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should -** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal. -** -** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around -** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the -** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without -** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say: -** -** 
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-**
-** -** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL -** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. -** -** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to -** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it -** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote -** character.)^ The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting -** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement. -** -** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the -** addition that after the string has been read and copied into -** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^ -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem -** -** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own -** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence -** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The -** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. -** -** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block -** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. -** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free -** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to -** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns -** a NULL pointer. -** -** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like -** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead -** of a signed 32-bit integer. -** -** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned -** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so -** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is -** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer -** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory -** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed -** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. -** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error -** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that -** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). -** -** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a -** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes. -** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) -** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling -** sqlite3_malloc(N). -** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or -** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling -** sqlite3_free(X). -** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation -** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available. -** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes -** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned -** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed. -** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the -** prior allocation is not freed. -** -** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as -** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead -** of a 32-bit signed integer. -** -** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(), -** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64() -** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a -** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time -** option is used. -** -** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define -** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in -** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability -** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. -** -** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called -** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting -** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite -** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows -** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but -** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or -** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. -** -** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] -** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior -** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have -** not yet been released. -** -** The application must not read or write any part of -** a block of memory after it has been released using -** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3_malloc(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_free(void*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories -** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} -** -** These constants define various performance limits -** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. -** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. -** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. -** -**
-** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
-**
The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
-**
The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
-**
The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the -** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index -** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
-**
The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-**
The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
-**
The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program -** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently -** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of -** SQLite.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
-**
The maximum number of arguments on a function.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
-**
The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
-** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] -** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
-**
The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or -** [GLOB] operators.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] -** ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
-**
The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
-**
The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(
SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS
-**
The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single -** [prepared statement] may start.
)^ -**
-*/ -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 -#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS 11 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files -** -** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is -** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files -** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] -** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable -** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate -** temporary file directory. -** -** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable. -** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT). -** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications -** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic -** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should -** be avoided in new projects. -** -** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one -** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable -** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate -** thread. -** It is intended that this variable be set once -** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface -** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged -** thereafter. -** -** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause -** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, -** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string -** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from -** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory -** using [sqlite3_free]. -** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be -** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] -** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. -** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite -** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If -** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do -** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection] -** objects have been destroyed. -** -** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set -** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various -** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an -** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: -** -** 
-** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
-**       TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
-** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
-** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
-** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
-**       NULL, NULL);
-** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
-**
-*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_temp_directory; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects -** -** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object -** that SQLite uses to interact -** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a -** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. -** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. -** The following interfaces are provided. -** -** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. -** ^Names are case sensitive. -** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. -** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. -** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. -** -** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). -** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. -** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. -** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again -** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the -** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a -** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, -** then the behavior is undefined. -** -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutexes -** -** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread -** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal -** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is -** permitted to use any of these routines. -** -** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations -** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation -** is selected automatically at compile-time. The following -** implementations are available in the SQLite core: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -**
-** -** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines -** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in -** a single-threaded application. The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and -** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix -** and Windows. -** -** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor -** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex -** implementation is included with the library. In this case the -** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function -** before calling sqlite3BtreeInitialize() or any other public sqlite3_ -** function that calls sqlite3BtreeInitialize(). -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested -** mutex. The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these -** integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 -**
-** -** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) -** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other -** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Nine static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. ^For the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously -** allocated dynamic mutex. Attempting to deallocate a static -** mutex results in undefined behavior. -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] -** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. -** In such cases, the -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter.)^ If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other -** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined. -** -** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation -** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() -** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses -** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable -** behavior.)^ -** -** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the -** calling thread or is not currently allocated. -** -** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or -** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines -** behave as no-ops. -** -** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object -** -** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines -** used to allocate and use mutexes. -** -** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are -** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom -** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite -** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application -** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass -** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. -** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an -** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex -** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. -** -** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as -** part of system initialization by the sqlite3BtreeInitialize() function. -** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each -** effective call to [sqlite3BtreeInitialize()]. -** -** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as -** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3BtreeShutdown() function. The -** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding -** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially -** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() -** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3BtreeShutdown()]. -** -** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, -** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and -** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): -** -**
    -**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]
    • -**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_free()]
    • -**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_enter()]
    • -**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_try()]
    • -**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_leave()]
    • -**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_held()]
    • -**
  • [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]
    • -**
)^ -** -** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated -** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead -** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined -** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results -** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined -** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if -** it is passed a NULL pointer). -** -** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. It must be harmless to -** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without -** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to -** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. -** -** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] -** and its associates). Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory -** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite -** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. -** -** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3BtreeShutdown()] is -** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. -** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself -** prior to returning. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; -struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { - int (*xMutexInit)(void); - int (*xMutexEnd)(void); - sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); - void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); - void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); - void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); - int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types -** -** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument -** which is one of these integer constants. -** -** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the -** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be -** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 11 /* For use by built-in VFS */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */ -#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters -** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} -** -** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters -** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. -** -**
-** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
-**
This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out -** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The -** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application -** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Scratch memory -** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache -** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in -** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation -** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
-**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their -** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
-**
This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations -** currently checked out.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
-**
This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the -** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The -** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] -** ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
-**
This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache -** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] -** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The -** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they -** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because -** no space was left in the page cache.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
-**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
-**
This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the -** [scratch memory allocator] configured using -** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not -** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation -** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads -** using scratch memory at the same time.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
-**
This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory -** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] -** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values -** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too -** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the -** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer -** slots were available. -**
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
-**
This parameter records the largest memory allocation request -** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the -** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. -** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
-**
This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only -** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
)^ -**
-** -** New status parameters may be added from time to time. -*/ -#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 -#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections -** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} -** -** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as -** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. -** -** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs -** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from -** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. -** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code -** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. -** -**
-** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
-**
This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently -** checked out.
)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
-**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were -** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] -** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
-**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have -** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of -** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. -** Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] -** ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
-**
This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have -** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside -** memory already being in use. -** Only the high-water value is meaningful; -** the current value is always zero.)^ -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
-**
This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap -** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
-**
This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap -** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated -** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ -** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the -** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to -** [shared cache mode] being enabled. -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. -** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
-**
This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap -** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with -** the database connection.)^ -** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. -**
-** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
-**
This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT -** is always 0. -**
-** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
-**
This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have -** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS -** is always 0. -**
-** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
-**
This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have -** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the -** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the -** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of -** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. -** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect -** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The -** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. -**
-** -** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
-**
This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if -** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been -** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. -**
-**
-*/ -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 -#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 10 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values -** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode} -** -** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed -** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface. -** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the -** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes. -*/ -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */ -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */ -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */ -#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3 /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object -** -** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by -** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of -** its size or internal structure and never deals with the -** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers -** to the object. -** -** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object -** -** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the -** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this -** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances -** of this object as parameters or as their return value. -** -** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; -struct sqlite3_pcache_page { - void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ - void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. -** KEYWORDS: {page cache} -** -** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can -** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an -** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ -** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by -** SQLite is used for the page cache. -** By implementing a -** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control -** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which -** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to -** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for -** how long. -** -** The alternative page cache mechanism is an -** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. -** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. -** -** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an -** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence -** the application may discard the parameter after the call to -** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ -** -** [[the xInit() page cache method]] -** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective -** call to [sqlite3BtreeInitialize()])^ -** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() -** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ -** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures -** required by the custom page cache implementation. -** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the -** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined -** page cache.)^ -** -** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] -** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3BtreeShutdown()]. -** It can be used to clean up -** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. -** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. -** -** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, -** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The -** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3BtreeShutdown()] so it does -** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe -** in multithreaded applications. -** -** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening -** call to xShutdown(). -** -** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] -** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. -** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, -** though this is not guaranteed. ^The -** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must -** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The -** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage -** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will -** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the -** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying -** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends -** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. -** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being -** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or -** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation -** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; -** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will -** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. -** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to -** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. -** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will -** never contain any unpinned pages. -** -** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] -** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the -** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache -** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using -** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable -** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this -** value; it is advisory only. -** -** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] -** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently -** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. -** -** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] -** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to -** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. -** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a -** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a -** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be -** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested -** for each entry in the page cache. -** -** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value -** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered -** to be "pinned". -** -** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache -** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content -** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the -** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag -** parameter to help it determined what action to take: -** -** -**
createFlag Behavior when page is not already in cache -**
0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. -**
1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. -** Otherwise return NULL. -**
2 Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return -** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. -**
-** -** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite -** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 -** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may -** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of -** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. -** -** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] -** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page -** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, -** then the page must be evicted from the cache. -** ^If the discard parameter is -** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of -** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation -** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. -** -** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single -** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls -** to xFetch(). -** -** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] -** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the -** page passed as the second argument. If the cache -** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be -** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not -** to be pinned. -** -** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all -** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal -** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any -** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that -** they can be safely discarded. -** -** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] -** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). -** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After -** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] -** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 -** functions. -** -** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] -** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to -** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation -** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should -** do their best. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; -struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { - int iVersion; - void *pArg; - int (*xInit)(void*); - void (*xShutdown)(void*); - sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); - void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); - int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); - sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); - void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); - void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, - unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); - void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); - void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); - void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); -}; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object -** -** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing -** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by -** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to -** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. -** -** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface -** -** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] -** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. -** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are -** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. -** -** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as -** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is -** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so -** is considered bad form. -** -** The zFormat string must not be NULL. -** -** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine -** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in -** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than -** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the -** buffer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings -** -** These constant define integer codes that represent the various -** text encodings supported by SQLite. -*/ -#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */ -#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */ -#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */ -#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ -#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ -#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ - -/* -** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the -** autoconf-based build -*/ -#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H -#include "config.h" -#endif - -/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ -/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ -/* -** 2007 May 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. -*/ - -/* -** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also -** limits the size of a row in a table or index. -** -** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer -** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif - -/* -** This is the maximum number of -** -** * Columns in a table -** * Columns in an index -** * Columns in a view -** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement -** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement -** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. -** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement -** -** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will -** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should -** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if -** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few -** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN -# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. -** -** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would -** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible -** to turn this limit off. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to -** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might -** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an -** expression. -** -** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. -** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced -** at all times. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. -** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one -** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result -** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL -** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable -** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT -# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. -** Not currently enforced. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP -# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG -# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 -#endif - -/* -** The suggested maximum number of in-memory pages to use for -** the main database table and for temporary tables. -** -** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-31093-59126 The default suggested cache size -** is 2000 pages. -** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48205-43578 The default suggested cache size can be -** altered using the SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE compile-time options. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000 -#endif - -/* -** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before -** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 -** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap -** is used internally to track attached databases. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED -# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 -#endif - - -/* -** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER -# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 -#endif - -/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit -** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. -** -** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at -** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates -** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library -** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database -** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite -** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback -** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif -#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 - - -/* -** The default size of a database page. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024 -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif - -/* -** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases -** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain -** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), -** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value -** SQLite will choose on its own. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE -#endif - - -/* -** Maximum number of pages in one database file. -** -** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. -** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the -** max_page_count macro. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT -# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB -** operator. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. -** -** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself -** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all -** may be executed. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH -# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 -#endif - -/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ -#if defined(__BORLANDC__) -#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ -#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ -#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ -#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ -#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ -#endif - -/* -** Include standard header files as necessary -*/ -#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H -#include -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H -#include -#endif - -/* -** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and -** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler -** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements -** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. -** -** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. -** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or -** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers -** that vary from one machine to the next. -** -** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on -** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). -** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the -** compiler. -*/ -#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) -#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) -#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) -#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ -# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) -# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) -#endif - -/* -** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be -** inlined. -*/ -#if defined(__GNUC__) -# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310 -# define SQLITE_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) -#else -# define SQLITE_NOINLINE -#endif - -/* -** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when -** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by -** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) -# if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 -# if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) -# include -# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort) -# pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong) -# pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier) -# else -# include -# endif -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using -** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE -# define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 -#endif - -/* -** EVIDENCE-OF: R-25715-37072 Memory allocation statistics are enabled by -** default unless SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS=0 in -** which case memory allocation statistics are disabled by default. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to -** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. -** -** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() -** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API -** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() -** -** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the -** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem -** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an -** assertion will be triggered. -** -** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as -** the default. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 -# error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ - are defined but at most one is allowed:\ - SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ - SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ - + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 -# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 -#endif - -/* -** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable -** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. -** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit -** it. -*/ -#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) -# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 -#endif - -/* -** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that -** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, -** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. -** -** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the -** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action -** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG -** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out -** feature. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# define NDEBUG 1 -#endif -#if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -# undef NDEBUG -#endif - -/* -** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When -** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to -** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to -** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted -** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple -** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() -** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For -** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit -** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements -** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() -** can insure that all cases are evaluated. -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); -# define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } -#else -# define testcase(X) -#endif - -/* -** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or -** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments -** within testcase() and assert() macros. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define TESTONLY(X) X -#else -# define TESTONLY(X) -#endif - -/* -** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization -** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to -** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore -** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for -** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the -** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -# define VVA_ONLY(X) X -#else -# define VVA_ONLY(X) -#endif - -/* -** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which -** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such -** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they -** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience -** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" -** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first -** hint of unplanned behavior. -** -** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. -** -** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to -** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will -** not be counted as untested code. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) -# define ALWAYS(X) (1) -# define NEVER(X) (0) -#elif !defined(NDEBUG) -# define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) -# define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) -#else -# define ALWAYS(X) (X) -# define NEVER(X) (X) -#endif - -/* -** Declarations used for tracing the operating system interfaces. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ - (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) - extern int sqlite3OSTrace; -# define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X -# define SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE -#else -# define OSTRACE(X) -# undef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE -#endif - -/* -** Is the sqlite3ErrName() function needed in the build? Currently, -** it is needed by "mutex_w32.c" (when debugging), "os_win.c" (when -** OSTRACE is enabled), and by several "test*.c" files (which are -** compiled using SQLITE_TEST). -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ - (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) -# define SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME -#else -# undef SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME -#endif - -/* -** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean -** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds -** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, -** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but -** currently they are just comments for human readers. -*/ -#define likely(X) (X) -#define unlikely(X) (X) - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -/* -** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever -** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the -** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format -** that the library can read. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 -#endif - -/* -** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate -** pagecaches for each database connection. A positive number is the -** number of pages. A negative number N translations means that a buffer -** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 100 -#endif - -/* -** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it -** ourselves. -*/ -#ifndef offsetof -#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) -#endif - -/* -** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. -*/ -#define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) -#define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) - -/* -** Swap two objects of type TYPE. -*/ -#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} - -/* -** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value -** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value -** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we -** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: -*/ -#define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) - -/* -** Set the SQLITE_PTRSIZE macro to the number of bytes in a pointer -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_PTRSIZE -# if defined(__SIZEOF_POINTER__) -# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE __SIZEOF_POINTER__ -# elif defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ - defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__arm__) || defined(__x86) -# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 4 -# else -# define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 8 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. -** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit -** compilers. -*/ -#define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) -#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) - -/* -** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used -** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. -*/ -#define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) - -/* -** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 -*/ -#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) - -/* -** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work -*/ -#if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) -# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 -#endif - -/* -** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS -*/ -#ifdef __APPLE__ -# include -# if TARGET_OS_IPHONE -# undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 -# endif -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -# if defined(__linux__) \ - || defined(_WIN32) \ - || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ - || defined(__sun) \ - || defined(__FreeBSD__) \ - || defined(__DragonFly__) -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */ -# else -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 -# endif -# define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* exclude from ctime.c */ -#endif - -/* -** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms. Or, even if a larger -** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does -** not exceed the maximum mmap size. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0 -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE_xc 1 /* Exclude from ctime.c */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE -#endif - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler -** callback for a given sqlite handle. -** -** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy -** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite -** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler -** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. -*/ -typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; -struct BusyHandler { - int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ - void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ - int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ -}; - -/* -** The root-page of the master database table. -*/ -#define MASTER_ROOT 1 - -/* -** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in -** an array. -*/ -#define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) - -/* -** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does -** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. -** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from -** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered -** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD -** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable -** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated -** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer -** for the run-time allocated buffer. -** -** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL -** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - #define SQLITE_WSD const - #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) - #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); -#else - #define SQLITE_WSD - #define GLOBAL(t,v) v - #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config -#endif - -/* -** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to -** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately -** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when -** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the -** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the -** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, -** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. -** -** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, -** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. -** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to -** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. -** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these -** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. -*/ -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) - -typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; -typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; -typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments; -typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; -typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum; - -/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page -** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. -*/ - -#ifndef _PAGER_H_ -#define _PAGER_H_ - -/* -** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative -** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the -** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 -#endif - -/* -** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file -** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". -*/ -typedef u32 Pgno; - -/* -** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. -*/ -typedef struct Pager Pager; - -/* -** Handle type for pages. -*/ -typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; - -/* -** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is -** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is -** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file -** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to -** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c -** for details. -*/ -#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) - -/* -** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. -*/ -#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ -#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ - -/* -** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). -*/ -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 -#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 - -/* -** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. -*/ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ -#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ - -/* -** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerAcquire(). -*/ -#define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ -#define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ - -/* -** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() -*/ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ -#define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x03 /* Mask for three values above */ -#define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x04 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ -#define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ -#define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x10 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ -#define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x1c /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ - -/* -** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions -** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for -** a detailed description of each routine. -*/ - -/* Open and close a Pager connection. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( - sqlite3_vfs*, - Pager **ppPager, - const char*, - int, - int, - int, - void(*)(DbPage*) -); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); - -/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); -#if 0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); -#endif - -/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); -#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) -SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*); - -/* Operations on page references. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); - -/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); -#if 0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); -#if 0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager); -#endif -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); -#endif - -/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); -#endif -#if 0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); -#if 0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *); -#endif -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); - -/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16); - -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); -#endif - -/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); - void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); - void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ - -/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ -/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 August 05 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache -** subsystem. -*/ - -#ifndef _PCACHE_H_ - -typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; -typedef struct PCache PCache; - -/* -** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following -** structure. -*/ -struct PgHdr { - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ - void *pData; /* Page data */ - void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ - PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */ - Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ -#endif - u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ - - /********************************************************************** - ** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c - ** and should not be accessed by other modules. - */ - i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ - PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */ - - PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ - PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ -}; - -/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ -#define PGHDR_CLEAN 0x001 /* Page not on the PCache.pDirty list */ -#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page is on the PCache.pDirty list */ -#define PGHDR_WRITEABLE 0x004 /* Journaled and ready to modify */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x008 /* Fsync the rollback journal before - ** writing this page to the database */ -#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x010 /* Content is unread */ -#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */ -#define PGHDR_MMAP 0x040 /* This is an mmap page object */ - -/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); - -/* Page cache buffer management: -** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); - -/* Create a new pager cache. -** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. -** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen( - int szPage, /* Size of every page */ - int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ - int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ - int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ - void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ - PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ -); - -/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); - -/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate -** storage space. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); - -/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. -** Reference counted. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ - -/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); - -/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); - -/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); - -/* Reset and close the cache object */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); - -/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); - -/* Discard the contents of the cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); - -/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); - -/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); -#endif - -#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This -** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the -** library is built. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); -#endif - -/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. -** -** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit -** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum -** of the suggested cache-sizes. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); -#endif - -#if 0 -/* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); - -/* Return the header size */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void); - -#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ - -/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/ -/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file -** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that -** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. -** -** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up -** being included by every source file. -*/ -#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ -#define _SQLITE_OS_H_ - -/* -** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the -** necessary pre-processor macros for it. -*/ -/************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/ -/************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/ -/* -** 2013 November 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system -** detection and/or setup. -*/ -#ifndef _OS_SETUP_H_ -#define _OS_SETUP_H_ - -/* -** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating -** system. -** -** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, -** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0. One of -** the three will be 1. The other two will be 0. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 -# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# else -# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER -# endif -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) -# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ - defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 -# endif -# else -# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 -# endif -#else -# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 -# endif -#endif - -#endif /* _OS_SETUP_H_ */ - -/************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/ - -/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it -** a no-op -*/ -#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC -# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) -#endif - -/* -** The default size of a disk sector -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096 -#endif - -/* -** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random -** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the -** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. -** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the -** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits -** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done -** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. -** -** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then -** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it -** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. -** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a -** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the -** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. -** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" -** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but -** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart -** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid -** of the file. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX -# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" -#endif - -/* -** The following values may be passed as the second argument to -** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: -** -** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. -** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at -** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. -** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at -** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new -** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. -** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. -** -** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a -** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING -** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to -** sqlite3OsLock(). -*/ -#define NO_LOCK 0 -#define SHARED_LOCK 1 -#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 -#define PENDING_LOCK 3 -#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 - -/* -** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) -** -** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because -** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and -** UnlockFile(). -** -** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. -** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen -** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at -** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the -** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. -** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. -** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking -** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. -** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from -** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. -** -** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, -** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks -** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used -** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme -** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. -** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single -** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. -** -** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. -** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which -** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for -** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. -** -** The same locking strategy and -** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possibility of having -** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file -** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever -** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between -** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by -** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. -** -** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store -** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates -** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so -** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. -** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE -** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except -** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic -** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. -** -** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible -** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice -** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. -** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the -** 1GB boundary. -** -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000) -#else -# define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte -#endif -#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) -#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) -#define SHARED_SIZE 510 - -/* -** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); -#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *); - - -/* -** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); - -#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ - -/************** End of os.h **************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ -/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ -/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. -** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available -** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code -** better organized. -** -** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. -** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file -** include this one indirectly. -*/ - - -/* -** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The -** mutexes implementation cannot be overridden -** at start-time. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No -** mutual exclusion is provided. But this -** implementation can be overridden at -** start-time. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. -** -** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. -*/ -#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -#endif -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) -# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS -# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 -# else -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -# endif -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -/* -** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. -*/ -#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) -#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) -#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) -#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) -#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) -#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK -#define sqlite3MutexEnd() -#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) -#else -#define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ - -/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/* -** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited -** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. -*/ -#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1) - -/* -** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. -** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other -** than being distinct from one another. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ -#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE 0x64cffc7f /* Close with last statement close */ - -/* -** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with -** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix. These macros invoke -** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated -** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place -** to set a debugger breakpoint. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int); -#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) -#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__) - -#include - -# define sqlite3Toupper(x) toupper((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Isspace(x) isspace((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Isalpha(x) isalpha((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) -# define sqlite3Tolower(x) tolower((unsigned char)(x)) - -/* -** Internal function prototypes -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(Btree*, u64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(Btree*, u64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(Btree*, void *, u64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(Btree*, void *, u64); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(Btree*, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(Btree*, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void); - -/* -** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make -** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects. By default, -** obtain space from malloc(). -** -** The alloca() routine never returns NULL. This will cause code paths -** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA -# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) alloca(N) -# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) memset(alloca(N), 0, N) -# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) -#else -# define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N) -# define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N) -# define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) sqlite3DbFree(D,P) -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void); -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void); -#else -# define sqlite3MemoryBarrier() -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double); -#else -# define sqlite3IsNaN(X) 0 -#endif - -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL -** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function. -*/ -struct PrintfArguments { - int nArg; /* Total number of arguments */ - int nUsed; /* Number of arguments used so far */ - Mem **apArg; /* The argument values */ -}; - -#define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01 -#define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC 0x02 - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, Btree* pBtree, char*, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum*,int,char); -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(Btree*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *); - -typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); - -#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00010000 /* Ignore schema errors */ -#define SQLITE_CellSizeCk 0x10000000 /* Check btree cell sizes on load */ - -/* -** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(), -** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. -*/ -#define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0 -#define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1 -#define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2 - -/* -** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following -** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and -** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. -** -** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the -** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined -** collating sequence may not be read or written. -*/ -struct CollSeq { - char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ - void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ - int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); - void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first -** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the -** comparison of the two index keys. -** -** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots. There -** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot -** for the rowid at the end. -*/ -struct KeyInfo { - u32 nRef; /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ - u16 nField; /* Number of key columns in the index */ - u16 nXField; /* Number of columns beyond the key columns */ - Btree *pBtree; /* The database connection */ - u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. */ - CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ -}; - -/* -** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we -** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end. -*/ -struct StrAccum { - Btree *pBtree; /* Optional database for lookaside. Can be NULL */ - char *zBase; /* A base allocation. Not from malloc. */ - char *zText; /* The string collected so far */ - int nChar; /* Length of the string so far */ - int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ - int mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed allocation. 0 for no malloc usage */ - u8 accError; /* STRACCUM_NOMEM or STRACCUM_TOOBIG */ -}; -#define STRACCUM_NOMEM 1 -#define STRACCUM_TOOBIG 2 - -/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h **************/ -/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/ -/* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to -** -** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: -** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley -** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. -** -** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database -** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. -** -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | -** ---------------------------------------------------------------- -** -** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less -** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have -** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys -** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And -** so forth. -** -** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the -** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. -** -** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate -** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The -** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A -** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database -** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus -** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry -** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each -** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other -** information such as the size of key and data. -** -** FORMAT DETAILS -** -** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, -** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates -** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536. -** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow -** page, or a pointer-map page. -** -** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first -** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. -** The format of the file header is as follows: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" -** 16 2 Page size in bytes. (1 means 65536) -** 18 1 File format write version -** 19 1 File format read version -** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page -** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction (must be 64) -** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction (must be 32) -** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction (must be 32) -** 24 4 File change counter -** 28 4 Reserved for future use -** 32 4 First freelist page -** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file -** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers -** -** 40 4 Schema cookie -** 44 4 File format of schema layer -** 48 4 Size of page cache -** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum) -** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be -** 60 4 User version -** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode -** 68 4 Application-ID -** 72 20 unused -** 92 4 The version-valid-for number -** 96 4 SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER -** -** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). -** -** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed -** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed -** and thus when they need to flush their cache. -** -** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable -** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard -** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default -** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit -** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. -** -** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra -** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, -** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting -** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. -** -** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction -** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum -** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it -** not specified in the header. -** -** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the -** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte -** file header that occurs before the page header. -** -** |----------------| -** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. -** |----------------| -** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes -** |----------------| -** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. -** | array | | Grows downward -** | | v -** |----------------| -** | unallocated | -** | space | -** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards -** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. -** | area | | and free space fragments. -** |----------------| -** -** The page headers looks like this: -** -** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf -** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock -** 3 2 number of cells on this page -** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area -** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes -** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. -** -** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that -** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries -** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is an integer -** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in -** the payload area. -** -** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. -** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are -** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell -** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives -** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can -** be easily added without having to defragment the page. -** -** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the -** beginning of the page. -** -** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of -** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset -** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in -** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, -** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot -** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called -** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. -** in the page header at offset 7. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock -** 2 Bytes in this freeblock -** -** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at -** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array -** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily -** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. -** -** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable -** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each -** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and -** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer -** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. -** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This -** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. -** -** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 -** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 -** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 -** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f -** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 -** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 -** -** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of -** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. -** -** The content of a cell looks like this: -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. -** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. -** * Payload -** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow -** -** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely -** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little -** as 1 byte of data. -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next overflow page -** * Data -** -** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The -** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk -** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is -** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: -** -** SIZE DESCRIPTION -** 4 Page number of next trunk page -** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page -** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - - -/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page -** size give above. -*/ -#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8)) - -/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This -** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself -** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such -** small cells will be rare, but they are possible. -*/ -#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6) - -/* Forward declarations */ -typedef struct MemPage MemPage; -typedef struct BtLock BtLock; -typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; - -/* -** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. -** -** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a -** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The -** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so -** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change -** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read -** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools -** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ -# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite Btree v3" - -#endif - -/* -** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the -** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. -*/ -#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 -#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 -#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 -#define PTF_LEAF 0x08 - -/* -** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following -** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores -** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. -** -** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to -** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to -** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. -** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. -** -** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex -** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. -*/ -struct MemPage { - u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ - u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ - u8 intKey; /* True if table b-trees. False for index b-trees */ - u8 intKeyLeaf; /* True if the leaf of an intKey table */ - u8 noPayload; /* True if internal intKey page (thus w/o data) */ - u8 leaf; /* True if a leaf page */ - u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ - u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ - u8 max1bytePayload; /* min(maxLocal,127) */ - u8 bBusy; /* Prevent endless loops on corrupt database files */ - u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ - u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ - u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ - u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ - u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */ - u16 aiOvfl[5]; /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th - ** non-overflow cell */ - u8 *apOvfl[5]; /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */ - BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ - u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ - u8 *aDataEnd; /* One byte past the end of usable data */ - u8 *aCellIdx; /* The cell index area */ - u8 *aDataOfst; /* Same as aData for leaves. aData+4 for interior */ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ - u16 (*xCellSize)(MemPage*,u8*); /* cellSizePtr method */ - void (*xParseCell)(MemPage*,u8*,CellInfo*); /* btreeParseCell method */ - Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ -}; - -/* -** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended -** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold -** that extra information. -*/ -#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) - -/* -** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. -** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor -** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed -** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when -** a btree handle is closed. -*/ -struct BtLock { - Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ - Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ - u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ - BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ -}; - -/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ -#define READ_LOCK 1 -#define WRITE_LOCK 2 - -/* A Btree handle -** -** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of -** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure -** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot -** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to -** this structure. -** -** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be -** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection -** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object -** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the -** schema associated with the database file are all contained within -** the BtShared object. -** -** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. -** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors -** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those -** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and -** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. -*/ -struct Btree { - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ - int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags */ - i64 szMmap; /* Default mmap_size setting */ - u8 enc; /* Text encoding */ - u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ - u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ - int nVdbeRead; /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */ - BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ - int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ - int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ - BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ - u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ - u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */ - u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */ - u8 hasIncrblobCur; /* True if there are one or more Incrblob cursors */ - int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ - int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */ - u32 iDataVersion; /* Combines with pBt->pPager->iDataVersion */ - Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */ - Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. -** -** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users -** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, -** but any number may have active read transactions. -*/ -#define TRANS_NONE 0 -#define TRANS_READ 1 -#define TRANS_WRITE 2 - -/* -** An instance of this object represents a single database file. -** -** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two -** or more database connections. When two or more connections are -** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own -** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points -** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of -** connections currently sharing this database file. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the -** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field -** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. -** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and -** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. -** -** isPending: -** -** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database -** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table), -** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is -** set to true. -** -** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of -** the following occur: -** -** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR -** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero. -** -** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new -** transaction. -** -** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation. -*/ -struct BtShared { - Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ - Btree *pBt; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */ - BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ - MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ - u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ - u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ - u8 bDoTruncate; /* True to truncate db on commit */ -#endif - u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ - u8 max1bytePayload; /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - u8 optimalReserve; /* Desired amount of reserved space per page */ -#endif - u16 btsFlags; /* Boolean parameters. See BTS_* macros below */ - u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ - u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ - u32 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ - u32 file_format; /* File Format */ - u32 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ - int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ - u32 nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ - void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */ - Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ - BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ - BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ - Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */ -#endif - u8 *pTmpSpace; /* Temp space sufficient to hold a single cell */ -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags -*/ -#define BTS_READ_ONLY 0x0001 /* Underlying file is readonly */ -#define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED 0x0002 /* Page size can no longer be changed */ -#define BTS_SECURE_DELETE 0x0004 /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */ -#define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY 0x0008 /* Database was empty at trans start */ -#define BTS_NO_WAL 0x0010 /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */ -#define BTS_EXCLUSIVE 0x0020 /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */ -#define BTS_PENDING 0x0040 /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */ - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information -** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure -** based on information extract from the raw disk page. -*/ -struct CellInfo { - i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or nPayload otherwise */ - u8 *pPayload; /* Pointer to the start of payload */ - u32 nPayload; /* Bytes of payload */ - u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally, not on overflow */ - u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */ - u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ -}; - -/* -** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than -** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a -** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a -** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes. -** -** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is -** assumed that the database is corrupt. -*/ -#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20 - -/* -** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular -** b-tree within a database file. -** -** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in -** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. -** -** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections, -** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a -** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. -** -** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex -** found at self->pBt->mutex. -** -** skipNext meaning: -** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext>0: Next sqlite3BtreeNext() is no-op. -** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext<0: Next sqlite3BtreePrevious() is no-op. -** eState==FAULT: Cursor fault with skipNext as error code. -*/ -struct BtCursor { - Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ - BtCursor *pNext; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ - Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ - CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ - i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ - void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */ - Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ - int nOvflAlloc; /* Allocated size of aOverflow[] array */ - int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive. - ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */ - u8 curFlags; /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */ - u8 curPagerFlags; /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerAcquire() */ - u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ - u8 hints; /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */ - i8 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */ - u8 curIntKey; /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */ - void *padding1; /* Make object size a multiple of 16 */ - u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */ - MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */ -}; - -/* -** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags -*/ -#define BTCF_WriteFlag 0x01 /* True if a write cursor */ -#define BTCF_ValidNKey 0x02 /* True if info.nKey is valid */ -#define BTCF_ValidOvfl 0x04 /* True if aOverflow is valid */ -#define BTCF_AtLast 0x08 /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */ -#define BTCF_Incrblob 0x10 /* True if an incremental I/O handle */ -#define BTCF_Multiple 0x20 /* Maybe another cursor on the same btree */ - -/* -** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. -** -** CURSOR_INVALID: -** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) -** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been -** called. -** -** CURSOR_VALID: -** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. -** -** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT: -** Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero -** indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious() -** operation should be a no-op. -** -** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: -** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been -** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved -** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in -** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to -** seek the cursor to the saved position. -** -** CURSOR_FAULT: -** An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred -** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this -** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. -** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor -** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skipNext -*/ -#define CURSOR_INVALID 0 -#define CURSOR_VALID 1 -#define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT 2 -#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3 -#define CURSOR_FAULT 4 - -/* -** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. -*/ -# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) - -/* -** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a -** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable -** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the -** page number to look up in the pointer map. -** -** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map -** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns -** the offset of the requested map entry. -** -** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, -** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be -** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements -** this test. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) -#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1)) -#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) - -/* -** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for -** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that -** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains -** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers -** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map -** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. -** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. -** -** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one -** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page -** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the -** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. -** -** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not -** used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number -** is not used in this case. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that -** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of -** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous -** page in the overflow page list. -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number -** identifies the parent page in the btree. -*/ -#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 -#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 -#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 -#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 - -/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables -** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. -*/ -#define btreeIntegrity(p) \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ - assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); - - -/* -** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine -** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used -** within an expression that is an argument to another macro -** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. -** So, this macro is defined instead. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) -#else -#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - - -/* -** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines -** in order to keep track of some global state information. -** -** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in -** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in -** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to -** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which -** indicate corruption). -*/ -typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; -struct IntegrityCk { - BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ - Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ - u8 *aPgRef; /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */ - Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ - int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ - int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ - const char *zPfx; /* Error message prefix */ - int v1, v2; /* Values for up to two %d fields in zPfx */ - StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */ - u32 *heap; /* Min-heap used for analyzing cell coverage */ -}; - -/* -** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. -*/ -#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) -#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v)) -#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte -#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte - -/* -** get2byteAligned(), unlike get2byte(), requires that its argument point to a -** two-byte aligned address. get2bytea() is only used for accessing the -** cell addresses in a btree header. -*/ -#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 -# define get2byteAligned(x) (*(u16*)(x)) -#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \ - && GCC_VERSION>=4008000 -# define get2byteAligned(x) __builtin_bswap16(*(u16*)(x)) -#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \ - && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 -# define get2byteAligned(x) _byteswap_ushort(*(u16*)(x)) -#else -# define get2byteAligned(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); - #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) -#else - #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK - #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo *, char *, int, char **); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*); - -/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ - -/* -** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library. -** -** This structure also contains some state information. -*/ -struct Sqlite3Config { - int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */ - int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */ - int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */ - int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */ - int bUseCis; /* Use covering indices for full-scans */ - int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */ - int neverCorrupt; /* Database is always well-formed */ - int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */ - int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */ - sqlite3_mem_methods m; /* Low-level memory allocation interface */ - sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex; /* Low-level mutex interface */ - sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2; /* Low-level page-cache interface */ - void *pHeap; /* Heap storage space */ - int nHeap; /* Size of pHeap[] */ - int mnReq, mxReq; /* Min and max heap requests sizes */ - sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* mmap() space per open file */ - sqlite3_int64 mxMmap; /* Maximum value for szMmap */ - void *pScratch; /* Scratch memory */ - int szScratch; /* Size of each scratch buffer */ - int nScratch; /* Number of scratch buffers */ - void *pPage; /* Page cache memory */ - int szPage; /* Size of each page in pPage[] */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages in pPage[] */ - int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */ - int sharedCacheEnabled; /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */ - u32 szPma; /* Maximum Sorter PMA size */ - /* The above might be initialized to non-zero. The following need to always - ** initially be zero, however. */ - int isInit; /* True after initialization has finished */ - int inProgress; /* True while initialization in progress */ - int isMutexInit; /* True after mutexes are initialized */ - int isMallocInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ - int isPCacheInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ - int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */ - sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3BtreeInitialize() */ - void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */ - void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */ -#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE - /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch - ** operation. Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE. - */ - void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,int iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx); /* Callback */ - void *pVdbeBranchArg; /* 1st argument */ -#endif - int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */ -}; - -#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION -SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte; -#endif -#endif - -#if (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ - defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ - defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ - defined(__arm__)) && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) -# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 -# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 -# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE -#endif -#if (defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__)) \ - && !defined(SQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER) -# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 -# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 1 -# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0 -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16BE -#endif -#if !defined(SQLITE_BYTEORDER) -const int sqlite3one = 1; -# define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */ -# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) -# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) -# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p); -#else - #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile) - #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1 -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(Btree*, Btree*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(Btree *db); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(Btree *db); -#else - #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y) - #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x) - #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x) -#endif - -/* -** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable -** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to -** print I/O tracing messages. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE -# define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; } -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*); -SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...); -#else -# define IOTRACE(A) -# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X) -#endif - -SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec*, u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(Mem*, u8); - -/* -** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator -** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory -** allocations are properly tracked by the system. -** -** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of -** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with -** a single bit set. -** -** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second -** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). -** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements. -** -** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second -** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). -** -** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP -** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means -** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was -** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify -** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not -** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the -** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify -** this constraint. -** -** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into -** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8); -#else -# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */ -# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1 -# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1 -#endif -#define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */ -#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Heap that might have been lookaside */ -#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH 0x04 /* Scratch allocations */ -#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x08 /* Page cache allocations */ - - -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*); -SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(int, const void *, UnpackedRecord *, int); - -#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */ - -/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 June 13 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains definitions of global variables and constants. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding -** lower-case character. -** -** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not -** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables -** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself. -*/ -const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { - 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, - 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, - 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, - 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, - 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121, - 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107, - 108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125, - 126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, - 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161, - 162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179, - 180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197, - 198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215, - 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233, - 234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251, - 252,253,254,255 -}; -/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02982-34736 In order to maintain full backwards -** compatibility for legacy applications, the URI filename capability is -** disabled by default. -** -** EVIDENCE-OF: R-38799-08373 URI filenames can be enabled or disabled -** using the SQLITE_USE_URI=1 or SQLITE_USE_URI=0 compile-time options. -** -** EVIDENCE-OF: R-43642-56306 By default, URI handling is globally -** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the -** SQLITE_USE_URI symbol defined. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI -# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0 -#endif - -/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38720-18127 The default setting is determined by the -** SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN compile-time option, or is "on" if -** that compile-time option is omitted. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN -# define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1 -#endif - -/* The minimum PMA size is set to this value multiplied by the database -** page size in bytes. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ -# define SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ 250 -#endif - -/* -** The following singleton contains the global configuration for -** the SQLite library. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { - SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */ - 1, /* bCoreMutex */ - SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */ - SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */ - SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN, /* bUseCis */ - 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */ - 0, /* neverCorrupt */ - 128, /* szLookaside */ - 500, /* nLookaside */ - {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */ - {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */ - {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */ - (void*)0, /* pHeap */ - 0, /* nHeap */ - 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */ - SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE, /* szMmap */ - SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE, /* mxMmap */ - (void*)0, /* pScratch */ - 0, /* szScratch */ - 0, /* nScratch */ - (void*)0, /* pPage */ - 0, /* szPage */ - SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ, /* nPage */ - 0, /* mxParserStack */ - 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */ - SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ, /* szPma */ - /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */ - 0, /* isInit */ - 0, /* inProgress */ - 0, /* isMutexInit */ - 0, /* isMallocInit */ - 0, /* isPCacheInit */ - 0, /* nRefInitMutex */ - 0, /* pInitMutex */ - 0, /* xLog */ - 0, /* pLogArg */ -#ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE - 0, /* xVdbeBranch */ - 0, /* pVbeBranchArg */ -#endif - 0 /* bLocaltimeFault */ -}; - -/* -** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the -** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses -** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts -** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign -** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks. -** -** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to -** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to -** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller -** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to -** move the pending byte. -** -** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than -** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format! -** Changing the pending byte during operation will result in undefined -** and incorrect behavior. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; -#endif - -/************** End of global.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 June 18 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related -** functionality. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -/* -** Variables in which to record status information. -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType; -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType { -#if SQLITE_PTRSIZE>4 - sqlite3_int64 nowValue[10]; /* Current value */ - sqlite3_int64 mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */ -#else - u32 nowValue[10]; /* Current value */ - u32 mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */ -#endif -} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} }; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Elements of sqlite3Stat[] are protected by either the memory allocator -** mutex, or by the pcache1 mutex. The following array determines which. -*/ -static const char statMutex[] = { - 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED */ - 1, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED */ - 1, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW */ - 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED */ - 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW */ - 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE */ - 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK */ - 1, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE */ - 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE */ - 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT */ -}; -#endif - -/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information -** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, -** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common -** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly -** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD -# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat) -# define wsdStat x[0] -#else -# define wsdStatInit -# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat -#endif - -/* -** Return the current value of a status parameter. The caller must -** be holding the appropriate mutex. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int op){ - wsdStatInit; - assert( op>=0 && op=0 && op=0 && op=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ - wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; - } -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusDown(int op, int N){ - wsdStatInit; - assert( N>=0 ); - assert( op>=0 && op=0 && op=0 && op=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ - wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; - } -} - -/************** End of status.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/ -/* -** 2005 November 29 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all -** architectures. -*/ -#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1 -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ -#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_ - -/* -** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate -** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory -** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may. -** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX() -** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro. -** -** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure -** testing: -** -** sqlite3OsRead() -** sqlite3OsWrite() -** sqlite3OsSync() -** sqlite3OsFileSize() -** sqlite3OsLock() -** sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() -** sqlite3OsFileControl() -** sqlite3OsShmMap() -** sqlite3OsOpen() -** sqlite3OsDelete() -** sqlite3OsAccess() -** sqlite3OsFullPathname() -** -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1; - #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) \ - if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x))) { \ - void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); \ - if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; \ - sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \ - } -#else - #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) -#endif - -/* -** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods -** of the sqlite3_file object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All -** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using -** C++ instead of plain old C. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pId->pMethods ){ - rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId); - pId->pMethods = 0; - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){ - return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ - return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut); -} - -/* -** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail -** and we need to know about the failures. Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint() -** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not -** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it -** is only a hint and can be safely ignored. The sqlite3OsFileControlHint() -** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO ){ - /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite - ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding - ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point - ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM - ** but the transaction is committed anyway. - ** - ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(), - ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably - ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned - ** to the user. */ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - } -#endif - return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; - return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){ - return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){ - id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){ - return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap( - sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file handle */ - int iPage, - int pgsz, - int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ - void volatile **pp /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */ -){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp); -} - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -/* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); - return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ - return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p); -} -#else -/* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ - *pp = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the -** VFS methods. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - sqlite3_file *pFile, - int flags, - int *pFlagsOut -){ - int rc; - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); - /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed - ** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example, - ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before - ** reaching the VFS. */ - rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 ); - return rc; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); - assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 ); - return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int flags, - int *pResOut -){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); - return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, - const char *zPath, - int nPathOut, - char *zPathOut -){ - DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); - zPathOut[0] = 0; - return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ - return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ - return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); -} - -/* -** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of -** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the -** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an -** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){ - void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10); - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3_free(p); - return sqlite3_os_init(); -} - -/* -** The list of all registered VFS implementations. -*/ -static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0; -#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList) - -/* -** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the -** first VFS on the list. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0; -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - int rc = sqlite3BtreeInitialize(); - if( rc ) return 0; -#endif -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); -#endif - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ - if( zVfs==0 ) break; - if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return pVfs; -} - -/* -** Unlink a VFS from the linked list -*/ -static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); - if( pVfs==0 ){ - /* No-op */ - }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){ - vfsList = pVfs->pNext; - }else if( vfsList ){ - sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList; - while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){ - p = p->pNext; - } - if( p->pNext==pVfs ){ - p->pNext = pVfs->pNext; - } - } -} - -/* -** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same -** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is -** true. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ - MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;) -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - int rc = sqlite3BtreeInitialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - if( pVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; -#endif - - MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - vfsUnlink(pVfs); - if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ - pVfs->pNext = vfsList; - vfsList = pVfs; - }else{ - pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext; - vfsList->pNext = pVfs; - } - assert(vfsList); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/************** End of os.c **************************************************/ -/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when -** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface -** to obtain the memory it needs. -** -** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation -** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. The content of -** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined. The -** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the -** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined. The -** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this -** file. -** -** C-preprocessor macro summary: -** -** HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE The configure script sets this symbol if -** the malloc_usable_size() interface exists -** on the target platform. Or, this symbol -** can be set manually, if desired. -** If an equivalent interface exists by -** a different name, using a separate -D -** option to rename it. -** -** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC Some older macs lack support for the zone -** memory allocator. Set this symbol to enable -** building on older macs. -** -** SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE Set this symbol to disable the use of -** _msize() on windows systems. This might -** be necessary when compiling for Delphi, -** for example. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -/* -** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is -** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time -** macros. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC -#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) - -/* -** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the -** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined. -*/ -#include -#include -#include -static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_; -#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x)) -#define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x)); -#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y)) -#define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \ - (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x)) - -#else /* if not __APPLE__ */ - -/* -** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. -** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined. -*/ -#define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x) -#define SQLITE_FREE(x) free(x) -#define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) realloc((x),(y)) - -/* -** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function -** on some systems (e.g. Linux). -*/ -#if HAVE_MALLOC_H && HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE -# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H 1 -# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE 1 -/* -** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize(). The -** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with -** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE. Using the _msize() function also requires -** the malloc.h header file. -*/ -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE) -# define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H -# define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE -#endif - -/* -** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary. Also set define macro -** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize() -** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux). -** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining -** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) -# include -# if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE) -# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) -# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) malloc_usable_size(x) -# endif -# elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE) -# if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) -# define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE _msize -# endif -# endif -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */ - -#endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */ - -/* -** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation -** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize(). -** -** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because -** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level -** routines. -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ -#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE - void *p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte ); - if( p==0 ){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); - } - return p; -#else - sqlite3_int64 *p; - assert( nByte>0 ); - nByte = ROUND8(nByte); - p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 ); - if( p ){ - p[0] = nByte; - p++; - }else{ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); - } - return (void *)p; -#endif -} - -/* -** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc() -** or sqlite3MemRealloc(). -** -** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since -** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with -** by higher-level routines. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ -#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE - SQLITE_FREE(pPrior); -#else - sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; - assert( pPrior!=0 ); - p--; - SQLITE_FREE(p); -#endif -} - -/* -** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc() -** or xRealloc(). -*/ -static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ -#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE - return pPrior ? (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior) : 0; -#else - sqlite3_int64 *p; - if( pPrior==0 ) return 0; - p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; - p--; - return (int)p[0]; -#endif -} - -/* -** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from -** sqlite3MemMalloc(). -** -** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where -** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and -** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 because -** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level -** routines and redirected to xFree. -*/ -static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ -#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE - void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte); - if( p==0 ){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, - "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", - SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte); - } - return p; -#else - sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; - assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 ); - assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ - p--; - p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 ); - if( p ){ - p[0] = nByte; - p++; - }else{ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, - "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", - sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte); - } - return (void*)p; -#endif -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ - return ROUND8(n); -} - -/* -** Initialize this module. -*/ -static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) - int cpuCount; - size_t len; - if( _sqliteZone_ ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - len = sizeof(cpuCount); - /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */ - sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0); - if( cpuCount>1 ){ - /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */ - _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone(); - }else{ - /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, - ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */ - bool success; - malloc_zone_t* newzone = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0); - malloc_set_zone_name(newzone, "Sqlite_Heap"); - do{ - success = OSAtomicCompareAndSwapPtrBarrier(NULL, newzone, - (void * volatile *)&_sqliteZone_); - }while(!_sqliteZone_); - if( !success ){ - /* somebody registered a zone first */ - malloc_destroy_zone(newzone); - } - } -#endif - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize this module. -*/ -static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return; -} - -/* -** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. -** -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { - sqlite3MemMalloc, - sqlite3MemFree, - sqlite3MemRealloc, - sqlite3MemSize, - sqlite3MemRoundup, - sqlite3MemInit, - sqlite3MemShutdown, - 0 - }; - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */ - -/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. -** -** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) -/* -** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized -** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to -** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT -/* -** Initialize the mutex system. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ - /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not - ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to - ** sqlite3BtreeInitialize() being called. This block copies pointers to - ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom; - sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); - }else{ - pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex(); - } - pTo->xMutexInit = pFrom->xMutexInit; - pTo->xMutexEnd = pFrom->xMutexEnd; - pTo->xMutexFree = pFrom->xMutexFree; - pTo->xMutexEnter = pFrom->xMutexEnter; - pTo->xMutexTry = pFrom->xMutexTry; - pTo->xMutexLeave = pFrom->xMutexLeave; - pTo->xMutexHeld = pFrom->xMutexHeld; - pTo->xMutexNotheld = pFrom->xMutexNotheld; - sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); - pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc; - } - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit ); - rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit(); - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1; -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by -** sqlite3MutexInit(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){ - rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd(); - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0; -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( id<=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3BtreeInitialize() ) return 0; - if( id>SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3MutexInit() ) return 0; -#endif - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ); - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){ - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - return 0; - } - assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) ); - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ); - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); -} - -/* -** Free a dynamic mutex. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p ){ - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree ); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p); - } -} - -/* -** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block -** until it can be obtained. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p ){ - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter ); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p); - } -} - -/* -** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another -** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p ){ - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry ); - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously -** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex -** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument -** this function is a no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - if( p ){ - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave ); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p); - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use inside assert() statements. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld ); - return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld ); - return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p); -} -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ - -/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/ -/* -** 2008 October 07 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. -** -** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual -** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications -** that use SQLite in a single thread. The routines defined -** here are place-holders. Applications can substitute working -** mutex routines at start-time using the -** -** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...) -** -** interface. -** -** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted -** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being -** called correctly. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT - -#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Stub routines for all mutex methods. -** -** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking. -*/ -static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); - return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; -} -static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } -static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } -static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ - static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - noopMutexInit, - noopMutexEnd, - noopMutexAlloc, - noopMutexFree, - noopMutexEnter, - noopMutexTry, - noopMutexLeave, - - 0, - 0, - }; - - return &sMutex; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing -** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any -** mutual exclusion. -*/ - -/* -** The mutex object -*/ -typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex { - int id; /* The mutex type */ - int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ -} sqlite3_debug_mutex; - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use inside assert() statements. -*/ -static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - return p==0 || p->cnt>0; -} -static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - return p==0 || p->cnt==0; -} - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. -*/ -static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ - static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 - 1]; - sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0; - switch( id ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); - if( pNew ){ - pNew->id = id; - pNew->cnt = 0; - } - break; - } - default: { -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - if( id-2<0 || id-2>=ArraySize(aStatic) ){ - (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - return 0; - } -#endif - pNew = &aStatic[id-2]; - pNew->id = id; - break; - } - } - return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew; -} - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. -*/ -static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - assert( p->cnt==0 ); - if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; -#endif - } -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); - p->cnt++; -} -static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); - p->cnt++; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ - sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; - assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) ); - p->cnt--; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ - static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - debugMutexInit, - debugMutexEnd, - debugMutexAlloc, - debugMutexFree, - debugMutexEnter, - debugMutexTry, - debugMutexLeave, - - debugMutexHeld, - debugMutexNotheld - }; - - return &sMutex; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -/* -** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation -** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - return sqlite3NoopMutex(); -} -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */ -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ - -/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/ -/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 28 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe -** under unix with pthreads. -** -** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that -** supports recursive mutexes. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS - -#include - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields -** are necessary under two condidtions: (1) Debug builds and (2) using -** home-grown mutexes. Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX) -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0 -#endif - -/* -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR) - int id; /* Mutex type */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - volatile int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ - volatile pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ - int trace; /* True to trace changes */ -#endif -}; -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 } -#else -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } -#endif - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms, -** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to -** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is -** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery -** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a -** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are -** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines -** will not always work correctly on HPUX. -** -** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite -** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to -** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these -** routines are never called. -*/ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())); -} -static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0; -} -#endif - -/* -** Try to provide a memory barrier operation, needed for initialization -** and also for the implementation of xShmBarrier in the VFS in cases -** where SQLite is compiled without mutexes. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){ -#if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER) - SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER; -#elif defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4001000 - __sync_synchronize(); -#endif -} - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. -*/ -static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } -static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new -** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL -** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite -** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument -** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: -** -**
    -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 -**
-** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){ - static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER - }; - sqlite3_mutex *p; - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to - ** build our own. See below. */ - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); -#else - /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */ - pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr; - pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr); - pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); - pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); -#endif - } - break; - } - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); - } - break; - } - default: { -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){ - (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - return 0; - } -#endif - p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; - break; - } - } -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR) - if( p ) p->id = iType; -#endif - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously -** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** mutex that it allocates. -*/ -static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->nRef==0 ); -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ) -#endif - { - pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex); - sqlite3_free(p); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - else{ - (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow - ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() - ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self - ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values - ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that - ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same - ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions - ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. - */ - { - pthread_t self = pthread_self(); - if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ - p->nRef++; - }else{ - pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - p->owner = self; - p->nRef = 1; - } - } -#else - /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. - */ - pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); - p->owner = pthread_self(); - p->nRef++; -#endif -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif -} -static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - int rc; - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow - ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() - ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self - ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values - ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. - ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that - ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same - ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions - ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. - */ - { - pthread_t self = pthread_self(); - if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ - p->nRef++; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ - assert( p->nRef==0 ); - p->owner = self; - p->nRef = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - } -#else - /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. - */ - if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - p->owner = pthread_self(); - p->nRef++; -#endif - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ - printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) ); -#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF - p->nRef--; - if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; -#endif - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); - } -#else - pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); - } -#endif -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - pthreadMutexInit, - pthreadMutexEnd, - pthreadMutexAlloc, - pthreadMutexFree, - pthreadMutexEnter, - pthreadMutexTry, - pthreadMutexLeave, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - pthreadMutexHeld, - pthreadMutexNotheld -#else - 0, - 0 -#endif - }; - - return &sMutex; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */ - -/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/ -/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 14 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for Win32. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c *************/ -/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to -** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those -** files. -** -** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a -** general purpose header file. -*/ -#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ -#define _OS_COMMON_H_ - -/* -** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG -** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the -** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. -*/ -#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG -# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." -#endif - -/* -** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works -** on i486 hardware. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE - -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing -** high-performance timing routines. -*/ -#include "hwtime.h" - -static sqlite_uint64 g_start; -static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; -#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() -#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start -#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed -#else -#define TIMER_START -#define TIMER_END -#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) -#endif - -/* -** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block -** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This -** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) -#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ - if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ - || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ - { local_ioerr(); CODE; } -static void local_ioerr(){ - IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); - sqlite3_io_error_hit++; - if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; -} -#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ - local_ioerr(); \ - sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ - sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ - CODE; \ - }else{ \ - sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ - } \ - } -#else -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) -#define SimulateIOError(A) -#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) -#endif - -/* -** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; -#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) -#else -#define OpenCounter(X) -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ - -/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/ - -/* -** Include the header file for the Windows VFS. -*/ -/************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/ -/************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/ -/* -** 2013 November 25 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. -*/ -#ifndef _OS_WIN_H_ -#define _OS_WIN_H_ - -/* -** Include the primary Windows SDK header file. -*/ -#include "windows.h" - -#ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# include -# include /* amalgamator: dontcache */ -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT. -** -** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for Windows 9x or -** Windows NT using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows: -** -** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) -** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 -** #else -** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0 -** #endif -** -** However, Visual Studio 2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as -** it ought to, so the above test does not work. We'll just assume that -** everything is Windows NT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise -** by setting SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with Windows CE - which has a much reduced -** API. -*/ -#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 -#endif - -/* -** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of -** the full Win32 API. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT) -# define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0 -#endif - -/* -** For WinCE, some API function parameters do not appear to be declared as -** volatile. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE -#else -# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE volatile -#endif - -/* -** For some Windows sub-platforms, the _beginthreadex() / _endthreadex() -** functions are not available (e.g. those not using MSVC, Cygwin, etc). -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ - SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 && !defined(__CYGWIN__) -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 1 -#else -# define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 0 -#endif - -#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */ - -/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/ -#endif - -/* -** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded -** on a Win32 system. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 - -/* -** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. -*/ -struct sqlite3_mutex { - CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ - int id; /* Mutex type */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - volatile int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ - volatile DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ - volatile int trace; /* True to trace changes */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** These are the initializer values used when declaring a "static" mutex -** on Win32. It should be noted that all mutexes require initialization -** on the Win32 platform. -*/ -#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 } - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, \ - 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 } -#else -#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are -** intended for use only inside assert() statements. -*/ -static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId(); -} - -static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){ - return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; -} - -static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); - return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid); -} -#endif - -/* -** Try to provide a memory barrier operation, needed for initialization -** and also for the xShmBarrier method of the VFS in cases when SQLite is -** compiled without mutexes (SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){ -#if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER) - SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER; -#elif defined(__GNUC__) - __sync_synchronize(); -#elif !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) && \ - defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 - _ReadWriteBarrier(); -#elif defined(MemoryBarrier) - MemoryBarrier(); -#endif -} - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[] = { - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, - SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER -}; - -static int winMutex_isInit = 0; -static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */ - -/* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part -** of the sqlite3BtreeInitialize() and sqlite3BtreeShutdown() processing, the -** "interlocked" magic used here is probably not strictly necessary. -*/ -static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE winMutex_lock = 0; - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void); /* os_win.c */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */ - -static int winMutexInit(void){ - /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */ - if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){ - int i; - for(i=0; i -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 -**
  • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 -** -** -** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create -** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE -** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. -** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction -** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does -** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in -** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex -** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem -** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. -** -** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return -** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are -** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite -** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal -** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should -** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or -** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. -** -** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST -** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() -** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static -** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has -** the same type number. -*/ -static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ - sqlite3_mutex *p; - - switch( iType ){ - case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: - case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->id = iType; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_DYNAMIC - p->trace = 1; -#endif -#endif -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0); -#else - InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); -#endif - } - break; - } - default: { -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ){ - (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - return 0; - } -#endif - p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2]; - p->id = iType; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC - p->trace = 1; -#endif -#endif - break; - } - } - return p; -} - - -/* -** This routine deallocates a previously -** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every -** mutex that it allocates. -*/ -static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 ); - if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ){ - DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); - sqlite3_free(p); - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; -#endif - } -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt -** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, -** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return -** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK -** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can -** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, -** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread -** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex -** more than once, the behavior is undefined. -*/ -static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); -#else - assert( p ); -#endif - assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); - EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; - if( p->trace ){ - OSTRACE(("ENTER-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n", - tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef)); - } -#endif -} - -static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); -#endif - int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - assert( p ); - assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); - /* - ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it - ** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always - ** fail. - ** - ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT. - ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without - ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98. - ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See - ** ticket #2685. - */ -#if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) && _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400 - assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); - assert( winMutex_isNt>=-1 && winMutex_isNt<=1 ); - if( winMutex_isNt<0 ){ - winMutex_isNt = sqlite3_win32_is_nt(); - } - assert( winMutex_isNt==0 || winMutex_isNt==1 ); - if( winMutex_isNt && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - p->owner = tid; - p->nRef++; -#endif - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - OSTRACE(("TRY-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), owner=%lu, nRef=%d, rc=%s\n", - tid, p, p->trace, p->owner, p->nRef, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - } -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was -** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior -** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or -** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. -*/ -static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) - DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); -#endif - assert( p ); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - assert( p->owner==tid ); - p->nRef--; - if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; - assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); -#endif - assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); - LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( p->trace ){ - OSTRACE(("LEAVE-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n", - tid, p, p->trace, p->nRef)); - } -#endif -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ - static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { - winMutexInit, - winMutexEnd, - winMutexAlloc, - winMutexFree, - winMutexEnter, - winMutexTry, - winMutexLeave, -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - winMutexHeld, - winMutexNotheld -#else - 0, - 0 -#endif - }; - return &sMutex; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */ - -/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/ -/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ -/* #include */ - -/* -** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently -** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to -** cache database pages that are not currently in use. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n); -#else - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine - ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with - ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); - return 0; -#endif -} - -/* -** An instance of the following object records the location of -** each unused scratch buffer. -*/ -typedef struct ScratchFreeslot { - struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext; /* Next unused scratch buffer */ -} ScratchFreeslot; - -/* -** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global { - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */ - sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; /* The soft heap limit */ - - /* - ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory - ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation - ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of - ** unused scratch allocations. - */ - void *pScratchEnd; - ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree; - u32 nScratchFree; - - /* - ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the - ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting. - */ - int nearlyFull; -} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - -#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0) - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return the memory allocator mutex. sqlite3_status() needs it. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void){ - return mem0.mutex; -} -#endif - -/* -** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ - int rc; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){ - sqlite3MemSetDefault(); - } - memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100 - && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){ - int i, n, sz; - ScratchFreeslot *pSlot; - sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz; - pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch; - n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; - mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; - mem0.nScratchFree = n; - for(i=0; ipNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot); - pSlot = pSlot->pNext; - } - pSlot->pNext = 0; - mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1]; - }else{ - mem0.pScratchEnd = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512 - || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<=0 ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0; - } - rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other -** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by -** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){ - return mem0.nearlyFull; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); - } - memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); -} - -/* -** Trigger the alarm -*/ -static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){ - if( mem0.alarmThreshold<=0 ) return; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); -} - -/* -** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms. Assume the -** lock is already held. -*/ -static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){ - int nFull; - void *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) ); - nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n); - if( mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ - sqlite3_int64 nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); - if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){ - mem0.nearlyFull = 1; - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); - }else{ - mem0.nearlyFull = 0; - } - } - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - if( p==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); - } -#endif - if( p ){ - nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p); - sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull); - sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); - } - *pp = p; - return nFull; -} - -/* -** Allocate memory. This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it -** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64 n){ - void *p; - if( n==0 || n>=0x7fffff00 ){ - /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum - ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the - ** xMalloc(). Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving - ** 255 bytes of overhead. SQLite itself will never use anything near - ** this amount. The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */ - p = 0; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - mallocWithAlarm((int)n, &p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc((int)n); - } - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */ - return p; -} - -/* -** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application. -** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the -** allocation. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3BtreeInitialize() ) return 0; -#endif - return n<=0 ? 0 : sqlite3Malloc(n); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64 n){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3BtreeInitialize() ) return 0; -#endif - return sqlite3Malloc(n); -} - -/* -** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from -** xScratchMalloc(). We verify this constraint in the single-threaded -** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation -** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) -static int scratchAllocOut = 0; -#endif - - -/* -** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away. -** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended -** for situations where the memory might be held long-term. This -** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data -** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an -** embedded processor. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){ - void *p; - assert( n>0 ); - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n); - if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){ - p = mem0.pScratchFree; - mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext; - mem0.nScratchFree--; - sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - p = sqlite3Malloc(n); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat && p ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, sqlite3MallocSize(p)); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - } - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH); - } - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) ); - - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12970-05880 SQLite will not use more than one scratch - ** buffers per thread. - ** - ** This can only be checked in single-threaded mode. - */ - assert( scratchAllocOut==0 ); - if( p ) scratchAllocOut++; -#endif - - return p; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){ - if( p ){ - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG) - /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread - ** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the - ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case - ** would be much more complicated.) */ - assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 ); - scratchAllocOut--; -#endif - - if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && ppNext = mem0.pScratchFree; - mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot; - mem0.nScratchFree++; - assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch ); - sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - /* Release memory back to the heap */ - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) ); - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, iSize); - sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, iSize); - sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from -** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(Btree *pBtree, void *p){ - if( pBtree==0 ){ -#if SQLITE_DEBUG - assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); -#endif - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); - }else{ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBtree->mutex) ); - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_free(void *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */ - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, sqlite3MallocSize(p)); - sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); - } -} - -/* -** Add the size of memory allocation "p" to the count in -** *db->pnBytesFreed. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE void measureAllocationSize(Btree *pBtree, void *p){ - *pBtree->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(pBtree,p); -} - -/* -** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database -** connection. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(Btree *pBtree, void *p){ - assert( pBTree==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTree->mutex) ); - if( p==0 ) return; - if( pBtree ){ - if( pBtree->pnBytesFreed ){ - measureAllocationSize(pBtree, p); - return; - } - } - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); - assert( pBtree!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, u64 nBytes){ - int nOld, nNew, nDiff; - void *pNew; - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); - if( pOld==0 ){ - return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-04300-56712 */ - } - if( nBytes==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */ - return 0; - } - if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){ - /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */ - return 0; - } - nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld); - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second - ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to - ** xRoundup. */ - nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup((int)nBytes); - if( nOld==nNew ){ - pNew = pOld; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes); - nDiff = nNew - nOld; - if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= - mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff); - } - pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); - if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ - sqlite3MallocAlarm((int)nBytes); - pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); - } - if( pNew ){ - nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew); - sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); - }else{ - pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); - } - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */ - return pNew; -} - -/* -** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc. Make sure that the memory -** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3BtreeInitialize() ) return 0; -#endif - if( n<0 ) n = 0; /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */ - return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3_realloc64(void *pOld, sqlite3_uint64 n){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3BtreeInitialize() ) return 0; -#endif - return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); -} - - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){ - void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, (size_t)n); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make -** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(Btree *pBtree, u64 n){ - void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pBtree, n); - if( p ){ - memset(p, 0, (size_t)n); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make -** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. -** -** If pBtree!=0 and pBtree->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc -** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0. -** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts -** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset. -** This is an important assumption. There are many places in the -** code that do things like this: -** -** int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pBtree, 100); -** int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pBtree, 200); -** if( b ) a[10] = 9; -** -** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed -** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(Btree *pBtree, u64 n){ - void *p; - assert( pBtree==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pBtree->mutex) ); - assert( pBtree==0 || pBtree->pnBytesFreed==0 ); - if( pBtree && pBtree->mallocFailed ){ - return 0; - } - p = sqlite3Malloc(n); - if( !p && pBtree ){ - pBtree->mallocFailed = 1; - } - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); - return p; -} - -/* -** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the -** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(Btree *pBtree, void *p, u64 n){ - void *pNew = 0; - assert( pBtree!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBtree->mutex) ); - if( pBtree->mallocFailed==0 ){ - if( p==0 ){ - return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pBtree, n); - } - assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); - assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); - pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p, n); - if( !pNew ){ - pBtree->mallocFailed = 1; - } - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_HEAP); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p -** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(Btree *pBtree, void *p, u64 n){ - void *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(pBtree, p, n); - if( !pNew ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pBtree, p); - } - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These -** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This -** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are -** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the -** ThreadData structure. -*/ -char *sqlite3DbStrDup(Btree *pBtree, const char *z){ - char *zNew; - size_t n; - if( z==0 ){ - return 0; - } - n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1; - assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); - zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pBtree, (int)n); - if( zNew ){ - memcpy(zNew, z, n); - } - return zNew; -} - -/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/ -/* -** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in -** the public domain. -** -************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines. These -** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C -** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support -** SQLite. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -/* -** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the -** following enumeration. -*/ -#define etRADIX 1 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */ -#define etFLOAT 2 /* Floating point. %f */ -#define etEXP 3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ -#define etGENERIC 4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ -#define etSIZE 5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ -#define etSTRING 6 /* Strings. %s */ -#define etDYNSTRING 7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ -#define etPERCENT 8 /* Percent symbol. %% */ -#define etCHARX 9 /* Characters. %c */ -/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ -#define etSQLESCAPE 10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ -#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', - NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ -#define etPOINTER 14 /* The %p conversion */ -#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ -#define etORDINAL 16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. English only */ - -#define etINVALID 0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */ - - -/* -** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. -*/ -typedef unsigned char etByte; - -/* -** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described -** by an instance of the following structure -*/ -typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ - char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ - etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ - etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ - etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ - etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ - etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ -} et_info; - -/* -** Allowed values for et_info.flags -*/ -#define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ -#define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */ -#define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */ - - -/* -** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the -** most frequently used conversion types first. -*/ -static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; -static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; -static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { - { 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, - { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, - { 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, - { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, - { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, - { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, - { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, - { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, - { 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, - { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, - { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, - { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, - { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, -#endif - { 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, - { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, - { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, - { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, - -/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal -** use only */ - { 'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL, 0, 0 }, -}; - -/* -** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point -** conversions will work. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 -** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then -** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. -** -** Example: -** input: *val = 3.14159 -** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' -** -** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds -** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is -** always returned. -*/ -static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ - int digit; - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; - if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0'; - (*cnt)--; - digit = (int)*val; - d = digit; - digit += '0'; - *val = (*val - d)*10.0; - return (char)digit; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ - -/* -** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode. -*/ -static void setStrAccumError(StrAccum *p, u8 eError){ - assert( eError==STRACCUM_NOMEM || eError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG ); - p->accError = eError; - p->nAlloc = 0; -} - -/* -** Extra argument values from a PrintfArguments object -*/ -static sqlite3_int64 getIntArg(PrintfArguments *p){ - if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0; - return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); -} -static double getDoubleArg(PrintfArguments *p){ - if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0.0; - return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); -} -static char *getTextArg(PrintfArguments *p){ - if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0; - return (char*)sqlite3ValueText(p->apArg[p->nUsed++], SQLITE_UTF8); -} - - -/* -** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the -** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE -# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70 -#endif -#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ - -/* -** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf( - StrAccum *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */ - u32 bFlags, /* SQLITE_PRINTF_* flags */ - const char *fmt, /* Format string */ - va_list ap /* arguments */ -){ - int c; /* Next character in the format string */ - char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ - int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ - int length; /* Length of the field */ - int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ - int width; /* Width of the current field */ - etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ - etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */ - etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */ - etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ - etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ - etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ - etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */ - etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */ - etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ - etByte xtype = 0; /* Conversion paradigm */ - u8 bArgList; /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ - u8 useIntern; /* Ok to use internal conversions (ex: %T) */ - char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ - sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ - const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ - char *zOut; /* Rendering buffer */ - int nOut; /* Size of the rendering buffer */ - char *zExtra = 0; /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ - int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ - double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ - etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ - etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ -#endif - PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ - char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ - - bufpt = 0; - if( bFlags ){ - if( (bArgList = (bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){ - pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*); - } - useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL; - }else{ - bArgList = useIntern = 0; - } - for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ - if( c!='%' ){ - bufpt = (char *)fmt; -#if HAVE_STRCHRNUL - fmt = strchrnul(fmt, '%'); -#else - do{ fmt++; }while( *fmt && *fmt != '%' ); -#endif - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt)); - if( *fmt==0 ) break; - } - if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1); - break; - } - /* Find out what flags are present */ - flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = - flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; - done = 0; - do{ - switch( c ){ - case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; - case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break; - case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break; - case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; - case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; - case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; - default: done = 1; break; - } - }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); - /* Get the field width */ - if( c=='*' ){ - if( bArgList ){ - width = (int)getIntArg(pArgList); - }else{ - width = va_arg(ap,int); - } - if( width<0 ){ - flag_leftjustify = 1; - width = width >= -2147483647 ? -width : 0; - } - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - unsigned wx = 0; - while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ - wx = wx*10 + c - '0'; - c = *++fmt; - } - testcase( wx>0x7fffffff ); - width = wx & 0x7fffffff; - } - - /* Get the precision */ - if( c=='.' ){ - c = *++fmt; - if( c=='*' ){ - if( bArgList ){ - precision = (int)getIntArg(pArgList); - }else{ - precision = va_arg(ap,int); - } - c = *++fmt; - if( precision<0 ){ - precision = precision >= -2147483647 ? -precision : -1; - } - }else{ - unsigned px = 0; - while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ - px = px*10 + c - '0'; - c = *++fmt; - } - testcase( px>0x7fffffff ); - precision = px & 0x7fffffff; - } - }else{ - precision = -1; - } - /* Get the conversion type modifier */ - if( c=='l' ){ - flag_long = 1; - c = *++fmt; - if( c=='l' ){ - flag_longlong = 1; - c = *++fmt; - }else{ - flag_longlong = 0; - } - }else{ - flag_long = flag_longlong = 0; - } - /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ - infop = &fmtinfo[0]; - xtype = etINVALID; - for(idx=0; idxflags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){ - xtype = infop->type; - }else{ - return; - } - break; - } - } - - /* - ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: - ** - ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. - ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. - ** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present. - ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the - ** field width was negative. - ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. - ** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed - ** the conversion character. - ** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed - ** the conversion character. - ** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present. - ** width The specified field width. This is - ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. - ** precision The specified precision. The default - ** is -1. - ** xtype The class of the conversion. - ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. - */ - switch( xtype ){ - case etPOINTER: - flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64); - flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int); - /* Fall through into the next case */ - case etORDINAL: - case etRADIX: - if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ - i64 v; - if( bArgList ){ - v = getIntArg(pArgList); - }else if( flag_longlong ){ - v = va_arg(ap,i64); - }else if( flag_long ){ - v = va_arg(ap,long int); - }else{ - v = va_arg(ap,int); - } - if( v<0 ){ - if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ - longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63; - }else{ - longvalue = -v; - } - prefix = '-'; - }else{ - longvalue = v; - if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; - else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; - else prefix = 0; - } - }else{ - if( bArgList ){ - longvalue = (u64)getIntArg(pArgList); - }else if( flag_longlong ){ - longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); - }else if( flag_long ){ - longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); - }else{ - longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); - } - prefix = 0; - } - if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; - if( flag_zeropad && precision=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){ - x = 0; - } - *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1]; - *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2]; - } - { - const char *cset = &aDigits[infop->charset]; - u8 base = infop->base; - do{ /* Convert to ascii */ - *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; - longvalue = longvalue/base; - }while( longvalue>0 ); - } - length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); - for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){ - *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ - } - if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ - if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ - const char *pre; - char x; - pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; - for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; - } - length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); - break; - case etFLOAT: - case etEXP: - case etGENERIC: - if( bArgList ){ - realvalue = getDoubleArg(pArgList); - }else{ - realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - length = 0; -#else - if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ - if( realvalue<0.0 ){ - realvalue = -realvalue; - prefix = '-'; - }else{ - if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; - else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; - else prefix = 0; - } - if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; - testcase( precision>0xfff ); - for(idx=precision&0xfff, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} - if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; - /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ - exp = 0; - if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){ - bufpt = "NaN"; - length = 3; - break; - } - if( realvalue>0.0 ){ - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; - while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;} - while( realvalue>=1e10*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e10; exp+=10; } - while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; } - realvalue /= scale; - while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } - while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } - if( exp>350 ){ - bufpt = buf; - buf[0] = prefix; - memcpy(buf+(prefix!=0),"Inf",4); - length = 3+(prefix!=0); - break; - } - } - bufpt = buf; - /* - ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP - ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. - */ - if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ - realvalue += rounder; - if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } - } - if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ - flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; - if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ - xtype = etEXP; - }else{ - precision = precision - exp; - xtype = etFLOAT; - } - }else{ - flag_rtz = flag_altform2; - } - if( xtype==etEXP ){ - e2 = 0; - }else{ - e2 = exp; - } - if( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){ - bufpt = zExtra - = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width+15 ); - if( bufpt==0 ){ - setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM); - return; - } - } - zOut = bufpt; - nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10; - flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; - /* The sign in front of the number */ - if( prefix ){ - *(bufpt++) = prefix; - } - /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ - if( e2<0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - }else{ - for(; e2>=0; e2--){ - *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); - } - } - /* The decimal point */ - if( flag_dp ){ - *(bufpt++) = '.'; - } - /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first - ** significant digit of the number */ - for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){ - assert( precision>0 ); - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - } - /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ - while( (precision--)>0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); - } - /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ - if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ - while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; - assert( bufpt>zOut ); - if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ - if( flag_altform2 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '0'; - }else{ - *(--bufpt) = 0; - } - } - } - /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ - if( xtype==etEXP ){ - *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; - if( exp<0 ){ - *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; - }else{ - *(bufpt++) = '+'; - } - if( exp>=100 ){ - *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0'); /* 100's digit */ - exp %= 100; - } - *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0'); /* 10's digit */ - *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0'); /* 1's digit */ - } - *bufpt = 0; - - /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. - ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with - ** integer conversions. */ - length = (int)(bufpt-zOut); - bufpt = zOut; - - /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is - ** set and we are not left justified */ - if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ - int i; - int nPad = width - length; - for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ - bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; - } - i = prefix!=0; - while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; - length = width; - } -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ - break; - case etSIZE: - if( !bArgList ){ - *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar; - } - length = width = 0; - break; - case etPERCENT: - buf[0] = '%'; - bufpt = buf; - length = 1; - break; - case etCHARX: - if( bArgList ){ - bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList); - c = bufpt ? bufpt[0] : 0; - }else{ - c = va_arg(ap,int); - } - if( precision>1 ){ - width -= precision-1; - if( width>1 && !flag_leftjustify ){ - sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width-1, ' '); - width = 0; - } - sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, precision-1, c); - } - length = 1; - buf[0] = c; - bufpt = buf; - break; - case etSTRING: - case etDYNSTRING: - if( bArgList ){ - bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList); - xtype = etSTRING; - }else{ - bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*); - } - if( bufpt==0 ){ - bufpt = ""; - }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){ - zExtra = bufpt; - } - if( precision>=0 ){ - for(length=0; lengthetBUFSIZE ){ - bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n ); - if( bufpt==0 ){ - setStrAccumError(pAccum, STRACCUM_NOMEM); - return; - } - }else{ - bufpt = buf; - } - j = 0; - if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; - k = i; - for(i=0; i=0 && precision0 && !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' '); - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length); - if( width>0 && flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3AppendChar(pAccum, width, ' '); - - if( zExtra ){ - sqlite3_free(zExtra); - zExtra = 0; - } - }/* End for loop over the format string */ -} /* End of function */ - -/* -** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is -** able to accept at least N more bytes of text. -** -** Return the number of bytes of text that StrAccum is able to accept -** after the attempted enlargement. The value returned might be zero. -*/ -static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){ - char *zNew; - assert( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc ); /* Only called if really needed */ - if( p->accError ){ - testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_TOOBIG); - testcase(p->accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM); - return 0; - } - if( p->mxAlloc==0 ){ - N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1; - setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG); - return N; - }else{ - char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText); - i64 szNew = p->nChar; - szNew += N + 1; - if( szNew+p->nChar<=p->mxAlloc ){ - /* Force exponential buffer size growth as long as it does not overflow, - ** to avoid having to call this routine too often */ - szNew += p->nChar; - } - if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){ - sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); - setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_TOOBIG); - return 0; - }else{ - p->nAlloc = (int)szNew; - } - if( p->pBtree ){ - zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->pBtree, zOld, p->nAlloc); - }else{ - zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(zOld, p->nAlloc); - } - if( zNew ){ - assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 ); - if( zOld==0 && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar); - p->zText = zNew; - p->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->pBtree, zNew); - }else{ - sqlite3StrAccumReset(p); - setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM); - return 0; - } - } - return N; -} - -/* -** Append N copies of character c to the given string buffer. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AppendChar(StrAccum *p, int N, char c){ - testcase( p->nChar + (i64)N > 0x7fffffff ); - if( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ){ - return; - } - while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = c; -} - -/* -** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[]. -** So enlarge if first, then do the append. -** -** This is a helper routine to sqlite3StrAccumAppend() that does special-case -** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the -** sqlite3StrAccumAppend() routine can use fast calling semantics. -*/ -static void SQLITE_NOINLINE enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ - N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N); - if( N>0 ){ - memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N); - p->nChar += N; - } -} - -/* -** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object. Increase the -** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ - assert( z!=0 || N==0 ); - assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError ); - assert( N>=0 ); - assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 ); - if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){ - enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N); - }else{ - assert( p->zText ); - p->nChar += N; - memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar-N], z, N); - } -} - -/* -** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated. -** Return a pointer to the resulting string. Return a NULL -** pointer if any kind of error was encountered. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){ - if( p->zText ){ - p->zText[p->nChar] = 0; - if( p->mxAlloc>0 && p->zText==p->zBase ){ - p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->pBtree, p->nChar+1 ); - if( p->zText ){ - memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1); - }else{ - setStrAccumError(p, STRACCUM_NOMEM); - } - } - } - return p->zText; -} - -/* -** Reset an StrAccum string. Reclaim all malloced memory. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){ - if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){ - sqlite3DbFree(p->pBtree, p->zText); - } - p->zText = 0; -} - -/* -** Initialize a string accumulator. -** -** p: The accumulator to be initialized. -** db: Pointer to a database connection. May be NULL. Lookaside -** memory is used if not NULL. db->mallocFailed is set appropriately -** when not NULL. -** zBase: An initial buffer. May be NULL in which case the initial buffer -** is malloced. -** n: Size of zBase in bytes. If total space requirements never exceed -** n then no memory allocations ever occur. -** mx: Maximum number of bytes to accumulate. If mx==0 then no memory -** allocations will ever occur. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, Btree* pBtree, char *zBase, int n, int mx){ - p->zText = p->zBase = zBase; - p->pBtree = pBtree; - p->nChar = 0; - p->nAlloc = n; - p->mxAlloc = mx; - p->accError = 0; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - char *z; - char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; - StrAccum acc; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - if( zFormat==0 ){ - (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - return 0; - } -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3BtreeInitialize() ) return 0; -#endif - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); - return z; -} - -/* -** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal -** %-conversion extensions. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - char *z; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3BtreeInitialize() ) return 0; -#endif - va_start(ap, zFormat); - z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -/* -** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the -** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we -** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as -** specified by some locales. -** -** Oops: The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards -** from the snprintf() standard. Unfortunately, it is too late to change -** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the -** mistake. -** -** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - StrAccum acc; - if( n<=0 ) return zBuf; -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - if( zBuf==0 || zFormat==0 ) { - (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - if( zBuf ) zBuf[0] = 0; - return zBuf; - } -#endif - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, n, 0); - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ - char *z; - va_list ap; - va_start(ap,zFormat); - z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - return z; -} - -/* -** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message. -** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using -** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled. -** -** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer. It cannot dynamically -** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator -** mutex is held. -** -** sqlite3VXPrintf() might ask for *temporary* memory allocations for -** certain format characters (%q) or for very large precisions or widths. -** Care must be taken that any sqlite3_log() calls that occur while the -** memory mutex is held do not use these mechanisms. -*/ -static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ - StrAccum acc; /* String accumulator */ - char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3]; /* Complete log message */ - - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0); - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode, - sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); -} - -/* -** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; /* Vararg list */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){ - va_start(ap, zFormat); - renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - } -} - -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) -/* -** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. -** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld -** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - StrAccum acc; - char zBuf[500]; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); - va_start(ap,zFormat); - sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); - fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); - fflush(stdout); -} -#endif - - -/* -** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf(). The bFlags argument -** can contain the bit SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL enable internal formats. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, u32 bFlags, const char *zFormat, ...){ - va_list ap; - va_start(ap,zFormat); - sqlite3VXPrintf(p, bFlags, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); -} - -/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number -** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. -** -** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order -** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - - -/* All threads share a single random number generator. -** This structure is the current state of the generator. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType { - unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ - unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ - unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ -} sqlite3Prng; - -/* -** Return N random bytes. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ - unsigned char t; - unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; - - /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator - ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, - ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common - ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly - ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng); -# define wsdPrng p[0] -#else -# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng -#endif - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - if( sqlite3BtreeInitialize() ) return; -#endif - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG); -#endif - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); - if( N<=0 || pBuf==0 ){ - wsdPrng.isInit = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); - return; - } - - /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, - ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does - ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not - ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... - ** - ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of - ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random - ** number generator) not as an encryption device. - */ - if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){ - int i; - char k[256]; - wsdPrng.j = 0; - wsdPrng.i = 0; - sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k); - for(i=0; i<256; i++){ - wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i; - } - for(i=0; i<256; i++){ - wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i]; - t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; - wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i]; - wsdPrng.s[i] = t; - } - wsdPrng.isInit = 1; - } - - assert( N>0 ); - do{ - wsdPrng.i++; - t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; - wsdPrng.j += t; - wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; - wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t; - t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; - *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t]; - }while( --N ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); -} - -/************** End of random.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** Utility functions used throughout sqlite. -** -** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing -** strings, and stuff like that. -** -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ -/* #include */ -#if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN -# include -#endif - -/* -** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){ - static unsigned dummy = 0; - dummy += (unsigned)x; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT -/* -** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN). -** -** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. -** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){ - int rc; /* The value return */ -#if !SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN && !HAVE_ISNAN - /* - ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably - ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. But we have - ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so - ** this implementation is provided as an alternative. - ** - ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math. - ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following - ** warning: - ** - ** This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any - ** -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs - ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO - ** rules/specifications for math functions. - ** - ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating- - ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN - ** documentation: - ** - ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons - ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN - ** ... - */ -#ifdef __FAST_MATH__ -# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC. -#endif - volatile double y = x; - volatile double z = y; - rc = (y!=z); -#else /* if HAVE_ISNAN */ - rc = isnan(x); -#endif /* HAVE_ISNAN */ - testcase( rc ); - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ - -/* -** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in -** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer. -** -** The value returned will never be negative. Nor will it ever be greater -** than the actual length of the string. For very long strings (greater -** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){ - if( z==0 ) return 0; - return 0x3fffffff & (int)strlen(z); -} - -/* Convenient short-hand */ -#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower - -int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ - unsigned char *a, *b; - int c; - a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; - b = (unsigned char *)zRight; - for(;;){ - c = (int)UpperToLower[*a] - (int)UpperToLower[*b]; - if( c || *a==0 ) break; - a++; - b++; - } - return c; -} -/* -** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number. -** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult. -** -** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and -** uses the encoding enc. The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. -** -** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE -** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text. Valid numbers -** are in one of these formats: -** -** [+-]digits[E[+-]digits] -** [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits] -** [+-].digits[E[+-]digits] -** -** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining -** validity. -** -** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine -** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result -** into *pResult. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - int incr; - const char *zEnd = z + length; - /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */ - int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */ - i64 s = 0; /* significand */ - int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */ - int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */ - int e = 0; /* exponent */ - int eValid = 1; /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */ - double result; - int nDigits = 0; - int nonNum = 0; - - assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - *pResult = 0.0; /* Default return value, in case of an error */ - - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - incr = 1; - }else{ - int i; - incr = 2; - assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - for(i=3-enc; i=zEnd ) return 0; - - /* get sign of significand */ - if( *z=='-' ){ - sign = -1; - z+=incr; - }else if( *z=='+' ){ - z+=incr; - } - - /* skip leading zeroes */ - while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; - - /* if decimal point is present */ - if( *z=='.' ){ - z+=incr; - /* copy digits from after decimal to significand - ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */ - while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; - - /* if exponent is present */ - if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ - z+=incr; - eValid = 0; - if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; - /* get sign of exponent */ - if( *z=='-' ){ - esign = -1; - z+=incr; - }else if( *z=='+' ){ - z+=incr; - } - /* copy digits to exponent */ - while( z0 ){ - while( s<(LARGEST_INT64/10) && e>0 ) e--,s*=10; - }else{ - while( !(s%10) && e>0 ) e--,s/=10; - } - - /* adjust the sign of significand */ - s = sign<0 ? -s : s; - - /* if exponent, scale significand as appropriate - ** and store in result. */ - if( e ){ - LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; - /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */ - if( e>307 && e<342 ){ - while( e%308 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } - if( esign<0 ){ - result = s / scale; - result /= 1.0e+308; - }else{ - result = s * scale; - result *= 1.0e+308; - } - }else if( e>=342 ){ - if( esign<0 ){ - result = 0.0*s; - }else{ - result = 1e308*1e308*s; /* Infinity */ - } - }else{ - /* 1.0e+22 is the largest power of 10 than can be - ** represented exactly. */ - while( e%22 ) { scale *= 1.0e+1; e -= 1; } - while( e>0 ) { scale *= 1.0e+22; e -= 22; } - if( esign<0 ){ - result = s / scale; - }else{ - result = s * scale; - } - } - } else { - result = (double)s; - } - } - - /* store the result */ - *pResult = result; - - /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */ - return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0; -#else - return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc); -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ -} - -/* -** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation -** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive -** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string. -** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters. -** -** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference -** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the -** last digit. So, for example, -** -** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1) -** -** will return -8. -*/ -static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){ - int c = 0; - int i; - /* 012345678901234567 */ - const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580"; - for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){ - c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10; - } - if( c==0 ){ - c = zNum[18*incr] - '8'; - testcase( c==(-1) ); - testcase( c==0 ); - testcase( c==(+1) ); - } - return c; -} - -/* -** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer. zNum must be decimal. This -** routine does *not* accept hexadecimal notation. -** -** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement -** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0. -** -** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808, return 2. This special -** case is broken out because while 9223372036854775808 cannot be a -** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854775808 can be. -** -** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not -** 9223372036854775808 or if zNum contains any non-numeric text, -** then return 1. -** -** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters). -** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. The encoding is -** given by enc. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){ - int incr; - u64 u = 0; - int neg = 0; /* assume positive */ - int i; - int c = 0; - int nonNum = 0; - const char *zStart; - const char *zEnd = zNum + length; - assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ - incr = 1; - }else{ - incr = 2; - assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); - for(i=3-enc; i='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){ - u = u*10 + c - '0'; - } - if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){ - *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64; - }else if( neg ){ - *pNum = -(i64)u; - }else{ - *pNum = (i64)u; - } - testcase( i==18 ); - testcase( i==19 ); - testcase( i==20 ); - if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]19*incr || nonNum ){ - /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer - ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */ - return 1; - }else if( i<19*incr ){ - /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */ - assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); - return 0; - }else{ - /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers. Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */ - c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr); - if( c<0 ){ - /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */ - assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); - return 0; - }else if( c>0 ){ - /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */ - return 1; - }else{ - /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808. Fits if negative. The - ** special case 2 overflow if positive */ - assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 ); - return neg ? 0 : 2; - } - } -} - -/* -** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: -** -** KEY: -** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit -** C = xxxxxxxx 8 bits of data -** -** 7 bits - A -** 14 bits - BA -** 21 bits - BBA -** 28 bits - BBBA -** 35 bits - BBBBA -** 42 bits - BBBBBA -** 49 bits - BBBBBBA -** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA -** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC -*/ - -/* -** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. -** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes. The number -** of bytes written is returned. -** -** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte -** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th -** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full -** 8 bits and is the last byte. -*/ -static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ - int i, j, n; - u8 buf[10]; - if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){ - p[8] = (u8)v; - v >>= 8; - for(i=7; i>=0; i--){ - p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); - v >>= 7; - } - return 9; - } - n = 0; - do{ - buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); - v >>= 7; - }while( v!=0 ); - buf[0] &= 0x7f; - assert( n<=9 ); - for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){ - p[i] = buf[j]; - } - return n; -} -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreePutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ - if( v<=0x7f ){ - p[0] = v&0x7f; - return 1; - } - if( v<=0x3fff ){ - p[0] = ((v>>7)&0x7f)|0x80; - p[1] = v&0x7f; - return 2; - } - return putVarint64(p,v); -} - -/* -** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint(). These precomputed constants -** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions -** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler. -** -** SLOT_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f -** -** SLOT_4_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0 -*/ -#define SLOT_2_0 0x001fc07f -#define SLOT_4_2_0 0xf01fc07f - - -/* -** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. -** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. -*/ -SQLITE_API u8 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeGetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ - u32 a,b,s; - - a = *p; - /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - *v = a; - return 1; - } - - p++; - b = *p; - /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - a &= 0x7f; - a = a<<7; - a |= b; - *v = a; - return 2; - } - - /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */ - assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); - assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); - - p++; - a = a<<14; - a |= *p; - /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - a &= SLOT_2_0; - b &= 0x7f; - b = b<<7; - a |= b; - *v = a; - return 3; - } - - /* CSE1 from below */ - a &= SLOT_2_0; - p++; - b = b<<14; - b |= *p; - /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - b &= SLOT_2_0; - /* moved CSE1 up */ - /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - a = a<<7; - a |= b; - *v = a; - return 4; - } - - /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ - /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ - /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ - /* moved CSE1 up */ - /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - b &= SLOT_2_0; - s = a; - /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ - - p++; - a = a<<14; - a |= *p; - /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ - /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - b = b<<7; - a |= b; - s = s>>18; - *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; - return 5; - } - - /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ - s = s<<7; - s |= b; - /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ - - p++; - b = b<<14; - b |= *p; - /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ - /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - a &= SLOT_2_0; - a = a<<7; - a |= b; - s = s>>18; - *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; - return 6; - } - - p++; - a = a<<14; - a |= *p; - /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - a &= SLOT_4_2_0; - b &= SLOT_2_0; - b = b<<7; - a |= b; - s = s>>11; - *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; - return 7; - } - - /* CSE2 from below */ - a &= SLOT_2_0; - p++; - b = b<<14; - b |= *p; - /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - b &= SLOT_4_2_0; - /* moved CSE2 up */ - /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ - a = a<<7; - a |= b; - s = s>>4; - *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; - return 8; - } - - p++; - a = a<<15; - a |= *p; - /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */ - - /* moved CSE2 up */ - /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */ - b &= SLOT_2_0; - b = b<<8; - a |= b; - - s = s<<4; - b = p[-4]; - b &= 0x7f; - b = b>>3; - s |= b; - - *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; - - return 9; -} - -/* -** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. -** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. -** -** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned -** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff. -** -** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the -** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as -** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled. -*/ -SQLITE_API u8 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeGetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ - u32 a,b; - - /* The 1-byte case. Overwhelmingly the most common. Handled inline - ** by the getVarin32() macro */ - a = *p; - /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ -#ifndef getVarint32 - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - /* Values between 0 and 127 */ - *v = a; - return 1; - } -#endif - - /* The 2-byte case */ - p++; - b = *p; - /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - /* Values between 128 and 16383 */ - a &= 0x7f; - a = a<<7; - *v = a | b; - return 2; - } - - /* The 3-byte case */ - p++; - a = a<<14; - a |= *p; - /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */ - a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); - b &= 0x7f; - b = b<<7; - *v = a | b; - return 3; - } - - /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees. - ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint. - ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size - ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string. - ** - ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases. The very - ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint - ** routine. - */ -#if 1 - { - u64 v64; - u8 n; - - p -= 2; - n = sqlite3BtreeGetVarint(p, &v64); - assert( n>3 && n<=9 ); - if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){ - *v = 0xffffffff; - }else{ - *v = (u32)v64; - } - return n; - } - -#else - /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an - ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases. This code is - ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test. - */ - p++; - b = b<<14; - b |= *p; - /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ - if (!(b&0x80)) - { - /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */ - b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); - a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); - a = a<<7; - *v = a | b; - return 4; - } - - p++; - a = a<<14; - a |= *p; - /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ - if (!(a&0x80)) - { - /* Values between 268435456 and 34359738367 */ - a &= SLOT_4_2_0; - b &= SLOT_4_2_0; - b = b<<7; - *v = a | b; - return 5; - } - - /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database - ** file. In that case we are not in any hurry. Use the (relatively - ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3BtreeGetVarint() routine to extract the - ** value. */ - { - u64 v64; - u8 n; - - p -= 4; - n = sqlite3BtreeGetVarint(p, &v64); - assert( n>5 && n<=9 ); - *v = (u32)v64; - return n; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given -** 64-bit integer. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeVarintLen(u64 v){ - int i; - for(i=1; (v >>= 7)!=0; i++){ assert( i<9 ); } - return i; -} - - -/* -** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){ -#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 - u32 x; - memcpy(&x,p,4); - return x; -#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \ - && defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 - u32 x; - memcpy(&x,p,4); - return __builtin_bswap32(x); -#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) \ - && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 - u32 x; - memcpy(&x,p,4); - return _byteswap_ulong(x); -#else - testcase( p[0]&0x80 ); - return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3]; -#endif -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ -#if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 - memcpy(p,&v,4); -#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 - u32 x = __builtin_bswap32(v); - memcpy(p,&x,4); -#elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1300 - u32 x = _byteswap_ulong(v); - memcpy(p,&x,4); -#else - p[0] = (u8)(v>>24); - p[1] = (u8)(v>>16); - p[2] = (u8)(v>>8); - p[3] = (u8)v; -#endif -} - -/* -** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should -** not have been used. The "type" of connection pointer is given as the -** argument. The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid". -*/ -static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, - "API call with %s database connection pointer", - zType - ); -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(Btree *pBtree){ - u32 magic; - magic = pBtree->magic; - if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK && - magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN && - magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - logBadConnection("invalid"); - return 0; - }else{ - return 1; - } -} - -/* -** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or -** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647 -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){ - if( x>=0 ) return x; - if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff; - return -x; -} - -/************** End of util.c ************************************************/ -/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems -** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others. -** -** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file. -** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default -** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations -** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply -** skip locking all together. -** -** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various -** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE -** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed -** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled. -** -** The layout of divisions is as follows: -** -** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions. -** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks. -** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking): -** + for Posix Advisory Locks -** + for no-op locks -** + for dot-file locks -** + for flock() locking -** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only) -** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only) -** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking. -** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking -** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method. -** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations. -** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only) -** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods -** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ -#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ - -/* -** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency -** control: -** -** 1. POSIX locking (the default), -** 2. No locking, -** 3. Dot-file locking, -** 4. flock() locking, -** 5. AFP locking (OSX only), -** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only), -** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only) -** -** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic -** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem -** where the database is located. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) -# if defined(__APPLE__) -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 -# else -# define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** standard include files. -*/ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -# include -#endif - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -# include -# include -# include -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && ((__MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050) || \ - (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 2000)) -# if (!defined(TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED) || (TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED==0)) \ - && (!defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) || (TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR==0)) -# define HAVE_GETHOSTUUID 1 -# else -# warning "gethostuuid() is disabled." -# endif -#endif - - -#if OS_VXWORKS -/* # include */ -# include -# include -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ - -#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -# include -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UTIME -# include -#endif - -/* -** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags -*/ -#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS 0x1 - -/* -** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define -** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -/* # include */ -# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 -#endif - -/* -** Default permissions when creating a new file -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 -#endif - -/* -** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS -# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755 -#endif - -/* -** Maximum supported path-length. -*/ -#define MAX_PATHNAME 512 - -/* Always cast the getpid() return type for compatibility with -** kernel modules in VxWorks. */ -#define osGetpid(X) (pid_t)getpid() - -/* -** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not -** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK -*/ -#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) - -/* Forward references */ -typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */ -typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */ -typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */ -typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */ - -/* -** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor -** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following -** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an -** opportunity to either close or reuse it. -*/ -struct UnixUnusedFd { - int fd; /* File descriptor to close */ - int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */ - UnixUnusedFd *pNext; /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */ -}; - -/* -** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix -** VFS implementations. -*/ -typedef struct unixFile unixFile; -struct unixFile { - sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS that created this unixFile */ - unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */ - int h; /* The file descriptor */ - unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ - unsigned short int ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */ - int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */ - void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */ - const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */ - unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */ - int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ - void *pMapRegion; /* Memory mapped region */ -#endif -#ifdef __QNXNTO__ - int sectorSize; /* Device sector size */ - int deviceCharacteristics; /* Precomputed device characteristics */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__) - unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */ -#endif -#if OS_VXWORKS - struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */ -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the - ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated - ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will - ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction - ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the - ** one described by ticket #3584. - */ - unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ - unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ - unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */ - -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that - ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. - */ - char aPadding[32]; -#endif -}; - -/* This variable holds the process id (pid) from when the xRandomness() -** method was called. If xOpen() is called from a different process id, -** indicating that a fork() has occurred, the PRNG will be reset. -*/ -static pid_t randomnessPid = 0; - -/* -** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask: -*/ -#define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */ -#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ -#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC -# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x08 /* Directory sync needed */ -#else -# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x00 -#endif -#define UNIXFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ -#define UNIXFILE_DELETE 0x20 /* Delete on close */ -#define UNIXFILE_URI 0x40 /* Filename might have query parameters */ -#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK 0x80 /* Do no file locking */ -#define UNIXFILE_WARNED 0x0100 /* verifyDbFile() warnings issued */ -#define UNIXFILE_BLOCK 0x0200 /* Next SHM lock might block */ - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/ -/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to -** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those -** files. -** -** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a -** general purpose header file. -*/ -#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ -#define _OS_COMMON_H_ - -/* -** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG -** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the -** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. -*/ -#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG -# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." -#endif - -/* -** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works -** on i486 hardware. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE - -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing -** high-performance timing routines. -*/ -/* #include "hwtime.h" */ - -static sqlite_uint64 g_start; -static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; -#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() -#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start -#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed -#else -#define TIMER_START -#define TIMER_END -#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) -#endif - -/* -** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block -** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This -** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) -#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ - if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ - || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ - { local_ioerr(); CODE; } -static void local_ioerr(){ - IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); - sqlite3_io_error_hit++; - if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; -} -#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ - local_ioerr(); \ - sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ - sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ - CODE; \ - }else{ \ - sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ - } \ - } -#else -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) -#define SimulateIOError(A) -#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) -#endif - -/* -** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; -#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) -#else -#define OpenCounter(X) -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ - -/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/ - -/* -** Define various macros that are missing from some systems. -*/ -#ifndef O_LARGEFILE -# define O_LARGEFILE 0 -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS -# undef O_LARGEFILE -# define O_LARGEFILE 0 -#endif -#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW -# define O_NOFOLLOW 0 -#endif -#ifndef O_BINARY -# define O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -/* -** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE -#define threadid pthread_self() -#else -#define threadid 0 -#endif - -/* -** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else. -*/ -#if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP) -# if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define HAVE_MREMAP 1 -# else -# define HAVE_MREMAP 0 -# endif -#endif - -/* -** Explicitly call the 64-bit version of lseek() on Android. Otherwise, lseek() -** is the 32-bit version, even if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. -*/ -#ifdef __ANDROID__ -# define lseek lseek64 -#endif - -/* -** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways. Same use -** open(const char*,int,mode_t). Others use open(const char*,int,...). -** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function. -** -** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper -** which always has the same well-defined interface. -*/ -static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){ - return open(zFile, flags, mode); -} - -/* -** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security -** log if they come from non-root processes. So avoid calling fchown() if -** we are not running as root. -*/ -static int posixFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - return 0; -#else - return geteuid() ? 0 : fchown(fd,uid,gid); -#endif -} - -/* Forward reference */ -static int openDirectory(const char*, int*); -static int unixGetpagesize(void); - -/* -** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that -** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during -** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers -** to all overrideable system calls. -*/ -static struct unix_syscall { - const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ -} aSyscall[] = { - { "open", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen, 0 }, -#define osOpen ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) - - { "close", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close, 0 }, -#define osClose ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) - - { "access", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access, 0 }, -#define osAccess ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) - - { "getcwd", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd, 0 }, -#define osGetcwd ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) - - { "stat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat, 0 }, -#define osStat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) - -/* -** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it -** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something -** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under -** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect? -*/ -#ifdef __DJGPP__ - { "fstat", 0, 0 }, -#define osFstat(a,b,c) 0 -#else - { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 }, -#define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) -#endif - - { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate, 0 }, -#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) - - { "fcntl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl, 0 }, -#define osFcntl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) - - { "read", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read, 0 }, -#define osRead ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) - -#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread, 0 }, -#else - { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osPread ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) - -#if defined(USE_PREAD64) - { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64, 0 }, -#else - { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) - - { "write", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write, 0 }, -#define osWrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) - -#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite, 0 }, -#else - { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osPwrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ - aSyscall[12].pCurrent) - -#if defined(USE_PREAD64) - { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64, 0 }, -#else - { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osPwrite64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ - aSyscall[13].pCurrent) - - { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod, 0 }, -#define osFchmod ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) - -#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE - { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate, 0 }, -#else - { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) - - { "unlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink, 0 }, -#define osUnlink ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) - - { "openDirectory", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory, 0 }, -#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) - - { "mkdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir, 0 }, -#define osMkdir ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) - - { "rmdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir, 0 }, -#define osRmdir ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) - - { "fchown", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixFchown, 0 }, -#define osFchown ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - { "mmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap, 0 }, -#define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) - - { "munmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap, 0 }, -#define osMunmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) - -#if HAVE_MREMAP - { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap, 0 }, -#else - { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, -#endif -#define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) - { "getpagesize", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 }, -#define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) - -#endif - -}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ - -/* -** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the -** "unix" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the -** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable -** system call named zName. -*/ -static int unixSetSystemCall( - sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ -){ - unsigned int i; - int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); - if( zName==0 ){ - /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default - ** settings and return NULL - */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - for(i=0; i=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break; - osClose(fd); -// sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, -// "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd); - fd = -1; - if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break; - } - if( fd>=0 ){ - if( m!=0 ){ - struct stat statbuf; - if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 - && statbuf.st_size==0 - && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m - ){ - osFchmod(fd, m); - } - } -#if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0) - osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); -#endif - } - return fd; -} - -/* -** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The -** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and -** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be -** shared by multiple threads. -** -** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex -** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() -** statements. e.g. -** -** unixEnterMutex() -** assert( unixMutexHeld() ); -** unixEnterLeave() -*/ -static void unixEnterMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); -} -static void unixLeaveMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -static int unixMutexHeld(void) { - return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); -} -#endif - - - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE -/* -** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging -** binaries. This returns the string representation of the supplied -** integer lock-type. -*/ -static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){ - switch( eFileLock ){ - case NO_LOCK: return "NONE"; - case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED"; - case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED"; - case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING"; - case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE"; - } - return "ERROR"; -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE -/* -** Print out information about all locking operations. -** -** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded -** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE -** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally -** turned off. -*/ -static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ - char *zOpName, *zType; - int s; - int savedErrno; - if( op==F_GETLK ){ - zOpName = "GETLK"; - }else if( op==F_SETLK ){ - zOpName = "SETLK"; - }else{ - s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s); - return s; - } - if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){ - zType = "RDLCK"; - }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){ - zType = "WRLCK"; - }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){ - zType = "UNLCK"; - }else{ - assert( 0 ); - } - assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET ); - s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); - savedErrno = errno; - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", - threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, - (int)p->l_pid, s); - if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ - struct flock l2; - l2 = *p; - osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); - if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ - zType = "RDLCK"; - }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ - zType = "WRLCK"; - }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ - zType = "UNLCK"; - }else{ - assert( 0 ); - } - sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n", - zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid); - } - errno = savedErrno; - return s; -} -#undef osFcntl -#define osFcntl lockTrace -#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ - -/* -** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR -** -** All calls to ftruncate() within this file should be made through -** this wrapper. On the Android platform, bypassing the logic below -** could lead to a corrupt database. -*/ -static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ - int rc; -#ifdef __ANDROID__ - /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if - ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to - ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any - ** such attempts. */ - if( sz>(sqlite3_int64)0x7FFFFFFF ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else -#endif - do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something -** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is -** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY -** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into -** SQLITE_IOERR -** -** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks, -** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately. -*/ -static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { - switch (posixError) { -#if 0 - /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch - ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after - ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with - ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed, - ** errno should be non-zero. - ** - ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return - ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be - ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0 - ** will be handled by the "default:" case below. - */ - case 0: - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - - case EAGAIN: - case ETIMEDOUT: - case EBUSY: - case EINTR: - case ENOLCK: - /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support - * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - - case EACCES: - /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/ - if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) || - (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - /* else fall through */ - case EPERM: - return SQLITE_PERM; - -#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP - case EOPNOTSUPP: - /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support - * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ -#endif -#ifdef ENOTSUP - case ENOTSUP: - /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which - * it actually means what it says */ -#endif - case EIO: - case EBADF: - case EINVAL: - case ENOTCONN: - case ENODEV: - case ENXIO: - case ENOENT: -#ifdef ESTALE /* ESTALE is not defined on Interix systems */ - case ESTALE: -#endif - case ENOSYS: - /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */ - - default: - return sqliteIOErr; - } -} - - -/****************************************************************************** -****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks *************** -** -** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating -** the device number and the inode number. But this does not work on VxWorks. -** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename. -** -** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a -** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains -** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. -** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to -** zero. -** -** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not -** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these -** structures on a linked list. -*/ -struct vxworksFileId { - struct vxworksFileId *pNext; /* Next in a list of them all */ - int nRef; /* Number of references to this one */ - int nName; /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */ - char *zCanonicalName; /* Canonical filename */ -}; - -#if OS_VXWORKS -/* -** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this -** variable: -*/ -static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0; - -/* -** Simplify a filename into its canonical form -** by making the following changes: -** -** * removing any trailing and duplicate / -** * convert /./ into just / -** * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just / -** -** Changes are made in-place. Return the new name length. -** -** The original filename is in z[0..n-1]. Return the number of -** characters in the simplified name. -*/ -static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){ - int i, j; - while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; } - for(i=j=0; i0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; } - if( j>0 ){ j--; } - i += 2; - continue; - } - } - z[j++] = z[i]; - } - z[j] = 0; - return j; -} - -/* -** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname. Return -** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object. This pointer is the unique -** file ID. -** -** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before -** the object is returned. A new vxworksFileId object is created -** and added to the global list if necessary. -** -** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL. -*/ -static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){ - struct vxworksFileId *pNew; /* search key and new file ID */ - struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate; /* For looping over existing file IDs */ - int n; /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */ - - assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' ); - n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName); - pNew = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) ); - if( pNew==0 ) return 0; - pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1]; - memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1); - n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n); - - /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name. - ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to - ** the existing file ID. - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){ - if( pCandidate->nName==n - && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0 - ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew); - pCandidate->nRef++; - unixLeaveMutex(); - return pCandidate; - } - } - - /* No match was found. We will make a new file ID */ - pNew->nRef = 1; - pNew->nName = n; - pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList; - vxworksFileList = pNew; - unixLeaveMutex(); - return pNew; -} - -/* -** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object. Free -** the object when the reference count reaches zero. -*/ -static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ - unixEnterMutex(); - assert( pId->nRef>0 ); - pId->nRef--; - if( pId->nRef==0 ){ - struct vxworksFileId **pp; - for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){} - assert( *pp==pId ); - *pp = pId->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pId); - } - unixLeaveMutex(); -} -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ -/*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks **************** -******************************************************************************/ - - -/****************************************************************************** -*************************** Posix Advisory Locking **************************** -** -** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design. ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996) -** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process -** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set -** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies -** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different -** file descriptor. Consider this test case: -** -** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); -** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); -** -** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because -** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set -** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock -** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to -** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1. -** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the -** second overrides the first, even though they were on different -** file descriptors opened on different file names. -** -** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access -** among competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine -** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not -** threads within the same process. -** -** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally -** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the -** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the -** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in) -** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are -** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the -** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same -** inode. -** -** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks. -** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on -** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.) -** -** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file -** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file -** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal -** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure -** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures -** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps -** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt" -** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the -** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock. -** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. -** -** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking -** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a -** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between -** a locked and an unlocked state. -** -** But wait: there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks. -** -** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, -** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are -** released. To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object -** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode. -** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are -** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call -** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. -** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to -** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock -** clears. -** -** Yet another problem: LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks. -** -** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is -** not posix compliant. Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread -** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B. -** Only thread A can modify the lock. Locking behavior is correct -** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL) -** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks -** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which -** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at -** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B. -** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the -** current process. -** -** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads -** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with -** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection -** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections -** do not move across threads. -*/ - -/* -** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used -** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object. -*/ -struct unixFileId { - dev_t dev; /* Device number */ -#if OS_VXWORKS - struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */ -#else - ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open -** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for -** each inode opened by each thread. -** -** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile -** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this -** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it. -*/ -struct unixInodeInfo { - struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */ - int nShared; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ - unsigned char eFileLock; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ - unsigned char bProcessLock; /* An exclusive process lock is held */ - int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ - unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Shared memory associated with this inode */ - int nLock; /* Number of outstanding file locks */ - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */ - unixInodeInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */ - unixInodeInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */ -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - unsigned long long sharedByte; /* for AFP simulated shared lock */ -#endif -#if OS_VXWORKS - sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */ - char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects. -*/ -static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0; - -/* -** -** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro -** unixLogError(). -** -** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been -** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of -** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or -** strerror_r(). -** -** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that -** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). -** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that -** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path, -** if any. -*/ -#define unixLogError(a,b,c) unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__) -static int unixLogErrorAtLine( - int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ - const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ - const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ - int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ -){ - char *zErr; /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */ - int iErrno = errno; /* Saved syscall error number */ - - /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use - ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message - ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r(). - */ -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) - char aErr[80]; - memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr)); - zErr = aErr; - - /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined, - ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that - ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer - ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. - ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of - ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[]. - ** - ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is - ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a - ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available - ** could lead to a segfault though. - */ -#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU) - zErr = -# endif - strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1); - -#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE - /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */ - zErr = ""; -#else - /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */ - zErr = strerror(iErrno); -#endif - - if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; - sqlite3_log(errcode, - "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s", - iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr - ); - - return errcode; -} - -/* -** Close a file descriptor. -** -** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a -** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail. -** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the -** error. -** -** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the -** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread. -** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR. Just log the error -** and move on. -*/ -static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){ - if( osClose(h) ){ - unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close", - pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno); - } -} - -/* -** Set the pFile->lastErrno. Do this in a subroutine as that provides -** a convenient place to set a breakpoint. -*/ -static void storeLastErrno(unixFile *pFile, int error){ - pFile->lastErrno = error; -} - -/* -** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list. -*/ -static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ - unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; - UnixUnusedFd *p; - UnixUnusedFd *pNext; - for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pNext; - robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__); - sqlite3_free(p); - } - pInode->pUnused = 0; -} - -/* -** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo(). -** -** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held -** when this function is called. -*/ -static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){ - unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; - assert( unixMutexHeld() ); - if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){ - pInode->nRef--; - if( pInode->nRef==0 ){ - assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 ); - closePendingFds(pFile); - if( pInode->pPrev ){ - assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode ); - pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext; - }else{ - assert( inodeList==pInode ); - inodeList = pInode->pNext; - } - if( pInode->pNext ){ - assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode ); - pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev; - } - sqlite3_free(pInode); - } - } -} - -/* -** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that -** describes that file descriptor. Create a new one if necessary. The -** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs. -** -** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held -** when this function is called. -** -** Return an appropriate error code. -*/ -static int findInodeInfo( - unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */ - unixInodeInfo **ppInode /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */ -){ - int rc; /* System call return code */ - int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */ - struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */ - struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ - unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0; /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */ - - assert( unixMutexHeld() ); - - /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to - ** create a unique name for the file. - */ - fd = pFile->h; - rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); - if( rc!=0 ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); -#ifdef EOVERFLOW - if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS; -#endif - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - -#ifdef __APPLE__ - /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported - ** incorrectly for zero-size files. See ticket #3260. To work - ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite) - ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte - ** prior to accessing the inode number. The one byte written is - ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte - ** in the header of every SQLite database. In this way, if there - ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated - ** the first page of the database, no damage is done. - */ - if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){ - do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); - if( rc!=1 ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); - if( rc!=0 ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - } -#endif - - memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId)); - fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev; -#if OS_VXWORKS - fileId.pId = pFile->pId; -#else - fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino; -#endif - pInode = inodeList; - while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){ - pInode = pInode->pNext; - } - if( pInode==0 ){ - pInode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pInode) ); - if( pInode==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode)); - memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId)); - pInode->nRef = 1; - pInode->pNext = inodeList; - pInode->pPrev = 0; - if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode; - inodeList = pInode; - }else{ - pInode->nRef++; - } - *ppInode = pInode; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened. -*/ -static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - return pFile->pInode!=0 && pFile->pId!=pFile->pInode->fileId.pId; -#else - struct stat buf; - return pFile->pInode!=0 && - (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino); -#endif -} - - -/* -** Check a unixFile that is a database. Verify the following: -** -** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file -** (2) The file is not a symbolic link -** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked -** -** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right. -*/ -static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){ - struct stat buf; - int rc; - if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_WARNED ){ - /* One or more of the following warnings have already been issued. Do not - ** repeat them so as not to clutter the error log */ - return; - } - rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); - if( rc!=0 ){ -// sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath); - pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; - return; - } - if( buf.st_nlink==0 && (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE)==0 ){ -// sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath); - pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; - return; - } - if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){ -// sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath); - pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; - return; - } - if( fileHasMoved(pFile) ){ -// sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath); - pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_WARNED; - return; - } -} - - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. - */ -#ifndef __DJGPP__ - if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){ - struct flock lock; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1; - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - } -#endif - - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is -** described by pLock. -** -** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock -** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once -** the first time any lock is attempted. All subsequent system locking -** operations become no-ops. Locking operations still happen internally, -** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections -** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the -** operating system does not participate. -** -** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using -** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl" -** and is read-only. -** -** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call -** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()). -*/ -static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){ - int rc; - unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; - assert( unixMutexHeld() ); - assert( pInode!=0 ); - if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock) - && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0) - ){ - if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ - struct flock lock; - assert( pInode->nLock==0 ); - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); - if( rc<0 ) return rc; - pInode->bProcessLock = 1; - pInode->nLock++; - }else{ - rc = 0; - } - }else{ - rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ - /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and - ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive - ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid - ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated - ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously - ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required. - ** - ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved - ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte - ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset. - ** - ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending - ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte - ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released. - ** - ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. - ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the - ** 'reserved byte'. - ** - ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a - ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock - ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be - ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process - ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock. - ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file - ** after a crash. - ** - ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is - ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte - ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes - ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the - ** database. - ** - ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte - ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By - ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist - ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock. - */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - unixInodeInfo *pInode; - struct flock lock; - int tErrno = 0; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, - azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), - azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared, - osGetpid(0))); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h, - azFileLock(eFileLock))); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct. - ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. - ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. - ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. - */ - assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = pFile->pInode; - - /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* - ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. - */ - if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && - (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto end_lock; - } - - /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already - ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and - ** return SQLITE_OK. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && - (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ - assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); - assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); - pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - pInode->nShared++; - pInode->nLock++; - goto end_lock; - } - - - /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before - ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will - ** be released. - */ - lock.l_len = 1L; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK - || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLocknShared==0 ); - assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - /* Now get the read-lock */ - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - } - - /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ - lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1L; - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This could happen with a network mount */ - tErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - - if( rc ){ - if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } - goto end_lock; - }else{ - pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - pInode->nLock++; - pInode->nShared = 1; - } - }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ - /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this - ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is - ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file - ** already. - */ - assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); - lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; - - assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){ - lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 1L; - }else{ - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - } - - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } - } - } - - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when - ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock. The change - ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal - ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback). - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK - && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK - ){ - pFile->transCntrChng = 0; - pFile->dbUpdate = 0; - pFile->inNormalWrite = 1; - } -#endif - - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; - }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; - pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; - } - -end_lock: - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding -** pUnused list. -*/ -static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){ - unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; - UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused; - p->pNext = pInode->pUnused; - pInode->pUnused = p; - pFile->h = -1; - pFile->pUnused = 0; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED -** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then -** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works -** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to -** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set. -*/ -static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - unixInodeInfo *pInode; - struct flock lock; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, - pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, - osGetpid(0))); - - assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = pFile->pInode; - assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); - if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start - ** reading the database file again, make sure that the - ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database - ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, - ** other connections to the same file might not realize that - ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their - ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. - */ - pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; -#endif - - /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock - ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade - ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a - ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock: - ** 1: [WWWWW] - ** 2: [....W] - ** 3: [RRRRW] - ** 4: [RRRR.] - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ -#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - (void)handleNFSUnlock; - assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 ); -#endif -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - if( handleNFSUnlock ){ - int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */ - off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1; - - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = divSize; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } - goto end_unlock; - } - lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = divSize; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } - goto end_unlock; - } - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ - tErrno = errno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } - goto end_unlock; - } - }else -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - { - lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; - lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ - /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another - ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this - ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking - ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning - ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes - ** an assert to fail). */ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - goto end_unlock; - } - } - } - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; - lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ - pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - goto end_unlock; - } - } - if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ - /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an - ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released - ** the lock. - */ - pInode->nShared--; - if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ - lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; - lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; - if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ - pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - } - } - - /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the - ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close - ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. - */ - pInode->nLock--; - assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); - if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ - closePendingFds(pFile); - } - } - -end_unlock: - unixLeaveMutex(); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 ); -#endif - return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0); -} - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte); -static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd); -#endif - -/* -** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation -** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file -** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile -** structure to 0. -** -** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called, -** even on VxWorks. A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the -** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine. -*/ -static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - unixUnmapfile(pFile); -#endif - if( pFile->h>=0 ){ - robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); - pFile->h = -1; - } -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( pFile->pId ){ - if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){ - osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName); - } - vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId); - pFile->pId = 0; - } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE - if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){ - osUnlink(pFile->zPath); - sqlite3_free(*(char**)&pFile->zPath); - pFile->zPath = 0; - } -#endif - OSTRACE(("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h)); - OpenCounter(-1); - sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused); - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a file. -*/ -static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; - verifyDbFile(pFile); - unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - unixEnterMutex(); - - /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close - ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead. - */ - assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); - if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ - /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just - ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed - ** when the last lock is cleared. - */ - setPendingFd(pFile); - } - releaseInodeInfo(pFile); - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - unixLeaveMutex(); - return rc; -} - -/************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation ***************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -****************************** No-op Locking ********************************** -** -** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the -** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database -** file for reading or writing. -** -** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases -** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can -** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to -** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more -** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database -** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple -** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same -** time and one or more of those connections are writing. -*/ - -static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - *pResOut = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - return closeUnixFile(id); -} - -/******************* End of the no-op lock implementation ********************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************* Begin dot-file Locking ****************************** -** -** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock -** files (really a directory) to control access to the database. This works -** on just about every filesystem imaginable. But there are serious downsides: -** -** (1) There is zero concurrency. A single reader blocks all other -** connections from reading or writing the database. -** -** (2) An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files -** sitting around that need to be cleared manually. -** -** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no -** other locking strategy is available. -** -** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as -** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added. -** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock. All other -** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE. -*/ - -/* -** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the -** lock directory. -*/ -#define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock" - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -** -** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not. So in this -** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock -** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked. -*/ -static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - /* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process - ** holds a lock on the file. No need to check further. */ - reserved = 1; - }else{ - /* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */ - const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext; - reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0; - } - OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -** -** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE. -** But we track the other locking levels internally. -*/ -static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - - /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have - ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level. - */ - if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ -#ifdef HAVE_UTIME - utime(zLockFile, NULL); -#else - utimes(zLockFile, NULL); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* grab an exclusive lock */ - rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777); - if( rc<0 ){ - /* failed to open/create the lock directory */ - int tErrno = errno; - if( EEXIST == tErrno ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } - } - return rc; - } - - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file. -*/ -static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; - int rc; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, - pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); - assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the - ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */ - assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ); - rc = osRmdir(zLockFile); - if( rc<0 && errno==ENOTDIR ) rc = osUnlink(zLockFile); - if( rc<0 ){ - int tErrno = errno; - rc = 0; - if( ENOENT != tErrno ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - } - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } - return rc; - } - pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close a file. Make sure the lock has been released before closing. -*/ -static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - } - return rc; -} -/****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation ******************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************** Begin flock Locking ******************************** -** -** Use the flock() system call to do file locking. -** -** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various -** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into -** a single exclusive lock. In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and -** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock. SQLite -** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since -** only a single process can be reading the database at a time. -** -** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off -*/ -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - -/* -** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR -*/ -#ifdef EINTR -static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){ - int rc; - do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); - return rc; -} -#else -# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b) -#endif - - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ - if( !reserved ){ - /* attempt to get the lock */ - int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); - if( !lrc ){ - /* got the lock, unlock it */ - lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); - if ( lrc ) { - int tErrno = errno; - /* unlock failed with an error */ - lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - rc = lrc; - } - } - } else { - int tErrno = errno; - reserved = 1; - /* someone else might have it reserved */ - lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - rc = lrc; - } - } - } - OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - reserved=1; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate -** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or -** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from -** access the file. -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. - ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* grab an exclusive lock */ - - if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { - int tErrno = errno; - /* didn't get, must be busy */ - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } - } else { - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - } - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, - pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); - assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* no, really, unlock. */ - if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; - }else{ - pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** Close a file. -*/ -static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( id ){ - flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - } - return rc; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */ - -/******************* End of the flock lock implementation ********************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************ -** -** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks. -** -** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only -** supports EXCLUSIVE locking. Only a single process can read or write -** the database file at a time. This reduces potential concurrency, but -** makes the lock implementation much easier. -*/ -#if OS_VXWORKS - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int semXCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ - if( !reserved ){ - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; - - if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ - int tErrno = errno; - if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){ - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK); - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } else { - /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */ - reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK); - } - }else{ - /* we could have it if we want it */ - sem_post(pSem); - } - } - OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate -** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or -** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from -** access the file. -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int semXLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. - ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ - if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto sem_end_lock; - } - - /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */ - if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto sem_end_lock; - } - - /* got it, set the type and return ok */ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - - sem_end_lock: - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; - - assert( pFile ); - assert( pSem ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, - pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); - assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* no-op if possible */ - if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ - if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* no, really unlock. */ - if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) { - int rc, tErrno = errno; - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } - return rc; - } - pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* - ** Close a file. - */ -static int semXClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - semXUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - assert( pFile ); - unixEnterMutex(); - releaseInodeInfo(pFile); - unixLeaveMutex(); - closeUnixFile(id); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ -/* -** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks. -** -*************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation **************** -******************************************************************************/ - - -/****************************************************************************** -*************************** Begin AFP Locking ********************************* -** -** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol. AFP is a network filesystem found -** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX. -** -** Third-party implementations of AFP are available. But this code here -** only works on OSX. -*/ - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state -*/ -typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext; -struct afpLockingContext { - int reserved; - const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ -}; - -struct ByteRangeLockPB2 -{ - unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */ - unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */ - unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */ - unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */ - unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */ - int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */ -}; - -#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) - -/* -** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an -** AFP filesystem. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure. -*/ -static int afpSetLock( - const char *path, /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */ - unixFile *pFile, /* Open file descriptor on path */ - unsigned long long offset, /* First byte to be locked */ - unsigned long long length, /* Number of bytes to lock */ - int setLockFlag /* True to set lock. False to clear lock */ -){ - struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; - int err; - - pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; - pb.startEndFlag = 0; - pb.offset = offset; - pb.length = length; - pb.fd = pFile->h; - - OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", - (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""), - offset, length)); - err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); - if ( err==-1 ) { - int rc; - int tErrno = errno; - OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", - path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno))); -#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; -#else - rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, - setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); -#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */ - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); - } - return rc; - } else { - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int reserved = 0; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpLockingContext *context; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - - assert( pFile ); - context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - if( context->reserved ){ - *pResOut = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ - - /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ - if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - reserved = 1; - } - - /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. - */ - if( !reserved ){ - /* lock the RESERVED byte */ - int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); - if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){ - /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore - ** the original state */ - lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - } else { - /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */ - reserved = 1; - } - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ - rc=lrc; - } - } - - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); - - *pResOut = reserved; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, - azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), - azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , osGetpid(0))); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as - ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h, - azFileLock(eFileLock))); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. - ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. - ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. - */ - assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = pFile->pInode; - - /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* - ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. - */ - if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && - (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - - /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already - ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and - ** return SQLITE_OK. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && - (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ - assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); - assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); - pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - pInode->nShared++; - pInode->nLock++; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - - /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before - ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will - ** be released. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK - || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLockdbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); - if (failed) { - rc = failed; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - } - - /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make - ** operating system calls for the specified lock. - */ - if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ - int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0; - long lk, mask; - - assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); - assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); - - mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff; - /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */ - /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ - lk = random(); - pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); - lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, - SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1); - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){ - lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno; - } - /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ - lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - - if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) { - storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno); - rc = lrc1; - goto afp_end_lock; - } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){ - rc = lrc2; - goto afp_end_lock; - } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) { - rc = lrc1; - } else { - pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - pInode->nLock++; - pInode->nShared = 1; - } - }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ - /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this - ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else{ - /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is - ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file - ** already. - */ - int failed = 0; - assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); - if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) { - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ - failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); - if( !failed ){ - context->reserved = 1; - } - } - if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ - - /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to - ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock - */ - if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + - pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ - int failed2 = SQLITE_OK; - /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ - failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, - SHARED_SIZE, 1); - if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, - SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ - /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is - ** a critical I/O error - */ - rc = ((failed & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : - SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - goto afp_end_lock; - } - }else{ - rc = failed; - } - } - if( failed ){ - rc = failed; - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; - }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; - pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; - } - -afp_end_lock: - unixLeaveMutex(); - OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), - rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - unixInodeInfo *pInode; - afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; - int skipShared = 0; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int h = pFile->h; -#endif - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, - pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, - osGetpid(0))); - - assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); - if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = pFile->pInode; - assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); - if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ - assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start - ** reading the database file again, make sure that the - ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database - ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, - ** other connections to the same file might not realize that - ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their - ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. - */ - assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0 - || pFile->dbUpdate==0 - || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); - pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; -#endif - - if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){ - /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */ - int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; - rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1); - } else { - skipShared = 1; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){ - rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){ - rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); - if( !rc ){ - context->reserved = 0; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){ - pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ - - /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an - ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released - ** the lock. - */ - unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; - pInode->nShared--; - if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - if( !skipShared ){ - rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0); - } - if( !rc ){ - pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pInode->nLock--; - assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); - if( pInode->nLock==0 ){ - closePendingFds(pFile); - } - } - } - - unixLeaveMutex(); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context -*/ -static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); - unixEnterMutex(); - if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){ - /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just - ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file - ** descriptor to pInode->aPending. It will be automatically closed when - ** the last lock is cleared. - */ - setPendingFd(pFile); - } - releaseInodeInfo(pFile); - sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); - rc = closeUnixFile(id); - unixLeaveMutex(); - } - return rc; -} - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ -/* -** The code above is the AFP lock implementation. The code is specific -** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative -** is available. If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp" -** VFS is not available. -** -********************* End of the AFP lock implementation ********************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/ - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* - ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock - ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. - ** - ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below - ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. - */ -static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ - return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1); -} - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ -/* -** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific -** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative -** is available. -** -********************* End of the NFS lock implementation ********************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods ***************************** -** -** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the -** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking -** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per -** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes -** are gather together into this division. -*/ - -/* -** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt -** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. -** -** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also -** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from -** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD -** in any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE. -** See tickets #2741 and #2681. -** -** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value -** is set before returning. -*/ -static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ - int got; - int prior = 0; -#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64)) - i64 newOffset; -#endif - TIMER_START; - assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) ); - assert( id->h>2 ); - do{ -#if defined(USE_PREAD) - got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); - SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); -#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); - SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); -#else - newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); - SimulateIOError( newOffset-- ); - if( newOffset!=offset ){ - if( newOffset == -1 ){ - storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno); - }else{ - storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, 0); - } - return -1; - } - got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt); -#endif - if( got==cnt ) break; - if( got<0 ){ - if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; } - prior = 0; - storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno); - break; - }else if( got>0 ){ - cnt -= got; - offset += got; - prior += got; - pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf); - } - }while( got>0 ); - TIMER_END; - OSTRACE(("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", - id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED)); - return got+prior; -} - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int unixRead( - sqlite3_file *id, - void *pBuf, - int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset -){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; - int got; - assert( id ); - assert( offset>=0 ); - assert( amt>0 ); - - /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp - ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ -#if 0 - assert( pFile->pUnused==0 - || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE - ); -#endif - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering - ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ - if( offsetmmapSize ){ - if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ - memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset; - memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy); - pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; - amt -= nCopy; - offset += nCopy; - } - } -#endif - - got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt); - if( got==amt ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else if( got<0 ){ - /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - }else{ - storeLastErrno(pFile, 0); /* not a system error */ - /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } -} - -/* -** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to -** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from -** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, -** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than -** nBuf). -*/ -static int seekAndWriteFd( - int fd, /* File descriptor to write to */ - i64 iOff, /* File offset to begin writing at */ - const void *pBuf, /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */ - int nBuf, /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */ - int *piErrno /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */ -){ - int rc = 0; /* Value returned by system call */ - - assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) ); - assert( fd>2 ); - nBuf &= 0x1ffff; - TIMER_START; - -#if defined(USE_PREAD) - do{ rc = (int)osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); -#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) - do{ rc = (int)osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR); -#else - do{ - i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET); - SimulateIOError( iSeek-- ); - - if( iSeek!=iOff ){ - if( piErrno ) *piErrno = (iSeek==-1 ? errno : 0); - return -1; - } - rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf); - }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); -#endif - - TIMER_END; - OSTRACE(("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED)); - - if( rc<0 && piErrno ) *piErrno = errno; - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. -** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. -** -** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value -** is set before returning. -*/ -static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ - return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno); -} - - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int unixWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, - const void *pBuf, - int amt, - sqlite3_int64 offset -){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int wrote = 0; - assert( id ); - assert( amt>0 ); - - /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp - ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ -#if 0 - assert( pFile->pUnused==0 - || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 - || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE - ); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to - ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a - ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database - ** has changed. If the transaction counter is modified, record that - ** fact too. - */ - if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){ - pFile->dbUpdate = 1; /* The database has been modified */ - if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){ - int rc; - char oldCntr[4]; - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){ - pFile->transCntrChng = 1; /* The transaction counter has changed */ - } - } - } -#endif - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering - ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ - if( offsetmmapSize ){ - if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ - memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset; - memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy); - pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; - amt -= nCopy; - offset += nCopy; - } - } -#endif - - while( (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))0 ){ - amt -= wrote; - offset += wrote; - pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; - } - SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); - SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); - - if( amt>wrote ){ - if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){ - /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; - }else{ - storeLastErrno(pFile, 0); /* not a system error */ - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync(). Some do. -** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower) -** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly, -** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync or -DHAVE_FDATASYNC -*/ -#if !defined(fdatasync) && !HAVE_FDATASYNC -# define fdatasync fsync -#endif - -/* -** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not -** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently -** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change. -*/ -#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC -# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1 -#else -# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0 -#endif - - -/* -** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many -** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make -** it work better. -** -** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful -** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly. -** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC -** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash -** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file. -** -** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged. -** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content -** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is -** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, -** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the -** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync() -** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the -** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed. -** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so -** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate. -** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of -** the value of the dataOnly flag. -*/ -static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ - int rc; - - /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as - ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering - ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); -#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); -#endif - - /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and - ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure - ** gets called with the correct arguments. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - - /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a - ** no-op - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - rc = SQLITE_OK; -#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC - if( fullSync ){ - rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); - }else{ - rc = 1; - } - /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). - ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local - ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC - ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync - ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. - ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid - ** the fcntl call every time sync is called. - */ - if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); - -#elif defined(__APPLE__) - /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly - ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync - */ - rc = fsync(fd); -#else - rc = fdatasync(fd); -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){ - rc = fsync(fd); - } -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ -#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */ - - if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){ - rc = 0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. -** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and -** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM -** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined -** value. -** -** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to -** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events -** are flushed to disk. Such fsyncs are not needed on newer -** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems. -** -** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface. -** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the -** chromium sandbox. Opening a directory is a security risk (we are -** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to -** replace this routine with a harmless no-op. To make this routine -** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves -** *pFd set to a negative number. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing -** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). -*/ -static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ - int ii; - int fd = -1; - char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; - - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); - for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); - if( ii>0 ){ - zDirname[ii] = '\0'; - fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); - if( fd>=0 ){ - OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname)); - } - } - *pFd = fd; - return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname)); -} - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -** -** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file -** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the -** file data is synced. -** -** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file -** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file. -** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory -** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next -** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because -** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction -** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption. -*/ -static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ - int rc; - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - - int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY); - int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - - /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ - assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL - || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL - ); - - /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This - ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. - */ - SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); - - assert( pFile ); - OSTRACE(("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h)); - rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath); - } - - /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag - ** is set. This is a one-time occurrence. Many systems (examples: AIX) - ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync. - */ - if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){ - int dirfd; - OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath, - HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync)); - rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){ - full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0); - robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; - int rc; - assert( pFile ); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); - - /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the - ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the - ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested - ** size). - */ - if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ - nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; - } - - rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte); - if( rc ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to - ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a - ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length, - ** that effectively updates the change counter. This might happen - ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length - ** source. - */ - if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){ - pFile->transCntrChng = 1; - } -#endif - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently - ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will - ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. - */ - if( nBytemmapSize ){ - pFile->mmapSize = nByte; - } -#endif - - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ - int rc; - struct stat buf; - assert( id ); - rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); - SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); - if( rc!=0 ){ - storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno); - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - *pSize = buf.st_size; - - /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure - ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug - ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper - ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is - ** really 1. Ticket #3260. - */ - if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0; - - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) -/* -** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs. Defined below in the -** proxying locking division. -*/ -static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); -#endif - -/* -** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT -** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size -** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already -** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ - if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ - i64 nSize; /* Required file size */ - struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */ - - if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - - nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; - if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){ - -#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE - /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() - ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, - ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */ - int err; - do{ - err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size); - }while( err==EINTR ); - if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; -#else - /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a - ** single byte to the last byte in each block that falls entirely - ** within the extended region. Then, if required, a single byte - ** at offset (nSize-1), to set the size of the file correctly. - ** This is a similar technique to that used by glibc on systems - ** that do not have a real fallocate() call. - */ - int nBlk = buf.st_blksize; /* File-system block size */ - int nWrite = 0; /* Number of bytes written by seekAndWrite */ - i64 iWrite; /* Next offset to write to */ - - iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1; - assert( iWrite>=buf.st_size ); - assert( (iWrite/nBlk)==((buf.st_size+nBlk-1)/nBlk) ); - assert( ((iWrite+1)%nBlk)==0 ); - for(/*no-op*/; iWrite0 - if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){ - int rc; - if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){ - if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); - } - } - - rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte); - return rc; - } -#endif - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to -** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. -** -** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. -*/ -static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ - if( *pArg<0 ){ - *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; - }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ - pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; - }else{ - pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; - } -} - -/* Forward declaration */ -static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf); - -/* -** Information and control of an open file handle. -*/ -static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK: { - /* pFile->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_BLOCK; // Deferred feature */ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: { - *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { - pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { - int rc; - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - return rc; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { - unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { - unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { - *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { - char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc64( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname ); - if( zTFile ){ - unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile); - *(char**)pArg = zTFile; - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: { - *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile); - return SQLITE_OK; - } -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: { - i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){ - newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap; - } - *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax; - if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){ - pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit; - if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){ - unixUnmapfile(pFile); - rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1); - } - } - return rc; - } -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done - ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and - ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be - ** unchanged. - */ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: { - ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) - case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: - case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { - return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg); - } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */ - } - return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -#ifndef __QNXNTO__ -static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} -#endif - -/* -** The following version of unixSectorSize() is optimized for QNX. -*/ -#ifdef __QNXNTO__ -#include -#include -static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){ - struct statvfs fsInfo; - - /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */ - pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; - if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) { - return pFile->sectorSize; - } - - if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) { - pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K | /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until - ** the write succeeds */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind - ** so it is ordered */ - 0; - }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){ - pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */ - (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) | - SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until - ** the write succeeds */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind - ** so it is ordered */ - 0; - }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){ - pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | /* All filesystem writes are atomic */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until - ** the write succeeds */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind - ** so it is ordered */ - 0; - }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){ - pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */ - ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 | - SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind - ** so it is ordered */ - 0; - }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){ - pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */ - ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 | - SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind - ** so it is ordered */ - 0; - }else{ - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = - SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 | /* blocks are atomic */ - SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until - ** the write succeeds */ - 0; - } - } - /* Last chance verification. If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512 - ** then it isn't valid.*/ - if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){ - pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; - pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; - } - return pFile->sectorSize; -} -#endif /* __QNXNTO__ */ - -/* -** Return the device characteristics for the file. -** -** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default. -** However, that choice is controversial since technically the underlying -** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites. (In other -** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never -** written might end up being altered.) However, non-PSOW behavior is very, -** very rare. And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount -** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated. -** Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control -** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off. -*/ -static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - unixFile *p = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = 0; -#ifdef __QNXNTO__ - if( p->sectorSize==0 ) unixSectorSize(id); - rc = p->deviceCharacteristics; -#endif - if( p->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){ - rc |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE; - } - return rc; -} - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - -/* -** Return the system page size. -** -** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. -** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize(). -*/ -static int unixGetpagesize(void){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - return 1024; -#elif defined(_BSD_SOURCE) - return getpagesize(); -#else - return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE); -#endif -} - -#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - -/* -** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. -** -** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread -** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance -** of this unixShmNode object. In other words, each wal-index is opened -** only once per process. -** -** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object. -** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean -** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most -** open files) would have to carry around this extra information. So -** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object -** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed. -** -** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying -** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: -** -** nRef -** -** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: -** -** fid -** zFilename -** -** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and -** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field -** in this structure. -*/ -struct unixShmNode { - unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ - char *zFilename; /* Name of the mmapped file */ - int h; /* Open file descriptor */ - int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ - u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ - u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */ - char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */ - int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */ - unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ - u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ - u8 nextShmId; /* Next available unixShm.id value */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an -** open shared memory connection. -** -** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and -** are read-only thereafter: -** -** unixShm.pFile -** unixShm.id -** -** All other fields are read/write. The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held -** while accessing any read/write fields. -*/ -struct unixShm { - unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying unixShmNode object */ - unixShm *pNext; /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */ - u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */ - u8 id; /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */ - u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ - u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ -}; - -/* -** Constants used for locking -*/ -#define UNIX_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ -#define UNIX_SHM_DMS (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ - -/* -** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1. -** -** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking -** otherwise. -*/ -static int unixShmSystemLock( - unixFile *pFile, /* Open connection to the WAL file */ - int lockType, /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */ - int ofst, /* First byte of the locking range */ - int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ -){ - unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ - struct flock f; /* The posix advisory locking structure */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code form fcntl() */ - - /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ - pShmNode = pFile->pInode->pShmNode; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 ); - - /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */ - assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK ); - - /* Locks are within range */ - assert( n>=1 && nh>=0 ){ - int lkType; - /* Initialize the locking parameters */ - memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f)); - f.l_type = lockType; - f.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - f.l_start = ofst; - f.l_len = n; - - lkType = (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_BLOCK)!=0 ? F_SETLKW : F_SETLK; - rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, lkType, &f); - rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY; - pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_BLOCK; - } - - /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { u16 mask; - OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK ")); - mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<exclMask &= ~mask; - pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; - }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ - OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst)); - pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask; - pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask; - }else{ - assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); - OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst)); - pShmNode->exclMask |= mask; - pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; - } - }else{ - if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){ - OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst)); - }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ - OSTRACE(("read-lock failed")); - }else{ - assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); - OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst)); - } - } - OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n", - pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask)); - } -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at -** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the -** current system page-size. -** -** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured -** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two -** shm regions. -*/ -static int unixShmRegionPerMap(void){ - int shmsz = 32*1024; /* SHM region size */ - int pgsz = osGetpagesize(); /* System page size */ - assert( ((pgsz-1)&pgsz)==0 ); /* Page size must be a power of 2 */ - if( pgszpInode->pShmNode; - assert( unixMutexHeld() ); - if( p && p->nRef==0 ){ - int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap(); - int i; - assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode ); - sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); - for(i=0; inRegion; i+=nShmPerMap){ - if( p->h>=0 ){ - osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion); - }else{ - sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]); - } - } - sqlite3_free(p->apRegion); - if( p->h>=0 ){ - robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__); - p->h = -1; - } - p->pInode->pShmNode = 0; - sqlite3_free(p); - } -} - -/* -** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. -** This particular implementation uses mmapped files. -** -** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory -** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database -** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file -** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped -** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". -** -** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an -** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory -** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions -** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same -** database to end up using different files for shared memory - -** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting -** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage -** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm" -** or the equivalent. The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time -** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite; builds of SQLite -** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the -** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely -** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered -** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release. -** -** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that -** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then -** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. -** -** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS -** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and -** that no other processes are able to read or write the database. In -** that case, we do not really need shared memory. No shared memory -** file is created. The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory. -*/ -static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){ - struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */ - struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */ - int rc; /* Result code */ - unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */ - char *zShmFilename; /* Name of the file used for SHM */ - int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */ - - /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */ - p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); - assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); - - /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing - ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary. - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = pDbFd->pInode; - pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode; - if( pShmNode==0 ){ - struct stat sStat; /* fstat() info for database file */ -#ifndef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY - const char *zBasePath = pDbFd->zPath; -#endif - - /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If - ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it - ** with the same permissions. - */ - if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - goto shm_open_err; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY - nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31; -#else - nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(zBasePath); -#endif - pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename ); - if( pShmNode==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto shm_open_err; - } - memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename); - zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1]; -#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY - sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, - SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x", - (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev); -#else - sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", zBasePath); -#endif - pShmNode->h = -1; - pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode; - pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode; - pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto shm_open_err; - } - - if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ - int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; - pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, openFlags, (sStat.st_mode&0777)); - if( pShmNode->h<0 ){ - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename); - goto shm_open_err; - } - - /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file - ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database. Otherwise, - ** the original owner will not be able to connect. - */ - osFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid); - - /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. - ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. - */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){ - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1); - } - if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; - } - } - - /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */ - p->pShmNode = pShmNode; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; -#endif - pShmNode->nRef++; - pDbFd->pShm = p; - unixLeaveMutex(); - - /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under - ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the - ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is - ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting - ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex - ** mutex. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; - pShmNode->pFirst = p; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; - - /* Jump here on any error */ -shm_open_err: - unixShmPurge(pDbFd); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ - sqlite3_free(p); - unixLeaveMutex(); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the -** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions -** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion -** bytes in size. -** -** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. -** -** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory -** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a -** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If -** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet -** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. -** -** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by -** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes -** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped -** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. -*/ -static int unixShmMap( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ - int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ - int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ - int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ - void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ -){ - unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; - unixShm *p; - unixShmNode *pShmNode; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap(); - int nReqRegion; - - /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */ - if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){ - rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - p = pDbFd->pShm; - pShmNode = p->pShmNode; - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); - assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); - assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); - assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); - - /* Minimum number of regions required to be mapped. */ - nReqRegion = ((iRegion+nShmPerMap) / nShmPerMap) * nShmPerMap; - - if( pShmNode->nRegionszRegion = szRegion; - - if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ - /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. - ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is - ** large enough to contain the requested region). - */ - if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; - goto shmpage_out; - } - - if( sStat.st_sizeh, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, 0)!=1 ){ - const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename; - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile); - goto shmpage_out; - } - } - } - } - } - - /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ - apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc( - pShmNode->apRegion, nReqRegion*sizeof(char *) - ); - if( !apNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - goto shmpage_out; - } - pShmNode->apRegion = apNew; - while( pShmNode->nRegionh>=0 ){ - pMem = osMmap(0, nMap, - pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, - MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion - ); - if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){ - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename); - goto shmpage_out; - } - }else{ - pMem = sqlite3_malloc64(szRegion); - if( pMem==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto shmpage_out; - } - memset(pMem, 0, szRegion); - } - - for(i=0; iapRegion[pShmNode->nRegion+i] = &((char*)pMem)[szRegion*i]; - } - pShmNode->nRegion += nShmPerMap; - } - } - -shmpage_out: - if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ - *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion]; - }else{ - *pp = 0; - } - if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. -** -** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little -** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked -** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may -** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared. -*/ -static int unixShmLock( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ - int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ - int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ - int flags /* What to do with the lock */ -){ - unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ - unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ - unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ - unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ - u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ - - assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); - assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); - assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); - assert( n>=1 ); - assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); - assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); - assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); - assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); - - mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<1 || mask==(1<mutex); - if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ - u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ - - /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( pX==p ) continue; - assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); - allMask |= pX->sharedMask; - } - - /* Unlock the system-level locks */ - if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ - rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Undo the local locks */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->exclMask &= ~mask; - p->sharedMask &= ~mask; - } - }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ - u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ - - /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. - ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return - ** SQLITE_BUSY. - */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - break; - } - allShared |= pX->sharedMask; - } - - /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ - rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - /* Get the local shared locks */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->sharedMask |= mask; - } - }else{ - /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this - ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. - */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - break; - } - } - - /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful - ** also mark the local connection as being locked. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); - p->exclMask |= mask; - } - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n", - p->id, osGetpid(0), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask)); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. -** -** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before -** any load or store begun after the barrier. -*/ -static void unixShmBarrier( - sqlite3_file *fd /* Database file holding the shared memory */ -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); - sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); /* compiler-defined memory barrier */ - unixEnterMutex(); /* Also mutex, for redundancy */ - unixLeaveMutex(); -} - -/* -** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying -** storage if deleteFlag is true. -** -** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this -** routine is a harmless no-op. -*/ -static int unixShmUnmap( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* The underlying database file */ - int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */ -){ - unixShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ - unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ - unixShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ - unixFile *pDbFd; /* The underlying database file */ - - pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; - p = pDbFd->pShm; - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - pShmNode = p->pShmNode; - - assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); - assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); - - /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated - ** with pShmNode */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} - *pp = p->pNext; - - /* Free the connection p */ - sqlite3_free(p); - pDbFd->pShm = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - - /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying - ** shared-memory file, too */ - unixEnterMutex(); - assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); - pShmNode->nRef--; - if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ - if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ){ - osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename); - } - unixShmPurge(pDbFd); - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -#else -# define unixShmMap 0 -# define unixShmLock 0 -# define unixShmBarrier 0 -# define unixShmUnmap 0 -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -/* -** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd. -*/ -static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){ - assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); - if( pFd->pMapRegion ){ - osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual); - pFd->pMapRegion = 0; - pFd->mmapSize = 0; - pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file -** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded. -** -** If successful, this function sets the following variables: -** -** unixFile.pMapRegion -** unixFile.mmapSize -** unixFile.mmapSizeActual -** -** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and -** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should -** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite() -** methods. -*/ -static void unixRemapfile( - unixFile *pFd, /* File descriptor object */ - i64 nNew /* Required mapping size */ -){ - const char *zErr = "mmap"; - int h = pFd->h; /* File descriptor open on db file */ - u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion; /* Pointer to current file mapping */ - i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual; /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */ - u8 *pNew = 0; /* Location of new mapping */ - int flags = PROT_READ; /* Flags to pass to mmap() */ - - assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); - assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize ); - assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax ); - assert( nNew>0 ); - assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize ); - assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 ); - - if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE; - - if( pOrig ){ -#if HAVE_MREMAP - i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize; -#else - const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize(); - i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1)); -#endif - u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse]; - - /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */ - if( nReuse!=nOrig ){ - osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse); - } - -#if HAVE_MREMAP - pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE); - zErr = "mremap"; -#else - pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse); - if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){ - if( pNew!=pReq ){ - osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse); - pNew = 0; - }else{ - pNew = pOrig; - } - } -#endif - - /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */ - if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){ - osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse); - } - } - - /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */ - if( pNew==0 ){ - pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0); - } - - if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){ - pNew = 0; - nNew = 0; - unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath); - - /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls - ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively - ** in this case. */ - pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0; - } - pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew; - pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew; -} - -/* -** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file -** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if -** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still -** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. -** -** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of -** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the -** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the -** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured -** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not -** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error -** code otherwise. -*/ -static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte){ - i64 nMap = nByte; - int rc; - - assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); - if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - - if( nMap<0 ){ - struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ - rc = osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - nMap = statbuf.st_size; - } - if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){ - nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax; - } - - if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){ - if( nMap>0 ){ - unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap); - }else{ - unixUnmapfile(pFd); - } - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ - -/* -** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset -** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes. -** -** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK. -** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. -** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final -** value of *pp is undefined in this case. -** -** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually -** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch(). -*/ -static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ -#endif - *pp = 0; - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){ - if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){ - int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){ - *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff]; - pFd->nFetchOut++; - } - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a -** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second -** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding -** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. -** -** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called -** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping -** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. -*/ -static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); - - /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding - ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), - ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ - assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); - - /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */ - assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] ); - - if( p ){ - pFd->nFetchOut--; - }else{ - unixUnmapfile(pFd); - } - - assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 ); -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. -** -********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that -** implement various file locking strategies. It also contains definitions -** of "finder" functions. A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate -** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file. The pAppData -** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to -** the correct finder-function for that VFS. -** -** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods -** object. The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which -** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking -** strategy from that. -** -** For finder-function F, two objects are created: -** -** (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()". -** -** (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F". -** -** -** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS -** objects. We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point -** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void* -** from be cast into a function pointer. -** -** -** Each instance of this macro generates two objects: -** -** * A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking -** methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK. -** -** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer -** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet. -*/ -#define IOMETHODS(FINDER,METHOD,VERSION,CLOSE,LOCK,UNLOCK,CKLOCK,SHMMAP) \ -static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \ - VERSION, /* iVersion */ \ - CLOSE, /* xClose */ \ - unixRead, /* xRead */ \ - unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \ - unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \ - unixSync, /* xSync */ \ - unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \ - LOCK, /* xLock */ \ - UNLOCK, /* xUnlock */ \ - CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \ - unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \ - unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \ - unixDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \ - SHMMAP, /* xShmMap */ \ - unixShmLock, /* xShmLock */ \ - unixShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ \ - unixShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ \ - unixFetch, /* xFetch */ \ - unixUnfetch, /* xUnfetch */ \ -}; \ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){ \ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); \ - return &METHOD; \ -} \ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p) \ - = FINDER##Impl; - -/* -** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the -** locking strategies. Functions that return pointers to these methods -** are also created. -*/ -IOMETHODS( - posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 3, /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */ - unixClose, /* xClose method */ - unixLock, /* xLock method */ - unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - unixCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ - unixShmMap /* xShmMap method */ -) -IOMETHODS( - nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 3, /* shared memory is disabled */ - nolockClose, /* xClose method */ - nolockLock, /* xLock method */ - nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - nolockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ - 0 /* xShmMap method */ -) -IOMETHODS( - dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - dotlockClose, /* xClose method */ - dotlockLock, /* xLock method */ - dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - dotlockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ - 0 /* xShmMap method */ -) - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -IOMETHODS( - flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - flockClose, /* xClose method */ - flockLock, /* xLock method */ - flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - flockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ - 0 /* xShmMap method */ -) -#endif - -#if OS_VXWORKS -IOMETHODS( - semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - semXClose, /* xClose method */ - semXLock, /* xLock method */ - semXUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - semXCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ - 0 /* xShmMap method */ -) -#endif - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -IOMETHODS( - afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - afpClose, /* xClose method */ - afpLock, /* xLock method */ - afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - afpCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ - 0 /* xShmMap method */ -) -#endif - -/* -** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it -** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and -** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those -** secondary files. For this reason, the division that implements -** proxy locking is located much further down in the file. But we need -** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function -** for proxy locking here. So we forward declare the I/O methods. -*/ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*); -static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int); -static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); -static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*); -IOMETHODS( - proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - proxyClose, /* xClose method */ - proxyLock, /* xLock method */ - proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - proxyCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ - 0 /* xShmMap method */ -) -#endif - -/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -IOMETHODS( - nfsIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ - nfsIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ - 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ - unixClose, /* xClose method */ - unixLock, /* xLock method */ - nfsUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ - unixCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ - 0 /* xShmMap method */ -) -#endif - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -/* -** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy -** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods -** object that implements that strategy. -** -** This is for MacOSX only. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( - const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ - unixFile *pNew /* open file object for the database file */ -){ - static const struct Mapping { - const char *zFilesystem; /* Filesystem type name */ - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Appropriate locking method */ - } aMap[] = { - { "hfs", &posixIoMethods }, - { "ufs", &posixIoMethods }, - { "afpfs", &afpIoMethods }, - { "smbfs", &afpIoMethods }, - { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods }, - { 0, 0 } - }; - int i; - struct statfs fsInfo; - struct flock lockInfo; - - if( !filePath ){ - /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file - ** that does not need to be locked. */ - return &nolockIoMethods; - } - if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){ - if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){ - return &nolockIoMethods; - } - for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){ - if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){ - return aMap[i].pMethods; - } - } - } - - /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". - ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, - ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. - */ - lockInfo.l_len = 1; - lockInfo.l_start = 0; - lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; - if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { - if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){ - return &nfsIoMethods; - } else { - return &posixIoMethods; - } - }else{ - return &dotlockIoMethods; - } -} -static const sqlite3_io_methods - *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ - -#if OS_VXWORKS -/* -** This "finder" function for VxWorks checks to see if posix advisory -** locking works. If it does, then that is what is used. If it does not -** work, then fallback to named semaphore locking. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods *vxworksIoFinderImpl( - const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ - unixFile *pNew /* the open file object */ -){ - struct flock lockInfo; - - if( !filePath ){ - /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file - ** that does not need to be locked. */ - return &nolockIoMethods; - } - - /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks. - ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method. - */ - lockInfo.l_len = 1; - lockInfo.l_start = 0; - lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; - lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; - if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { - return &posixIoMethods; - }else{ - return &semIoMethods; - } -} -static const sqlite3_io_methods - *(*const vxworksIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = vxworksIoFinderImpl; - -#endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ - -/* -** An abstract type for a pointer to an IO method finder function: -*/ -typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*); - - -/**************************************************************************** -**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** -** -** This division contains the implementation of methods on the -** sqlite3_vfs object. -*/ - -/* -** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId. -*/ -static int fillInUnixFile( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ - sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ - int ctrlFlags /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */ -){ - const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle; - unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pNew->pInode==NULL ); - - /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The - ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that - ** include the special Apple locking styles. - */ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' - || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder ); -#else - assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' ); -#endif - - /* No locking occurs in temporary files */ - assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 ); - - OSTRACE(("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename)); - pNew->h = h; - pNew->pVfs = pVfs; - pNew->zPath = zFilename; - pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags; -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; -#endif - if( SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){ - pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW; - } - if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){ - pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL; - } - -#if OS_VXWORKS - pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename); - if( pNew->pId==0 ){ - ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#endif - - if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){ - pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods; - }else{ - pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew); -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for - ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name) - ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */ - pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename; -#endif - } - - if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods -#endif - ){ - unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor - ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail - ** in two scenarios: - ** - ** (a) A call to fstat() failed. - ** (b) A malloc failed. - ** - ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other - ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file - ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by - ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close - ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released - ** by doing so. - ** - ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The - ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in - ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much. - */ - robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); - h = -1; - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - } - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) - else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){ - /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the afpLockingContext. - */ - afpLockingContext *pCtx; - pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pCtx) ); - if( pCtx==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed - ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a - ** copy of the filename. */ - pCtx->dbPath = zFilename; - pCtx->reserved = 0; - srandomdev(); - unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext); - robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); - h = -1; - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - } - } -#endif - - else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){ - /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in - ** the dotlockLockingContext - */ - char *zLockFile; - int nFilename; - assert( zFilename!=0 ); - nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6; - zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(nFilename); - if( zLockFile==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename); - } - pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile; - } - -#if OS_VXWORKS - else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){ - /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be - ** included in the semLockingContext - */ - unixEnterMutex(); - rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); - if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){ - char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName; - int n; - sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem", - pNew->pId->zCanonicalName); - for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ ) - if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_'; - pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1); - if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0'; - } - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - } -#endif - - storeLastErrno(pNew, 0); -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); - h = -1; - osUnlink(zFilename); - pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; - } -#endif - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); - }else{ - pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle; - OpenCounter(+1); - verifyDbFile(pNew); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files. -** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL. -*/ -static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){ - static const char *azDirs[] = { - 0, - 0, - 0, - "/var/tmp", - "/usr/tmp", - "/tmp", - 0 /* List terminator */ - }; - unsigned int i; - struct stat buf; - const char *zDir = 0; - - azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory; - if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR"); - if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMPDIR"); - for(i=0; imxPathname bytes. -*/ -static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - static const unsigned char zChars[] = - "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" - "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" - "0123456789"; - unsigned int i, j; - const char *zDir; - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); - - zDir = unixTempFileDir(); - if( zDir==0 ) zDir = "."; - - /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file - ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR. - */ - if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 18) >= (size_t)nBuf ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - do{ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-18, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir); - j = (int)strlen(zBuf); - sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - zBuf[j+1] = 0; - }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) -/* -** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile. -** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen() -** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined. -*/ -static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); -#endif - -/* -** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database -** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname -** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second -** argument to this function. -** -** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed -** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some -** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock. -** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment -** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for -** further details. Also, ticket #4018. -** -** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no -** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned. -*/ -static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0; - - /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because - ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure), - ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better - ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure - ** feature. */ -#if !OS_VXWORKS - struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */ - - /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is - ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail. - ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is - ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file - ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite. - ** - ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of - ** not searching for a reusable file descriptor are not dire. */ - if( 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){ - unixInodeInfo *pInode; - - unixEnterMutex(); - pInode = inodeList; - while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev - || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){ - pInode = pInode->pNext; - } - if( pInode ){ - UnixUnusedFd **pp; - for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); - pUnused = *pp; - if( pUnused ){ - *pp = pUnused->pNext; - } - } - unixLeaveMutex(); - } -#endif /* if !OS_VXWORKS */ - return pUnused; -} - -/* -** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions -** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned -** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is -** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is -** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified. -** -** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become -** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using -** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask. -** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then -** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the -** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever -** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions -** as the associated database file. -*/ -static int findCreateFileMode( - const char *zPath, /* Path of file (possibly) being created */ - int flags, /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */ - mode_t *pMode, /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */ - uid_t *pUid, /* OUT: uid to set on the file */ - gid_t *pGid /* OUT: gid to set on the file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - *pMode = 0; - *pUid = 0; - *pGid = 0; - if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ - char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Database file path */ - int nDb; /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */ - struct stat sStat; /* Output of stat() on database file */ - - /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives - ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles - ** the following naming conventions: - ** - ** "-journal" - ** "-wal" - ** "-journalNN" - ** "-walNN" - ** - ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are - ** used by the test_multiplex.c module. - */ - nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; - while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){ - assert( nDb>0 ); - assert( zPath[nDb]!='\n' ); - nDb--; - } - memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb); - zDb[nDb] = '\0'; - - if( 0==osStat(zDb, &sStat) ){ - *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777; - *pUid = sStat.st_uid; - *pGid = sStat.st_gid; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ - *pMode = 0600; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Open the file zPath. -** -** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this -** one: -** -** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(); -** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(); -** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(); -** -** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: -** -** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) -** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) -** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) -** -** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If -** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the -** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new -** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for -** OpenExclusive(). -*/ -static int unixOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */ - const char *zPath, /* Pathname of file to be opened */ - sqlite3_file *pFile, /* The file descriptor to be filled in */ - int flags, /* Input flags to control the opening */ - int *pOutFlags /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */ -){ - unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile; - int fd = -1; /* File descriptor returned by open() */ - int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */ - int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ - int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ - int ctrlFlags = 0; /* UNIXFILE_* flags */ - - int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); - int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); - int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - int isAutoProxy = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY); -#endif -#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - struct statfs fsInfo; -#endif - - /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open - ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() - ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. - */ - int syncDir = (isCreate && ( - eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - )); - - /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open - ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. - */ - char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; - const char *zName = zPath; - - /* Check the following statements are true: - ** - ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and - ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and - ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - */ - assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); - assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); - assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); - assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - - /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never - ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); - - /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - ); - - /* Detect a pid change and reset the PRNG. There is a race condition - ** here such that two or more threads all trying to open databases at - ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG. But multiple resets - ** are harmless. - */ - if( randomnessPid!=osGetpid(0) ){ - randomnessPid = osGetpid(0); - sqlite3_randomness(0,0); - } - - memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - - if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; - pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags); - if( pUnused ){ - fd = pUnused->fd; - }else{ - pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused)); - if( !pUnused ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - p->pUnused = pUnused; - - /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not - ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into - ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ - assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); - - }else if( !zName ){ - /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */ - assert(isDelete && !syncDir); - rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+2, zTmpname); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - zName = zTmpname; - - /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated - ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ - assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); - } - - /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function - ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as - ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the - ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */ - if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY; - if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR; - if( isCreate ) openFlags |= O_CREAT; - if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW); - openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); - - if( fd<0 ){ - mode_t openMode; /* Permissions to create file with */ - uid_t uid; /* Userid for the file */ - gid_t gid; /* Groupid for the file */ - rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( !p->pUnused ); - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); - return rc; - } - fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); - OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags)); - if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ - /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */ - flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT); - flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - openFlags |= O_RDONLY; - isReadonly = 1; - fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); - } - if( fd<0 ){ - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName); - goto open_finished; - } - - /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback - ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be - ** the same as the original database. - */ - if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ - osFchown(fd, uid, gid); - } - } - assert( fd>=0 ); - if( pOutFlags ){ - *pOutFlags = flags; - } - - if( p->pUnused ){ - p->pUnused->fd = fd; - p->pUnused->flags = flags; - } - - if( isDelete ){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - zPath = zName; -#elif defined(SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE) - zPath = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zName); - if( zPath==0 ){ - robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } -#else - osUnlink(zName); -#endif - } -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - else{ - p->openFlags = openFlags; - } -#endif - - noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; - - -#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ - storeLastErrno(p, errno); - robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); - return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; - } - if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) { - ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS; - } - if (0 == strncmp("exfat", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) { - ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS; - } -#endif - - /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */ - if( isDelete ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; - if( isReadonly ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY; - if( noLock ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; - if( syncDir ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; - if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI; - -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE -#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING - isAutoProxy = 1; -#endif - if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){ - char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING"); - int useProxy = 0; - - /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means - ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */ - if( envforce!=NULL ){ - useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0; - }else{ - useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL); - } - if( useProxy ){ - rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:"); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile - ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, - ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op - */ - unixClose(pFile); - return rc; - } - } - goto open_finished; - } - } -#endif - - rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); - -open_finished: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(p->pUnused); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync() -** the directory after deleting the file. -*/ -static int unixDelete( - sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */ - const char *zPath, /* Name of file to be deleted */ - int dirSync /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){ - if( errno==ENOENT -#if OS_VXWORKS - || osAccess(zPath,0)!=0 -#endif - ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; - }else{ - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath); - } - return rc; - } -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC - if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){ - int fd; - rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - if( fsync(fd)==-1 ) -#else - if( fsync(fd) ) -#endif - { - rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath); - } - robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } -#endif - return rc; -} - -/* -** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The -** test performed depends on the value of flags: -** -** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable. -** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable. -** -** Otherwise return 0. -*/ -static int unixAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */ - const char *zPath, /* Path of the file to examine */ - int flags, /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */ - int *pResOut /* Write result boolean here */ -){ - int amode = 0; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - amode = F_OK; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - amode = W_OK|R_OK; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - amode = R_OK; - break; - - default: - assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); - } - *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0); - if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){ - struct stat buf; - if( 0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){ - *pResOut = 0; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path -** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by -** zPath. -** -** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes -** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to -** this buffer before returning. -*/ -static int unixFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zOut /* Output buffer */ -){ - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the - ** current working directory has been unlinked. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - - assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - - zOut[nOut-1] = '\0'; - if( zPath[0]=='/' ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath); - }else{ - int nCwd; - if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){ - return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath); - } - nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut); - sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - #define unixDlOpen 0 - #define unixDlError 0 - #define unixDlSym 0 - #define unixDlClose 0 - -/* -** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf. -*/ -static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int))); - - /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting - ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would - ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the - ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry - ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize - ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness - ** in the random seed. - ** - ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means - ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the - ** tests repeatable. - */ - memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); - randomnessPid = osGetpid(0); -#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) - { - int fd, got; - fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0); - if( fd<0 ){ - time_t t; - time(&t); - memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t)); - memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &randomnessPid, sizeof(randomnessPid)); - assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(randomnessPid)<=(size_t)nBuf ); - nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(randomnessPid); - }else{ - do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); - robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); - } - } -#endif - return nBuf; -} - - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. -** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually -** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which -** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less -** than the argument. -*/ -static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){ -#if OS_VXWORKS - struct timespec sp; - - sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000; - sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000; - nanosleep(&sp, NULL); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return microseconds; -#elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP - usleep(microseconds); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return microseconds; -#else - int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000; - sleep(seconds); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return seconds*1000000; -#endif -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as -** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of -** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow -** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In -** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian -** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the -** proleptic Gregorian calendar. -** -** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date -** cannot be found. -*/ -static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ - static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; -#if defined(NO_GETTOD) - time_t t; - time(&t); - *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch; -#elif OS_VXWORKS - struct timespec sNow; - clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow); - *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000; -#else - struct timeval sNow; - if( gettimeofday(&sNow, 0)==0 ){ - *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; - } -#endif - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){ - sqlite3_int64 i = 0; - int rc; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i); - *prNow = i/86400000.0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing -** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up -** during SQLite operation. But so far, none of that has been implemented -** in the core. So this routine is never called. For now, it is merely -** a place-holder. -*/ -static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3); - return 0; -} - - -/* -************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods *************************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/****************************************************************************** -************************** Begin Proxy Locking ******************************** -** -** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense: It uses the -** other locking methods on secondary lock files. Proxy locking is a -** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above. For -** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred -** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have -** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available -** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking. -** -**** -** -** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the -** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers -** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html]. The five file locking -** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented -** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl), -** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl -** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states. -** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected -** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire -** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock): -** -** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 -** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001 -** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200 -** -** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x -** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables -** the read cache when byte-range locks are present. Enabling the read -** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X -** supported network file systems. NFS and AFP both observe the -** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency -** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively -** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple -** readers and writers -** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html]. -** -** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking -** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a -** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file -** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. -** -** -** Using proxy locks -** ----------------- -** -** C APIs -** -** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, -** | ":auto:"); -** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, -** &); -** -** -** SQL pragmas -** -** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file= | :auto: -** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file -** -** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching -** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise -** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir -** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the -** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the -** database file. For example: -** -** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" -** The lock path will be "/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:") -** -** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not -** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via -** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another -** connection or process). -** -** -** How proxy locking works -** ----------------------- -** -** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: -** -** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host -** at a time -** -** * proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally -** taken on the database -** -** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch" -** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the -** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock -** proxy path against the values stored in the conch. The conch file is -** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name -** is patterned after the database file name as ".-conch". -** If the conch file does not exist, or its contents do not match the -** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive -** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy -** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again. If the conch -** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock -** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. -** -** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks -** normally taken on the database file. This allows for safe sharing -** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same -** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file). -** -** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is -** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. -** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where -** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it. -** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until -** the connection to the database is closed. -** -** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need -** to be created the first time they are used. -** -** Configuration options -** --------------------- -** -** SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING -** -** Database files accessed on non-local file systems are -** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are -** named automatically using the same logic as -** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:" -** -** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG -** -** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file -** retrieval and creation -** -** LOCKPROXYDIR -** -** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that -** are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting -** -** SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS -** -** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the -** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set. -** -** -** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING, -** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will -** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0 -** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database -** files (explicitly calling the SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or -** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING). -*/ - -/* -** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX -*/ -#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - -/* -** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote -** and local proxy files in it -*/ -typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext; -struct proxyLockingContext { - unixFile *conchFile; /* Open conch file */ - char *conchFilePath; /* Name of the conch file */ - unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */ - char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */ - char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ - int conchHeld; /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */ - int nFails; /* Number of conch taking failures */ - void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */ - sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */ -}; - -/* -** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, -** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length -** file path. -*/ -static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ - int len; - int dbLen; - int i; - -#ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR - len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen); -#else -# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR - { - if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){ - OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n", - lPath, errno, osGetpid(0))); - return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - } - len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); - } -# else - len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen); -# endif -#endif - - if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){ - len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen); - } - - /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */ - dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath); - for( i=0; i 0) ){ - /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */ - if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') - || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){ - buf[i]='\0'; - if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){ - int err=errno; - if( err!=EEXIST ) { - OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, " - "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", - buf, strerror(err), lockPath, osGetpid(0))); - return err; - } - } - } - start=i+1; - } - buf[i] = lockPath[i]; - } - OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, osGetpid(0))); - return 0; -} - -/* -** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from -** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor. -** -** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor -** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor. -*/ -static int proxyCreateUnixFile( - const char *path, /* path for the new unixFile */ - unixFile **ppFile, /* unixFile created and returned by ref */ - int islockfile /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */ -) { - int fd = -1; - unixFile *pNew; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; - sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs; - int terrno = 0; - UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL; - - /* 1. first try to open/create the file - ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating - ** the parent directories and then try again. - ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only - ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file - */ - pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags); - if( pUnused ){ - fd = pUnused->fd; - }else{ - pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused)); - if( !pUnused ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - if( fd<0 ){ - fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); - terrno = errno; - if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){ - if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){ - fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); - } - } - } - if( fd<0 ){ - openFlags = O_RDONLY; - fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); - terrno = errno; - } - if( fd<0 ){ - if( islockfile ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - switch (terrno) { - case EACCES: - return SQLITE_PERM; - case EIO: - return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */ - default: - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - } - } - - pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pNew)); - if( pNew==NULL ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto end_create_proxy; - } - memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); - pNew->openFlags = openFlags; - memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs)); - dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder; - dummyVfs.zName = "dummy"; - pUnused->fd = fd; - pUnused->flags = openFlags; - pNew->pUnused = pUnused; - - rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *ppFile = pNew; - return SQLITE_OK; - } -end_create_proxy: - robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__); - sqlite3_free(pNew); - sqlite3_free(pUnused); - return rc; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0; -#endif - -#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 16 /* conch file host id length */ - -#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID -/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */ -extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait); -#endif - -/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN -** bytes of writable memory. -*/ -static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ - assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t)); - memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); -#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID - { - struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */ - if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){ - int err = errno; - if( pError ){ - *pError = err; - } - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - } -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ - if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){ - pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF)); - } -#endif - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path - */ -#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2 /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */ -#define PROXY_HEADERLEN 1 /* conch file header length */ -#define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) -#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN) - -/* -** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves -** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the -** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is -** closed. Returns zero if successful. -*/ -static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - char tPath[MAXPATHLEN]; - char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; - char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath; - size_t readLen = 0; - size_t pathLen = 0; - char errmsg[64] = ""; - int fd = -1; - int rc = -1; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID); - - /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */ - pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN); - if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || - (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen); - goto end_breaklock; - } - /* read the conch content */ - readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); - if( readLenh, __LINE__); - conchFile->h = fd; - conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; - -end_breaklock: - if( rc ){ - if( fd>=0 ){ - osUnlink(tPath); - robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__); - } - fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg); - } - return rc; -} - -/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the -** host id matches. -*/ -static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int nTries = 0; - struct timespec conchModTime; - - memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime)); - do { - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); - nTries ++; - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - /* If the lock failed (busy): - * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. - * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait - * 10 sec and try again - * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed. - */ - struct stat buf; - if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - } - - if( nTries==1 ){ - conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec; - usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/ - continue; - } - - assert( nTries>1 ); - if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || - conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - - if( nTries==2 ){ - char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; - int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); - if( len<0 ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); - return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - } - if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){ - /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */ - if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - }else{ - /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */ - continue; - } - - assert( nTries==3 ); - if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); - } - if( !rc ){ - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); - } - } - } - } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 ); - - return rc; -} - -/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if -** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL -** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the -** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically -** and written to the conch file. -*/ -static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - - if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - uuid_t myHostID; - int pError = 0; - char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; - char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN]; - char *tempLockPath = NULL; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int createConch = 0; - int hostIdMatch = 0; - int readLen = 0; - int tryOldLockPath = 0; - int forceNewLockPath = 0; - - OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, - (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), - osGetpid(0))); - - rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError); - if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){ - storeLastErrno(pFile, pError); - goto end_takeconch; - } - rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_takeconch; - } - /* read the existing conch file */ - readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN); - if( readLen<0 ){ - /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ - storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno); - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ; - goto end_takeconch; - }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || - readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){ - /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new - ** conch file. - */ - createConch = 1; - } - /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch - ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll - ** retry with a new auto-generated path - */ - do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */ - - if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){ - hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, - PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); - /* if the conch has data compare the contents */ - if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll - ** use the local lock file path that's already in there - */ - if( hostIdMatch ){ - size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX); - - if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){ - pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1; - } - memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen); - lockPath[pathLen] = 0; - tempLockPath = lockPath; - tryOldLockPath = 1; - /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */ - goto end_takeconch; - } - }else if( hostIdMatch - && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], - readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX) - ){ - /* conch host and lock path match */ - goto end_takeconch; - } - } - - /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */ - if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - goto end_takeconch; - } - - /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */ - if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); - tempLockPath = lockPath; - /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */ - } - - /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process - ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big - ** stick. - */ - futimes(conchFile->h, NULL); - if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){ - if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){ - /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this - ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } else { - rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - }else{ - rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; - int writeSize = 0; - - writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION; - memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); - if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){ - strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, - MAXPATHLEN); - }else{ - strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN); - } - writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]); - robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize); - rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0); - fsync(conchFile->h); - /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a - ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){ - struct stat buf; - int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); - if( err==0 ){ - mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP | - S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); - /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */ -#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG - osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); -#else - do{ - rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); - }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR ); - if( rc!=0 ){ - int code = errno; - fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n", - cmode, code, strerror(code)); - } else { - fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode); - } - }else{ - int code = errno; - fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", - err, code, strerror(code)); -#endif - } - } - } - conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); - - end_takeconch: - OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){ - int fd; - if( pFile->h>=0 ){ - robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); - } - pFile->h = -1; - fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0); - OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd)); - if( fd>=0 ){ - pFile->h = fd; - }else{ - rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called - during locking */ - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){ - char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath; - rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){ - /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path - ** so try again via auto-naming - */ - forceNewLockPath = 1; - tryOldLockPath = 0; - continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */ - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value - ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack - */ - if( tempLockPath ){ - pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath); - if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCtx->conchHeld = 1; - - if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ - afpLockingContext *afpCtx; - afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext; - afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; - } - } else { - conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); - } - OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, - rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed")); - return rc; - } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - - ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */ - } -} - -/* -** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock. -*/ -static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subroutine return code */ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */ - unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */ - - pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, - (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), - osGetpid(0))); - if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); - } - pCtx->conchHeld = 0; - OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, - (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file. -** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc64(). -** Make *pConchPath point to the new name. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory. -** -** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory -** space is eventually freed. -** -** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs. -*/ -static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */ - char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */ - - /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to - ** the name of the original database file. */ - *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(len + 8); - if( conchPath==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1); - - /* now insert a "." before the last / character */ - for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){ - if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){ - i++; - break; - } - } - conchPath[i]='.'; - while ( ilockingContext; - char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - - /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */ - if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") || - (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - pCtx->lockProxy=NULL; - pCtx->conchHeld = 0; - if( lockProxy!=NULL ){ - rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(lockProxy); - } - sqlite3_free(oldPath); - pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call. dbPath -** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size. -** -** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it -** int dbPath. -*/ -static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ -#if defined(__APPLE__) - if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ - /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field - ** of the struct */ - assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); - strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, - MAXPATHLEN); - } else -#endif - if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){ - /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock - ** file path */ - int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX); - memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1); - }else{ - /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */ - assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); - strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking -** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields -** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and -** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time: -** ->lockingContext -** ->pMethod -*/ -static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { - proxyLockingContext *pCtx; - char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */ - char *lockPath=NULL; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ - return SQLITE_BUSY; - } - proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath); - if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){ - lockPath=NULL; - }else{ - lockPath=(char *)path; - } - - OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, - (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); - - pCtx = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pCtx) ); - if( pCtx==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx)); - - rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){ - /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and - ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access. - ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts - ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR. - */ - struct statfs fsInfo; - struct stat conchInfo; - int goLockless = 0; - - if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) { - int err = errno; - if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){ - goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY; - } - } - if( goLockless ){ - pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){ - pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath); - if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, - ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return. - */ - pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext; - pFile->lockingContext = pCtx; - pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod; - pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods; - }else{ - if( pCtx->conchFile ){ - pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile); - } - sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx); - } - OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, - (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific -** to proxy locking. -*/ -static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; - proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ - *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath; - }else{ - *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)"; - } - } else { - *(const char **)pArg = NULL; - } - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods); - if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){ - if( isProxyStyle ){ - /* turn off proxy locking - not supported. If support is added for - ** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if - ** the journal mode is WAL mode. - */ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/; - }else{ - /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - }else{ - const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg; - if( isProxyStyle ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = - (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; - if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") - || (pCtx->lockProxyPath && - !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN)) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath); - } - }else{ - /* turn on proxy file locking */ - rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath); - } - } - return rc; - } - default: { - assert( 0 ); /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */ - } - } - /*NOTREACHED*/ - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures -** above this point are all utilities. The lock-related methods of the -** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow. -*/ - - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut -** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value -** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. -*/ -static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ - unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut); - }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ - pResOut=0; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() -** routine to lower a locking level. -*/ -static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ - unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); - pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; - }else{ - /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ - } - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ - unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); - pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; - }else{ - /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a file that uses proxy locks. -*/ -static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { - if( id ){ - unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; - proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; - unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; - unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( lockProxy ){ - rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(lockProxy); - pCtx->lockProxy = 0; - } - if( conchFile ){ - if( pCtx->conchHeld ){ - rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile); - if( rc ) return rc; - sqlite3_free(conchFile); - } - sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); - sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); - sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath); - /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */ - pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext; - pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod; - sqlite3_free(pCtx); - return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - - -#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ -/* -** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems. -** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also -** restricted to MacOSX. -** -** -******************* End of the proxy lock implementation ********************** -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Initialize the operating system interface. -** -** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating -** systems. This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows, -** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other -** files. -** -** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a -** single thread. The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not -** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they -** should not be used. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_os_init(void){ - /* - ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object. - ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer - ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because - ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer - ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems - ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.) - ** - ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the - ** finder-function. The finder-function returns a pointer to the - ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking - ** behaviors. See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS - ** macro for addition information on finder-functions. - ** - ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods - ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little - ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the - ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for - ** that filesystem time. - */ - #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \ - 3, /* iVersion */ \ - sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \ - MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \ - 0, /* pNext */ \ - VFSNAME, /* zName */ \ - (void*)&FINDER, /* pAppData */ \ - unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \ - unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \ - unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \ - unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \ - unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \ - unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \ - unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \ - unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \ - unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \ - unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \ - unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \ - unixGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ \ - unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ \ - unixSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ \ - unixGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ \ - unixNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ \ - } - - /* - ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array. - ** - ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified - ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered. So the following - ** array cannot be const. - */ - static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = { -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) - UNIXVFS("unix", autolockIoFinder ), -#elif OS_VXWORKS - UNIXVFS("unix", vxworksIoFinder ), -#else - UNIXVFS("unix", posixIoFinder ), -#endif - UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ), - UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ), - UNIXVFS("unix-excl", posixIoFinder ), -#if OS_VXWORKS - UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ), -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || OS_VXWORKS - UNIXVFS("unix-posix", posixIoFinder ), -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE - UNIXVFS("unix-flock", flockIoFinder ), -#endif -#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) - UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ), - UNIXVFS("unix-nfs", nfsIoFinder ), - UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ), -#endif - }; - unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */ - - /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed - ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ - assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==25 ); - - /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */ - for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){ - sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Shutdown the operating system interface. -** -** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine, -** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix. -** This routine is a no-op for unix. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_os_end(void){ - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */ - -/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for Windows only */ - -/* -** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files -*/ -/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/ -/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ -/* -** 2004 May 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -****************************************************************************** -** -** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to -** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those -** files. -** -** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a -** general purpose header file. -*/ -#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ -#define _OS_COMMON_H_ - -/* -** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG -** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the -** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. -*/ -#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG -# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." -#endif - -/* -** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works -** on i486 hardware. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE - -/* -** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing -** high-performance timing routines. -*/ -/* #include "hwtime.h" */ - -static sqlite_uint64 g_start; -static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; -#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() -#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start -#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed -#else -#define TIMER_START -#define TIMER_END -#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) -#endif - -/* -** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block -** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This -** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) -#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ - if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ - || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ - { local_ioerr(); CODE; } -static void local_ioerr(){ - IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); - sqlite3_io_error_hit++; - if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; -} -#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ - if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ - local_ioerr(); \ - sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ - sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ - CODE; \ - }else{ \ - sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ - } \ - } -#else -#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) -#define SimulateIOError(A) -#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) -#endif - -/* -** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; -#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) -#else -#define OpenCounter(X) -#endif - -#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ - -/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/ - -/* -** Include the header file for the Windows VFS. -*/ -/* #include "os_win.h" */ - -/* -** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only -** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel. -*/ -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) -# error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\ - with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL." -#endif - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -# error "Memory mapped files require support from the Windows NT kernel,\ - compile with SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE=0." -#endif - -/* -** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions -** based on the sub-platform)? -*/ -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI) -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI -#endif - -/* -** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions -** based on the sub-platform)? -*/ -#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \ - !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE) -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE -#endif - -/* -** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) -# error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\ - must be defined." -#endif - -/* -** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not -** already available. -*/ -#ifndef NTDDI_WIN8 -# define NTDDI_WIN8 0x06020000 -#endif - -#ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE -# define NTDDI_WINBLUE 0x06030000 -#endif - -/* -** Check to see if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are deprecated on the -** target system. GetVersionEx was first deprecated in Win8.1. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX -# if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 0 /* GetVersionEx() is deprecated */ -# else -# define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 1 /* GetVersionEx() is current */ -# endif -#endif - -/* -** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file). -*/ -#ifndef MAX_PATH -# define MAX_PATH (260) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32. This should normally be -** MAX_PATH. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS -# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS (MAX_PATH) -#endif - -/* -** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file). -*/ -#ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS -# define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS (32767) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT. This should normally be -** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS -# define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32. The MAX_PATH macro is in -** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of -** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES -# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT. This should normally be -** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR). -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES -# define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES \ - (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS) -#endif - -/* -** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS -# define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024) -#endif - -/* -** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory -** separator. -*/ -#ifndef winIsDirSep -# define winIsDirSep(a) (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\')) -#endif - -/* -** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is -** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation). -*/ -#ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE -# define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x) (void)(x) -#endif - -/* -** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator. -*/ -#ifndef winGetDirSep -# define winGetDirSep() '\\' -#endif - -/* -** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL -** mode or memory mapped files (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows -** CE SDK; however, they are not present in the header file)? -*/ -#if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && \ - (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) -/* -** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT. Figure out which -** set we need. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT -WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \ - LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR); - -WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T); -#else -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) -WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ - DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR); -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */ - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) -WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ - DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR); -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */ - -WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T); -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ - -/* -** These file mapping APIs are common to both Win32 and WinRT. -*/ - -WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI FlushViewOfFile(LPCVOID, SIZE_T); -WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID); -#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API */ - -/* -** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. -*/ -#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES -# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) -#endif - -#ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK -# define FILE_FLAG_MASK (0xFF3C0000) -#endif - -#ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK -# define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK (0x0003FFF7) -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* Forward references to structures used for WAL */ -typedef struct winShm winShm; /* A connection to shared-memory */ -typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode; /* A region of shared-memory */ -#endif - -/* -** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it -** with some code of our own. -*/ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -typedef struct winceLock { - int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */ - BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */ - BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */ - BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */ -} winceLock; -#endif - -/* -** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32 -** portability layer. -*/ -typedef struct winFile winFile; -struct winFile { - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to open this file */ - HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ - u8 locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ - short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ - u8 ctrlFlags; /* Flags. See WINFILE_* below */ - DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - winShm *pShm; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */ -#endif - const char *zPath; /* Full pathname of this file */ - int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ - HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ - HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ - winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ - winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ -#endif -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */ - HANDLE hMap; /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */ - void *pMapRegion; /* Area memory mapped */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapped region */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */ - sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags -*/ -#define WINFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ -#define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ -#define WINFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ - -/* - * The value used with sqlite3_win32_set_directory() to specify that - * the temporary directory should be changed. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE (2) -#endif - -/* - * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the - * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC - -/* - * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32 - * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used. This - * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT. By default, this is enabled - * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data. - * - ****************************************************************************** - * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the - * winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3BtreeShutdown - * function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will - * be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed - * data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation. - ****************************************************************************** - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE (TRUE) -#endif - -/* - * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \ - (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304) -#endif - -/* - * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE (0) -#endif - -/* - * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs. This value may be - * zero for the default behavior. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS -# define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS (0) -#endif - - -/* -** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific -** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation. -*/ -typedef struct winMemData winMemData; -struct winMemData { -#ifndef NDEBUG - u32 magic1; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ -#endif - HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */ - BOOL bOwned; /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */ -#ifndef NDEBUG - u32 magic2; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ -#endif -}; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -#define WINMEM_MAGIC1 0x42b2830b -#define WINMEM_MAGIC2 0xbd4d7cf4 -#endif - -static struct winMemData win_mem_data = { -#ifndef NDEBUG - WINMEM_MAGIC1, -#endif - NULL, FALSE -#ifndef NDEBUG - ,WINMEM_MAGIC2 -#endif -}; - -#ifndef NDEBUG -#define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ) -#define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ) -#define winMemAssertMagic() winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2(); -#else -#define winMemAssertMagic() -#endif - -#define winMemGetDataPtr() &win_mem_data -#define winMemGetHeap() win_mem_data.hHeap -#define winMemGetOwned() win_mem_data.bOwned - -static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes); -static void winMemFree(void *pPrior); -static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes); -static int winMemSize(void *p); -static int winMemRoundup(int n); -static int winMemInit(void *pAppData); -static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData); - -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void); -#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ - -/* -** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes -** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win9x -** or WinNT. -** -** 0: Operating system unknown. -** 1: Operating system is Win9x. -** 2: Operating system is WinNT. -** -** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture -** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0; -#else -static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0; -#endif - -#ifndef SYSCALL -# define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr -#endif - -/* -** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT. - */ - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT -# define osAreFileApisANSI() 1 -#endif - -/* -** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that -** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during -** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers -** to all overrideable system calls. -*/ -static struct win_syscall { - const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ -} aSyscall[] = { -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI, 0 }, -#else - { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#ifndef osAreFileApisANSI -#define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) -#endif - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)CharLowerW, 0 }, -#else - { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)CharUpperW, 0 }, -#else - { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) - - { "CloseHandle", (SYSCALL)CloseHandle, 0 }, - -#define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileA, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ - LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileW, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ - LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) - -#if (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \ - (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)) - { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ - DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ - (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)) - { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ - DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \ - LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA, 0 }, -#else - { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW, 0 }, -#else - { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 }, -#else - { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ - LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime, 0 }, -#else - { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ - LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent) - - { "FlushFileBuffers", (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers, 0 }, - -#define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA, 0 }, -#else - { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \ - DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW, 0 }, -#else - { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ - DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) - - { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, - -#define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) - - { "GetCurrentProcessId", (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId, 0 }, - -#define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA, 0 }, -#else - { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ - LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ - LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \ - LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)GetFileSize, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \ - LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ - LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent) - - { "GetLastError", (SYSCALL)GetLastError, 0 }, - -#define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent) - - { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, - -#define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \ - LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo, 0 }, -#else - { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent) - - { "GetSystemTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime, 0 }, - -#define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 }, -#else - { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ - LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA, 0 }, -#else - { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount, 0 }, -#else - { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && \ - SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX - { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA, 0 }, -#else - { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ - LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ - defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX - { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW, 0 }, -#else - { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ - LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent) - - { "HeapAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc, 0 }, - -#define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ - SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)HeapCreate, 0 }, -#else - { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \ - SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy, 0 }, -#else - { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent) - - { "HeapFree", (SYSCALL)HeapFree, 0 }, - -#define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent) - - { "HeapReAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc, 0 }, - -#define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \ - SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent) - - { "HeapSize", (SYSCALL)HeapSize, 0 }, - -#define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ - LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)HeapValidate, 0 }, -#else - { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ - LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)HeapCompact, 0 }, -#else - { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent) - - { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, - -#define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW, 0 }, -#else - { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)LocalFree, 0 }, -#else - { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)LockFile, 0 }, -#else - { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#ifndef osLockFile -#define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent) -#endif - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)LockFileEx, 0 }, -#else - { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#ifndef osLockFileEx -#define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent) -#endif - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ - (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)) - { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile, 0 }, -#else - { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent) - - { "MultiByteToWideChar", (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar, 0 }, - -#define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \ - int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent) - - { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 }, - -#define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ - LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent) - - { "ReadFile", (SYSCALL)ReadFile, 0 }, - -#define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ - LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent) - - { "SetEndOfFile", (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile, 0 }, - -#define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer, 0 }, -#else - { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \ - DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)Sleep, 0 }, -#else - { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent) - - { "SystemTimeToFileTime", (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime, 0 }, - -#define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \ - LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)UnlockFile, 0 }, -#else - { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#ifndef osUnlockFile -#define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent) -#endif - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx, 0 }, -#else - { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile, 0 }, -#else - { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent) - - { "WideCharToMultiByte", (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte, 0 }, - -#define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \ - LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent) - - { "WriteFile", (SYSCALL)WriteFile, 0 }, - -#define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ - LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \ - DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject, 0 }, -#else - { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ - DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE - { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx, 0 }, -#else - { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ - BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx, 0 }, -#else - { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \ - PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 }, -#else - { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ - FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) - { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp, 0 }, -#else - { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \ - SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)CreateFile2, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ - LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent) - - { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, - -#define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \ - DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64, 0 }, -#else - { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo, 0 }, -#else - { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ - LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA, 0 }, -#else - { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent) - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW, 0 }, -#else - { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent) - - { "GetProcessHeap", (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap, 0 }, - -#define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent) - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) - { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 }, -#else - { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ - LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent) - -/* -** NOTE: On some sub-platforms, the InterlockedCompareExchange "function" -** is really just a macro that uses a compiler intrinsic (e.g. x64). -** So do not try to make this is into a redefinable interface. -*/ -#if defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) - { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, - -#define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange -#else - { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 }, - -#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG \ - SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE*, LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent) -#endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */ - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID - { "UuidCreate", (SYSCALL)UuidCreate, 0 }, -#else - { "UuidCreate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osUuidCreate ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[77].pCurrent) - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID - { "UuidCreateSequential", (SYSCALL)UuidCreateSequential, 0 }, -#else - { "UuidCreateSequential", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osUuidCreateSequential \ - ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[78].pCurrent) - -#if !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - { "FlushViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)FlushViewOfFile, 0 }, -#else - { "FlushViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, -#endif - -#define osFlushViewOfFile \ - ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID,SIZE_T))aSyscall[79].pCurrent) - -}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ - -/* -** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the -** "win32" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the -** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable -** system call named zName. -*/ -static int winSetSystemCall( - sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ - const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ - sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ -){ - unsigned int i; - int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); - if( zName==0 ){ - /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default - ** settings and return NULL - */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - for(i=0; i0 && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ - SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject){ - DWORD rc; - while( (rc = osWaitForSingleObjectEx(hObject, INFINITE, - TRUE))==WAIT_IO_COMPLETION ){} - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, -** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. -** -** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack -** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that -** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME. A call to -** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or -** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call -** the LockFileEx() API. -*/ - -#if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) || !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX -# define osIsNT() (1) -#elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) -# define osIsNT() (1) -#elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) -# define osIsNT() (0) -#else -# define osIsNT() ((sqlite3_os_type==2) || sqlite3_win32_is_nt()) -#endif - -/* -** This function determines if the machine is running a version of Windows -** based on the NT kernel. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - /* - ** NOTE: The WinRT sub-platform is always assumed to be based on the NT - ** kernel. - */ - return 1; -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX - if( osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 0, 0)==0 ){ -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - osGetVersionExA(&sInfo); - osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, - (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0); -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo; - sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); - osGetVersionExW(&sInfo); - osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, - (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0); -#endif - } - return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2; -#elif SQLITE_TEST - return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2; -#else - /* - ** NOTE: All sub-platforms where the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are - ** deprecated are always assumed to be based on the NT kernel. - */ - return 1; -#endif -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC -/* -** Allocate nBytes of memory. -*/ -static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){ - HANDLE hHeap; - void *p; - - winMemAssertMagic(); - hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); - assert( hHeap!=0 ); - assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); -#endif - assert( nBytes>=0 ); - p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); - if( !p ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p", - nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Free memory. -*/ -static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){ - HANDLE hHeap; - - winMemAssertMagic(); - hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); - assert( hHeap!=0 ); - assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); -#endif - if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */ - if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p", - pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); - } -} - -/* -** Change the size of an existing memory allocation -*/ -static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ - HANDLE hHeap; - void *p; - - winMemAssertMagic(); - hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); - assert( hHeap!=0 ); - assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); -#endif - assert( nBytes>=0 ); - if( !pPrior ){ - p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); - }else{ - p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes); - } - if( !p ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p", - pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(), - (void*)hHeap); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. -*/ -static int winMemSize(void *p){ - HANDLE hHeap; - SIZE_T n; - - winMemAssertMagic(); - hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); - assert( hHeap!=0 ); - assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) ); -#endif - if( !p ) return 0; - n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p); - if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p", - p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); - return 0; - } - return (int)n; -} - -/* -** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. -*/ -static int winMemRoundup(int n){ - return n; -} - -/* -** Initialize this module. -*/ -static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){ - winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; - - if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR; - assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ); - assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ); - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE - if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ - DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE; - DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap; - if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){ - dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE; - }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){ - dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize; - } - pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, - dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize); - if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, - "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu", - osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize, - dwMaximumSize); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE; - assert( pWinMemData->bOwned ); - } -#else - pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap(); - if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, - "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError()); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; - assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned ); -#endif - assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 ); - assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Deinitialize this module. -*/ -static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){ - winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; - - if( !pWinMemData ) return; - assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ); - assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ); - - if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){ - assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) - assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); -#endif - if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){ - if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p", - osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap); - } - pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; - } - pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL; - } -} - -/* -** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in -** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The -** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. -** -** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore -** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){ - static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = { - winMemMalloc, - winMemFree, - winMemRealloc, - winMemSize, - winMemRoundup, - winMemInit, - winMemShutdown, - &win_mem_data - }; - return &winMemMethods; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32()); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ - -/* -** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode (UTF-16?). -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc. -*/ -static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ - int nChar; - LPWSTR zWideFilename; - - nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0); - if( nChar==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zWideFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) ); - if( zWideFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, - nChar); - if( nChar==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zWideFilename); - zWideFilename = 0; - } - return zWideFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert Microsoft Unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is -** obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){ - int nByte; - char *zFilename; - - nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte ); - if( zFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, - 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zFilename); - zFilename = 0; - } - return zFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, based on the -** current codepage settings for file apis. -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained -** from sqlite3_malloc. -*/ -static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ - int nByte; - LPWSTR zMbcsFilename; - int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; - - nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, - 0)*sizeof(WCHAR); - if( nByte==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zMbcsFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) ); - if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, - nByte); - if( nByte==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zMbcsFilename); - zMbcsFilename = 0; - } - return zMbcsFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert Microsoft Unicode to multi-byte character string, based on the -** user's ANSI codepage. -** -** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from -** sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideFilename){ - int nByte; - char *zFilename; - int codepage = osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; - - nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilename = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte ); - if( zFilename==0 ){ - return 0; - } - nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, - nByte, 0, 0); - if( nByte == 0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zFilename); - zFilename = 0; - } - return zFilename; -} - -/* -** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the -** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zFilename){ - char *zFilenameUtf8; - LPWSTR zTmpWide; - - zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zTmpWide==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilenameUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide); - sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); - return zFilenameUtf8; -} - -/* -** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the -** returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){ - char *zFilenameMbcs; - LPWSTR zTmpWide; - - zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zTmpWide==0 ){ - return 0; - } - zFilenameMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide); - sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); - return zFilenameMbcs; -} - -/* -** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg -** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero -** otherwise (if the message was truncated). -*/ -static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it - ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output - ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char. - */ - DWORD dwLen = 0; - char *zOut = 0; - - if( osIsNT() ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1]; - dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, - NULL, - lastErrno, - 0, - zTempWide, - SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS, - 0); -#else - LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL; - dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, - NULL, - lastErrno, - 0, - (LPWSTR) &zTempWide, - 0, - 0); -#endif - if( dwLen > 0 ){ - /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ - zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide); -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ - osLocalFree(zTempWide); -#endif - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - char *zTemp = NULL; - dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | - FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, - NULL, - lastErrno, - 0, - (LPSTR) &zTemp, - 0, - 0); - if( dwLen > 0 ){ - /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ - zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); - /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ - osLocalFree(zTemp); - } - } -#endif - if( 0 == dwLen ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno); - }else{ - /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */ - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut); - /* free the UTF8 buffer */ - sqlite3_free(zOut); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** -** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro -** winLogError(). -** -** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function. -** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of -** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from -** FormatMessage. -** -** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that -** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). -** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that -** failed and the associated file-system path, if any. -*/ -#define winLogError(a,b,c,d) winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__) -static int winLogErrorAtLine( - int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ - DWORD lastErrno, /* Win32 last error */ - const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ - const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ - int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ -){ - char zMsg[500]; /* Human readable error text */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - - zMsg[0] = 0; - winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg); - assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK ); - if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; - for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){} - zMsg[i] = 0; - sqlite3_log(errcode, - "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s", - iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg - ); - - return errcode; -} - -/* -** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile() -** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by -** antivirus software. Also the initial delay before the first retry. -** The delay increases linearly with each retry. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY -# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10 -#endif -#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY -# define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25 -#endif -static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY; -static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY; - -/* -** The "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro is used to determine if a particular I/O -** error code obtained via GetLastError() is eligible to be retried. It -** must accept the error code DWORD as its only argument and should return -** non-zero if the error code is transient in nature and the operation -** responsible for generating the original error might succeed upon being -** retried. The argument to this macro should be a variable. -** -** Additionally, a macro named "winIoerrCanRetry2" may be defined. If it -** is defined, it will be consulted only when the macro "winIoerrCanRetry1" -** returns zero. The "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro is completely optional and -** may be used to include additional error codes in the set that should -** result in the failing I/O operation being retried by the caller. If -** defined, the "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro must exhibit external semantics -** identical to those of the "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro. -*/ -#if !defined(winIoerrCanRetry1) -#define winIoerrCanRetry1(a) (((a)==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_SEM_TIMEOUT) || \ - ((a)==ERROR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE)) -#endif - -/* -** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine -** to see if it should be retried. Return TRUE to retry. Return FALSE -** to give up with an error. -*/ -static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){ - DWORD e = osGetLastError(); - if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){ - if( pError ){ - *pError = e; - } - return 0; - } - if( winIoerrCanRetry1(e) ){ - sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); - ++*pnRetry; - return 1; - } -#if defined(winIoerrCanRetry2) - else if( winIoerrCanRetry2(e) ){ - sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); - ++*pnRetry; - return 1; - } -#endif - if( pError ){ - *pError = e; - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Log a I/O error retry episode. -*/ -static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry, int lineno){ - if( nRetry ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE, - "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict at line %d", - winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2, lineno - ); - } -} - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -/************************************************************************* -** This section contains code for WinCE only. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API -/* -** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function. So -** create a substitute. -*/ -/* #include */ -struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) -{ - static struct tm y; - FILETIME uTm, lTm; - SYSTEMTIME pTm; - sqlite3_int64 t64; - t64 = *t; - t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000; - uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF); - uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32); - osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm); - osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm); - y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900; - y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1; - y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek; - y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay; - y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour; - y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute; - y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond; - return &y; -} -#endif - -#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)] - -/* -** Acquire a lock on the handle h -*/ -static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){ - DWORD dwErr; - do { - dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); - } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED); -} -/* -** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire() -*/ -#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h) - -/* -** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file -** descriptor pFile -*/ -static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ - LPWSTR zTok; - LPWSTR zName; - DWORD lastErrno; - BOOL bLogged = FALSE; - BOOL bInit = TRUE; - - zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - if( zName==0 ){ - /* out of memory */ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - - /* Initialize the local lockdata */ - memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local)); - - /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it - ** to derive a mutex name. */ - zTok = osCharLowerW(zName); - for (;*zTok;zTok++){ - if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_'; - } - - /* Create/open the named mutex */ - pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); - if (!pFile->hMutex){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - sqlite3_free(zName); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, - "winceCreateLock1", zFilename); - } - - /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are - ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name - ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. - */ - osCharUpperW(zName); - pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, - PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), - zName); - - /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it - ** must be zero-initialized */ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ - bInit = FALSE; - } - - sqlite3_free(zName); - - /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ - if( pFile->hShared ){ - pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, - FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); - /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ - if( !pFile->shared ){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, - "winceCreateLock2", zFilename); - bLogged = TRUE; - osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); - pFile->hShared = NULL; - } - } - - /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */ - if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){ - if( !bLogged ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, - "winceCreateLock3", zFilename); - bLogged = TRUE; - } - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); - pFile->hMutex = NULL; - return SQLITE_IOERR; - } - - /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ - if( bInit ){ - memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks -*/ -static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ - if (pFile->hMutex){ - /* Acquire the mutex */ - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they - are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */ - if (pFile->local.nReaders){ - pFile->shared->nReaders --; - } - if (pFile->local.bReserved){ - pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; - } - if (pFile->local.bPending){ - pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; - } - if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ - pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; - } - - /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */ - osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared); - osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); - - /* Done with the mutex */ - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); - pFile->hMutex = NULL; - } -} - -/* -** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE -*/ -static BOOL winceLockFile( - LPHANDLE phFile, - DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, - DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh -){ - winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh); - - if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */ - if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST - && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){ - if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ - pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE; - pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a read-only lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST && - nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ - pFile->local.nReaders ++; - if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){ - pFile->shared->nReaders ++; - } - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a pending lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE - && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */ - if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) { - pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE; - pFile->local.bPending = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Want a reserved lock? */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE - && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) { - pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE; - pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return bReturn; -} - -/* -** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE -*/ -static BOOL winceUnlockFile( - LPHANDLE phFile, - DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, - DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, - DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh -){ - winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); - BOOL bReturn = FALSE; - - UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh); - - if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; - winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); - - /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */ - if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){ - /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */ - if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ - assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE); - pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - - /* Did we just have a reader lock? */ - else if (pFile->local.nReaders){ - assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE - || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1); - pFile->local.nReaders --; - if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0) - { - pFile->shared->nReaders --; - } - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Releasing a pending lock */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE - && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->local.bPending){ - pFile->local.bPending = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - /* Releasing a reserved lock */ - else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE - && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ - if (pFile->local.bReserved) { - pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE; - pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; - bReturn = TRUE; - } - } - - winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); - return bReturn; -} -/* -** End of the special code for wince -*****************************************************************************/ -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ - -/* -** Lock a file region. -*/ -static BOOL winLockFile( - LPHANDLE phFile, - DWORD flags, - DWORD offsetLow, - DWORD offsetHigh, - DWORD numBytesLow, - DWORD numBytesHigh -){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - /* - ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 - ** API LockFile. - */ - return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, - numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); -#else - if( osIsNT() ){ - OVERLAPPED ovlp; - memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); - ovlp.Offset = offsetLow; - ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh; - return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp); - }else{ - return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, - numBytesHigh); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Unlock a file region. - */ -static BOOL winUnlockFile( - LPHANDLE phFile, - DWORD offsetLow, - DWORD offsetHigh, - DWORD numBytesLow, - DWORD numBytesHigh -){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - /* - ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 - ** API UnlockFile. - */ - return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, - numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); -#else - if( osIsNT() ){ - OVERLAPPED ovlp; - memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); - ovlp.Offset = offsetLow; - ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh; - return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp); - }else{ - return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, - numBytesHigh); - } -#endif -} - -/***************************************************************************** -** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified -** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. -*/ -#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER -# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) -#endif - -/* -** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first -** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. -** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero. -*/ -static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){ -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT - LONG upperBits; /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */ - LONG lowerBits; /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */ - DWORD dwRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */ - DWORD lastErrno; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ - - OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset)); - - upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); - lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff); - - /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword - ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails, - ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, - ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine - ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call - ** GetLastError(). - */ - dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); - - if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER - && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, - "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath); - OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h)); - return 1; - } - - OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return 0; -#else - /* - ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT. - */ - - LARGE_INTEGER x; /* The new offset */ - BOOL bRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */ - - x.QuadPart = iOffset; - bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN); - - if(!bRet){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, - "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath); - OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h)); - return 1; - } - - OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return 0; -#endif -} - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */ -static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64); -static int winUnmapfile(winFile*); -#endif - -/* -** Close a file. -** -** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes -** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious -** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If -** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As -** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before -** giving up and returning an error. -*/ -#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3 -static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ - int rc, cnt = 0; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - - assert( id!=0 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - assert( pFile->pShm==0 ); -#endif - assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); - OSTRACE(("CLOSE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - winUnmapfile(pFile); -#endif - - do{ - rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h); - /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */ - }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) ); -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE -#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3 - winceDestroyLock(pFile); - if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){ - int cnt = 0; - while( - osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0 - && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff - && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS - ){ - sqlite3_win32_sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */ - } - sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); - } -#endif - if( rc ){ - pFile->h = NULL; - } - OpenCounter(-1); - OSTRACE(("CLOSE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed")); - return rc ? SQLITE_OK - : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(), - "winClose", pFile->zPath); -} - -/* -** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all -** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes -** wrong. -*/ -static int winRead( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ - void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) - OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for ReadFile. */ -#endif - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* file handle */ - DWORD nRead; /* Number of bytes actually read from file */ - int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retrys */ - - assert( id!=0 ); - assert( amt>0 ); - assert( offset>=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); - OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, " - "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, - pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype)); - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering - ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ - if( offsetmmapSize ){ - if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ - memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt); - OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset); - memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy); - pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; - amt -= nCopy; - offset += nCopy; - } - } -#endif - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) - if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){ - OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_FULL; - } - while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){ -#else - memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); - overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); - overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); - while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) && - osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){ -#endif - DWORD lastErrno; - if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno, - "winRead", pFile->zPath); - } - winLogIoerr(nRetry, __LINE__); - if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){ - /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ - memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead); - OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - } - - OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code on failure. -*/ -static int winWrite( - sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ - const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ - int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ -){ - int rc = 0; /* True if error has occurred, else false */ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle */ - int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retries */ - - assert( amt>0 ); - assert( pFile ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE); - SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); - - OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, " - "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, - pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype)); - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering - ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ - if( offsetmmapSize ){ - if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ - memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt); - OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset); - memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy); - pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; - amt -= nCopy; - offset += nCopy; - } - } -#endif - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) - rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset); - if( rc==0 ){ -#else - { -#endif -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) - OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for WriteFile. */ -#endif - u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf; /* Data yet to be written */ - int nRem = amt; /* Number of bytes yet to be written */ - DWORD nWrite; /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */ - DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) - memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); - overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); - overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); -#endif - - while( nRem>0 ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) - if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){ -#else - if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){ -#endif - if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; - break; - } - assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem ); - if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - break; - } -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) - offset += nWrite; - overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); - overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); -#endif - aRem += nWrite; - nRem -= nWrite; - } - if( nRem>0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - rc = 1; - } - } - - if( rc ){ - if( ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL ) - || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){ - OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno, - "winWrite1", pFile->zPath); - } - OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno, - "winWrite2", pFile->zPath); - }else{ - winLogIoerr(nRetry, __LINE__); - } - OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate an open file to a specified size -*/ -static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */ - DWORD lastErrno; - - assert( pFile ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); - OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype)); - - /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the - ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the - ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested - ** size). - */ - if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ - nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; - } - - /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */ - if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, - "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath); - }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) && - ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, - "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath); - } - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - /* If the file was truncated to a size smaller than the currently - ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will - ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. - */ - if( pFile->pMapRegion && nBytemmapSize ){ - pFile->mmapSize = nByte; - } -#endif - - OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test -** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. -*/ -static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ -#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - /* - ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined. - */ - BOOL rc; -#endif -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \ - defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) - /* - ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or - ** OSTRACE() macros. - */ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); -#endif - - assert( pFile ); - /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ - assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL - || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL - ); - - /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This - ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. - */ - SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); - - OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, flags, - pFile->locktype)); - -#ifndef SQLITE_TEST - UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); -#else - if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ - sqlite3_fullsync_count++; - } - sqlite3_sync_count++; -#endif - - /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a - ** no-op - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC - OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; -#else -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - if( pFile->pMapRegion ){ - if( osFlushViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion, 0) ){ - OSTRACE(("SYNC-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " - "rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), - pFile, pFile->pMapRegion)); - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - OSTRACE(("SYNC-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " - "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), - pFile, pFile->pMapRegion)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, - "winSync1", pFile->zPath); - } - } -#endif - rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h); - SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE ); - if( rc ){ - OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno, - "winSync2", pFile->zPath); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Determine the current size of a file in bytes -*/ -static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( id!=0 ); - assert( pSize!=0 ); - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT); - OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize)); - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - { - FILE_STANDARD_INFO info; - if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo, - &info, sizeof(info)) ){ - *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, - "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); - } - } -#else - { - DWORD upperBits; - DWORD lowerBits; - DWORD lastErrno; - - lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits); - *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; - if( (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE) - && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, - "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); - } - } -#endif - OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n", - pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems. -*/ -#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY -# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1 -#endif - -#ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -# define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2 -#endif - -/* -** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions. -** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail -** immediately if the lock could not be obtained. Also, it always expected to -** obtain an exclusive lock. These flags are used with the LockFileEx function -** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS -# define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \ - LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) -#endif - -/* -** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the -** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS -# define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY) -#endif - -/* -** Acquire a reader lock. -** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this -** is Win9x or WinNT. -*/ -static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){ - int res; - OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); - if( osIsNT() ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - /* - ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 - ** API LockFileEx. - */ - res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0); -#else - res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0, - SHARED_SIZE, 0); -#endif - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - int lk; - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk); - pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1)); - res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, - SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); - } -#endif - if( res == 0 ){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - /* No need to log a failure to lock */ - } - OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res)); - return res; -} - -/* -** Undo a readlock -*/ -static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ - int res; - DWORD lastErrno; - OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); - if( osIsNT() ){ - res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); - } -#endif - if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno, - "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath); - } - OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res)); - return res; -} - -/* -** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one -** of the following: -** -** (1) SHARED_LOCK -** (2) RESERVED_LOCK -** (3) PENDING_LOCK -** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK -** -** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states -** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later -** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but -** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed -** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: -** -** UNLOCKED -> SHARED -** SHARED -> RESERVED -** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE -** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE -** -** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine -** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. -** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You -** must go straight to locking level 0. -*/ -static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ - int res = 1; /* Result of a Windows lock call */ - int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ - int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; - - assert( id!=0 ); - OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n", - pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype)); - - /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the - ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as - ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. - */ - if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ - OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Do not allow any kind of write-lock on a read-only database - */ - if( (pFile->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)!=0 && locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - } - - /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct - */ - assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); - assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - - /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or - ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of - ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. - */ - newLocktype = pFile->locktype; - if( (pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK) - || ( (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) - && (pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)) - ){ - int cnt = 3; - while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, - PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){ - /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. This is needed to work - ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on - ** Windows systems. - ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not - ** copy this retry logic. It is a hack intended for Windows only. - */ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, result=%d\n", - pFile->h, cnt, res)); - if( lastErrno==ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; - OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n", - pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } - if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1); - } - gotPendingLock = res; - if( !res ){ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - } - } - - /* Acquire a shared lock - */ - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); - res = winGetReadLock(pFile); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; - }else{ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - } - } - - /* Acquire a RESERVED lock - */ - if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); - res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; - }else{ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - } - } - - /* Acquire a PENDING lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ - newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; - gotPendingLock = 0; - } - - /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock - */ - if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ - assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); - res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile); - res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0, - SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( res ){ - newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; - }else{ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - winGetReadLock(pFile); - } - } - - /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then - ** release it now. - */ - if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ - winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - - /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then - ** return the appropriate result code. - */ - if( res ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n", - pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype)); - } - pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype; - OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n", - pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified -** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return -** non-zero, otherwise zero. -*/ -static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ - int res; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); - OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut)); - - assert( id!=0 ); - if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - res = 1; - OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, res)); - }else{ - res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - if( res ){ - winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - res = !res; - OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, res)); - } - *pResOut = res; - OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype -** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. -** -** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below -** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. -** -** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument -** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine -** might return SQLITE_IOERR; -*/ -static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ - int type; - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pFile!=0 ); - assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n", - pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype)); - type = pFile->locktype; - if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ - winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); - if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){ - /* This should never happen. We should always be able to - ** reacquire the read lock */ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(), - "winUnlock", pFile->zPath); - } - } - if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ - winUnlockReadLock(pFile); - } - if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ - winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); - } - pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype; - OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n", - pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to -** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. -** -** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. -*/ -static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ - if( *pArg<0 ){ - *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; - }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ - pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; - }else{ - pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; - } -} - -/* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */ -static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **); -static int winIsDir(const void *); -static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *); - -/* -** Control and query of the open file handle. -*/ -static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg)); - switch( op ){ - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { - *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype; - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: { - *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno; - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { - pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { - if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ - sqlite3_int64 oldSz; - int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg; - if( newSz>oldSz ){ - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - rc = winTruncate(id, newSz); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - } - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { - winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { - winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { - *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: { - int *a = (int*)pArg; - if( a[0]>0 ){ - winIoerrRetry = a[0]; - }else{ - a[0] = winIoerrRetry; - } - if( a[1]>0 ){ - winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1]; - }else{ - a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay; - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: { - LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg; - HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h; - pFile->h = *phFile; - *phFile = hOldFile; - OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - hOldFile, pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } -#endif - case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { - char *zTFile = 0; - int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *(char**)pArg = zTFile; - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: { - i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){ - newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap; - } - *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax; - if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){ - pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit; - if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){ - winUnmapfile(pFile); - rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1); - } - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } -#endif - } - OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h)); - return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; -} - -/* -** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for -** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be -** larger for some devices. -** -** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that -** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. -** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the -** same for both. -*/ -static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ - (void)id; - return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; -} - -/* -** Return a vector of device characteristics. -*/ -static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ - winFile *p = (winFile*)id; - return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN | - ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0); -} - -/* -** Windows will only let you create file view mappings -** on allocation size granularity boundaries. -** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo() -** to get the granularity size. -*/ -static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - -/* -** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The -** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by -** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads. -** -** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex -** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() -** statements. e.g. -** -** winShmEnterMutex() -** assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); -** winShmLeaveMutex() -*/ -static void winShmEnterMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); -} -static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){ - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); -} -#ifndef NDEBUG -static int winShmMutexHeld(void) { - return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1)); -} -#endif - -/* -** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide -** shared memory. When multiple threads all reference the same -** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all -** point to a single instance of this object. In other words, each -** log-summary is opened only once per process. -** -** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying -** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: -** -** nRef -** pNext -** -** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: -** -** fid -** zFilename -** -** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and -** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field -** in this structure. -** -*/ -struct winShmNode { - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ - char *zFilename; /* Name of the file */ - winFile hFile; /* File handle from winOpen */ - - int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ - int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ - struct ShmRegion { - HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */ - void *pMap; - } *aRegion; - DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ - - int nRef; /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */ - winShm *pFirst; /* All winShm objects pointing to this */ - winShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) - u8 nextShmId; /* Next available winShm.id value */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** A global array of all winShmNode objects. -** -** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list. -*/ -static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0; - -/* -** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an -** open shared memory connection. -** -** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and -** are read-only thereafter: -** -** winShm.pShmNode -** winShm.id -** -** All other fields are read/write. The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held -** while accessing any read/write fields. -*/ -struct winShm { - winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying winShmNode object */ - winShm *pNext; /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */ - u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */ - u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ - u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) - u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Constants used for locking -*/ -#define WIN_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ -#define WIN_SHM_DMS (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ - -/* -** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst. -*/ -#define _SHM_UNLCK 1 -#define _SHM_RDLCK 2 -#define _SHM_WRLCK 3 -static int winShmSystemLock( - winShmNode *pFile, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ - int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */ - int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */ - int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */ -){ - int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */ - - /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 ); - - OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n", - pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte)); - - /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */ - if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){ - rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0); - }else{ - /* Initialize the locking parameters */ - DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY; - if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; - rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0); - } - - if( rc!= 0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - } - - OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n", - pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == _SHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" : - "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - - return rc; -} - -/* Forward references to VFS methods */ -static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*); -static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int); - -/* -** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0. -** -** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called -** by VFS shared-memory methods. -*/ -static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){ - winShmNode **pp; - winShmNode *p; - assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); - OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag)); - pp = &winShmNodeList; - while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){ - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - int i; - if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); } - for(i=0; inRegion; i++){ - BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap); - OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); - UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc); - bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap); - OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); - UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc); - } - if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - } - if( deleteFlag ){ - SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); - winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0); - SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); - } - *pp = p->pNext; - sqlite3_free(p->aRegion); - sqlite3_free(p); - }else{ - pp = &p->pNext; - } - } -} - -/* -** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd. -** -** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that -** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then -** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. -*/ -static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){ - struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */ - struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */ - int rc; /* Result code */ - struct winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */ - int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */ - - assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */ - - /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object. Also speculatively - ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename. - */ - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath); - pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 ); - if( pNew==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1]; - sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); - - /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used. - ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one. - */ - winShmEnterMutex(); - for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){ - /* TBD need to come up with better match here. Perhaps - ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure. - */ - if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break; - } - if( pShmNode ){ - sqlite3_free(pNew); - }else{ - pShmNode = pNew; - pNew = 0; - ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; - pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList; - winShmNodeList = pShmNode; - - pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - goto shm_open_err; - } - - rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs, - pShmNode->zFilename, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ - (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, /* File handle here */ - SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, - 0); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - goto shm_open_err; - } - - /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch. - ** If not, truncate the file to zero length. - */ - if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(), - "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); - rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); - } - if( rc ) goto shm_open_err; - } - - /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */ - p->pShmNode = pShmNode; -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) - p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; -#endif - pShmNode->nRef++; - pDbFd->pShm = p; - winShmLeaveMutex(); - - /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under - ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the - ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is - ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting - ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex - ** mutex. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; - pShmNode->pFirst = p; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - return SQLITE_OK; - - /* Jump here on any error */ -shm_open_err: - winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); - winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ - sqlite3_free(p); - sqlite3_free(pNew); - winShmLeaveMutex(); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying -** storage if deleteFlag is true. -*/ -static int winShmUnmap( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database holding shared memory */ - int deleteFlag /* Delete after closing if true */ -){ - winFile *pDbFd; /* Database holding shared-memory */ - winShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ - winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ - winShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ - - pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; - p = pDbFd->pShm; - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - pShmNode = p->pShmNode; - - /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated - ** with pShmNode */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} - *pp = p->pNext; - - /* Free the connection p */ - sqlite3_free(p); - pDbFd->pShm = 0; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - - /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying - ** shared-memory file, too */ - winShmEnterMutex(); - assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); - pShmNode->nRef--; - if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ - winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag); - } - winShmLeaveMutex(); - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. -*/ -static int winShmLock( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ - int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ - int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ - int flags /* What to do with the lock */ -){ - winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ - winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ - winShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ - winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ - u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ - - assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); - assert( n>=1 ); - assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) - || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); - assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); - - mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<1 || mask==(1<mutex); - if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ - u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ - - /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( pX==p ) continue; - assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); - allMask |= pX->sharedMask; - } - - /* Unlock the system-level locks */ - if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ - rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Undo the local locks */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->exclMask &= ~mask; - p->sharedMask &= ~mask; - } - }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ - u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ - - /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. - ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return - ** SQLITE_BUSY. - */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - break; - } - allShared |= pX->sharedMask; - } - - /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ - rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - /* Get the local shared locks */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->sharedMask |= mask; - } - }else{ - /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this - ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. - */ - for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - break; - } - } - - /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful - ** also mark the local connection as being locked. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); - p->exclMask |= mask; - } - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask, - sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. -** -** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before -** any load or store begun after the barrier. -*/ -static void winShmBarrier( - sqlite3_file *fd /* Database holding the shared memory */ -){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); - sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); /* compiler-defined memory barrier */ - winShmEnterMutex(); /* Also mutex, for redundancy */ - winShmLeaveMutex(); -} - -/* -** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the -** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions -** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion -** bytes in size. -** -** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. -** -** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory -** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a -** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If -** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet -** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. -** -** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by -** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes -** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped -** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. -*/ -static int winShmMap( - sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ - int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ - int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ - int isWrite, /* True to extend file if necessary */ - void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ -){ - winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; - winShm *pShm = pDbFd->pShm; - winShmNode *pShmNode; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( !pShm ){ - rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pShm = pDbFd->pShm; - } - pShmNode = pShm->pShmNode; - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); - assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); - - if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ - struct ShmRegion *apNew; /* New aRegion[] array */ - int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */ - sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Current size of wal-index file */ - - pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion; - - /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. - ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is - ** large enough to contain the requested region). - */ - rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), - "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath); - goto shmpage_out; - } - - if( szhFile, nByte); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), - "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath); - goto shmpage_out; - } - } - - /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ - apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc64( - pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0]) - ); - if( !apNew ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - goto shmpage_out; - } - pShmNode->aRegion = apNew; - - while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ - HANDLE hMap = NULL; /* file-mapping handle */ - void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */ - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h, - NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, nByte, NULL - ); -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h, - NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL - ); -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h, - NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL - ); -#endif - OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte, - hMap ? "ok" : "failed")); - if( hMap ){ - int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion; - int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ, - iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift - ); -#else - pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ, - 0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift - ); -#endif - OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset, - szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed")); - } - if( !pMap ){ - pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno, - "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath); - if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap); - goto shmpage_out; - } - - pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap; - pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap; - pShmNode->nRegion++; - } - } - -shmpage_out: - if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ - int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion; - int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; - char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap; - *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift]; - }else{ - *pp = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); - return rc; -} - -#else -# define winShmMap 0 -# define winShmLock 0 -# define winShmBarrier 0 -# define winShmUnmap 0 -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - -/* -** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any. -*/ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){ - assert( pFile!=0 ); - OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " - "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion, - pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax)); - if( pFile->pMapRegion ){ - if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " - "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, - pFile->pMapRegion)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, - "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath); - } - pFile->pMapRegion = 0; - pFile->mmapSize = 0; - pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0; - } - if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){ - if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){ - pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap)); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, - "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath); - } - pFile->hMap = NULL; - } - OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file -** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if -** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still -** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. -** -** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of -** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the -** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the -** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured -** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not -** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error -** code otherwise. -*/ -static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ - sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte; - int rc; - - assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); - OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte)); - - if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - - if( nMap<0 ){ - rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap); - if( rc ){ - OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd)); - return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; - } - } - if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){ - nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax; - } - nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1); - - if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){ - winUnmapfile(pFd); - } - if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){ - void *pNew = 0; - DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY; - DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ; - - winUnmapfile(pFd); - if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){ - protect = PAGE_READWRITE; - flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE; - } -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL); -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect, - (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff), - (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL); -#elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) - pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect, - (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff), - (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL); -#endif - if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){ - pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno, - "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath); - /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */ - OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 ); - assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff ); -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap); -#else - pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap); -#endif - if( pNew==NULL ){ - osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap); - pFd->hMap = NULL; - pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno, - "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath); - /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */ - OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pFd->pMapRegion = pNew; - pFd->mmapSize = nMap; - pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap; - } - - OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ - -/* -** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset -** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes. -** -** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK. -** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. -** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final -** value of *pp is undefined in this case. -** -** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually -** release the reference by calling winUnfetch(). -*/ -static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */ -#endif - *pp = 0; - - OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp)); - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){ - if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){ - int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } - } - if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){ - *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff]; - pFd->nFetchOut++; - } - } -#endif - - OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a -** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second -** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding -** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation. -** -** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called -** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping -** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. -*/ -static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */ - - /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding - ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), - ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ - assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); - - /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */ - assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] ); - - OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p)); - - if( p ){ - pFd->nFetchOut--; - }else{ - /* FIXME: If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a - ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call - ** is unnecessary can be omitted - potentially improving - ** performance. */ - winUnmapfile(pFd); - } - - assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 ); -#endif - - OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. -** -********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an -** sqlite3_file for win32. -*/ -static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = { - 3, /* iVersion */ - winClose, /* xClose */ - winRead, /* xRead */ - winWrite, /* xWrite */ - winTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - winSync, /* xSync */ - winFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - winLock, /* xLock */ - winUnlock, /* xUnlock */ - winCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - winFileControl, /* xFileControl */ - winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ - winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ - winShmMap, /* xShmMap */ - winShmLock, /* xShmLock */ - winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ - winShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ - winFetch, /* xFetch */ - winUnfetch /* xUnfetch */ -}; - -/**************************************************************************** -**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** -** -** This division contains the implementation of methods on the -** sqlite3_vfs object. -*/ - -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) -/* -** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system -** supports for filenames into UTF-8. Space to hold the result is -** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function. -*/ -static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){ - char *zConverted = 0; - if( osIsNT() ){ - zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - zConverted = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zFilename); - } -#endif - /* caller will handle out of memory */ - return zConverted; -} -#endif - -/* -** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying -** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result -** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling -** function. -*/ -static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ - void *zConverted = 0; - if( osIsNT() ){ - zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename); - } -#endif - /* caller will handle out of memory */ - return zConverted; -} - -/* -** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer -** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully -** added to it. -*/ -static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - if( zBuf ){ - int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); - if( nLen>0 ){ - if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){ - return 1; - }else if( nLen+1mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2; - zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf ); - if( !zBuf ){ - OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - - /* Figure out the effective temporary directory. First, check if one - ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one - ** configured by the operating system. - */ - nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15); - assert( nDir>0 ); - if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory); - if( nDirLen>0 ){ - if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){ - nDirLen++; - } - if( nDirLen>nDir ){ - sqlite3_free(zBuf); - OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); - return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0); - } - sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); - } - } -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) - else{ - static const char *azDirs[] = { - 0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */ - 0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */ - 0, /* getenv("TMP") */ - 0, /* getenv("TEMP") */ - 0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */ - "/var/tmp", - "/usr/tmp", - "/tmp", - ".", - 0 /* List terminator */ - }; - unsigned int i; - const char *zDir = 0; - - if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR"); - if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); - if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP"); - if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP"); - if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE"); - for(i=0; i/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0" - ** - ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR. The number 17 is used here in order to - ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the - ** two trailing NUL characters. The final directory separator character - ** has already added if it was not already present. - */ - nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); - if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){ - sqlite3_free(zBuf); - OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); - return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0); - } - - sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX); - - j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); - sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); - for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ - zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; - } - zBuf[j] = 0; - zBuf[j+1] = 0; - *pzBuf = zBuf; - - OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory. Return false if -** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory -** allocation failure. -*/ -static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){ - DWORD attr; - int rc = 0; - DWORD lastErrno; - - if( osIsNT() ){ - int cnt = 0; - WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; - memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); - while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, - GetFileExInfoStandard, - &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} - if( !rc ){ - return 0; /* Invalid name? */ - } - attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 - }else{ - attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); -#endif - } - return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY); -} - -/* -** Open a file. -*/ -static int winOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Used to get maximum path name length */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ - sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ - int flags, /* Open mode flags */ - int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ -){ - HANDLE h; - DWORD lastErrno = 0; - DWORD dwDesiredAccess; - DWORD dwShareMode; - DWORD dwCreationDisposition; - DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - int isTemp = 0; -#endif - winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; - void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */ - const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */ - int cnt = 0; - - /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open - ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. - */ - char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */ - - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE - int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ -#endif - - int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); - int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); - int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); - int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); - -#ifndef NDEBUG - int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && ( - eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - )); -#endif - - OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n", - zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags)); - - /* Check the following statements are true: - ** - ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and - ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and - ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. - */ - assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); - assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); - assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); - assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); - - /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never - ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); - assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); - - /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ - assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL - || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - ); - - assert( pFile!=0 ); - memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile)); - pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, - "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT"); - } -#endif - - /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a - ** temporary file name to use - */ - if( !zUtf8Name ){ - assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal ); - rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } - zUtf8Name = zTmpname; - } - - /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not - ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into - ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). - */ - assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || - zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 ); - - /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */ - zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name)); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - - if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name)); - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR; - } - - if( isReadWrite ){ - dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; - }else{ - dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; - } - - /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is - ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" - ** as it is usually understood. - */ - if( isExclusive ){ - /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */ - /* If the file exists, it fails. */ - dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW; - }else if( isCreate ){ - /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */ - dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; - }else{ - /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */ - dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; - } - - dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; - - if( isDelete ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; - isTemp = 1; -#else - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY - | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN - | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; -#endif - }else{ - dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL; - } - /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always - ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; -#endif - - if( osIsNT() ){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters; - extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS); - extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes = - dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK; - extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK; - extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS; - extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL; - extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL; - while( (h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, - dwCreationDisposition, - &extendedParameters))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && - winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ - /* Noop */ - } -#else - while( (h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && - winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ - /* Noop */ - } -#endif - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - while( (h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted, - dwDesiredAccess, - dwShareMode, NULL, - dwCreationDisposition, - dwFlagsAndAttributes, - NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && - winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ - /* Noop */ - } - } -#endif - winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__); - - OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, - dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok")); - - if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ - pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; - winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name); - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ - return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, - ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & - ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), - pOutFlags); - }else{ - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - } - } - - if( pOutFlags ){ - if( isReadWrite ){ - *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; - }else{ - *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - } - } - - OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, " - "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ? - *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok")); - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB - && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK - ){ - osCloseHandle(h); - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; - } - if( isTemp ){ - pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted; - }else -#endif - { - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - } - - sqlite3_free(zTmpname); - pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod; - pFile->pVfs = pVfs; - pFile->h = h; - if( isReadonly ){ - pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY; - } - pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR; - pFile->zPath = zName; -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - pFile->hMap = NULL; - pFile->pMapRegion = 0; - pFile->mmapSize = 0; - pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0; - pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; -#endif - - OpenCounter(+1); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete the named file. -** -** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other -** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program -** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do -** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the -** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this -** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up -** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving -** up and returning an error. -*/ -static int winDelete( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ - int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */ -){ - int cnt = 0; - int rc; - DWORD attr; - DWORD lastErrno = 0; - void *zConverted; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir); - - SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); - OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir)); - - zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename)); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - if( osIsNT() ){ - do { -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; - memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); - if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard, - &sAttrData) ){ - attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; - }else{ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND - || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - break; - } -#else - attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted); -#endif - if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND - || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - break; - } - if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */ - break; - } - if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */ - break; - } - if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */ - break; - } - } while(1); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - do { - attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted); - if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){ - lastErrno = osGetLastError(); - if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND - || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - } - break; - } - if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */ - break; - } - if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */ - break; - } - if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */ - break; - } - } while(1); - } -#endif - if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){ - rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename); - }else{ - winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__); - } - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Check the existence and status of a file. -*/ -static int winAccess( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ - int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ - int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */ -){ - DWORD attr; - int rc = 0; - DWORD lastErrno = 0; - void *zConverted; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); - OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n", - zFilename, flags, pResOut)); - - zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename)); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - if( osIsNT() ){ - int cnt = 0; - WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; - memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); - while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, - GetFileExInfoStandard, - &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} - if( rc ){ - /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file - ** as if it does not exist. - */ - if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS - && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 - && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){ - attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; - }else{ - attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; - } - }else{ - winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__); - if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess", - zFilename); - }else{ - attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; - } - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); - } -#endif - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - switch( flags ){ - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: - case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: - rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; - break; - case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: - rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && - (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; - break; - default: - assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); - } - *pResOut = rc; - OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", - zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut)); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter -** followed by a colon character. -*/ -static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon( - const char *zPathname -){ - return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' ); -} - -/* -** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full -** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname -** bytes in size. -*/ -static int winFullPathname( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ - const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ - int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ - char *zFull /* Output buffer */ -){ - -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); - assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname ); - char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 ); - if( !zOut ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - if( cygwin_conv_path( - (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A), - zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno, - "winFullPathname2", zRelative); - }else{ - char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut); - if( !zUtf8 ){ - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8); - sqlite3_free(zUtf8); - sqlite3_free(zOut); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - -#if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ - /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */ - sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative); - return SQLITE_OK; -#endif - -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__) - DWORD nByte; - void *zConverted; - char *zOut; - - /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic - ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname. - */ - if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){ - zRelative++; - } - - /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just - ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this - ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the - ** current working directory has been unlinked. - */ - SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); - zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative); - if( zConverted==0 ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - if( osIsNT() ){ - LPWSTR zTemp; - nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0); - if( nByte==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), - "winFullPathname1", zRelative); - } - nByte += 3; - zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); - if( zTemp==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); - if( nByte==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), - "winFullPathname2", zRelative); - } - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp); - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI - else{ - char *zTemp; - nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0); - if( nByte==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), - "winFullPathname3", zRelative); - } - nByte += 3; - zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); - if( zTemp==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); - if( nByte==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), - "winFullPathname4", zRelative); - } - sqlite3_free(zConverted); - zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp); - sqlite3_free(zTemp); - } -#endif - if( zOut ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut); - sqlite3_free(zOut); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } -#endif -} - - #define winDlOpen 0 - #define winDlError 0 - #define winDlSym 0 - #define winDlClose 0 - - -/* -** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. -*/ -static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - int n = 0; - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) - n = nBuf; - memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); -#else - if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){ - SYSTEMTIME x; - osGetSystemTime(&x); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x)); - n += sizeof(x); - } - if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ - DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId(); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid)); - n += sizeof(pid); - } -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - if( sizeof(ULONGLONG)<=nBuf-n ){ - ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64(); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt)); - n += sizeof(cnt); - } -#else - if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){ - DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount(); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt)); - n += sizeof(cnt); - } -#endif - if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){ - LARGE_INTEGER i; - osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i)); - n += sizeof(i); - } -#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID - if( sizeof(UUID)<=nBuf-n ){ - UUID id; - memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID)); - osUuidCreate(&id); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &id, sizeof(UUID)); - n += sizeof(UUID); - } - if( sizeof(UUID)<=nBuf-n ){ - UUID id; - memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID)); - osUuidCreateSequential(&id); - memcpy(&zBuf[n], &id, sizeof(UUID)); - n += sizeof(UUID); - } -#endif -#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ZERO_PRNG_SEED) */ - return n; -} - - -/* -** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. -*/ -static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){ - sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000; -} - -/* -** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as -** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of -** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ -#endif - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow -** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In -** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian -** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the -** proleptic Gregorian calendar. -** -** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date -** cannot be found. -*/ -static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ - /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of - 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). - */ - FILETIME ft; - static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; -#endif - /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */ - static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = - (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + - (sqlite3_int64)294967296; - -#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE - SYSTEMTIME time; - osGetSystemTime(&time); - /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */ - if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } -#else - osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft ); -#endif - - *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch + - ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + - (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000; - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - if( sqlite3_current_time ){ - *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; - } -#endif - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the -** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and -** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. -*/ -static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ - int rc; - sqlite3_int64 i; - rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i); - if( !rc ){ - *prNow = i/86400000.0; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The idea is that this function works like a combination of -** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and -** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS -** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to -** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the -** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message -** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling -** thread. -** -** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer, -** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError -** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero -** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned, -** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character -** in the output buffer. -** -** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect -** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never -** returns an error message: -** -** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ -** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0'); -** return 0; -** } -** -** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated -** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using -** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug. -*/ -static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); - return winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBuf); -} - -/* -** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_os_init(void){ - static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = { - 3, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ - SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "win32", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - winOpen, /* xOpen */ - winDelete, /* xDelete */ - winAccess, /* xAccess */ - winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - winDlError, /* xDlError */ - winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ - winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ - winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ - winSleep, /* xSleep */ - winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ - winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ - winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ - winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ - winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ - winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ - }; -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = { - 3, /* iVersion */ - sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ - SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ - 0, /* pNext */ - "win32-longpath", /* zName */ - 0, /* pAppData */ - winOpen, /* xOpen */ - winDelete, /* xDelete */ - winAccess, /* xAccess */ - winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ - winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ - winDlError, /* xDlError */ - winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ - winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ - winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ - winSleep, /* xSleep */ - winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ - winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ - winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ - winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ - winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ - winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ - }; -#endif - - /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed - ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ - assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==80 ); - - /* get memory map allocation granularity */ - memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO)); -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); -#else - osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); -#endif - assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 ); - assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 ); - - sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1); - -#if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) - sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0); -#endif - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_os_end(void){ -#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT - if( sleepObj!=NULL ){ - osCloseHandle(sleepObj); - sleepObj = NULL; - } -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */ - -/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 February 16 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length -** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1. -** -** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been -** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write" -** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition. -** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality. -** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most -** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases, -** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs -** to handle both cases well. -** -** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created. -** -** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits -** may be set or cleared one at a time. -** -** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations. -** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between -** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can -** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the -** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the -** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand, -** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */ -#define BITVEC_SZ 512 - -/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how -** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */ -#define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*)) - -/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation. -** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE. -** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve -** performance. */ -#define BITVEC_TELEM u8 -/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */ -#define BITVEC_SZELEM 8 -/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */ -#define BITVEC_NELEM (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM)) -/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */ -#define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM) - -/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */ -#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32)) -/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before -** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ -#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2) -/* Hashing function for the aHash representation. -** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier -** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided -** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */ -#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT) - -#define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *)) - - -/* -** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure. -** -** This bitmap records the existence of zero or more bits -** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive. -** -** There are three possible representations of the bitmap. -** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight -** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1. -** -** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is -** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values. -** -** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR -** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap -** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds -** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between -** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between -** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized -** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor. -*/ -struct Bitvec { - u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */ - u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash - ** element. Max is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512, - ** this would be 125. */ - u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */ - /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */ - /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */ - /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */ - union { - BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */ - u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */ - Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */ - } u; -}; - -/* -** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize, -** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if -** malloc fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){ - Bitvec *p; - assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ ); - p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); - if( p ){ - p->iSize = iSize; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false. -** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if -** i is out of range, then return false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ - assert( p!=0 ); - i--; - if( i>=p->iSize ) return 0; - while( p->iDivisor ){ - u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; - i = i%p->iDivisor; - p = p->u.apSub[bin]; - if (!p) { - return 0; - } - } - if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ - return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0; - } else{ - u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); - while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ - if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1; - h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT; - } - return 0; - } -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ - return p!=0 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p,i); -} - -/* -** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if -** anything goes wrong. -** -** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing -** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only -** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid. -** -** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object -** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object. -** Otherwise the behavior is undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ - u32 h; - if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - assert( i>0 ); - assert( i<=p->iSize ); - i--; - while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) { - u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; - i = i%p->iDivisor; - if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){ - p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor ); - if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p = p->u.apSub[bin]; - } - if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ - p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); - /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */ - /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */ - /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ - if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){ - if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) { - goto bitvec_set_end; - } else { - goto bitvec_set_rehash; - } - } - /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */ - /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */ - do { - if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK; - h++; - if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; - } while( p->u.aHash[h] ); - /* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */ - /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */ - /* make our hash too "full". */ -bitvec_set_rehash: - if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){ - unsigned int j; - int rc; - u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); - if( aiValues==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); - memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub)); - p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR; - rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i); - for(j=0; jnSet++; - p->u.aHash[h] = i; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Clear the i-th bit. -** -** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage -** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){ - if( p==0 ) return; - assert( i>0 ); - i--; - while( p->iDivisor ){ - u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; - i = i%p->iDivisor; - p = p->u.apSub[bin]; - if (!p) { - return; - } - } - if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ - p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))); - }else{ - unsigned int j; - u32 *aiValues = pBuf; - memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); - memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); - p->nSet = 0; - for(j=0; jnSet++; - while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ - h++; - if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; - } - p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j]; - } - } - } -} - -/* -** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){ - if( p==0 ) return; - if( p->iDivisor ){ - unsigned int i; - for(i=0; iu.apSub[i]); - } - } - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p -** was created. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){ - return p->iSize; -} - -/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/ -/* -** 2008 August 05 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements that page cache. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -/* -** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure. -*/ -struct PCache { - PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */ - PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */ - int nRefSum; /* Sum of ref counts over all pages */ - int szCache; /* Configured cache size */ - int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */ - int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */ - u8 bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */ - u8 eCreate; /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */ - int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */ - void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */ - sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */ -}; - -/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/ - -/* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */ -#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE 1 /* Remove pPage from dirty list */ -#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD 2 /* Add pPage to the dirty list */ -#define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT 3 /* Move pPage to the front of the list */ - -/* -** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list. Bits of the addRemove -** argument determines what operation to do. The 0x01 bit means first -** remove pPage from the dirty list. The 0x02 means add pPage back to -** the dirty list. Doing both moves pPage to the front of the dirty list. -*/ -static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){ - PCache *p = pPage->pCache; - - if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){ - assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); - assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty ); - - /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */ - if( p->pSynced==pPage ){ - PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev; - while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ - pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev; - } - p->pSynced = pSynced; - } - - if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ - pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev; - }else{ - assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); - p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev; - } - if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){ - pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext; - }else{ - assert( pPage==p->pDirty ); - p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext; - if( p->pDirty==0 && p->bPurgeable ){ - assert( p->eCreate==1 ); - p->eCreate = 2; - } - } - pPage->pDirtyNext = 0; - pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0; - } - if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){ - assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage ); - - pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty; - if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ - assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 ); - pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage; - }else{ - p->pDirtyTail = pPage; - if( p->bPurgeable ){ - assert( p->eCreate==2 ); - p->eCreate = 1; - } - } - p->pDirty = pPage; - if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ - p->pSynced = pPage; - } - } -} - -/* -** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is -** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op. -*/ -static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){ - if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0); - } -} - -/* -** Compute the number of pages of cache requested. p->szCache is the -** cache size requested by the "PRAGMA cache_size" statement. -** -** -*/ -static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){ - if( p->szCache>=0 ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-42059-47211 If the argument N is positive then the - ** suggested cache size is set to N. */ - return p->szCache; - }else{ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-61436-13639 If the argument N is negative, then - ** the number of cache pages is adjusted to use approximately abs(N*1024) - ** bytes of memory. */ - return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra)); - } -} - -/*************************************************** General Interfaces ****** -** -** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these -** functions are threadsafe. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the - ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined - ** page cache. */ - sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); - } - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); - } -} - -/* -** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); } - -/* -** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object -** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. -** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by -** calling sqlite3PcacheSize(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen( - int szPage, /* Size of every page */ - int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ - int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ - int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */ - void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ - PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ -){ - memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache)); - p->szPage = 1; - p->szExtra = szExtra; - p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable; - p->eCreate = 2; - p->xStress = xStress; - p->pStress = pStress; - p->szCache = 100; - return sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(p, szPage); -} - -/* -** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there -** are no outstanding page references when this function is called. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){ - assert( pCache->nRefSum==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 ); - if( pCache->szPage ){ - sqlite3_pcache *pNew; - pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate( - szPage, pCache->szExtra + ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr)), - pCache->bPurgeable - ); - if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pNew, numberOfCachePages(pCache)); - if( pCache->pCache ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); - } - pCache->pCache = pNew; - pCache->szPage = szPage; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Try to obtain a page from the cache. -** -** This routine returns a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_page object if -** such an object is already in cache, or if a new one is created. -** This routine returns a NULL pointer if the object was not in cache -** and could not be created. -** -** The createFlags should be 0 to check for existing pages and should -** be 3 (not 1, but 3) to try to create a new page. -** -** If the createFlag is 0, then NULL is always returned if the page -** is not already in the cache. If createFlag is 1, then a new page -** is created only if that can be done without spilling dirty pages -** and without exceeding the cache size limit. -** -** The caller needs to invoke sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() to properly -** initialize the sqlite3_pcache_page object and convert it into a -** PgHdr object. The sqlite3PcacheFetch() and sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() -** routines are split this way for performance reasons. When separated -** they can both (usually) operate without having to push values to -** the stack on entry and pop them back off on exit, which saves a -** lot of pushing and popping. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch( - PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */ - int createFlag /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */ -){ - int eCreate; - - assert( pCache!=0 ); - assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); - assert( createFlag==3 || createFlag==0 ); - assert( pgno>0 ); - - /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist. - ** 0 Do not allocate a new page. (createFlag==0) - ** 1 Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive. - ** (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty) - ** 2 Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult. - ** (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty) - */ - eCreate = createFlag & pCache->eCreate; - assert( eCreate==0 || eCreate==1 || eCreate==2 ); - assert( createFlag==0 || pCache->eCreate==eCreate ); - assert( createFlag==0 || eCreate==1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty) ); - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate); -} - -/* -** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new -** page because new clean pages are available for reuse and the cache -** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to -** try harder to allocate a page. This routine might invoke the stress -** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal. It will then try to -** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on -** an OOM error. -** -** This routine should be invoked only after sqlite3PcacheFetch() fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress( - PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */ - sqlite3_pcache_page **ppPage /* Write result here */ -){ - PgHdr *pPg; - if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0; - - - /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a - ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC - ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other - ** unreferenced dirty page. - */ - for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; - pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); - pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev - ); - pCache->pSynced = pPg; - if( !pPg ){ - for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev); - } - if( pPg ){ - int rc; -#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, - "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d", - pPg->pgno, pgno, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache), - numberOfCachePages(pCache)); -#endif - rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } - *ppPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2); - return *ppPage==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This is a helper routine for sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() -** -** In the uncommon case where the page being fetched has not been -** initialized, this routine is invoked to do the initialization. -** This routine is broken out into a separate function since it -** requires extra stack manipulation that can be avoided in the common -** case. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr *pcacheFetchFinishWithInit( - PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number obtained */ - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */ -){ - PgHdr *pPgHdr; - assert( pPage!=0 ); - pPgHdr = (PgHdr*)pPage->pExtra; - assert( pPgHdr->pPage==0 ); - memset(pPgHdr, 0, sizeof(PgHdr)); - pPgHdr->pPage = pPage; - pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf; - pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1]; - memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra); - pPgHdr->pCache = pCache; - pPgHdr->pgno = pgno; - pPgHdr->flags = PGHDR_CLEAN; - return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pCache,pgno,pPage); -} - -/* -** This routine converts the sqlite3_pcache_page object returned by -** sqlite3PcacheFetch() into an initialized PgHdr object. This routine -** must be called after sqlite3PcacheFetch() in order to get a usable -** result. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish( - PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number obtained */ - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */ -){ - PgHdr *pPgHdr; - - assert( pPage!=0 ); - pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra; - - if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){ - return pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(pCache, pgno, pPage); - } - pCache->nRefSum++; - pPgHdr->nRef++; - return pPgHdr; -} - -/* -** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the -** reference count drops to 0, then it is made eligible for recycling. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){ - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - p->pCache->nRefSum--; - if( (--p->nRef)==0 ){ - if( p->flags&PGHDR_CLEAN ){ - pcacheUnpin(p); - }else if( p->pDirtyPrev!=0 ){ - /* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */ - pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT); - } - } -} - -/* -** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){ - assert(p->nRef>0); - p->nRef++; - p->pCache->nRefSum++; -} - -/* -** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the -** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the -** page pointed to by p is invalid. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){ - assert( p->nRef==1 ); - if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){ - pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE); - } - p->pCache->nRefSum--; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1); -} - -/* -** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already, -** make it so. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){ - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - if( p->flags & (PGHDR_CLEAN|PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ - p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; - if( p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN ){ - p->flags ^= (PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_CLEAN); - assert( (p->flags & (PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_CLEAN))==PGHDR_DIRTY ); - pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD); - } - } -} - -/* -** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already, -** make it so. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){ - if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){ - assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN)==0 ); - pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE); - p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_WRITEABLE); - p->flags |= PGHDR_CLEAN; - if( p->nRef==0 ){ - pcacheUnpin(p); - } - } -} - -/* -** Make every page in the cache clean. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){ - PgHdr *p; - while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){ - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); - } -} - -/* -** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){ - PgHdr *p; - for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ - p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - } - pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail; -} - -/* -** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){ - PCache *pCache = p->pCache; - assert( p->nRef>0 ); - assert( newPgno>0 ); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno); - p->pgno = newPgno; - if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ - pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT); - } -} - -/* -** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The -** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages -** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno. -** -** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this -** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but -** the page object is not dropped. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){ - if( pCache->pCache ){ - PgHdr *p; - PgHdr *pNext; - for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pDirtyNext; - /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right - ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(). So if there are dirty pages, - ** it must be that pgno==0. - */ - assert( p->pgno>0 ); - if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){ - assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); - } - } - if( pgno==0 && pCache->nRefSum ){ - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage1; - pPage1 = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache,1,0); - if( ALWAYS(pPage1) ){ /* Page 1 is always available in cache, because - ** pCache->nRefSum>0 */ - memset(pPage1->pBuf, 0, pCache->szPage); - pgno = 1; - } - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1); - } -} - -/* -** Close a cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){ - assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); -} - -/* -** Discard the contents of the cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){ - sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0); -} - -/* -** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order. -** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers. -*/ -static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){ - PgHdr result, *pTail; - pTail = &result; - while( pA && pB ){ - if( pA->pgnopgno ){ - pTail->pDirty = pA; - pTail = pA; - pA = pA->pDirty; - }else{ - pTail->pDirty = pB; - pTail = pB; - pB = pB->pDirty; - } - } - if( pA ){ - pTail->pDirty = pA; - }else if( pB ){ - pTail->pDirty = pB; - }else{ - pTail->pDirty = 0; - } - return result.pDirty; -} - -/* -** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are -** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are -** corrupted by this sort. -** -** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database, -** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter. -** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something -** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect. -*/ -#define N_SORT_BUCKET 32 -static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){ - PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p; - int i; - memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); - while( pIn ){ - p = pIn; - pIn = p->pDirty; - p->pDirty = 0; - for(i=0; ALWAYS(ipDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ - p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext; - } - return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty); -} - -/* -** Return the total number of references to all pages held by the cache. -** -** This is not the total number of pages referenced, but the sum of the -** reference count for all pages. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){ - return pCache->nRefSum; -} - -/* -** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){ - return p->nRef; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** Return the total number of pages in the cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){ - assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); - return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache); -} - -/* -** Get the suggested cache-size value. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){ - return numberOfCachePages(pCache); -} -#endif - -/* -** Set the suggested cache-size value. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){ - assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); - pCache->szCache = mxPage; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, - numberOfCachePages(pCache)); -} - -#if 0 -/* -** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){ - assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache); -} -#endif - -/* -** Return the size of the header added by this middleware layer -** in the page-cache hierarchy. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr)); } - - -#if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified -** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is -** defined. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){ - PgHdr *pDirty; - for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){ - xIter(pDirty); - } -} -#endif - -/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2008 November 05 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the -** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation -** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features. -** If the default page cache implementation is overridden, then neither of -** these two features are available. -** -** A Page cache line looks like this: -** -** ------------------------------------------------------------- -** | database page content | PgHdr1 | MemPage | PgHdr | -** ------------------------------------------------------------- -** -** The database page content is up front (so that buffer overreads tend to -** flow harmlessly into the PgHdr1, MemPage, and PgHdr extensions). MemPage -** is the extension added by the btree.c module containing information such -** as the database page number and how that database page is used. PgHdr -** is added by the pcache.c layer and contains information used to keep track -** of which pages are "dirty". PgHdr1 is an extension added by this -** module (pcache1.c). The PgHdr1 header is a subclass of sqlite3_pcache_page. -** PgHdr1 contains information needed to look up a page by its page number. -** The superclass sqlite3_pcache_page.pBuf points to the start of the -** database page content and sqlite3_pcache_page.pExtra points to PgHdr. -** -** The size of the extension (MemPage+PgHdr+PgHdr1) can be determined at -** runtime using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ, &size). The -** sizes of the extensions sum to 272 bytes on x64 for 3.8.10, but this -** size can vary according to architecture, compile-time options, and -** SQLite library version number. -** -** If SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, then the extension is obtained -** using a separate memory allocation from the database page content. This -** seeks to overcome the "clownshoe" problem (also called "internal -** fragmentation" in academic literature) of allocating a few bytes more -** than a power of two with the memory allocator rounding up to the next -** power of two, and leaving the rounded-up space unused. -** -** This module tracks pointers to PgHdr1 objects. Only pcache.c communicates -** with this module. Information is passed back and forth as PgHdr1 pointers. -** -** The pcache.c and pager.c modules deal pointers to PgHdr objects. -** The btree.c module deals with pointers to MemPage objects. -** -** SOURCE OF PAGE CACHE MEMORY: -** -** Memory for a page might come from any of three sources: -** -** (1) The general-purpose memory allocator - sqlite3Malloc() -** (2) Global page-cache memory provided using sqlite3_config() with -** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. -** (3) PCache-local bulk allocation. -** -** The third case is a chunk of heap memory (defaulting to 100 pages worth) -** that is allocated when the page cache is created. The size of the local -** bulk allocation can be adjusted using -** -** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, 0, 0, N). -** -** If N is positive, then N pages worth of memory are allocated using a single -** sqlite3Malloc() call and that memory is used for the first N pages allocated. -** Or if N is negative, then -1024*N bytes of memory are allocated and used -** for as many pages as can be accomodated. -** -** Only one of (2) or (3) can be used. Once the memory available to (2) or -** (3) is exhausted, subsequent allocations fail over to the general-purpose -** memory allocator (1). -** -** Earlier versions of SQLite used only methods (1) and (2). But experiments -** show that method (3) with N==100 provides about a 5% performance boost for -** common workloads. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -typedef struct PCache1 PCache1; -typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1; -typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot; -typedef struct PGroup PGroup; - -/* -** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following -** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of -** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure -** in memory. -*/ -struct PgHdr1 { - sqlite3_pcache_page page; /* Base class. Must be first. pBuf & pExtra */ - unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */ - u8 isPinned; /* Page in use, not on the LRU list */ - u8 isBulkLocal; /* This page from bulk local storage */ - u8 isAnchor; /* This is the PGroup.lru element */ - PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */ - PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */ - PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */ - PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */ -}; - -/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set -** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned -** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of -** the following object. -** -** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes: -** -** (1) Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup. There is -** one PGroup per PCache. -** -** (2) There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member -** of. -** -** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob -** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex, -** and is therefore often faster. Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be -** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently. -** -** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL. For mode (2) there is only a single -** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is -** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU. -*/ -struct PGroup { - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */ - unsigned int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */ - unsigned int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */ - unsigned int mxPinned; /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */ - unsigned int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */ - PgHdr1 lru; /* The beginning and end of the LRU list */ -}; - -/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object. Every -** open database file (including each in-memory database and each -** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which -** is an instance of this object. -** -** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as -** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles. -*/ -struct PCache1 { - /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable - ** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be - ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method. - ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax. - */ - PGroup *pGroup; /* PGroup this cache belongs to */ - int szPage; /* Size of database content section */ - int szExtra; /* sizeof(MemPage)+sizeof(PgHdr) */ - int szAlloc; /* Total size of one pcache line */ - int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */ - unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */ - unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */ - unsigned int n90pct; /* nMax*9/10 */ - unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */ - - /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed - ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex. - */ - unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */ - unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */ - unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */ - PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */ - PgHdr1 *pFree; /* List of unused pcache-local pages */ - void *pBulk; /* Bulk memory used by pcache-local */ -}; - -/* -** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the global page cache -** buffer provided using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism. -*/ -struct PgFreeslot { - PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */ -}; - -/* -** Global data used by this cache. -*/ -static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { - PGroup grp; /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */ - - /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. The - ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all - ** fixed at sqlite3BtreeInitialize() time and do not require mutex protection. - ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection. - */ - int isInit; /* True if initialized */ - int separateCache; /* Use a new PGroup for each PCache */ - int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */ - int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ - int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */ - int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */ - void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of global page cache memory */ - /* Above requires no mutex. Use mutex below for variable that follow. */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex for accessing the following: */ - PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */ - int nFreeSlot; /* Number of unused pcache slots */ - /* The following value requires a mutex to change. We skip the mutex on - ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and - ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this - ** is really just an optimization. */ - int bUnderPressure; /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */ -} pcache1_g; - -/* -** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the -** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when -** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD. -*/ -#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g)) - -/* -** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 -# define pcache1EnterMutex(X) assert((X)->mutex==0) -# define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) assert((X)->mutex==0) -# define PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX 0 -#else -# define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex) -# define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex) -# define PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX 1 -#endif - -/******************************************************************************/ -/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/ - - -/* -** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is -** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE -** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large -** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each. -** -** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed -** to be serialized already. There is no need for further mutexing. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){ - if( pcache1.isInit ){ - PgFreeslot *p; - if( pBuf==0 ) sz = n = 0; - sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); - pcache1.szSlot = sz; - pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n; - pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1); - pcache1.pStart = pBuf; - pcache1.pFree = 0; - pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0; - while( n-- ){ - p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf; - p->pNext = pcache1.pFree; - pcache1.pFree = p; - pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz]; - } - pcache1.pEnd = pBuf; - } -} - -/* -** Try to initialize the pCache->pFree and pCache->pBulk fields. Return -** true if pCache->pFree ends up containing one or more free pages. -*/ -static int pcache1InitBulk(PCache1 *pCache){ - i64 szBulk; - char *zBulk; - if( pcache1.nInitPage==0 ) return 0; - /* Do not bother with a bulk allocation if the cache size very small */ - if( pCache->nMax<3 ) return 0; - if( pcache1.nInitPage>0 ){ - szBulk = pCache->szAlloc * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage; - }else{ - szBulk = -1024 * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage; - } - if( szBulk > pCache->szAlloc*(i64)pCache->nMax ){ - szBulk = pCache->szAlloc*pCache->nMax; - } - zBulk = pCache->pBulk = sqlite3Malloc( szBulk ); - if( zBulk ){ - int nBulk = sqlite3MallocSize(zBulk)/pCache->szAlloc; - int i; - for(i=0; iszPage]; - pX->page.pBuf = zBulk; - pX->page.pExtra = &pX[1]; - pX->isBulkLocal = 1; - pX->isAnchor = 0; - pX->pNext = pCache->pFree; - pCache->pFree = pX; - zBulk += pCache->szAlloc; - } - } - return pCache->pFree!=0; -} - -/* -** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer -** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no -** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls -** back to sqlite3Malloc(). -** -** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables -** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex. -*/ -static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){ - void *p = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); - if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); - p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree; - if( p ){ - pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext; - pcache1.nFreeSlot--; - pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot=0 ); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); - sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); - } - if( p==0 ){ - /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool. Get - ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead. - */ - p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); -#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS - if( p ){ - int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); - sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); - sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); - } -#endif - sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE); - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc(). -*/ -static void pcache1Free(void *p){ - int nFreed = 0; - if( p==0 ) return; - if( p>=pcache1.pStart && ppNext = pcache1.pFree; - pcache1.pFree = pSlot; - pcache1.nFreeSlot++; - pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot=pcache1.pStart && ppGroup->mutex) ); - if( pCache->pFree || (pCache->nPage==0 && pcache1InitBulk(pCache)) ){ - p = pCache->pFree; - pCache->pFree = p->pNext; - p->pNext = 0; - }else{ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This - ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that - ** this mutex is not held. */ - assert( pcache1.separateCache==0 ); - assert( pCache->pGroup==&pcache1.grp ); - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER - pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage); - p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra); - if( !pPg || !p ){ - pcache1Free(pPg); - sqlite3_free(p); - pPg = 0; - } -#else - pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szAlloc); - p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage]; -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); -#endif - if( pPg==0 ) return 0; - p->page.pBuf = pPg; - p->page.pExtra = &p[1]; - p->isBulkLocal = 0; - p->isAnchor = 0; - } - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++; - } - return p; -} - -/* -** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage(). -*/ -static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){ - PCache1 *pCache; - assert( p!=0 ); - pCache = p->pCache; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); - if( p->isBulkLocal ){ - p->pNext = pCache->pFree; - pCache->pFree = p; - }else{ - pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf); -#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER - sqlite3_free(p); -#endif - } - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--; - } -} - -/* -** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured -** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer -** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){ - return pcache1Alloc(sz); -} - -/* -** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){ - pcache1Free(p); -} - - -/* -** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache -** entry. -** -** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using -** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then -** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because -** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient -** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the -** allocation onto the heap. -** -** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is -** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid -** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing -** the heap even further. -*/ -static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){ - if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){ - return pcache1.bUnderPressure; - }else{ - return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(); - } -} - -/******************************************************************************/ -/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/ - -/* -** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed -** as the first argument. -** -** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ - PgHdr1 **apNew; - unsigned int nNew; - unsigned int i; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) ); - - nNew = p->nHash*2; - if( nNew<256 ){ - nNew = 256; - } - - pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup); - apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); - pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup); - if( apNew ){ - for(i=0; inHash; i++){ - PgHdr1 *pPage; - PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i]; - while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){ - unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew; - pNext = pPage->pNext; - pPage->pNext = apNew[h]; - apNew[h] = pPage; - } - } - sqlite3_free(p->apHash); - p->apHash = apNew; - p->nHash = nNew; - } -} - -/* -** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the -** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup -** LRU list, then this function is a no-op. -** -** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static PgHdr1 *pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ - PCache1 *pCache; - - assert( pPage!=0 ); - assert( pPage->isPinned==0 ); - pCache = pPage->pCache; - assert( pPage->pLruNext ); - assert( pPage->pLruPrev ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); - pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext; - pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev; - pPage->pLruNext = 0; - pPage->pLruPrev = 0; - pPage->isPinned = 1; - assert( pPage->isAnchor==0 ); - assert( pCache->pGroup->lru.isAnchor==1 ); - pCache->nRecyclable--; - return pPage; -} - - -/* -** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table -** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in. -** Also free the page if freePage is true. -** -** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage, int freeFlag){ - unsigned int h; - PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache; - PgHdr1 **pp; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); - h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash; - for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); - *pp = (*pp)->pNext; - - pCache->nPage--; - if( freeFlag ) pcache1FreePage(pPage); -} - -/* -** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try -** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage. -*/ -static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PCache1 *pCache){ - PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - PgHdr1 *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); - while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage - && (p=pGroup->lru.pLruPrev)->isAnchor==0 - ){ - assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup ); - assert( p->isPinned==0 ); - pcache1PinPage(p); - pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1); - } - if( pCache->nPage==0 && pCache->pBulk ){ - sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk); - pCache->pBulk = pCache->pFree = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) -** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this -** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded. -** -** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. -*/ -static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe( - PCache1 *pCache, /* The cache to truncate */ - unsigned int iLimit /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */ -){ - TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */ - unsigned int h; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); - for(h=0; hnHash; h++){ - PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; - PgHdr1 *pPage; - while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){ - if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){ - pCache->nPage--; - *pp = pPage->pNext; - if( !pPage->isPinned ) pcache1PinPage(pPage); - pcache1FreePage(pPage); - }else{ - pp = &pPage->pNext; - TESTONLY( nPage++; ) - } - } - } - assert( pCache->nPage==nPage ); -} - -/******************************************************************************/ -/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/ - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method. -*/ -static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - assert( pcache1.isInit==0 ); - memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); - - - /* - ** The pcache1.separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own - ** private PGroup (mode-1). pcache1.separateCache is false if the single - ** PGroup in pcache1.grp is used for all page caches (mode-2). - ** - ** * Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT - ** - ** * Use a unified cache in single-threaded applications that have - ** configured a start-time buffer for use as page-cache memory using - ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL - ** pBuf argument. - ** - ** * Otherwise use separate caches (mode-1) - */ -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) - pcache1.separateCache = 0; -#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE - pcache1.separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 - || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0; -#else - pcache1.separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0; -#endif - -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU); - pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM); - } -#endif - if( pcache1.separateCache - && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage!=0 - && sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 - ){ - pcache1.nInitPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage; - }else{ - pcache1.nInitPage = 0; - } - pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10; - pcache1.isInit = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method. -** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does -** not need to be freed. -*/ -static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); - assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 ); - memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); -} - -/* forward declaration */ -static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p); - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method. -** -** Allocate a new cache. -*/ -static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){ - PCache1 *pCache; /* The newly created page cache */ - PGroup *pGroup; /* The group the new page cache will belong to */ - int sz; /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */ - - assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 ); - assert( szExtra < 300 ); - - sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*pcache1.separateCache; - pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz); - if( pCache ){ - if( pcache1.separateCache ){ - pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1]; - pGroup->mxPinned = 10; - }else{ - pGroup = &pcache1.grp; - } - if( pGroup->lru.isAnchor==0 ){ - pGroup->lru.isAnchor = 1; - pGroup->lru.pLruPrev = pGroup->lru.pLruNext = &pGroup->lru; - } - pCache->pGroup = pGroup; - pCache->szPage = szPage; - pCache->szExtra = szExtra; - pCache->szAlloc = szPage + szExtra + ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr1)); - pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0); - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - pcache1ResizeHash(pCache); - if( bPurgeable ){ - pCache->nMin = 10; - pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin; - pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; - } - pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); - if( pCache->nHash==0 ){ - pcache1Destroy((sqlite3_pcache*)pCache); - pCache = 0; - } - } - return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. -** -** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache. -*/ -static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax); - pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; - pCache->nMax = nMax; - pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10; - pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache); - pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. -** -** Free up as much memory as possible. -*/ -static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; - if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ - PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - int savedMaxPage; - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage; - pGroup->nMaxPage = 0; - pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache); - pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage; - pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); - } -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. -*/ -static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ - int n; - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; - pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); - n = pCache->nPage; - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); - return n; -} - - -/* -** Implement steps 3, 4, and 5 of the pcache1Fetch() algorithm described -** in the header of the pcache1Fetch() procedure. -** -** This steps are broken out into a separate procedure because they are -** usually not needed, and by avoiding the stack initialization required -** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( - PCache1 *pCache, - unsigned int iKey, - int createFlag -){ - unsigned int nPinned; - PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; - - /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */ - assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable ); - nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable; - assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage ); - assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 ); - if( createFlag==1 && ( - nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned - || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct - || (pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) && pCache->nRecyclablenPage>=pCache->nHash ) pcache1ResizeHash(pCache); - assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash ); - - /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */ - if( pCache->bPurgeable - && !pGroup->lru.pLruPrev->isAnchor - && ((pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)) - ){ - PCache1 *pOther; - pPage = pGroup->lru.pLruPrev; - assert( pPage->isPinned==0 ); - pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 0); - pcache1PinPage(pPage); - pOther = pPage->pCache; - if( pOther->szAlloc != pCache->szAlloc ){ - pcache1FreePage(pPage); - pPage = 0; - }else{ - pGroup->nCurrentPage -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable); - } - } - - /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, - ** attempt to allocate a new one. - */ - if( !pPage ){ - pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache, createFlag==1); - } - - if( pPage ){ - unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; - pCache->nPage++; - pPage->iKey = iKey; - pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; - pPage->pCache = pCache; - pPage->pLruPrev = 0; - pPage->pLruNext = 0; - pPage->isPinned = 1; - *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0; - pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; - if( iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){ - pCache->iMaxKey = iKey; - } - } - return pPage; -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. -** -** Fetch a page by key value. -** -** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on -** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new -** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 -** means to try really hard to allocate a new page. -** -** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory -** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2. So -** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on -** a non-purgeable cache. -** -** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page, -** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2). -** -** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a -** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned. -** -** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is -** returned. -** -** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then -** return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following -** conditions are true: -** -** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than -** PCache1.nMax, or -** -** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than -** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of -** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or -** -** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked -** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true: -** -** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already -** PCache1.nMax, or -** -** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is -** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all -** purgeable caches, -** -** (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid -** unnecessary pages cache entry allocations -** -** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right -** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and -** proceed to step 5. -** -** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer. -** -** There are two versions of this routine. pcache1FetchWithMutex() is -** the general case. pcache1FetchNoMutex() is a faster implementation for -** the common case where pGroup->mutex is NULL. The pcache1Fetch() wrapper -** invokes the appropriate routine. -*/ -static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - unsigned int iKey, - int createFlag -){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; - - /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */ - pPage = pCache->apHash[iKey % pCache->nHash]; - while( pPage && pPage->iKey!=iKey ){ pPage = pPage->pNext; } - - /* Step 2: If the page was found in the hash table, then return it. - ** If the page was not in the hash table and createFlag is 0, abort. - ** Otherwise (page not in hash and createFlag!=0) continue with - ** subsequent steps to try to create the page. */ - if( pPage ){ - if( !pPage->isPinned ){ - return pcache1PinPage(pPage); - }else{ - return pPage; - } - }else if( createFlag ){ - /* Steps 3, 4, and 5 implemented by this subroutine */ - return pcache1FetchStage2(pCache, iKey, createFlag); - }else{ - return 0; - } -} -#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX -static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - unsigned int iKey, - int createFlag -){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PgHdr1 *pPage; - - pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); - pPage = pcache1FetchNoMutex(p, iKey, createFlag); - assert( pPage==0 || pCache->iMaxKey>=iKey ); - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); - return pPage; -} -#endif -static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - unsigned int iKey, - int createFlag -){ -#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; -#endif - - assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 ); - assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 ); - assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 ); - assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 ); - assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable ); - assert( pCache->nHash>0 ); -#if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX - if( pCache->pGroup->mutex ){ - return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pcache1FetchWithMutex(p, iKey, createFlag); - }else -#endif - { - return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pcache1FetchNoMutex(p, iKey, createFlag); - } -} - - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method. -** -** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling). -*/ -static void pcache1Unpin( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, - int reuseUnlikely -){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; - PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - - assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - - /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already - ** part of the PGroup LRU list. - */ - assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 ); - assert( pPage->isPinned==1 ); - - if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){ - pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 1); - }else{ - /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */ - PgHdr1 **ppFirst = &pGroup->lru.pLruNext; - pPage->pLruPrev = &pGroup->lru; - (pPage->pLruNext = *ppFirst)->pLruPrev = pPage; - *ppFirst = pPage; - pCache->nRecyclable++; - pPage->isPinned = 0; - } - - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. -*/ -static void pcache1Rekey( - sqlite3_pcache *p, - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, - unsigned int iOld, - unsigned int iNew -){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; - PgHdr1 **pp; - unsigned int h; - assert( pPage->iKey==iOld ); - assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); - - pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); - - h = iOld%pCache->nHash; - pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; - while( (*pp)!=pPage ){ - pp = &(*pp)->pNext; - } - *pp = pPage->pNext; - - h = iNew%pCache->nHash; - pPage->iKey = iNew; - pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; - pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; - if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){ - pCache->iMaxKey = iNew; - } - - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. -** -** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to -** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number -** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned. -*/ -static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); - if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){ - pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit); - pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1; - } - pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); -} - -/* -** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. -** -** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create(). -*/ -static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){ - PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; - PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; - assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) ); - pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); - pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0); - assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax ); - pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax; - assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin ); - pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin; - pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; - pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache); - pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); - sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk); - sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash); - sqlite3_free(pCache); -} - -/* -** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3BtreeInitialize()) to -** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not -** already provided an alternative. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){ - static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - 0, /* pArg */ - pcache1Init, /* xInit */ - pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */ - pcache1Create, /* xCreate */ - pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */ - pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */ - pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */ - pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */ - pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */ - pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */ - pcache1Destroy, /* xDestroy */ - pcache1Shrink /* xShrink */ - }; - sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods); -} - -/* -** Return the size of the header on each page of this PCACHE implementation. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr1)); } - -/* -** Return the global mutex used by this PCACHE implementation. The -** sqlite3_status() routine needs access to this mutex. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void){ - return pcache1.mutex; -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT -/* -** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory -** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated -** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. -** -** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has -** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number -** of bytes of memory released. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){ - int nFree = 0; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) ); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage==0 ){ - PgHdr1 *p; - pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp); - while( (nReq<0 || nFreeisAnchor==0 - ){ - nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf); -#ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER - nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p); -#endif - assert( p->isPinned==0 ); - pcache1PinPage(p); - pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1); - } - pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp); - } - return nFree; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state -** of the global cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( - int *pnCurrent, /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */ - int *pnMax, /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */ - int *pnMin, /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */ - int *pnRecyclable /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */ -){ - PgHdr1 *p; - int nRecyclable = 0; - for(p=pcache1.grp.lru.pLruNext; p && !p->isAnchor; p=p->pLruNext){ - assert( p->isPinned==0 ); - nRecyclable++; - } - *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage; - *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage; - *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage; - *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable; -} -#endif - -/************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". -** -** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements -** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that -** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file -** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database -** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while -** another is writing. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ -/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/ -/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/ -/* -** 2010 February 1 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging -** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to -** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details. -*/ - -#ifndef _WAL_H_ -#define _WAL_H_ - -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -/* Additional values that can be added to the sync_flags argument of -** sqlite3WalFrames(): -*/ -#define WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS 0x20 /* Sync at the end of each transaction */ -#define SQLITE_SYNC_MASK 0x13 /* Mask off the SQLITE_SYNC_* values */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z) 0 -#if 0 -# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y) -#endif -# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z) -# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y) 0 -# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y) 0 -# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x) 0 -# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z) -# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 -#if 0 -# define sqlite3WalCallback(z) 0 -#endif -# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z) 0 -#if 0 -# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z) 0 -#endif -# define sqlite3WalFramesize(z) 0 -# define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z) 0 -#else - -#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4 - -/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. -** There is one object of this type for each pager. -*/ -typedef struct Wal Wal; - -/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *); - -#if 0 -/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64); -#endif - -/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A -** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database -** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and -** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes -** write to or checkpoint the WAL. sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the -** transaction and releases the lock. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal); - -/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *); - -/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal); - -/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); - -/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx); - -/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write -** position in the WAL */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); - -/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame. Called in -** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); - -/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int); - -/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( - Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */ - int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */ - int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ - int nBuf, /* Size of buffer nBuf */ - u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ - int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ - int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ -); - -#if 0 -/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the -** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since -** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since -** the last call, then return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal); -#endif - -/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released) -** by the pager layer on the database file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op); - -#if 0 -/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using -** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the -** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS -/* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content -** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal); -#endif - -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ -#endif /* _WAL_H_ */ - -/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/ -/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/ - - -/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ -** -** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback -** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, -** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. -** -** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced -** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. -** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS -** is called successfully on the file containing the page. -** -** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if -** one or more of the following are true about the page: -** -** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of -** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and -** synced. -** -** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. -** -** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in -** the database file at the start of the transaction. -** -** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the -** following are true: -** -** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. -** -** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire -** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence -** number consists of a single page change. -** -** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches -** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written -** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current -** transaction. -** -** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size -** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. -** -** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and -** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the -** first 100 bytes of the database file. -** -** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal -** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. -** -** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file -** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. -** -** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) -** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to -** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf -** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence -** of the database. -** -** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, -** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the -** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically -** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. -** -** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS -** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at -** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate -** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will -** invoke it.) -** -** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range -** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing -** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same -** database to flush their caches. -** -** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less -** than one billion transactions. -** -** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion -** of every transaction. -** -** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to -** the database file. -** -** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any -** content out of the database file. -** -******************************************************************************/ - -/* -** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off -*/ -#if 0 -int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ -#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf -#define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } -#else -#define PAGERTRACE(X) -#endif - -/* -** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above -** to print out file-descriptors. -** -** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The -** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file -** struct as its argument. -*/ -#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) -#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) - -/* -** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A -** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following -** state diagram. -** -** OPEN <------+------+ -** | | | -** V | | -** +---------> READER-------+ | -** | | | -** | V | -** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR -** | | ^ -** | V | -** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| -** | | | -** | V | -** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| -** | | | -** | V | -** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ -** -** -** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: -** -** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] -** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] -** -** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] -** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] -** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] -** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] -** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] -** -** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] -** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] -** -** -** OPEN: -** -** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this -** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is -** unknown. The database may not be read or written. -** -** * No read or write transaction is active. -** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. -** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. -** -** READER: -** -** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in -** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently -** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is -** open. The database size is known in this state. -** -** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when -** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state -** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection -** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in -** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way -** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN -** is via the ERROR state (see below). -** -** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). -** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read -** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables -** may not be trusted at this point. -** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. -** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that -** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. -** -** WRITER_LOCKED: -** -** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction -** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks -** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual -** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. -** -** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with -** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when -** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened -** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while -** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database -** file. -** -** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. -** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt -** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. -** -** * A write transaction is active. -** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater -** lock is held on the database file. -** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction -** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully -** called). -** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. -** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. -** * The journal file may or may not be open. -** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. -** -** WRITER_CACHEMOD: -** -** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is -** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file -** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the -** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. -** -** * A write transaction is active. -** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written -** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. -** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. -** -** WRITER_DBMOD: -** -** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state -** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections -** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, -** just the log file). -** -** * A write transaction is active. -** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written -** and synced to disk. -** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly -** written to disk). -** -** WRITER_FINISHED: -** -** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. -** -** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD -** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the -** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply -** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is -** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper -** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. -** -** * A write transaction is active. -** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. -** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. -** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to -** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need -** to rollback the transaction. -** -** ERROR: -** -** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including -** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it -** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, -** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. -** -** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers -** cannot. -** -** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, -** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. -** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state -** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might -** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if -** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database -** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state -** instead of READER following such an error. -** -** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager -** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all -** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to -** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the -** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything -** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) -** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning -** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered -** from the error. -** -** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: -** -** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in -** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). -** -** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file -** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). -** -** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or -** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up -** memory. -** -** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree -** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition -** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. -** -** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only -** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error -** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not -** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a -** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent -** state. -** -** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. -** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the -** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). -** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. -** -** -** Notes: -** -** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the -** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one -** of the first four states. -** -** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN -** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has -** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are -** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". -** -** * See also: assert_pager_state(). -*/ -#define PAGER_OPEN 0 -#define PAGER_READER 1 -#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 -#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 -#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 -#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 -#define PAGER_ERROR 6 - -/* -** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the -** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on -** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. -** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by -** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. -** -** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY -** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not -** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and -** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated -** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the -** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set -** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held -** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. -** -** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may -** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than -** required, but nothing really goes wrong. -** -** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves -** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file -** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED -** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() -** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this -** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part -** of hot-journal detection. -** -** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED -** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may -** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but -** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens -** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active -** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database -** without rolling it back. -** -** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the -** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It -** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call -** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition -** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK -** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE -** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function -** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. -** -** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in -** PAGER_OPEN state. -*/ -#define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) - -/* -** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ - if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ - if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ - if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } -#else -# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ -# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D -#endif - -/* -** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method -** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. -** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on -** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. -*/ -#define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 - -/* -** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active -** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures -** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and -** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). -** -** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is -** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while -** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset -** immediately following the last journal record written into the main -** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint -** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). -*/ -typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; -struct PagerSavepoint { - i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ - i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ - Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ - Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ - Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. -*/ -#define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ -#define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ -#define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ - -/* -** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of -** some of the more important member variables follows: -** -** eState -** -** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state -** diagram above for a description of the pager state. -** -** eLock -** -** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - -** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. -** -** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any -** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such -** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager -** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever -** need (and no reason to release them). -** -** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to -** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for -** details. -** -** changeCountDone -** -** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter -** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is -** not updated more often than necessary. -** -** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which -** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. -** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is -** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, -** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of -** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. -** -** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection -** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction -** committed. -** -** setMaster -** -** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may -** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the -** journal file before it is synced to disk. -** -** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects -** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is -** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. -** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is -** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If -** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized -** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were -** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. -** -** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized -** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the -** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any -** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. -** -** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either -** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the -** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag -** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). -** -** doNotSpill -** -** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by -** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data -** to the file-system in order to free up memory). -** -** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, -** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. -** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that -** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module -** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written -** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF -** case is a user preference. -** -** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from -** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. -** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size -** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync -** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. -** -** subjInMemory -** -** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal -** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory -** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. -** -** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new -** write-transaction is opened. -** -** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize -** -** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. -** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for -** OPEN and ERROR). -** -** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be -** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset -** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file -** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in -** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). -** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered -** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads -** to dbSize==1). -** -** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than -** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. -** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), -** dbSize is updated. -** -** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states -** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize -** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, -** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before -** being modified. -** -** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of -** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the -** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made -** to write or truncate the database file on disk. -** -** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress -** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, -** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates -** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), -** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() -** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. -** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case -** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be -** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, -** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. -** -** dbHintSize -** -** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to -** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. -** -** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a -** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and -** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, -** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the -** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for -** details. -** -** errCode -** -** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It -** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode -** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX -** sub-codes. -*/ -struct Pager { - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ - u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ - u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ - u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ - u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ - u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ - u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ - u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ - u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ - u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ - u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ - u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ - u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ - - /************************************************************************** - ** The following block contains those class members that change during - ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed - ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a - ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, - ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe - ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the - ** "configuration" of the pager. - */ - u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ - u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ - u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ - u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ - u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ - u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ - u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ - u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ - Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ - Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ - Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ - Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ - int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ - int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ - u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ - u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ - Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ - sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ - sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ - sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ - i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ - i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ - sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ - PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ - int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ - u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ - char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ - - int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ - sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ - PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ - /* - ** End of the routinely-changing class members - ***************************************************************************/ - - u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ - i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ - u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ - u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ - int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ - Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ - i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ - char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ - char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ - int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - int nRead; /* Database pages read */ -#endif - void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ - void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ - void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ - void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ -#endif - char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ - PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ - char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains -** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS -** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). -*/ -#define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 -#define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 -#define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 - -/* -** The following global variables hold counters used for -** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in -** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ -# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ -#else -# define PAGER_INCR(v) -#endif - - - -/* -** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data -** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. -** -** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity -** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being -** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal -** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made -** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional -** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the -** journal and ignore it. -** -** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists -** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both -** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. -** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the -** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, -** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely -** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the -** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might -** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which -** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. -*/ -static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { - 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, -}; - -/* -** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by -** the following macro. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) - -/* -** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same -** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). -*/ -#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) - -/* -** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch -** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. -*/ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -# define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) -#else -# define USEFETCH(x) 0 -#endif - -/* -** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). -*/ -#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 - -/* -** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). -** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. -** -** This is so that expressions can be written as: -** -** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... -** -** instead of -** -** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... -*/ -#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) - -/* -** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual -** rollback journal. Otherwise false. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ - return (pPager->pWal!=0); -} -#else -# define pagerUseWal(x) 0 -# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 -# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 -# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK -# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Usage: -** -** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); -** -** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in -** the internal state of the Pager object. -*/ -static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ - Pager *pPager = p; - - /* State must be valid. */ - assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN - || p->eState==PAGER_READER - || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED - || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR - ); - - /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves - ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates - ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. - */ - assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); - - /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". - ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. - */ - assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); - assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); - - /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held - ** on the file. - */ - assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); - assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); - - switch( p->eState ){ - case PAGER_OPEN: - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); - break; - - case PAGER_READER: - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); - assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); - break; - - case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: - assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); - } - assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); - assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); - break; - - case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: - assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the - ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during - ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off - ** to journal_mode=wal. - */ - assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - ); - } - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); - break; - - case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: - assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - ); - assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); - break; - - case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: - assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( isOpen(p->jfd) - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - ); - break; - - case PAGER_ERROR: - /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if - ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped - ** back to OPEN state. - */ - assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); - assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); - break; - } - - return 1; -} -#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer -** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This -** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative -** to "print *pPager" in gdb: -** -** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) -*/ -static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ - static char zRet[1024]; - - sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, - "Filename: %s\n" - "State: %s errCode=%d\n" - "Lock: %s\n" - "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" - "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" - "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" - "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" - "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" - , p->zFilename - , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : - p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : - p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : - p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : - p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : - p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : - p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" - , (int)p->errCode - , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : - p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : - p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : - p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : - p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" - , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" - , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : - p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : - p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : - p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : - p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : - p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" - , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal - , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr - , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize - ); - - return zRet; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. -** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one -** or more open savepoints for which: -** -** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and -** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in -** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. -*/ -static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - PagerSavepoint *p; - Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; - int i; - for(i=0; inSavepoint; i++){ - p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; - if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. -*/ -static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ - return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); -} -#endif - -/* -** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer -** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an -** error code is something goes wrong. -** -** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. -*/ -static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ - unsigned char ac[4]; - int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. -*/ -#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) - - -/* -** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. -*/ -static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ - char ac[4]; - put32bits(ac, val); - return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); -} - -/* -** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK -** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() -** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. -** -** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is -** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of -** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. -*/ -static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); - assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); - assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); - rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); - if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ - pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; - } - IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, -** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the -** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. -** -** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is -** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. -** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation -** of this. -*/ -static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - if( pPager->eLockeLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ - rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ - pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; - IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization -** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: -** -** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that -** a database page may be written atomically, and -** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal -** to the page size. -** -** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is -** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory -** database. -** -** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, -** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it -** contains rollback data for exactly one page. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE -static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ - if( !pPager->tempFile ){ - int dc; /* Device characteristics */ - int nSector; /* Sector size */ - int szPage; /* Page size */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - nSector = pPager->sectorSize; - szPage = pPager->pageSize; - - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); - if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ - return 0; - } - } - - return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); -} -#endif - -/* -** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking -** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing -** and debugging only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -/* -** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. -*/ -static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ - u32 hash = 0; - int i; - for(i=0; ipPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); -} -static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ - pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); -} - -/* -** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES -** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks -** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. -*/ -#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) -static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); -} - -#else -#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 -#define pager_pagehash(X) 0 -#define pager_set_pagehash(X) -#define CHECK_PAGE(x) -#endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ - -/* -** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. -** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the -** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied -** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format -** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. -** -** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by -** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is -** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal -** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a -** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name -** were present in the journal. -** -** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal -** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A -** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master -** journal file name. -** -** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present -** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. -** -** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite -** error code is returned. -*/ -static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ - i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ - u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ - u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ - unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - zMaster[0] = '\0'; - - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) - || szJ<16 - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) - || len>=nMaster - || len==0 - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) - || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ - for(u=0; ujournalOff, assuming a sector -** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. -** -** i.e for a sector size of 512: -** -** Pager.journalOff Return value -** --------------------------------------- -** 0 0 -** 512 512 -** 100 512 -** 2000 2048 -** -*/ -static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ - i64 offset = 0; - i64 c = pPager->journalOff; - if( c ){ - offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); - assert( offset>=c ); - assert( (offset-c)jfd) ); - if( pPager->journalOff ){ - const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ - - IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) - if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); - }else{ - static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); - } - - /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock - ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for - ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more - ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need - ** to sync the file following this operation. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ - i64 sz; - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal -** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the -** current location. -** -** The format for the journal header is as follows: -** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. -** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. -** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. -** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. -** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. -** - 4 bytes: Database page size. -** -** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. -*/ -static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ - u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ - u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ - - if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ - nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - - /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created - ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the - ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. - */ - for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ - pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; - } - } - - pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - - /* - ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this - ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. - ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, - ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number - ** of records (see syncJournal()). - ** - ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When - ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the - ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption - ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal - ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios - ** where this risk can be ignored: - ** - ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a - ** power failure in this case anyway. - ** - ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees - ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. - */ - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); - if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) - ){ - memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); - }else{ - memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); - } - - /* The random check-hash initializer */ - sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); - /* The initial database size */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); - /* The assumed sector size for this process */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); - - /* The page size */ - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); - - /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything - ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing - ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to - ** take the performance hit. - */ - memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, - nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); - - /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the - ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the - ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next - ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file - ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). - ** - ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can - ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, - ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of - ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what - ** is done. - ** - ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the - ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize - ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required - ** to populate the entire journal header sector. - */ - for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWritejournalHdr, nHeader)) - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); - assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); - pPager->journalOff += nHeader; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file -** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal -** file. The current location in the journal file is given by -** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for -** a description of the journal header format. -** -** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of -** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the -** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit -** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned -** in this case. -** -** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is -** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes -** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. -*/ -static int readJournalHdr( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - int isHot, - i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ - u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ - u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ - i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ - - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ - - /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the - ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this - ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. - */ - pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; - - /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match - ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return - ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, - ** proceed. - */ - if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec - ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start - ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ - u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ - u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ - - /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) - || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the - ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize - ** variable is already set to the correct page size. - */ - if( iPageSize==0 ){ - iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; - } - - /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields - ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power - ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their - ** respective compile time maximum limits. - */ - if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 - || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE - || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 - ){ - /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is - ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have - ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading - ** the journal file here. - */ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. - ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within - ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - - /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by - ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was - ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine - ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value - ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. - */ - pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; - } - - pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager -** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last -** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the -** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before -** anything is written. The format is: -** -** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. -** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. -** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). -** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. -** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. -** -** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master -** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. -** -** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), -** this call is a no-op. -*/ -static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ - i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ - i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ - u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ - - assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - - if( !zMaster - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) - ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pPager->setMaster = 1; - assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); - - /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ - for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ - cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; - } - - /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing - ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to - ** the journal has already been synced. - */ - if( pPager->fullSync ){ - pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - } - iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; - - /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If - ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. - */ - if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) - || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) - || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) - || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) - || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, - iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) - ){ - return rc; - } - pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); - - /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical - ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name - ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is - ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file - ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine - ** whether or not the journal is hot. - ** - ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal - ** file to the required size. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) - && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff - ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. -*/ -static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ - pPager->iDataVersion++; - sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); - sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); -} - -/* -** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ - assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); - return pPager->iDataVersion; -} - -/* -** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both -** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal -** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. -*/ -static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ - int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ - for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); - } - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); - } - sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); - pPager->aSavepoint = 0; - pPager->nSavepoint = 0; - pPager->nSubRec = 0; -} - -/* -** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint -** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful -** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. -*/ -static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ - - for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; - if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ - rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not -** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN -** state. -** -** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is -** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does -** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is -** closed (if it is open). -** -** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the -** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to -** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode -** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated -** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction -** is opened (by this or by any other connection). -*/ -static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER - || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN - || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR - ); - - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); - pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; - }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ - int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; - - /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then - ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise - ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file - ** out from under us. - */ - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); - if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) - || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) - ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - - /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database - ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment - ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this - ** is necessary. - */ - rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ - pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; - } - - /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here - ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error - ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. - */ - assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - pPager->changeCountDone = 0; - pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; - } - - /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be - ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, - ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both - ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. - */ - if( pPager->errCode ){ - pager_reset(pPager); - pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; - pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; - if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); - } - - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; -} - -/* -** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires -** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. -** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second -** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The -** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. -** -** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the -** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code -** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, -** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. -** -** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache -** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding -** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when -** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need -** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if -** it were a hot-journal). -*/ -static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ - int rc2 = rc & 0xff; - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - assert( - pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || - pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || - (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR - ); - if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ - pPager->errCode = rc; - pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; - } - return rc; -} - -static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); - -/* -** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by -** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called -** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening -** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a -** database transaction. -** -** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called -** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less -** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. -** -** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. -** -** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal -** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a -** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this -** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized -** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and -** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: -** -** journalMode==MEMORY -** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an -** in-memory journal. -** -** journalMode==TRUNCATE -** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. -** -** journalMode==PERSIST -** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates -** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal -** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. -** -** journalMode==DELETE -** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). -** -** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing -** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is -** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under -** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. -** -** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. -** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is -** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during -** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the -** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the -** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still -** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the -** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related -** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is -** returned. -*/ -static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ - int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ - - /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction - ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there - ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is - ** held under two circumstances: - ** - ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with - ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. - ** - ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE - ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a - ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER - ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. - */ - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - if( pPager->eStateeLockjfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - - /* Finalize the journal file. */ - if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ - if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ - /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. - ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and - ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See - ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 - */ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); - } - } - pPager->journalOff = 0; - }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) - ){ - rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); - pPager->journalOff = 0; - }else{ - /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if - ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal - ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to - ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. - */ - int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd)); - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - ); - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - if( bDelete ){ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - } - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); - if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ - PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); - if( p ){ - p->pageHash = 0; - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); - } - } -#endif - - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - pPager->nRec = 0; - sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in - ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE - ** lock held on the database file. - */ - rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); - assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ - /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal - ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. - ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction - ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the - ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum - ** required size. */ - assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode - && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) - ){ - rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - pPager->changeCountDone = 0; - } - pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - - return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); -} - -/* -** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the -** database file. -** -** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt -** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The -** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock -** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this -** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next -** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) -** will roll it back. -** -** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or -** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause -** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the -** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. -*/ -static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ - sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); - }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); - pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); - } - } - pager_unlock(pPager); -} - -/* -** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes -** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the -** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. -** -** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the -** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte -** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). -** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. -** -** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an -** incompatible journal file format. -** -** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely -** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. -** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be -** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, -** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. -*/ -static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ - u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ - int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ - while( i>0 ){ - cksum += aData[i]; - i -= 200; - } - return cksum; -} - -/* -** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back -** to the codec. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ - pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, - (int)pPager->nReserve); - } -} -#else -# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination -** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the -** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ - if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ - pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; - pagerReportSize(pDest); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or -** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. -** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset -** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. -** -** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does -** not. -** -** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file -** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is -** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already -** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back -** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. -** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set -** prior to returning. -** -** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file -** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs -** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing -** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data -** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be -** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in -** two circumstances: -** -** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or -** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file -** and the checksum field does not match the record content. -** -** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. -** -** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically -** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, -** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. -*/ -static int pager_playback_one_page( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ - i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ - Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ - int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ - int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ -){ - int rc; - PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ - Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ - u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ - char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ - sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ - int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ - - assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ - assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ - assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ - assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ - - aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; - assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); - - /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction - ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is - ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager - ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback - ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. - */ - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) - ); - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); - - /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal - ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. - */ - jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; - rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; - - /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally - ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, - ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to - ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. - */ - if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - assert( !isSavepnt ); - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( isMainJrnl ){ - rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - - /* If this page has already been played back before during the current - ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. - */ - if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting - */ - if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ - pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; - pagerReportSize(pPager); - } - - /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this - ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, - ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. - ** - ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode - ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may - ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs - ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache - ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not - ** assert()able. - ** - ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the - ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked - ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for - ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty - ** if the pager is in OPEN state. - ** - ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is - ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. - ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement - ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a - ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know - ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback - ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the - ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can - ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be - ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be - ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced - ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else - ** the page is marked as needSync==0. - ** - ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it - ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. - ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. - */ - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - pPg = 0; - }else{ - pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); - } - assert( pPg ); - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); - PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), - (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") - )); - if( isMainJrnl ){ - isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); - }else{ - isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); - } - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) - && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) - && isSynced - ){ - i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); - if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ - pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; - } - if( pPager->pBackup ){ - CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); - sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); - CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData); - } - }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ - /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to - ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential - ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it - ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be - ** current. - ** - ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite - ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen - ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then - ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). - ** - ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing - ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty - ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as - ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. - */ - assert( isSavepnt ); - assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); - pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); - assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); - pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); - } - if( pPg ){ - /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except - ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the - ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result - ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to - ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). - */ - void *pData; - pData = pPg->pData; - memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); - pPager->xReiniter(pPg); - if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ - /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main - ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the - ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page - ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the - ** database. - ** - ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled - ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an - ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe - ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as - ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is - ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and - ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to - ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but - ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially - ** be written out into the database file before its journal file - ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, - ** database corruption may ensue. - */ - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); - } - pager_set_pagehash(pPg); - - /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. - ** Do this before any decoding. */ - if( pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - - /* Decode the page just read from disk */ - CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); - sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal -** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. -** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, -** and does so if it is. -** -** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not -** available for use within this function. -** -** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names -** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 -** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a -** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal -** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: -** -** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" -** -** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child -** journals have been rolled back. -** -** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into -** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For -** each child journal, it checks if: -** -** * if the child journal exists, and if so -** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal -** file zMaster -** -** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria -** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if -** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from -** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). -** -** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This -** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors -** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load -** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be -** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page -** size. -*/ -static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int rc; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ - sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ - char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ - i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ - char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ - char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ - int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ - - /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. - ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. - */ - pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); - pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); - if( !pMaster ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - - /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from - ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain - ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master - ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); - if( !zMasterJournal ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto delmaster_out; - } - zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; - zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; - - zJournal = zMasterJournal; - while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)pageSize bytes). -** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS -** xTruncate() method to truncate it. -** -** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than -** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if -** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it -** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to -** the end of the new file instead. -** -** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying -** the database file, return the error code to the caller. -*/ -static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); - - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) - && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) - ){ - i64 currentSize, newSize; - int szPage = pPager->pageSize; - assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); - newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ - if( currentSize>newSize ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); - }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ - char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; - memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); - testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); - testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The -** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ - int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); - if( iRet<32 ){ - iRet = 512; - }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ - assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); - iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; - } - return iRet; -} - -/* -** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given -** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method -** of the open database file. The sector size will be used -** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and -** master journal pointers within created journal files. -** -** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. -** -** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is -** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if -** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it -** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. -** -** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set -** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of -** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that -** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in -** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero -** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector -** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, -** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. -*/ -static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); - - if( pPager->tempFile - || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & - SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 - ){ - /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file - ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() - ** call will segfault. */ - pPager->sectorSize = 512; - }else{ - pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); - } -} - -/* -** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to -** the state it was in before we started making changes. -** -** The journal file format is as follows: -** -** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. -** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records -** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the -** number of page records from the journal size. -** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the -** sanity checksum. -** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the -** database to during a rollback. -** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header -** is this many bytes in size. -** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. -** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. -** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: -** + 4 byte page number. -** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. -** + 4 byte checksum -** -** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. -** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. -** -** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of -** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the -** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power -** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the -** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but -** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, -** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For -** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. -** -** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed -** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the -** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption -** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be -** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. -** -** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed -** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled -** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file -** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had -** been encountered. -** -** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted -** and an error code is returned. -** -** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal -** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is -** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. -** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling -** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is -** needed. -*/ -static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ - u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ - u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ - Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ - int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ - int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ - char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ - int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ - int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ - - /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if - ** the journal is empty. - */ - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_playback; - } - - /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. - ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not - ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be - ** played back. - ** - ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that - ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that - ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, - ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value - ** for pageSize. - */ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); - } - zMaster = 0; - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ - goto end_playback; - } - pPager->journalOff = 0; - needPagerReset = isHot; - - /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or - ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error - ** occurs. - */ - while( 1 ){ - /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are - ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or - ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. - ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. - */ - rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - goto end_playback; - } - - /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process - ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal - ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute - ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. - */ - if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ - assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); - nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); - } - - /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this - ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means - ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been - ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining - ** size of the file. - ** - ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. - ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next - ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But - ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in - ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional - ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages - ** should be computed based on the journal file size. - */ - if( nRec==0 && !isHot && - pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ - nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); - } - - /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the - ** database file back to its original size. - */ - if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_playback; - } - pPager->dbSize = mxPg; - } - - /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the - ** database file and/or page cache. - */ - for(u=0; ujournalOff,0,1,0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - nPlayback++; - }else{ - if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - break; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and - ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was - ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that - ** case, the database should have never been written in the - ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto end_playback; - }else{ - /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error - ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state - ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next - ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. - */ - goto end_playback; - } - } - } - } - /*NOTREACHED*/ - assert( 0 ); - -end_playback: - /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original - ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the - ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the - ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); - } -#endif - - /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or - ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but - ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter - ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive - ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not - ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency - ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just - ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. - */ - pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; - rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) - ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ - /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, - ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. - */ - rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - if( isHot && nPlayback ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", - nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); - } - - /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling - ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size - ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. - */ - setSectorSize(pPager); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into -** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database -** file before this function is called. -** -** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to -** the value read from the database file. -** -** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. -** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ - Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ - - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - if( iFrame ){ - /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ - rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); - }else -#endif - { - i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - if( pgno==1 ){ - if( rc ){ - /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something - ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy - ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be - ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 - ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling - ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. - ** - ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes - ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of - ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so - ** we should still be ok. - */ - memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - }else{ - u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - } - CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); - - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); - PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); - IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in -** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. -** -** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() -** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually -** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. -*/ -static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ - u32 change_counter; - - /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ - change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; - put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); - - /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in - ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number - ** is valid. */ - put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); - put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been -** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. -** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument -** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. -** -** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, -** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding -** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the -** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, -** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; - PgHdr *pPg; - - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); - if( pPg ){ - if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ - sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); - }else{ - u32 iFrame = 0; - rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->xReiniter(pPg); - } - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); - } - } - - /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are - ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the - ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as - ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one - ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore - ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, - ** the backups must be restarted. - */ - sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. -*/ -static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ - - /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already - ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the - ** following: - ** - ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or - ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). - */ - pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; - rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); - pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); - while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; - rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); - pList = pNext; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging -** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), -** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have -** changed. -** -** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. -** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. -*/ -static int pagerWalFrames( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ - Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ - int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ - PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ - - assert( pPager->pWal ); - assert( pList ); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ - for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ - assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); - } -#endif - - assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); - if( isCommit ){ - /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing - ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. - ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty - ** list here. */ - PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; - nList = 0; - for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ - if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ - ppNext = &p->pDirty; - nList++; - } - } - assert( pList ); - }else{ - nList = 1; - } - pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; - - if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); - rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, - pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ - sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES - pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ - pager_set_pagehash(p); - } -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. -** -** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially -** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves -** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by -** other writers or checkpointers. -*/ -static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ - - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); - - /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous - ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we - ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, - ** the duplicate call is harmless. - */ - sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); - - rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ - pager_reset(pPager); - if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); - } - - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN -** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file -** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). -** -** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database -** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps -** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. -*/ -static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ - Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ - - /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() - ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or - ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not - ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or - ** contains no valid committed transactions. - */ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); - assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); - nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); - - /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the - ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of - ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an - ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. - */ - if( nPage==0 ){ - i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); - } - - /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the - ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so - ** that the file can be read. - */ - if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ - pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; - } - - *pnPage = nPage; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager -** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does -** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. -** -** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager -** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and -** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. -** -** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this -** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete -** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition -** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some -** other connection. -*/ -static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); - assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); - - if( !pPager->tempFile ){ - int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ - Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ - - rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( nPage==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - isWal = 0; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess( - pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal - ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( isWal ){ - testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); - }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ - pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; - } - } - } - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback -** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when -** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction -** savepoint. -** -** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is -** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, -** performed in the order specified: -** -** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte -** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to -** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal -** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. -** -** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played -** back starting from the journal header immediately following -** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. -** -** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting -** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of -** the journal file. -** -** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the -** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the -** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only -** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. -** -** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main -** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. -** -** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable -** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint -** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value -** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. -*/ -static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ - i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ - i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ - - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - - /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ - if( pSavepoint ){ - pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); - if( !pDone ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint - ** being reverted was opened. - */ - pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; - pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; - - if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); - } - - /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback - ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in - ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything - ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. - */ - szJ = pPager->journalOff; - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); - - /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at - ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. - ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number - ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those - ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they - ** are played back. - */ - if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; - pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalOff, pDone, 1, 1); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - }else{ - pPager->journalOff = 0; - } - - /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at - ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end - ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and - ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. - */ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" - ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the - ** pager_playback() function for additional information. - */ - if( nJRec==0 - && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff - ){ - nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); - } - for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iijournalOffjournalOff, pDone, 1, 1); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); - - /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were - ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) - ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. - */ - if( pSavepoint ){ - u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ - i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); - } - for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSubRec; ii++){ - assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); - rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); - } - - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->journalOff = szJ; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ - sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); -} - -/* -** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. -*/ -static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; - if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ - sqlite3_int64 sz; - sz = pPager->szMmap; - pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ - pPager->szMmap = szMmap; - pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); -} - -/* -** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. -** -** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness -** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by -** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. -** There are three levels: -** -** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default -** for temporary and transient files. -** -** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the -** database. This is normally adequate protection, but -** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, -** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal -** in a state which would cause damage to the database -** when it is rolled back. -** -** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the -** database (with some additional information - the nRec field -** of the journal header - being written in between the two -** syncs). If we assume that writing a -** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides -** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the -** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. -** -** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues -** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced -** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced -** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL -** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for -** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL -** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the -** syncs associated with NORMAL. -** -** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The -** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync -** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an -** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL -** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the -** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when -** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. -** -** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, -** and FULL=3. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ - unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ -){ - unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; - assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); - pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; - pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; - if( pPager->noSync ){ - pPager->syncFlags = 0; - pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; - }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ - pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ - pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; - }else{ - pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - } - pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; - if( pPager->fullSync ){ - pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; - } - if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ - pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; - }else{ - pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; - } -} -#endif - -/* -** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library -** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for -** testing and analysis only. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; -#endif - -/* -** Open a temporary file. -** -** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success -** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically -** delete the temporary file when it is closed. -** -** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified -** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: -** -** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE -** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE -** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE -** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE -*/ -static int pagerOpentemp( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ - sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST - sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ -#endif - - vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Set the busy handler function. -** -** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns -** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, -** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE -** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from -** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE -** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: -** -** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler -** -------------------------------------------------------- -** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes -** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No -** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No -** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes -** -** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is -** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is -** returned to the caller of the pager API function. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ - void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ -){ - pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; - pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; - - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; - assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); - assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); - } -} - -/* -** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size -** is passed in *pPageSize. -** -** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it -** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. -** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). -** -** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: -** -** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power -** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and -** -** * there are no outstanding page references, and -** -** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is -** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. -** -** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. -** -** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() -** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt -** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. -** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** -** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated -** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this -** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, -** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this - ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state - ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. - ** - ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in - ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that - ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function - ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. - */ - - u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; - assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); - if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) - && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 - && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize - ){ - char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ - i64 nByte = 0; - - if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); - if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pager_reset(pPager); - rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); - pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; - pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); - pPager->pageSize = pageSize; - }else{ - sqlite3PageFree(pNew); - } - } - - *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; - assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); - pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; - pagerReportSize(pPager); - pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally -** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the -** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally -** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback -** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as -** no rollbacks are happening. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pTmpSpace; -} - -/* -** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. -** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the -** maximum page count below the current size of the database. -** -** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ - if( mxPage>0 ){ - pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; - } - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ - assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ - return pPager->mxPgno; -} - -/* -** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated -** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated -** errors in places where we do not care about errors. -** -** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops -** and generate no code. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_pending; -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_io_error_hit; -static int saved_cnt; -void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ - saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; - sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; -} -void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ - sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; -} -#else -# define disable_simulated_io_errors() -# define enable_simulated_io_errors() -#endif - -/* -** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory -** that pDest points to. -** -** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or -** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is -** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this -** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or -** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. -** -** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, -** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the -** output buffer undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - memset(pDest, 0, N); - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); - - /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating - ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition - ** to WAL mode yet. - */ - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on -** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. -** -** However, if the file is between 1 and bytes in size, then -** this is considered a 1 page file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); - *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; -} - - -/* -** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If -** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op -** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). -** -** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke -** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat -** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to -** obtain the lock succeeds. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain -** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state -** variable to locktype before returning. -*/ -static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is - ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler - ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above - ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). - */ - assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) - || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) - || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) - ); - - do { - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); - }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the -** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: -** -** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the -** current database image, in pages, OR -** -** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not -** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal -** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). -** -** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the -** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() -** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to -** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after -** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current -** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either -** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and -** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the -** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that -** this circumstance cannot arise. -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ - assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); -} -static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ - sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); -} -#else -# define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) -#endif - -/* -** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This -** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It -** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the -** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. -** -** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. -** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be -** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and -** then continue writing to the database. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ - assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); - pPager->dbSize = nPage; - - /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to - ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, - ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint - ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled - ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only - ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the - ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), - ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call - ** is no longer correct. */ -} - - -/* -** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It -** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the -** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows -** that the entire journal file has been synced. -** -** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures -** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that -** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal -** content as this process. -** -** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, -** an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !pPager->noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. -** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). -** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference -** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set -** *ppPage to zero. -** -** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released -** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). -*/ -static int pagerAcquireMapPage( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ - void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ - PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ -){ - PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ - - if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ - *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; - pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; - p->pDirty = 0; - memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra); - }else{ - *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); - if( p==0 ){ - sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; - p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; - p->nRef = 1; - p->pPager = pPager; - } - - assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); - assert( p->pPage==0 ); - assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); - assert( p->pPager==pPager ); - assert( p->nRef==1 ); - - p->pgno = pgno; - p->pData = pData; - pPager->nMmapOut++; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an -** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). -*/ -static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - pPager->nMmapOut--; - pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; - pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; - - assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); - sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); -} - -/* -** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. -*/ -static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ - PgHdr *p; - PgHdr *pNext; - for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ - pNext = p->pDirty; - sqlite3_free(p); - } -} - - -/* -** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. -** -** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that -** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated -** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated -** with this page cache after this function returns will likely -** result in a coredump. -** -** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt -** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback -** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned -** to the caller. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ - u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; - - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - disable_simulated_io_errors(); - pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); - /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ - pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); - pPager->pWal = 0; -#endif - pager_reset(pPager); - - /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. - ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal - ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs - ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. - ** - ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager - ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the - ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it - ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal - ** rollback before accessing the database file. - */ - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); - } - pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); - - enable_simulated_io_errors(); - PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); - sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); -#endif - - assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); - assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); - - sqlite3_free(pPager); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) -/* -** Return the page number for page pPg. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ - return pPg->pgno; -} -#endif - -/* -** Increment the reference count for page pPg. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ - sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); -} - -/* -** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have -** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the -** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. -** -** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. -** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the -** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: -** -** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need -** be taken. -** -** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, -** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header -** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have -** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync -** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. -** -** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then -** journal file is synced. -** -** Or, in pseudo-code: -** -** if( NOT ){ -** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ -** if( ) xSync(); -** -** } -** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(); -** } -** -** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every -** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO -** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. -*/ -static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - - rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - if( !pPager->noSync ){ - assert( !pPager->tempFile ); - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - - if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ - /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection - ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal - ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger - ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal - ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the - ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure - ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes - ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its - ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the - ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all - ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, - ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. - ** - ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain - ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 - ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. - ** - ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this - ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used - ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of - ** the potential journal header. - */ - i64 iNextHdrOffset; - u8 aMagic[8]; - u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; - - memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); - put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); - - iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ - static const u8 zerobyte = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in - ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that - ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark - ** it as a candidate for rollback. - ** - ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the - ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible - ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field - ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written - ** and never needs to be updated. - */ - if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ - PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite( - pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ - PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| - (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) - ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - - pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; - if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ - pPager->nRec = 0; - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - }else{ - pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; - } - } - - /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just - ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on - ** all pages. - */ - sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); - pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected -** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the -** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may -** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is -** a no-op. -** -** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function -** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock -** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, -** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. -** -** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file -** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is -** written out. -** -** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, -** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing -** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: -** -** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or -** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. -** -** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize -** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached -** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in -** the database file. -** -** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error -** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot -** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. -*/ -static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ - assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); - assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - - /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It - ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch - ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. - */ - if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); - } - - /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final - ** file size will be. - */ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK - && pPager->dbHintSizedbSize - && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) - ){ - sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; - sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); - pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; - } - - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ - Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; - - /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater - ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to - ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write - ** any such pages to the file. - ** - ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag - ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). - */ - if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ - i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ - char *pData; /* Data to write */ - - assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); - if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); - - /* Encode the database */ - CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData); - - /* Write out the page data. */ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); - - /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match - ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this - ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. - */ - if( pgno==1 ){ - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - } - if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ - pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; - } - pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; - - /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ - sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); - - PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); - IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); - }else{ - PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); - } - pager_set_pagehash(pList); - pList = pList->pDirty; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this -** function is a no-op. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An -** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() -** fails. -*/ -static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); - }else{ - rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. -** -** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs -** for all open savepoints before returning. -** -** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO -** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or -** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint -** bitvec. -*/ -static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ - - /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ - assert( pPager->useJournal ); - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); - assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) - || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) - || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize - ); - rc = openSubJournal(pPager); - - /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), - ** write the journal record into the file. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - void *pData = pPg->pData; - i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); - char *pData2; - - CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); - PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); - rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->nSubRec++; - assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); - rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); - } - return rc; -} -static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ - if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ - return subjournalPage(pPg); - }else{ - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - -/* -** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some -** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object -** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory -** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is -** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page -** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first -** argument. -** -** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents -** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the -** journal file. -** -** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and -** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the -** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be -** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK -** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. -*/ -static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); - assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - - /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of - ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs - ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple - ** pages belonging to the same sector. - ** - ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling - ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during - ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. - ** - ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could - ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it - ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 - ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to - ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() - ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. - */ - if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; - testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); - testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); - testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); - if( pPager->doNotSpill - && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 - || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) - ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - pPg->pDirty = 0; - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ - rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); - } - }else{ - - /* Sync the journal file if required. */ - if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - ){ - rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); - } - - /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); - rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); - } - } - - /* Mark the page as clean. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); - sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); - } - - return pager_error(pPager, rc); -} - - -/* -** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it -** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it -** to sqlite3PagerClose(). -** -** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. -** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created -** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted -** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then -** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. -** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. -** -** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated -** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user -** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. -** -** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the -** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination -** of the PAGER_* flags. -** -** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter -** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. -** -** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened -** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to -** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL -** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM -** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or -** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ - Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ - int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ - int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ - int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ - void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ -){ - u8 *pPtr; - Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ - int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ - int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ - int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ - char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ - int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ - int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ - int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ - u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ - const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ - int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ - - /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle - ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This - ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle - ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" - ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal - ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see - ** source file journal.c). - */ - if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ - journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); - }else{ - journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); - } - - /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ - *ppPager = 0; - - /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed - ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, - ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. - */ - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ - const char *z; - nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); - if( zPathname==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ - rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); - nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); - z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; - while( *z ){ - z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; - z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; - } - nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); - assert( nUri>=0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ - /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by - ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname - ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, - ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even - ** check for a hot-journal before reading. - */ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); - return rc; - } - } - - /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the - ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal - ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: - ** - ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) - ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) - ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) - ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) - ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) - ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) - ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) - */ - pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( - ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ - ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ - ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ - journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ - nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ - nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ -#endif - ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); - if( !pPtr ){ - sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); - pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); - pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); - pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); - pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); - pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); - - /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ - if( zPathname ){ - assert( nPathname>0 ); - pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); - memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); - if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); - memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); - memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; - memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); - memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); -#endif - sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); - } - pPager->pVfs = pVfs; - pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; - - /* Open the pager file. - */ - if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ - int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); - assert( !memDb ); - readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - - /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, - ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the - ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: - ** - ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, - ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() - ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); - if( !readOnly ){ - setSectorSize(pPager); - assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); - if( szPageDfltsectorSize ){ - if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ - szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; - }else{ - szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; - } - } -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - { - int ii; - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); - assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); - for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ - if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ - szPageDflt = ii; - } - } - } -#endif - } - pPager->noLock = 0; - if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 ){ - vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; - goto act_like_temp_file; - } - } - }else{ - /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. - ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually - ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). - ** - ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory - ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to - ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. - ** - ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. - */ -act_like_temp_file: - tempFile = 1; - pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ - pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ - pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ - readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); - } - - /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of - ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - } - - /* Initialize the PCache object. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( nExtra<1000 ); - nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); - rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, - !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); - } - - /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. - */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); - sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); - sqlite3_free(pPager); - return rc; - } - - PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); - IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) - - pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; - /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ - /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ - /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ - /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ - pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; - /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ - /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ - pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; - assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); - pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; - pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; - pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; - pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; - assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); - pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; - if( pPager->noSync ){ - assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); - assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); - assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); - assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); - }else{ - pPager->fullSync = 1; - pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; - pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; - } - /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ - /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ - /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ - pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; - pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); - setSectorSize(pPager); - if( !useJournal ){ - pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; - }else if( memDb ){ - pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; - } - /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ - /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ - pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; - /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ - /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ - - *ppPager = pPager; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from -** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought -** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error -** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. -*/ -static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ - int bHasMoved = 0; - int rc; - - if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; - assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ - /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file - ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to - ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to -** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in -** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that -** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal -** file exists if the following criteria are met: -** -** * The journal file exists in the file system, and -** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and -** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and -** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. -** -** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file -** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior -** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is -** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK -** is returned. -** -** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename -** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file -** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this -** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() -** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and -** will not roll it back. -** -** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and -** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is -** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying -** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error -** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. -*/ -static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ - sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ - int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); - - assert( pPager->useJournal ); - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); - - assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & - SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN - )); - - *pExists = 0; - if( !jrnlOpen ){ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ - int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ - - /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the - ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() - ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before - ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that - ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when - ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will - ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ - Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ - - rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the - ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where - ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial - ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. - ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care - ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to - ** journal_mode=PERSIST. - */ - if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ - if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - } - }else{ - /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved - ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is - ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. - ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, - ** it can be ignored. - */ - if( !jrnlOpen ){ - int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 first = 0; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - if( !jrnlOpen ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - *pExists = (first!=0); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ - /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if - ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or - ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in - ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. - ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the - ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal - ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to - ** worry so much with race conditions. - */ - *pExists = 1; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. -** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function -** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when -** this function is called, it is a no-op. -** -** The following operations are also performed by this function. -** -** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held -** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a -** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining -** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, -** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal -** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking -** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and -** discarded if they are found to be invalid. -** -** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently -** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, -** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding -** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal -** file. -** -** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error -** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or -** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no - ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either - ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in - ** exclusive access mode. - */ - assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); - - if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ - int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ - - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); - goto failed; - } - - /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the - ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. - */ - if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ - rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto failed; - } - if( bHotJournal ){ - if( pPager->readOnly ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; - goto failed; - } - - /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is - ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the - ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the - ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the - ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the - ** hot-journal back. - ** - ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any - ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to - ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock - ** on the database file. - ** - ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is - ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. - */ - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto failed; - } - - /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the - ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because - ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open - ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access - ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist - ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). - ** - ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some - ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before - ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it - ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this - ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. - */ - if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; - int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess( - pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ - int fout = 0; - int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; - assert( !pPager->tempFile ); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - } - } - - /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write - ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before - ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with - ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing - ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal - ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync - ** the journal before playing it back. - */ - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); - pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; - } - }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open - ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The - ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock - ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be - ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for - ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). - ** - ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to - ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition - ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, - ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very - ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling - ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible - ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page - ** references. - */ - pager_error(pPager, rc); - goto failed; - } - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); - assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) - || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) - ); - } - - if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ - /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to - ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, - ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from - ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a - ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. - ** - ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning - ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are - ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The - ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when - ** a codec is in use. - ** - ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be - ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that - ** it can be neglected. - */ - Pgno nPage = 0; - char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; - - rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); - if( rc ) goto failed; - - if( nPage>0 ){ - IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ - goto failed; - } - }else{ - memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); - } - - if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ - pager_reset(pPager); - - /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes - ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back - ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. - ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears - ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this - ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ - if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ - sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); - } - } - } - - /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL - ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. - */ - rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); -#endif - } - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); - } - - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); - } - - failed: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pager_unlock(pPager); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); - }else{ - pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; - pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active -** transaction and unlock the pager. -** -** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in -** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is -** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ - pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); - } -} - -/* -** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page -** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is -** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. -** -** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. -** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data -** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may -** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing -** object with no outstanding references. -** -** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the -** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is -** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra -** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. -** -** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a -** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the -** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no -** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the -** page is initialized to all zeros. -** -** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents -** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: -** -** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and -** -** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load -** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read -** from the savepoint journal. -** -** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of -** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding -** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the -** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open -** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any -** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents -** will not be journaled. This saves IO. -** -** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, -** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. -** -** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt -** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already -** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() -** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it -** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. -** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks -** or journal files. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire( - Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ - DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ - int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - PgHdr *pPg = 0; - u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ - const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT); - - /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except - ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY - ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a - ** temporary or in-memory database. */ - const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager) - && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - && pPager->xCodec==0 -#endif - ); - - /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here - ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" - ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the - ** common case where pgno is large. */ - if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 ); - - assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); - - /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. - ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ - if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pPager->errCode; - }else{ - if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; - } - - if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ - void *pData = 0; - - rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, - (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData - ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ - if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){ - pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); - } - if( pPg==0 ){ - rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); - }else{ - sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); - } - if( pPg ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - *ppPage = pPg; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - } - - { - sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; - pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); - if( pBase==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; - if( pBase==0 ){ - pPg = *ppPage = 0; - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - } - pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); - assert( pPg!=0 ); - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the - ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. - ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ - pPg = 0; - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); - assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); - assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); - - if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ - /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of - ** the page. Return without further ado. */ - assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); - pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; - return SQLITE_OK; - - }else{ - /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to - ** be initialized. */ - - pPg->pPager = pPager; - - /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page - ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ - if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - - if( pPager->dbSizefd) ){ - if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ - rc = SQLITE_FULL; - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - if( noContent ){ - /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. - ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a - ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure - ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set - ** a bit in a bit vector. - */ - if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ - TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - } - TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - } - memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); - IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); - }else{ - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; - } - assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); - pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; - rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto pager_acquire_err; - } - } - pager_set_pagehash(pPg); - } - - return SQLITE_OK; - -pager_acquire_err: - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - if( pPg ){ - sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); - } - pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); - - *ppPage = 0; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do -** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, -** or 0 if the page is not in cache. -** -** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine -** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read -** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine -** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error -** has ever happened. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ - sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; - assert( pPager!=0 ); - assert( pgno!=0 ); - assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); - pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); - assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); - if( pPage==0 ) return 0; - return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); -} - -/* -** Release a page reference. -** -** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the -** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages -** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is -** removed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ - Pager *pPager; - assert( pPg!=0 ); - pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ - pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); - }else{ - sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); - } - pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ - if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); -} - -/* -** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. -** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database -** file when this routine is called. -** -** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header -** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal -** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being -** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used -** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. -** -** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), -** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the -** already open file. -** -** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the -** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return -** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or -** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. -*/ -static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - - /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on - ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in - ** an error state. */ - if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; - - if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ - pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); - if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ - if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); - }else{ - const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ - SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| - (pPager->tempFile ? - (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): - (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) - ); - - /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when - ** it was originally opened. */ - rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( - pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) - ); -#else - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); -#endif - } - } - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - } - - - /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open - ** the sub-journal if necessary. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ - pPager->nRec = 0; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - pPager->setMaster = 0; - pPager->journalHdr = 0; - rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); - pPager->pInJournal = 0; - }else{ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a -** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. -** -** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED -** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least -** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking -** functions need be called. -** -** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened -** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This -** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when -** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a -** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required -** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, -** or using a temporary file otherwise. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eStatesubjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; - - if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ - assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an - ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. - */ - if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); - } - - /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to - ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. - ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already - ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. - */ - rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); - }else{ - /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter - ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The - ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE - ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. - */ - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. - ** - ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD - ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. - ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint - ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database - ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in - ** WAL mode. - */ - pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; - pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; - pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; - pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; - pPager->journalOff = 0; - } - - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - } - - PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - int rc; - u32 cksum; - char *pData2; - i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; - - /* We should never write to the journal file the page that - ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies - ** that we do not. */ - assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); - - assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); - CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); - cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); - - /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the - ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. - ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in - ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored - ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, - ** then corruption may follow. - */ - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, - pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); - PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); - PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, - ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); - - pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; - pPager->nRec++; - assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the -** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into -** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the -** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs -** of any open savepoints as appropriate. -*/ -static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already - ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. - ** It is never called in the ERROR state. - */ - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); - assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); - CHECK_PAGE(pPg); - - /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already - ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the - ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. - ** - ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. - ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then - ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state - ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. - */ - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ - rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - } - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); - - /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about - ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off - ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. - */ - assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); - if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 - && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 - ){ - assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); - if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ - rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - } - PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, - ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); - } - } - - /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list - ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, - ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the - ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. - */ - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; - - /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, - ** then write the page into the statement journal. - */ - if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ - rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); - } - - /* Update the database size and return. */ - if( pPager->dbSizepgno ){ - pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size -** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that -** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of -** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of -** a write. -** -** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which -** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the -** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ - Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ - int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ - int ii; /* Loop counter */ - int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ - Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); - - /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow - ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by - ** this function. - */ - assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); - pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; - - /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are - ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier - ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. - */ - pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; - - nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; - if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ - nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; - }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ - nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; - }else{ - nPage = nPagePerSector; - } - assert(nPage>0); - assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); - assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); - - for(ii=0; iipgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ - if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_write(pPage); - if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ - needSync = 1; - } - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); - } - } - }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ - if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ - needSync = 1; - } - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); - } - } - - /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages - ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because - ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the - ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them - ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ - for(ii=0; iiflags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); - } - } - } - - assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); - pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before -** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value -** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless -** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. -** -** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this -** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages -** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages -** must have been written to the journal file before returning. -** -** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned -** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ - if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ - return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); - }else{ - return pager_write(pPg); - } -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed -** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok -** to change the content of the page. -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ - return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; -} -#endif - -/* -** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to -** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though -** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when -** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its -** content no longer matters. -** -** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data -** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so -** that it does not get written to disk. -** -** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large -** DELETE operations. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ - Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; - if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ - PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); - IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) - pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; - pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; - pager_set_pagehash(pPg); - } -} - -/* -** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file -** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at -** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at -** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. -** -** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. -** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. -** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an -** unconditional update of the change counters. -** -** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling -** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the -** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current -** transaction is committed. -** -** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled -** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, -** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly -** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the -** sqlite3OsWrite() function. -*/ -static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the - ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect - ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter - ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. - ** - ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not - ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of - ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the - ** "if( isDirect )" condition. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE -# define DIRECT_MODE 0 - assert( isDirectMode==0 ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); -#else -# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode -#endif - - if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ - PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ - - assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); - - /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); - assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not - ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in - ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() - ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. - */ - if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ - pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); - - /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ - if( DIRECT_MODE ){ - const void *zBuf; - assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); - CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); - pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the - ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be - ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ - const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; - memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); - pPager->changeCountDone = 1; - } - }else{ - pPager->changeCountDone = 1; - } - } - - /* Release the page reference. */ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases -** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. -** -** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this -** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ - void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; - rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); - if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in -** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. -** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on -** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. -** -** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is -** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. -** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is -** returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name -** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual -** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master -** journal (a single database transaction). -** -** This routine ensures that: -** -** * The database file change-counter is updated, -** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), -** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, -** * the database file is truncated (if required), and -** * the database file synced. -** -** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize -** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or -** delete the master journal file if specified). -** -** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value -** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. -** -** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself -** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to -** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the -** journal file in this case. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ - int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ - if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; - - PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", - pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); - - /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ - if( pPager->eStatepPCache); - PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; - if( pList==0 ){ - /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. - ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne); - pList = pPageOne; - pList->pDirty = 0; - } - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ - rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - } - }else{ - /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it - ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization - ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the - ** runtime criteria to use the operation: - ** - ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for - ** blocks of size page-size, and - ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and - ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. - ** - ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the - ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change - ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but - ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() - ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call - ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect - ** mode. - ** - ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, - ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter - ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be - ** created for this transaction. - */ - #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE - PgHdr *pPg; - assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - ); - if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) - && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) - && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize - && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) - ){ - /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The - ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 - ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 - ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write - ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. - */ - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); - } - } - #else - rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); - #endif - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master - ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, - ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. - */ - rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. - ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not - ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. - ** - ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the - ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the - ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive - ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is - ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant - ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. - */ - rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - - rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); - goto commit_phase_one_exit; - } - sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); - - /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use - ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database - ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the - ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the - ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file - ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ - if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ - Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); - rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; - } - - /* Finally, sync the database file. */ - if( !noSync ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); - } - IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) - } - } - -commit_phase_one_exit: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** When this function is called, the database file has been completely -** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and -** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system -** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually -** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. -** -** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, -** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used -** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is -** irrevocably committed. -** -** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager -** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. - ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get - ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ - if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED - || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during - ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is - ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. - ** - ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal - ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as - ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made - ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal - ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need - ** to drop any locks either. - */ - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED - && pPager->exclusiveMode - && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - ){ - assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); - pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - pPager->iDataVersion++; - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); - return pager_error(pPager, rc); -} - -/* -** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the -** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. -** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR -** state if an error occurs. -** -** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, -** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. -** -** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: -** -** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and -** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction -** was opened, and -** -** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot -** rollback at any point in the future. -** -** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the -** rollback is successful. -** -** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the -** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to -** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or -** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); - - /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If - ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not - ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. - */ - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; - if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; - - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - int rc2; - rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); - rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ - int eState = pPager->eState; - rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); - if( eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ - /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error - ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. - ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. - */ - pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; - pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; - return rc; - } - }else{ - rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); - } - - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT - || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR - || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN - ); - - /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager - ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. - */ - return pager_error(pPager, rc); -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE -** if the database is (in theory) writable. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->readOnly; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ - return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); -} -#endif - -#if 0 -/* -** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently -** used by the pager and its associated cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ - int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) - + 5*sizeof(void*); - return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) - + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) - + pPager->pageSize; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return the number of references to the specified page. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ - return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -/* -** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ - static int a[11]; - a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); - a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); - a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); - a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; - a[4] = pPager->eState; - a[5] = pPager->errCode; - a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; - a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; - a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ - a[9] = pPager->nRead; - a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; - return a; -} -#endif - -#if 0 -/* -** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or -** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the -** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the -** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before -** returning. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ - - assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT - || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS - || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE - ); - - assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); - assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); - assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); - - *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; - if( reset ){ - pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are -** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints -** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already -** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. -** -** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error -** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is -** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ - int ii; /* Iterator variable */ - PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ - - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); - - /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM - ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a - ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. - */ - aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( - pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint - ); - if( !aNew ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); - pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; - - /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ - for(ii=nCurrent; iidbSize; - if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ - aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; - }else{ - aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); - } - aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; - aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); - if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ - sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); - } - pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; - } - assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); - assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); - return rc; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ - return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); - }else{ - return SQLITE_OK; - } -} - - -/* -** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. -** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently -** created savepoint. -** -** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. -** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with -** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes -** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. -** -** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter -** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint -** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate -** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than -** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. -** -** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current -** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling -** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate -** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the -** contents of the database to its original state. -** -** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint -** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), -** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. -** -** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, -** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a -** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ - - assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepointnSavepoint ){ - int ii; /* Iterator variable */ - int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ - - /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this - ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated - ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. - */ - nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); - for(ii=nNew; iinSavepoint; ii++){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); - } - pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; - - /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate - ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ - if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ - if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ - /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ - if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - } - pPager->nSubRec = 0; - } - } - /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. - ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has - ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to - ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. - */ - else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ - PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; - rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); - assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); - } - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the database file. -** -** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if -** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when -** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy -** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to -** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can -** participate in shared-cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ - return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; -} - -/* -** Return the VFS structure for the pager. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pVfs; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ -/* -** Return the file handle for the database file associated -** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has -** not yet been opened. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->fd; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the journal file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->zJournal; -} - -/* -** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE -** if fsync()s are executed normally. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->noSync; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC -/* -** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( - Pager *pPager, - void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), - void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), - void (*xCodecFree)(void*), - void *pCodec -){ - if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); - pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; - pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; - pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; - pPager->pCodec = pCodec; - pagerReportSize(pPager); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->pCodec; -} - -/* -** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content -** into the log file. -** -** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted -** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ - void *aData = 0; - CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); - return aData; -} - -/* -** Return the current pager state -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ - return pPager->eState; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. -** -** There must be no references to the page previously located at -** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be -** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already -** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. -** -** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any -** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes -** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. -** -** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be -** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction -** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement -** transaction is active). -** -** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being -** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction -** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page -** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. -** -** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error -** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ - PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ - Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD - || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD - ); - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - - /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest - ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the - ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: - ** - ** BEGIN; - ** - ** SAVEPOINT one; - ** - ** ROLLBACK TO one; - ** - ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not - ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" - ** statement were is processed. - ** - ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into - ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function - ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. - */ - if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 - && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) - ){ - return rc; - } - - PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", - PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); - IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) - - /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can - ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. - ** - ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that - ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno - ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. - */ - if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ - needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || - pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); - assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); - } - - /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it - ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for - ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained - ** for the page moved there. - */ - pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); - assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); - if( pPgOld ){ - pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); - sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); - } - - sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); - - if( needSyncPgno ){ - /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be - ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. - ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the - ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by - ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC - ** flag. - ** - ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due - ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] - ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in - ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before - ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in - ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. - */ - PgHdr *pPgHdr; - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ - assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); - sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); - } - return rc; - } - pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; - sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page -** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's -** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to -** the value passed as the third parameter. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ - assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); - pPg->flags = flags; - sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ - assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); - return pPg->pData; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space -** allocated along with the specified page. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ - return pPg->pExtra; -} - -#if 0 -/* -** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one -** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or -** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then -** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. -** -** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or -** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) -** locking-mode. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ - assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL - || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); - assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); - assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); - if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ - pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; - } - return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; -} - -/* -** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: -** -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY -** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL -** -** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. -** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: -** -** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF -** or _MEMORY. -** -** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. -** -** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ - u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger - ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ - print_pager_state(pPager); -#endif - - - /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ - assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL - || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); - - /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and - ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed - ** to WAL mode. - */ - assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); - - if( eMode!=eOld ){ - - /* Change the journal mode. */ - assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); - pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; - - /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal - ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, - ** delete the journal file. - */ - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); - assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); - - assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); - if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ - - /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is - ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file - ** here is an optimization only. - ** - ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the - ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted - ** while it is in use by some other client. - */ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - }else{ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int state = pPager->eState; - assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); - if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); - } - if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ - pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ - pager_unlock(pPager); - } - assert( state==pPager->eState ); - } - }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - } - } - - /* Return the new journal mode */ - return (int)pPager->journalMode; -} - -/* -** Return the current journal mode. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ - return (int)pPager->journalMode; -} - -/* -** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the -** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database -** is unmodified. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; - if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; - return 1; -} - -/* -** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. -** -** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. -** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ - if( iLimit>=-1 ){ - pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; - sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); - } - return pPager->journalSizeLimit; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM -#if 0 -/* -** Clear the pager cache. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ - if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); -} -#endif -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", -** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() -** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. -** -** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pPager->pWal ){ - rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, - (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), - pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, - pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, - pnLog, pnCkpt - ); - } - return rc; -} - -#if 0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ - return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); -} -#endif - -/* -** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the -** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ - const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; - return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); -} - -/* -** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock -** is obtained instead, immediately release it. -*/ -static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the - ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ - pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in -** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE -** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index -** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. -*/ -static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); - assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); - - /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use - ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory - ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL - ** file, to make sure this is safe. - */ - if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ - rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); - } - - /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, - ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, - pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, - pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal - ); - } - pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); - - return rc; -} - - -/* -** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call -** this function. -** -** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database -** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file -** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, -** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does -** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is -** not modified in either case. -** -** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if -** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK -** without doing anything. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( - Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ - int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); - assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); - assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); - assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); - - if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ - if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; - - /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ - sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); - - rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; - pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; - } - }else{ - *pbOpen = 1; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior -** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. -** -** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an -** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an -** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. -** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. -*/ -#if 0 -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); - - /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, - ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to - ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. - */ - if( !pPager->pWal ){ - int logexists = 0; - rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3OsAccess( - pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists - ); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ - rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); - } - } - - /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on - ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ - rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, - pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); - pPager->pWal = 0; - pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); - } - } - return rc; -} -#endif -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS -/* -** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If -** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more -** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the -** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file -** is empty, return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ - assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); - return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); -} -#endif - - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ - -/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/ -/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/ -/* -** 2010 February 1 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in -** "journal_mode=WAL" mode. -** -** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT -** -** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames". -** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the -** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing -** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that -** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record -** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is -** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a -** "checkpoint". -** -** A single WAL file can be used multiple times. In other words, the -** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new -** frames can overwrite the old ones. A WAL always grows from beginning -** toward the end. Checksums and counters attached to each frame are -** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which -** are leftovers from prior checkpoints. -** -** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight -** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values: -** -** 0: Magic number. 0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683 -** 4: File format version. Currently 3007000 -** 8: Database page size. Example: 1024 -** 12: Checkpoint sequence number -** 16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint -** 20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt -** 24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). -** 28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). -** -** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each -** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a bytes -** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned -** integer values, as follows: -** -** 0: Page number. -** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages -** after the commit. For all other records, zero. -** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header) -** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header) -** 16: Checksum-1. -** 20: Checksum-2. -** -** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are -** true: -** -** (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match -** salt values in the wal-header -** -** (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header -** exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the -** WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames -** up to and including the current frame. -** -** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the -** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it -** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682. -** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a -** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute -** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as -** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The -** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows: -** -** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2: -** s0 += x[i] + s1; -** s1 += x[i+1] + s0; -** endfor -** -** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights -** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element -** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit -** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term. -** -** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the -** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed. -** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched -** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the -** xSync begins. -** -** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2 -** value is randomized. This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from -** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together -** following a crash. -** -** READER ALGORITHM -** -** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader -** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P. If so, then the -** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame -** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read. If the WAL -** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit -** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from -** the database file. -** -** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last -** valid frame in the WAL. The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value -** for all subsequent read operations. New transactions can be appended -** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value -** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot -** of the database from a single point in time. This technique allows -** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database -** content simultaneously. -** -** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but -** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the -** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the -** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow, -** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate -** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the -** search for frames of a particular page. -** -** WAL-INDEX FORMAT -** -** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations -** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because -** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL -** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to -** share memory. -** -** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should -** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required -** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last -** connection to it closes. Because the wal-index is transient, it can -** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform. -** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values -** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native -** byte order of the host computer. -** -** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given -** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the -** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return -** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M. -** -** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or -** more index blocks. -** -** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL -** in the mxFrame field. -** -** Each index block except for the first contains information on -** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on -** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and -** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and -** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the -** wal-index. -** -** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the -** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table -** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number. -** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE -** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the -** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the -** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block -** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in -** the log, and so on. -** -** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full -** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers, -** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the -** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely -** contains unused entries. -** -** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P -** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block -** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and -** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the -** beginning. The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame -** holding the content for that page. -** -** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers. -** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the -** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash -** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions -** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an -** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same -** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in -** the mapping section. (For index blocks other than the last, K will -** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block -** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).) Unused slots of the hash table -** contain a value of 0. -** -** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on -** P as follows: -** -** iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT -** -** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey -** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is -** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot -** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was -** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full, -** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let -** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused, -** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists -** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the -** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the -** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references -** page P. -** -** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the -** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P. On -** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be -** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to -** establish that no such entry exists in the block. Each index block -** holds over 4000 entries. So two or three index blocks are sufficient -** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages. 8 or 10 -** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the -** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL. This -** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL. -** -** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K. Hence, one -** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started -** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL -** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0. -** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get -** the correct result. There may be entries in the hash table with -** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused -** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as -** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table -** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the -** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted -** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. -** -** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries -** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed -** from the hash table at this point. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - -/* #include "wal.h" */ - -/* -** Trace output macros -*/ -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0; -# define WALTRACE(X) if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X -#else -# define WALTRACE(X) -#endif - -/* -** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats -** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite. -** -** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum -** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not -** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. -** -** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the -** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not -** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite -** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. -*/ -#define WAL_MAX_VERSION 3007000 -#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000 - -/* -** Indices of various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number -** of available reader locks and should be at least 3. -*/ -#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0 -#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1 -#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK 1 -#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK 2 -#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I) (3+(I)) -#define WAL_NREADER (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3) - - -/* Object declarations */ -typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr; -typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator; -typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo; - - -/* -** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content. -** -** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this -** object. -** -** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive. -** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was -** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. -*/ -struct WalIndexHdr { - u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */ - u32 unused; /* Unused (padding) field */ - u32 iChange; /* Counter incremented each transaction */ - u8 isInit; /* 1 when initialized */ - u8 bigEndCksum; /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */ - u16 szPage; /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */ - u32 mxFrame; /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */ - u32 nPage; /* Size of database in pages */ - u32 aFrameCksum[2]; /* Checksum of last frame in log */ - u32 aSalt[2]; /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */ - u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum over all prior fields */ -}; - -/* -** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately -** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr. This object stores -** information used by checkpoint. -** -** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written -** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to -** database "backfilling".) The nBackfill number is never greater than -** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame. nBackfill can only be increased by threads -** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread). -** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from -** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset. -** -** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader -** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than -** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff) -** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is -** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder -** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding -** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content -** directly from the database. -** -** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that -** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). Thus, the value of -** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark -** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). -** -** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where -** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is -** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding -** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)). New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the -** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there -** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame. The exception to the -** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything -** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers -** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will -** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore -** the WAL. -** -** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However, -** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been -** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL -** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then -** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start -** writing new content beginning at frame 1. -** -** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in -** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries. -*/ -struct WalCkptInfo { - u32 nBackfill; /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */ - u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER]; /* Reader marks */ -}; -#define READMARK_NOT_USED 0xffffffff - - -/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at -** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems -** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data -** from the region of the file on which locks are applied. -*/ -#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo)) -#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16 -#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED) - -/* Size of header before each frame in wal */ -#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24 - -/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */ -/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */ -#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32 - -/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least -** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit -** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file. -** -** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL -** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit -** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting -** all data as 32-bit little-endian words. -*/ -#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682 - -/* -** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, -** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned -** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header. -*/ -#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \ - WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \ -) - -/* -** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the -** following object. -*/ -struct Wal { - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */ - sqlite3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */ - sqlite3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */ - u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */ - i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */ - int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */ - int szFirstBlock; /* Size of first block written to WAL file */ - volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */ - u32 szPage; /* Database page size */ - i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */ - u8 syncFlags; /* Flags to use to sync header writes */ - u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */ - u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */ - u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */ - u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */ - u8 truncateOnCommit; /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */ - u8 syncHeader; /* Fsync the WAL header if true */ - u8 padToSectorBoundary; /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */ - WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */ - u32 minFrame; /* Ignore wal frames before this one */ - const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */ - u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode. -*/ -#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0 -#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 -#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2 - -/* -** Possible values for WAL.readOnly -*/ -#define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */ -#define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */ -#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */ - -/* -** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of -** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type. -*/ -typedef u16 ht_slot; - -/* -** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through -** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames -** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the -** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with -** the largest index). -** -** The internals of this structure are only accessed by: -** -** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator, -** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator, -** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator. -** -** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()). -*/ -struct WalIterator { - int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */ - int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */ - struct WalSegment { - int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */ - ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */ - u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */ - int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */ - int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */ - } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */ -}; - -/* -** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There -** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the -** wal-index. -** -** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and -** create incompatibilities. -*/ -#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */ -#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */ -#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */ - -/* -** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a -** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete -** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index. -*/ -#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32))) - -/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */ -#define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \ - sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \ -) - -/* -** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index -** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are -** numbered from zero. -** -** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index -** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs, -** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0. -*/ -static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */ - if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){ - int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1); - volatile u32 **apNew; - apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc64((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte); - if( !apNew ){ - *ppPage = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0, - sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData)); - pWal->apWiData = apNew; - pWal->nWiData = iPage+1; - } - - /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */ - if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ - pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ); - if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, - pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage] - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){ - pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - } - - *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage]; - assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index. -*/ -static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){ - assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); - return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index. -*/ -static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){ - assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); - return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0]; -} - -/* -** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian -** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting -** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it -** returns the value that would be produced by interpreting the 4 bytes -** of the input value as a little-endian integer. -*/ -#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \ - (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \ - + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \ -) - -/* -** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in -** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or -** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL). -** -** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning. -** -** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8. -*/ -static void walChecksumBytes( - int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */ - u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */ - int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */ - const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */ - u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */ -){ - u32 s1, s2; - u32 *aData = (u32 *)a; - u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte]; - - if( aIn ){ - s1 = aIn[0]; - s2 = aIn[1]; - }else{ - s1 = s2 = 0; - } - - assert( nByte>=8 ); - assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 ); - - if( nativeCksum ){ - do { - s1 += *aData++ + s2; - s2 += *aData++ + s1; - }while( aDataexclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ - sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd); - } -} - -/* -** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index. -** -** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written. -*/ -static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ - volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); - const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum); - - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - pWal->hdr.isInit = 1; - pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION; - walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum); - memcpy((void*)&aHdr[1], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - walShmBarrier(pWal); - memcpy((void*)&aHdr[0], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); -} - -/* -** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer -** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of -** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows: -** -** 0: Page number. -** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages -** after the commit. For all other records, zero. -** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header) -** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header) -** 16: Checksum-1. -** 20: Checksum-2. -*/ -static void walEncodeFrame( - Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ - u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */ - u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */ - u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */ - u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */ -){ - int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ - u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; - assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate); - memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); - - nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); - - sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]); -} - -/* -** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content -** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and -** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid. -*/ -static int walDecodeFrame( - Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ - u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */ - u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */ - u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */ - u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */ -){ - int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ - u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; - u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */ - assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); - - /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header - ** match the salt values in the wal-header. - */ - if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero. - */ - pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]); - if( pgno==0 ){ - return 0; - } - - /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header, - ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, - ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 - ** bytes of this frame-header. - */ - nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); - walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); - if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) - || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) - ){ - /* Checksum failed. */ - return 0; - } - - /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number - ** and the new database size. - */ - *piPage = pgno; - *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]); - return 1; -} - - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) -/* -** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not -** a part of an ordinary build. -*/ -static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){ - if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){ - return "WRITE-LOCK"; - }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){ - return "CKPT-LOCK"; - }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){ - return "RECOVER-LOCK"; - }else{ - static char zName[15]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]", - lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - return zName; - } -} -#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ - - -/* -** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive. -** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go -** through the unlocked state first. -** -** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops. -*/ -static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ - int rc; - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; - rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, - SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal, - walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) - return rc; -} -static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; - (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, - SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx))); -} -static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n, int fBlock){ - int rc; - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; - if( fBlock ) sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK, 0); - rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, - SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal, - walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) - return rc; -} -static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; - (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, - SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal, - walLockName(lockIdx), n)); -} - -/* -** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land -** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances -** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision. -*/ -static int walHash(u32 iPage){ - assert( iPage>0 ); - assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 ); - return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); -} -static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){ - return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); -} - -/* -** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on -** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages -** numbered starting from 0. -** -** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table -** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame -** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a -** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number -** (*piZero+N) in the log. -** -** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the -** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1). -*/ -static int walHashGet( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ - int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */ - volatile ht_slot **paHash, /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */ - volatile u32 **paPgno, /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */ - u32 *piZero /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - volatile u32 *aPgno; - - rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u32 iZero; - volatile ht_slot *aHash; - - aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; - if( iHash==0 ){ - aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)]; - iZero = 0; - }else{ - iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE; - } - - *paPgno = &aPgno[-1]; - *paHash = aHash; - *piZero = iZero; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table -** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame -** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages -** are numbered starting from 0. -*/ -static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ - int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE; - assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) - && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) - && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) - && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE) - && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) - ); - return iHash; -} - -/* -** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL. -*/ -static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){ - int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame); - if( iHash==0 ){ - return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1]; - } - return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; -} - -/* -** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater -** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. -** -** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due -** to a rollback or savepoint. -** -** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be -** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when -** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are -** actually needed. -*/ -static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ - volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Pointer to hash table to clear */ - volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array for hash table */ - u32 iZero = 0; /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */ - int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */ - int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */ - - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 ); - testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE ); - testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 ); - - if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return; - - /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing - ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed - ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped. - */ - assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) ); - assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] ); - walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); - - /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater - ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. - */ - iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero; - assert( iLimit>0 ); - for(i=0; iiLimit ){ - aHash[i] = 0; - } - } - - /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with - ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. - */ - nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]); - memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte); - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT - /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable - ** via the hash table even after the cleanup. - */ - if( iLimit ){ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - int iKey; /* Hash key */ - for(j=1; j<=iLimit; j++){ - for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[j]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - if( aHash[iKey]==j ) break; - } - assert( aHash[iKey]==j ); - } - } -#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ -} - - -/* -** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number -** pPage into WAL frame iFrame. -*/ -static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - u32 iZero = 0; /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */ - volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array */ - volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Hash table */ - - rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); - - /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the - ** page number array and hash table entry. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iKey; /* Hash table key */ - int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */ - int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */ - - idx = iFrame - iZero; - assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 ); - - /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the - ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding. - */ - if( idx==1 ){ - int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]); - memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte); - } - - /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer - ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after - ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). - ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from - ** the hash-table before writing any new entries. - */ - if( aPgno[idx] ){ - walCleanupHash(pWal); - assert( !aPgno[idx] ); - } - - /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */ - nCollide = idx; - for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - aPgno[idx] = iPage; - aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx; - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT - /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals - ** the number of entries in the mapping region. - */ - { - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */ - for(i=0; ickptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 ); - assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 ); - assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE ); - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock; - nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock; - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock, 0); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal)); - - memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto recovery_error; - } - - if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){ - u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */ - u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */ - int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */ - u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */ - int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */ - i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */ - int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */ - u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ - u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ - int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */ - - /* Read in the WAL header. */ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto recovery_error; - } - - /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than - ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid - ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole - ** WAL file. - */ - magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]); - szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]); - if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC - || szPage&(szPage-1) - || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || szPage<512 - ){ - goto finished; - } - pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001); - pWal->szPage = szPage; - pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]); - memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8); - - /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */ - walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, - aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum - ); - if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24]) - || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28]) - ){ - goto finished; - } - - /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that - ** are able to understand */ - version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]); - if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - goto finished; - } - - /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */ - szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame); - if( !aFrame ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto recovery_error; - } - aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; - - /* Read all frames from the log file. */ - iFrame = 0; - for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){ - u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ - u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ - - /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ - iFrame++; - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame); - if( !isValid ) break; - rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - - /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */ - if( nTruncate ){ - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; - pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; - pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); - testcase( szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( szPage>=65536 ); - aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; - aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; - } - } - - sqlite3_free(aFrame); - } - -finished: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; - int i; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1]; - walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - - /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is - ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and - ** checkpointers. - */ - pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - pInfo->nBackfill = 0; - pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0; - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; - if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - - /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an - ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance - ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without - ** checkpointing the log file. - */ - if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){ - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL, - "recovered %d frames from WAL file %s", - pWal->hdr.mxFrame, pWal->zWalName - ); - } - } - -recovery_error: - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close an open wal-index. -*/ -static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ - int i; - for(i=0; inWiData; i++){ - sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]); - pWal->apWiData[i] = 0; - } - }else{ - sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete); - } -} - -/* -** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must -** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points -** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle. -** -** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function -** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other -** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process -** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the -** system would be badly broken. -** -** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and -** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs, -** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */ - sqlite3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */ - const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */ - int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */ - i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */ - Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */ -){ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */ - int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */ - - assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] ); - assert( pDbFd ); - - /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before - ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets - ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value. - */ -#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE - assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); -#endif -#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE - assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); -#endif - - - /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */ - *ppWal = 0; - pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile); - if( !pRet ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - pRet->pVfs = pVfs; - pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1]; - pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd; - pRet->readLock = -1; - pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize; - pRet->zWalName = zWalName; - pRet->syncHeader = 1; - pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1; - pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE); - - /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */ - flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL); - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ - pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY; - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - walIndexClose(pRet, 0); - sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd); - sqlite3_free(pRet); - }else{ - int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pDbFd); - if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; } - if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){ - pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0; - } - *ppWal = pRet; - WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet)); - } - return rc; -} - -#if 0 -/* -** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){ - if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit; -} -#endif - -/* -** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that -** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the -** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where -** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page -** number. -** -** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page -** number larger than *piPage, then return 1. -*/ -static int walIteratorNext( - WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */ - u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */ - u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */ -){ - u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */ - u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */ - int i; /* For looping through segments */ - - iMin = p->iPrior; - assert( iMin<0xffffffff ); - for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){ - struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i]; - while( pSegment->iNextnEntry ){ - u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]]; - if( iPg>iMin ){ - if( iPgiZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]; - } - break; - } - pSegment->iNext++; - } - } - - *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet; - return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF); -} - -/* -** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list. -** -** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is -** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following -** is guaranteed for all J0 && nRight>0 ); - while( iRight=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage ); - assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage ); - } - - *paRight = aLeft; - *pnRight = iOut; - memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut); -} - -/* -** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key. -** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the -** larger aList[] values. -** -** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in -** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J0 ); - assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) ); - - for(iList=0; iListaList && p->nList<=(1<aList==&aList[iList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); - } - aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge; - aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge; - } - - for(iSub++; iSubnList<=(1<aList==&aList[nList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); - } - } - assert( aMerge==aList ); - *pnList = nMerge; - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - { - int i; - for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){ - assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] ); - } - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit(). -*/ -static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ - sqlite3_free(p); -} - -/* -** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all -** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint -** lock. -** -** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object -** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine -** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined. -** -** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the -** WalIterator object when it has finished with it. -*/ -static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){ - WalIterator *p; /* Return value */ - int nSegment; /* Number of segments to merge */ - u32 iLast; /* Last frame in log */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */ - int i; /* Iterator variable */ - ht_slot *aTmp; /* Temp space used by merge-sort */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ - - /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And - ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0). - */ - assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 ); - iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - - /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */ - nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1; - nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) - + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment) - + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot); - p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - memset(p, 0, nByte); - p->nSegment = nSegment; - - /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block - ** of memory will be freed before this function returns. - */ - aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3_malloc64( - sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast) - ); - if( !aTmp ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iaSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero]; - iZero++; - - for(j=0; jaSegment[i].iZero = iZero; - p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry; - p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex; - p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno; - } - } - sqlite3_free(aTmp); - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - walIteratorFree(p); - } - *pp = p; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and -** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a -** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the -** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0. -*/ -static int walBusyLock( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */ - int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */ - int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ -){ - int rc; - do { - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n, 0); - }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function. -** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database. -*/ -static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){ - return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); -} - -/* -** The following is guaranteed when this function is called: -** -** a) the WRITER lock is held, -** b) the entire log file has been checkpointed, and -** c) any existing readers are reading exclusively from the database -** file - there are no readers that may attempt to read a frame from -** the log file. -** -** This function updates the shared-memory structures so that the next -** client to write to the database (which may be this one) does so by -** writing frames into the start of the log file. -** -** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the -** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e. -** one obtained from sqlite3_randomness()). -*/ -static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - int i; /* Loop counter */ - u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */ - pWal->nCkpt++; - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0; - sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0])); - memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt[1], &salt1, 4); - walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - pInfo->nBackfill = 0; - pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0; - for(i=2; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; - assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 ); -} - -/* -** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file -** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent. -** -** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited -** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page -** that a concurrent reader might be using. -** -** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when -** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if -** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background -** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call. -** -** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and -** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent -** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset. -** -** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire -** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes -** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the -** database file. -** -** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header. -** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill. -** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase -** its value.) -** -** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other -** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same -** time. -*/ -static int walCheckpoint( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ - int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ - int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */ - u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - int szPage; /* Database page-size */ - WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */ - u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */ - u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */ - u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */ - u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */ - - szPage = walPagesize(pWal); - testcase( szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( szPage>=65536 ); - pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - if( pInfo->nBackfillhdr.mxFrame ){ - - /* Allocate the iterator */ - rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pIter ); - - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked - ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */ - assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 ); - - /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is - ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might - ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus - ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL. - */ - mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage; - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; - if( mxSafeFrame>y ){ - assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); - }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - mxSafeFrame = y; - xBusy = 0; - }else{ - goto walcheckpoint_out; - } - } - } - - if( pInfo->nBackfillnBackfill; - - /* Sync the WAL to disk */ - if( sync_flags ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags); - } - - /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint - ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage); - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSizepDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq); - } - } - - - /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file */ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){ - i64 iOffset; - assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage ); - if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ){ - continue; - } - iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage; - testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; - } - - /* If work was actually accomplished... */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){ - i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage; - testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) ); - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags); - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame; - } - } - - /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure - ** just because there are active readers. */ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART or TRUNCATE operation, and the - ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block - ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that - ** the next process to write to the database restarts the wal file. - */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - if( pInfo->nBackfillhdr.mxFrame ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY; - }else if( eMode>=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ - u32 salt1; - sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1); - assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ){ - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-44699-57140 This mode works the same way as - ** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the addition that it also - ** truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior to a - ** successful return. - ** - ** In theory, it might be safe to do this without updating the - ** wal-index header in shared memory, as all subsequent reader or - ** writer clients should see that the entire log file has been - ** checkpointed and behave accordingly. This seems unsafe though, - ** as it would leave the system in a state where the contents of - ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the - ** file-system. To avoid this, update the wal-index header to - ** indicate that the log file contains zero valid frames. */ - walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1); - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, 0); - } - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - } - } - } - - walcheckpoint_out: - walIteratorFree(pIter); - return rc; -} - -/* -** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate -** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it. -*/ -static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){ - i64 sz; - int rx; - rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz); - if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){ - rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax); - } - if( rx ){ - sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName); - } -} - -/* -** Close a connection to a log file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ - int nBuf, - u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( pWal ){ - int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */ - - /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the - ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the - ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to - ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both - ** the wal and wal-index files. - ** - ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. - */ - rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ - pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; - } - rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint( - pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0 - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int bPersist = -1; - sqlite3OsFileControlHint( - pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist - ); - if( bPersist!=1 ){ - /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and - ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal - ** mode (!bPersist) */ - isDelete = 1; - }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ - /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint - ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent - ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a - ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0). Note that we truncate - ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might - ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */ - walLimitSize(pWal, 0); - } - } - } - - walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete); - sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd); - if( isDelete ){ - sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0); - } - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal)); - sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData); - sqlite3_free(pWal); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if -** there is a problem. -** -** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might -** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to -** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected -** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by -** a checksum on the header. -** -** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from -** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header -** and *pChanged is set to 1. -** -** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header -** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero. -*/ -static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ - u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */ - WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */ - WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */ - - /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */ - assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); - - /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the - ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP, - ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read - ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero. - ** - ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index. - ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order. - ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from - ** reordering the reads and writes. - */ - aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); - memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); - walShmBarrier(pWal); - memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2)); - - if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){ - return 1; /* Dirty read */ - } - if( h1.isInit==0 ){ - return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */ - } - walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum); - if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){ - return 1; /* Checksum does not match */ - } - - if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ - *pChanged = 1; - memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); - testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 ); - } - - /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */ - return 0; -} - -/* -** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr. -** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the -** wal-index from the WAL before returning. -** -** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is -** changed by this operation. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged -** to 0. -** -** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. -** Otherwise an SQLite error code. -*/ -static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */ - volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */ - - /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the - ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here. - */ - assert( pChanged ); - rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - }; - assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); - - /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the - ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually - ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently - ** being modified by another thread or process. - */ - badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1); - - /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race - ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again. - */ - assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); - if( badHdr ){ - if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){ - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK); - rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY; - } - }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1, 1)) ){ - pWal->writeLock = 1; - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){ - badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged); - if( badHdr ){ - /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding - ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and - ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that. - */ - rc = walIndexRecover(pWal); - *pChanged = 1; - } - } - pWal->writeLock = 0; - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - } - } - - /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make - ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that - ** this version of SQLite cannot understand. - */ - if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){ - rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to -** be retried. -*/ -#define WAL_RETRY (-1) - -/* -** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or -** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to -** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately. -** -** On success return SQLITE_OK. On a permanent failure (such an -** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running -** recovery) return a positive error code. -** -** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable -** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely -** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() -** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the -** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication -** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be -** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already -** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused. -** -** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to -** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY. -** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the -** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive -** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL. The -** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue -** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small -** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really -** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that -** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe. -** -** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on -** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is -** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1) -** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not -** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and -** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will -** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0 -** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL -** completely and get all content directly from the database file. -** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and -** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success. -** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the -** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1. -** -** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header -** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the -** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might -** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does -** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding -** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values. -*/ -static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */ - u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */ - int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */ - - /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error. - ** - ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest - ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the - ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But - ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get - ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, - ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case, - ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free. - ** - ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few - ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this - ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th - ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, - ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds. - ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds. - */ - if( cnt>5 ){ - int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */ - if( cnt>100 ){ - VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; ) - return SQLITE_PROTOCOL; - } - if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*(cnt-9)*39; - sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay); - } - - if( !useWal ){ - rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged); - if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process - ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to - ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here - ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY - ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with - ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be - ** right on the second iteration. - */ - if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){ - /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY. - ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The - ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS - ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the - ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region - ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned. - */ - rc = WAL_RETRY; - }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK); - rc = WAL_RETRY; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY; - } - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - - pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ - /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty). - ** and can be safely ignored. - */ - rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - walShmBarrier(pWal); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ - /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames - ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained. - ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file, - ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy - ** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from - ** happening, this is usually correct. - ** - ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log - ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0) - ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may - ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before - ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file. - */ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - return WAL_RETRY; - } - pWal->readLock = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } - - /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use - ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is - ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to - ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry. - */ - mxReadMark = 0; - mxI = 0; - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; - if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){ - assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED ); - mxReadMark = thisMark; - mxI = i; - } - } - /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */ - { - if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0 - && (mxReadMarkhdr.mxFrame || mxI==0) - ){ - for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - mxI = i; - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); - break; - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - if( mxI==0 ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 ); - return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK; - } - - rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); - if( rc ){ - return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc; - } - /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the - ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index - ** header have changed. - ** - ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change - ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained - ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility - ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames - ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been - ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things - ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of - ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry - ** instead. - ** - ** Before checking that the live wal-index header has not changed - ** since it was read, set Wal.minFrame to the first frame in the wal - ** file that has not yet been checkpointed. This client will not need - ** to read any frames earlier than minFrame from the wal file - they - ** can be safely read directly from the database file. - ** - ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of - ** nBackfill and checking that the wal-header in shared-memory still - ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the - ** checkpointer that set nBackfill was not working with a wal-index - ** header newer than that cached in pWal->hdr. If it were, that could - ** cause a problem. The checkpointer could omit to checkpoint - ** a version of page X that lies before pWal->minFrame (call that version - ** A) on the basis that there is a newer version (version B) of the same - ** page later in the wal file. But if version B happens to like past - ** frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame - then the client would incorrectly assume - ** that it can read version A from the database file. However, since - ** we can guarantee that the checkpointer that set nBackfill could not - ** see any pages past pWal->hdr.mxFrame, this problem does not come up. - */ - pWal->minFrame = pInfo->nBackfill+1; - walShmBarrier(pWal); - if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark - || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) - ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); - return WAL_RETRY; - }else{ - assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI; - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Begin a read transaction on the database. -** -** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason: -** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current -** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot. -** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but -** that extra content is ignored by the current thread. -** -** If the database contents have changes since the previous read -** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The -** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and -** needs to be flushed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */ - - do{ - rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt); - }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); - testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ); - testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the -** read-lock. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){ - sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); - if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){ - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); - pWal->readLock = -1; - } -} - -/* -** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that -** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead -** to zero. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an -** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ - Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */ - u32 *piRead /* OUT: Frame number (or zero) */ -){ - u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */ - u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */ - int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */ - int iMinHash; - - /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */ - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); - - /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then - ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early - ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, - ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the - ** WAL were empty. - */ - if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){ - *piRead = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number - ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one - ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames). - ** - ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend() - ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash - ** table). This means the value just read from the hash - ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the - ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the - ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly - - ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume - ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was - ** opened remain unmodified. - ** - ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner - ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required - ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table: - ** - ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): - ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions. - ** - ** (iFrame<=iLast): - ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash - ** table after the current read-transaction had started. - */ - iMinHash = walFramePage(pWal->minFrame); - for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=iMinHash && iRead==0; iHash--){ - volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Pointer to hash table */ - volatile u32 *aPgno; /* Pointer to array of page numbers */ - u32 iZero; /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */ - int iKey; /* Hash slot index */ - int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */ - int rc; /* Error code */ - - rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT; - for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ - u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero; - if( iFrame<=iLast && iFrame>=pWal->minFrame && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){ - assert( iFrame>iRead || CORRUPT_DB ); - iRead = iFrame; - } - if( (nCollide--)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT - /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search - ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the - ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */ - { - u32 iRead2 = 0; - u32 iTest; - assert( pWal->minFrame>0 ); - for(iTest=iLast; iTest>=pWal->minFrame; iTest--){ - if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){ - iRead2 = iTest; - break; - } - } - assert( iRead==iRead2 ); - } -#endif - - *piRead = iRead; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut -** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an -** error code otherwise. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame( - Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ - u32 iRead, /* Frame to read */ - int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */ - u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */ -){ - int sz; - i64 iOffset; - sz = pWal->hdr.szPage; - sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16); - testcase( sz<=32768 ); - testcase( sz>=65536 ); - iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ - return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset); -} - -/* -** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ - if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){ - return pWal->hdr.nPage; - } - return 0; -} - - -/* -** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL. -** -** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call -** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(). -** -** If another thread or process has written into the database since -** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this -** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine -** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started. -** -** There can only be a single writer active at a time. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ - int rc; - - /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read - ** transaction. */ - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); - - if( pWal->readOnly ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - - /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return - ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable. - */ - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - pWal->writeLock = 1; - - /* If another connection has written to the database file since the - ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then - ** the write is disallowed. - */ - if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - pWal->writeLock = 0; - rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT; - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This -** routine merely releases the lock. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ - if( pWal->writeLock ){ - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - pWal->writeLock = 0; - pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this -** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction. -** -** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written -** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns -** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is -** returned to the caller. -** -** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this -** function returns SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){ - Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - Pgno iFrame; - - /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it - ** was in before the client began writing to the database. - */ - memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - - for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; - ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; - iFrame++ - ){ - /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number - ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and - ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op - ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b) - ** is false). - ** - ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there - ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And - ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is - ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail. - */ - assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 ); - rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)); - } - if( iMax!=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) walCleanupHash(pWal); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 -** values. This function populates the array with values required to -** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current -** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; - aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; - aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; -} - -/* -** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by -** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array -** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated -** by a call to WalSavepoint(). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - - if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){ - /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction - ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around - ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match. - */ - aWalData[0] = 0; - aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; - } - - if( aWalData[0]hdr.mxFrame ){ - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2]; - walCleanupHash(pWal); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log -** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending -** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the -** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so, -** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left -** unchanged. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether -** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned -** if an error occurs. -*/ -static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int cnt; - - if( pWal->readLock==0 ){ - volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); - assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); - if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){ - u32 salt1; - sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1); - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no - ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions - ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the - ** wal-index header to reflect this. - ** - ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only - ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also - ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo() - ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back. */ - walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); - }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ - return rc; - } - } - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); - pWal->readLock = -1; - cnt = 0; - do{ - int notUsed; - rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, ¬Used, 1, ++cnt); - }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); - assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */ - testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); - testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where -** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into -** walWriteToLog(). -*/ -typedef struct WalWriter { - Wal *pWal; /* The complete WAL information */ - sqlite3_file *pFd; /* The WAL file to which we write */ - sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint; /* Fsync at this offset */ - int syncFlags; /* Flags for the fsync */ - int szPage; /* Size of one page */ -} WalWriter; - -/* -** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset. -** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary. -** -** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt, -** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the -** rest. -*/ -static int walWriteToLog( - WalWriter *p, /* WAL to write to */ - void *pContent, /* Content to be written */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Start writing at this offset */ -){ - int rc; - if( iOffsetiSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){ - int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset); - if( rc ) return rc; - iOffset += iFirstAmt; - iAmt -= iFirstAmt; - pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent); - assert( p->syncFlags & (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL|SQLITE_SYNC_FULL) ); - rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, p->syncFlags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); - if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write out a single frame of the WAL -*/ -static int walWriteOneFrame( - WalWriter *p, /* Where to write the frame */ - PgHdr *pPage, /* The page of the frame to be written */ - int nTruncate, /* The commit flag. Usually 0. >0 for commit */ - sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Byte offset at which to write */ -){ - int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ - void *pData; /* Data actually written */ - u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */ -#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) - if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; -#else - pData = pPage->pData; -#endif - walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame); - rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); - if( rc ) return rc; - /* Write the page data */ - rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame)); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock -** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */ - int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */ - PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */ - Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ - int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */ - int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ -){ - int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */ - u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */ - PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */ - PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */ - int nExtra = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */ - int szFrame; /* The size of a single frame */ - i64 iOffset; /* Next byte to write in WAL file */ - WalWriter w; /* The writer */ - - assert( pList ); - assert( pWal->writeLock ); - - /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0. If - ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */ - assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) ); - -#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) - { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){} - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n", - pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill")); - } -#endif - - /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the - ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame. - */ - if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){ - return rc; - } - - /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL - ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of - ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format. - */ - iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - if( iFrame==0 ){ - u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */ - u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */ - - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN)); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt); - if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt); - memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); - walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]); - sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]); - - pWal->szPage = szPage; - pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0]; - pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1]; - pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1; - - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0); - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless - ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF). Otherwise - ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in - ** database corruption. See the ticket: - ** - ** http://localhost:591/sqlite/info/ff5be73dee - */ - if( pWal->syncHeader && sync_flags ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags & SQLITE_SYNC_MASK); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - } - assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage ); - - /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */ - w.pWal = pWal; - w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd; - w.iSyncPoint = 0; - w.syncFlags = sync_flags; - w.szPage = szPage; - iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage); - szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; - - /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */ - for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ - int nDbSize; /* 0 normally. Positive == commit flag */ - iFrame++; - assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ); - nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0; - rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset); - if( rc ) return rc; - pLast = p; - iOffset += szFrame; - } - - /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad - ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file. - ** - ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a - ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL. If synchronous==NORMAL - ** or synchronous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed. - ** - ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not - ** needed and only the sync is done. If padding is needed, then the - ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector - ** boundary is crossed. Only the part of the WAL prior to the last - ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends - ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync. - */ - if( isCommit && (sync_flags & WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS)!=0 ){ - if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){ - int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd); - w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize; - while( iOffsettruncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ - i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize; - if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){ - sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage); - } - walLimitSize(pWal, sz); - pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; - } - - /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the - ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index - ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may - ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten. - */ - iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){ - iFrame++; - rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno); - } - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){ - iFrame++; - nExtra--; - rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - /* Update the private copy of the header. */ - pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); - testcase( szPage<=32768 ); - testcase( szPage>=65536 ); - pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; - if( isCommit ){ - pWal->hdr.iChange++; - pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; - } - /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */ - if( isCommit ){ - walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); - pWal->iCallback = iFrame; - } - } - - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and -** related interfaces. -** -** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as -** we can from WAL into the database. -** -** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler -** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( - Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ - int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL, RESTART, or TRUNCATE */ - int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ - void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ - int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ - int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */ - u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ - int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ - int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ -){ - int rc; /* Return code */ - int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */ - int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */ - int (*xBusy2)(void*) = xBusy; /* Busy handler for eMode2 */ - - assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 ); - assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); - - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked - ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */ - assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 ); - - if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY; - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal)); - - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive - ** "checkpoint" lock on the database file. */ - rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-10421-19736 If any other process is running a - ** checkpoint operation at the same time, the lock cannot be obtained and - ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned. - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53820-33897 Even if there is a busy-handler configured, - ** it will not be invoked in this case. - */ - testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ); - testcase( xBusy!=0 ); - return rc; - } - pWal->ckptLock = 1; - - /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59782-36818 The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and - ** TRUNCATE modes also obtain the exclusive "writer" lock on the database - ** file. - ** - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60642-04082 If the writer lock cannot be obtained - ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the - ** writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the - ** lock is successfully obtained. - */ - if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ - rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pWal->writeLock = 1; - }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; - xBusy2 = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - - /* Read the wal-index header. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged); - if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ - sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0); - } - } - - /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy2, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf); - } - - /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */ - if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ - if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame; - if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill); - } - } - - if( isChanged ){ - /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was - ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now - ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that - ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that - ** the cache needs to be reset. - */ - memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); - } - - /* Release the locks. */ - sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); - walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); - pWal->ckptLock = 0; - WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); - return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); -} - -#if 0 -/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the -** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since -** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since -** the last call, then return 0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){ - u32 ret = 0; - if( pWal ){ - ret = pWal->iCallback; - pWal->iCallback = 0; - } - return (int)ret; -} -#endif - -/* -** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out -** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. -** -** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE -** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock -** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL -** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the -** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This -** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive -** lock on the main database file. -** -** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into -** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must -** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the -** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this -** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock -** on the main database file before invoking this operation. -** -** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do -** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it -** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking -** the op==1 case. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ - int rc; - assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); - assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 ); - - /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a - ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot - ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock - ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to - ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error. - */ - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) ); - - if( op==0 ){ - if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){ - pWal->exclusiveMode = 0; - if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; - } - rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; - }else{ - /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */ - rc = 0; - } - }else if( op>0 ){ - assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 ); - assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); - walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); - pWal->exclusiveMode = 1; - rc = 1; - }else{ - rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0; - } - return rc; -} - -#if 0 -/* -** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using -** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the -** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){ - return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ); -} -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS -/* -** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a -** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known, -** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){ - assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 ); - return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0); -} -#endif - -#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ - -/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/ -/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 27 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. -** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too -** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like -** a good breakout. -*/ -/* #include "btreeInt.h" */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - -/* -** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also, -** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the -** p->locked boolean to true. -*/ -static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->locked==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->mutex) ); - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); - p->pBt->pBt = p; - p->locked = 1; -} - -/* -** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and -** clear the p->locked boolean. -*/ -static void SQLITE_NOINLINE unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( p->locked==1 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - assert( p->db==pBt->db ); - - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex); - p->locked = 0; -} - -/* Forward reference */ -static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p); - -/* -** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. -** -** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required -** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. -** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior -** of this interface is recursive. -** -** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order -** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other -** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree -** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on -** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait -** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the -** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. -*/ -SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees - ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by - ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to - ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt ); - assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db ); - assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db ); - assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); - - /* Check for locking consistency */ - assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); - - /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db - ** should already be set correctly. */ - assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); - - if( !p->sharable ) return; - p->wantToLock++; - if( p->locked ) return; - btreeLockCarefully(p); -} - -/* This is a helper function for sqlite3BtreeLock(). By moving -** complex, but seldom used logic, out of sqlite3BtreeLock() and -** into this routine, we avoid unnecessary stack pointer changes -** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster -** in the common case. -*/ -static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){ - Btree *pLater; - - /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we - ** want without having to go through the ascending lock - ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. - */ - if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->pBt->pBt = p; - p->locked = 1; - return; - } - - /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger - ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire - ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending - ** order. - */ - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - assert( pLater->sharable ); - assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); - assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); - if( pLater->locked ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); - } - } - lockBtreeMutex(p); - for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ - if( pLater->wantToLock ){ - lockBtreeMutex(pLater); - } - } -} - - -/* -** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. -*/ -SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - if( p->sharable ){ - assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); - p->wantToLock--; - if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ - unlockBtreeMutex(p); - } - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the -** B-Tree is not marked as sharable. -** -** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - - return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked); -} -#endif - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that -** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be -** omitted if that module is not used. -*/ -SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); -} -SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ - -/* -** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock. Return FALSE if -** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){ - return p->sharable; -} - -#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */ -/* -** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use -** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for -** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and -** are null #defines in btree.h. -** -** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including -** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h. -*/ - -SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ - p->pBt->db = p->db; -} -#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ -#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/ -/* -** 2004 April 6 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees. -** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. -** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. -*/ -/* #include "btreeInt.h" */ - -/* -** The header string that appears at the beginning of every -** SQLite database. -*/ -static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; - -/* -** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE -** macro. -*/ -#if 0 -int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ -# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} -#else -# define TRACE(X) -#endif - -/* -** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes. -** But if the value is zero, make it 65536. -** -** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value -** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page -** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero. -** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536. -*/ -#define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1) - -/* -** Values passed as the 5th argument to allocateBtreePage() -*/ -#define BTALLOC_ANY 0 /* Allocate any page */ -#define BTALLOC_EXACT 1 /* Allocate exact page if possible */ -#define BTALLOC_LE 2 /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */ - -/* -** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not -** defined, or 0 if it is. For example: -** -** bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum); -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) (expr) -#else -#define IfNotOmitAV(expr) 0 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation -** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, -** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for -** test builds. -** -** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -#else -static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; -#endif -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* - ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(), - ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks() - ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store - ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the - ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user - ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. - ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. - */ - #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK - #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK - #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) - #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) - #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1 - #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0 -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** -** -** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the -** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. -** -** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via -** Btree connection pBtree: -** -** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); -** -** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the -** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of -** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, -** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine -** the table corresponding to the index being written, this -** function has to search through the database schema. -** -** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may -** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also -** acceptable. -*/ -static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( - Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */ - Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */ - int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */ - int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */ -){ - Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema; - Pgno iTab = 0; - BtLock *pLock; - - /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading - ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. - ** Return true immediately. - */ - if( (pBtree->sharable==0) - || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)) - ){ - return 1; - } - - /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is - ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if - ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true. - ** This case does not come up very often anyhow. - */ - if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->schemaFlags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){ - return 1; - } - - /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table - ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or - ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated - ** table. */ - if( isIndex ){ - HashElem *p; - for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ - Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p); - if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ - if( iTab ){ - /* Two or more indexes share the same root page. There must - ** be imposter tables. So just return true. The assert is not - ** useful in that case. */ - return 1; - } - iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; - } - } - }else{ - iTab = iRoot; - } - - /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a - ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a - ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ - for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ - if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree - && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) - && pLock->eLock>=eLockType - ){ - return 1; - } - } - - /* Failed to find the required lock. */ - return 0; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. **** -** -** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the -** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are -** simultaneously reading that same table or index. -** -** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that -** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing -** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the -** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to -** have a read cursor. -** -** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index -** rooted at page iRoot, one should call: -** -** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) ); -*/ -static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ - BtCursor *p; - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot - && p->pBtree!=pBtree - && 0==(p->pBtree->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) - ){ - return 1; - } - } - return 0; -} -#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ - -/* -** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock -** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return -** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling -** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. -*/ -static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( !(p->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); - - /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write - ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there - ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. - */ - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - - /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ - if( !p->sharable ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the - ** requested lock may not be obtained. - */ - if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) - ** statement is a simplification of: - ** - ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) - ** - ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection - ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can - ** only be a single writer). - */ - assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); - if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); - if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ - assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING; - } - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used -** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or -** WRITE_LOCK. -** -** This function assumes the following: -** -** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable -** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and -** -** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts -** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has -** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. -*/ -static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock *pLock = 0; - BtLock *pIter; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( p->db!=0 ); - - /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to - ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained - ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master - ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ - assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); - - /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it - ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ - assert( p->sharable ); - assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); - - /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ - pLock = pIter; - break; - } - } - - /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p - ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. - */ - if( !pLock ){ - pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); - if( !pLock ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pLock->iTable = iTable; - pLock->pBtree = p; - pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = pLock; - } - - /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock - ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held - ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. - */ - assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); - if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ - pLock->eLock = eLock; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to -** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. -** -** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write -** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag -** may be incorrectly cleared. -*/ -static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); - assert( p->inTrans>0 ); - - while( *ppIter ){ - BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; - assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); - assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); - if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ - *ppIter = pLock->pNext; - assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock ); - if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){ - sqlite3_free(pLock); - } - }else{ - ppIter = &pLock->pNext; - } - } - - assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter ); - if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ - pBt->pWriter = 0; - pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); - }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ - /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its - ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not - ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other - ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case - ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0. - ** - ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must - ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. - */ - pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING; - } -} - -/* -** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks. -*/ -static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ - BtLock *pLock; - pBt->pWriter = 0; - pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); - for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ - assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p ); - pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK; - } - } -} - -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ - -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ - -/* -***** This routine is used inside of assert() only **** -** -** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ - return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); -} -#endif - -/* -** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument. -** on the shared btree structure pBt. -*/ -#define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl) - -/* -** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened -** on the shared btree structure pBt. -*/ -static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - invalidateOverflowCache(p); - } -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table -** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the -** row or one of the rows being modified. -** -** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the -** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob -** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot. -** -** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with -** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate -** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row. -*/ -static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( - Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ - i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */ - int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */ -){ - BtCursor *p; - if( pBtree->hasIncrblobCur==0 ) return; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); - pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 0; - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0 ){ - pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1; - if( isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow ){ - p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - } - } - } -} - -#else - /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */ - #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z) -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ - -/* -** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called -** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf -** page. -** -** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure -** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding -** free-list leaf pages: -** -** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes -** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database -** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes -** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, -** why bother journalling it?). -** -** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read -** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it -** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). -** -** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy -** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if -** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same -** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when -** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it -** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data -** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible -** to restore the database to its original configuration. -** -** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is -** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is -** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, -** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already -** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared -** at the end of every transaction. -*/ -static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ - assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage ); - pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage); - if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ - rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. -** -** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the -** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the -** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. -*/ -static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; - return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); -} - -/* -** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be -** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. -*/ -static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ - sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); - pBt->pHasContent = 0; -} - -/* -** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor. -*/ -static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){ - int i; - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - pCur->apPage[i] = 0; - } - pCur->iPage = -1; -} - -/* -** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry -** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This -** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and -** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error -** code otherwise. -** -** If the cursor is open on an intkey table, then the integer key -** (the rowid) is stored in pCur->nKey and pCur->pKey is left set to -** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is -** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing -** the key. -*/ -static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); - assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */ - - /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() - ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is - ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey - ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key - ** data. */ - if( 0==pCur->curIntKey ){ - void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pCur->nKey ); - if( pKey ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->pKey = pKey; - }else{ - sqlite3_free(pKey); - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - assert( !pCur->curIntKey || !pCur->pKey ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey -** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. -** -** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) -** prior to calling this routine. -*/ -static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - - assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState || CURSOR_SKIPNEXT==pCur->eState ); - assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - }else{ - pCur->skipNext = 0; - } - - rc = saveCursorKey(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; - } - - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_AtLast); - return rc; -} - -/* Forward reference */ -static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*); - -/* -** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on -** the table with root-page iRoot. "Saving the cursor position" means that -** the location in the btree is remembered in such a way that it can be -** moved back to the same spot after the btree has been modified. This -** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the -** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert(). -** -** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such -** cursors should have their BTCF_Multiple flag set. The btreeCursor() -** routine enforces that rule. This routine only needs to be called in -** the uncommon case when pExpect has the BTCF_Multiple flag set. -** -** If pExpect!=NULL and if no other cursors are found on the same root-page, -** then the BTCF_Multiple flag on pExpect is cleared, to avoid another -** pointless call to this routine. -** -** Implementation note: This routine merely checks to see if any cursors -** need to be saved. It calls out to saveCursorsOnList() in the (unusual) -** event that cursors are in need to being saved. -*/ -static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ - BtCursor *p; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); - for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ) break; - } - if( p ) return saveCursorsOnList(p, iRoot, pExcept); - if( pExcept ) pExcept->curFlags &= ~BTCF_Multiple; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving -** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving. -** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is -** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement. -*/ -static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList( - BtCursor *p, /* The first cursor that needs saving */ - Pgno iRoot, /* Only save cursor with this iRoot. Save all if zero */ - BtCursor *pExcept /* Do not save this cursor */ -){ - do{ - if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){ - if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){ - int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - testcase( p->iPage>0 ); - btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p); - } - } - p = p->pNext; - }while( p ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Clear the current cursor position. -*/ -SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; -} - -/* -** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record -** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the -** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. -*/ -static int btreeMoveto( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ - const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ - i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ - int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Write search results here */ -){ - int rc; /* Status code */ - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ - char aSpace[200]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */ - char *pFree = 0; - - if( pKey ){ - assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); - pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( - pCur->pKeyInfo, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace), &pFree - ); - if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey); - if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->pBtree, pFree); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - }else{ - pIdxKey = 0; - } - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); - if( pFree ){ - sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->pBtree, pFree); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) -** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the -** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be -** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each -** saveCursorPosition(). -*/ -static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc; - int skipNext; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - return pCur->skipNext; - } - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &skipNext); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); - pCur->pKey = 0; - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); - pCur->skipNext |= skipNext; - if( pCur->skipNext && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT; - } - } - return rc; -} - -#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ - (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ - btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ - SQLITE_OK) - -/* -** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where -** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason. -** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out -** from under them, for example. Cursor might also move if a btree -** is rebalanced. -** -** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false. -** -** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor -** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){ - return pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID; -} - -/* -** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it -** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or -** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor). -** -** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left -** pointing at exactly the same row. *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor -** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some -** nearby row. -** -** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned -** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(). -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor *pCur, int *pDifferentRow){ - int rc; - - assert( pCur!=0 ); - assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc ){ - *pDifferentRow = 1; - return rc; - } - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - *pDifferentRow = 1; - }else{ - assert( pCur->skipNext==0 ); - *pDifferentRow = 0; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page -** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the -** input page number. -** -** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is -** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic -** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1. -*/ -static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - int nPagesPerMapPage; - Pgno iPtrMap, ret; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno<2 ) return 0; - nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; - iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; - ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; - if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - ret++; - } - return ret; -} - -/* -** Write an entry into the pointer map. -** -** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' -** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. -** -** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is -** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written -** into *pRC. -*/ -static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ - Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ - int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ - int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */ - - if( *pRC ) return; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ - assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); - - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - if( key==0 ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return; - } - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); - if( offset<0 ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto ptrmap_exit; - } - assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - - if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ - TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); - *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pPtrmap[offset] = eType; - put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); - } - } - -ptrmap_exit: - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); -} - -/* -** Read an entry from the pointer map. -** -** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing -** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. -** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ - int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ - u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ - int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - - iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); - rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); - if( rc!=0 ){ - return rc; - } - pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - - offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); - if( offset<0 ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); - assert( pEType!=0 ); - *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; - if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); - - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ - #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc) - #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK - #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc) -#endif - -/* -** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on -** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer -** to the cell content. -** -** findCellPastPtr() does the same except it skips past the initial -** 4-byte child pointer found on interior pages, if there is one. -** -** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. -*/ -#define findCell(P,I) \ - ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byteAligned(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)]))) -#define findCellPastPtr(P,I) \ - ((P)->aDataOfst + ((P)->maskPage & get2byteAligned(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)]))) - - -/* -** This is common tail processing for btreeParseCellPtr() and -** btreeParseCellPtrIndex() for the case when the cell does not fit entirely -** on a single B-tree page. Make necessary adjustments to the CellInfo -** structure. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE void btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have - ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto - ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused - ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage - ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. - ** - ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any - ** way will result in an incompatible file format. - */ - int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ - int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ - int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ - - minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; - surplus = minLocal + (pInfo->nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize-4); - testcase( surplus==maxLocal ); - testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 ); - if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; - }else{ - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; - } - pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(&pInfo->pPayload[pInfo->nLocal] - pCell); - pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; -} - -/* -** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xParseCell() -** method. -** -** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. -** -** btreeParseCellPtr() => table btree leaf nodes -** btreeParseCellNoPayload() => table btree internal nodes -** btreeParseCellPtrIndex() => index btree nodes -** -** There is also a wrapper function btreeParseCell() that works for -** all MemPage types and that references the cell by index rather than -** by pointer. -*/ -static void btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->leaf==0 ); - assert( pPage->noPayload ); - assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 ); -#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPage); -#endif - pInfo->nSize = 4 + getVarint(&pCell[4], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); - pInfo->nPayload = 0; - pInfo->nLocal = 0; - pInfo->iOverflow = 0; - pInfo->pPayload = 0; - return; -} -static void btreeParseCellPtr( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - u8 *pIter; /* For scanning through pCell */ - u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ - u64 iKey; /* Extracted Key value */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); - assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf || pPage->noPayload ); - assert( pPage->noPayload==0 ); - assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf ); - assert( pPage->childPtrSize==0 ); - pIter = pCell; - - /* The next block of code is equivalent to: - ** - ** pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nPayload); - ** - ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call. - */ - nPayload = *pIter; - if( nPayload>=0x80 ){ - u8 *pEnd = &pIter[8]; - nPayload &= 0x7f; - do{ - nPayload = (nPayload<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); - }while( (*pIter)>=0x80 && pIternKey); - ** - ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call. - */ - iKey = *pIter; - if( iKey>=0x80 ){ - u8 *pEnd = &pIter[7]; - iKey &= 0x7f; - while(1){ - iKey = (iKey<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); - if( (*pIter)<0x80 ) break; - if( pIter>=pEnd ){ - iKey = (iKey<<8) | *++pIter; - break; - } - } - } - pIter++; - - pInfo->nKey = *(i64*)&iKey; - pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; - pInfo->pPayload = pIter; - testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ - /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits - ** on the local page. No overflow is required. - */ - pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell); - if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; - pInfo->iOverflow = 0; - }else{ - btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(pPage, pCell, pInfo); - } -} -static void btreeParseCellPtrIndex( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - u8 *pIter; /* For scanning through pCell */ - u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); - assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf==0 ); - assert( pPage->noPayload==0 ); - pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize; - nPayload = *pIter; - if( nPayload>=0x80 ){ - u8 *pEnd = &pIter[8]; - nPayload &= 0x7f; - do{ - nPayload = (nPayload<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); - }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIternKey = nPayload; - pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; - pInfo->pPayload = pIter; - testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ - /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits - ** on the local page. No overflow is required. - */ - pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell); - if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; - pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; - pInfo->iOverflow = 0; - }else{ - btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(pPage, pCell, pInfo); - } -} -static void btreeParseCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ - int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ - CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ -){ - pPage->xParseCell(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo); -} - -/* -** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xCellSize -** method. -** -** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell -** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell -** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or -** the space used by the cell pointer. -** -** cellSizePtrNoPayload() => table internal nodes -** cellSizePtr() => all index nodes & table leaf nodes -*/ -static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - u8 *pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */ - u8 *pEnd; /* End mark for a varint */ - u32 nSize; /* Size value to return */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as - ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the - ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of - ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ - CellInfo debuginfo; - pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); -#endif - - assert( pPage->noPayload==0 ); - nSize = *pIter; - if( nSize>=0x80 ){ - pEnd = &pIter[8]; - nSize &= 0x7f; - do{ - nSize = (nSize<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); - }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIterintKey ){ - /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length - ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte - ** past the end of the key value. */ - pEnd = &pIter[9]; - while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pItermaxLocal ); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( nSize<=pPage->maxLocal ){ - nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell); - if( nSize<4 ) nSize = 4; - }else{ - int minLocal = pPage->minLocal; - nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ - nSize = minLocal; - } - nSize += 4 + (u16)(pIter - pCell); - } - assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize || CORRUPT_DB ); - return (u16)nSize; -} -static u16 cellSizePtrNoPayload(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ - u8 *pIter = pCell + 4; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */ - u8 *pEnd; /* End mark for a varint */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as - ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the - ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of - ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ - CellInfo debuginfo; - pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); -#else - UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPage); -#endif - - assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 ); - pEnd = pIter + 9; - while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIterxCellSize(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell)); -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer -** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map -** for the overflow page. -*/ -static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){ - CellInfo info; - if( *pRC ) return; - assert( pCell!=0 ); - pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); - if( info.iOverflow ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC); - } -} -#endif - - -/* -** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the -** end of the page and all free space is collected into one -** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell -** pointer array and the cell content area. -** -** EVIDENCE-OF: R-44582-60138 SQLite may from time to time reorganize a -** b-tree page so that there are no freeblocks or fragment bytes, all -** unused bytes are contained in the unallocated space region, and all -** cells are packed tightly at the end of the page. -*/ -static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Loop counter */ - int pc; /* Address of the i-th cell */ - int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ - int size; /* Size of a cell */ - int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ - int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ - int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ - unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ - unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ - unsigned char *src; /* Source of content */ - int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */ - int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */ - - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - temp = 0; - src = data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; - nCell = pPage->nCell; - assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); - usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; - cbrk = usableSize; - iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell; - iCellLast = usableSize - 4; - for(i=0; iiCellLast ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast ); - size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &src[pc]); - cbrk -= size; - if( cbrkusableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst ); - testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize ); - testcase( pc+size==usableSize ); - put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); - if( temp==0 ){ - int x; - if( cbrk==pc ) continue; - temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); - x = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - memcpy(&temp[x], &data[x], (cbrk+size) - x); - src = temp; - } - memcpy(&data[cbrk], &src[pc], size); - } - assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst ); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); - data[hdr+1] = 0; - data[hdr+2] = 0; - data[hdr+7] = 0; - memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Search the free-list on page pPg for space to store a cell nByte bytes in -** size. If one can be found, return a pointer to the space and remove it -** from the free-list. -** -** If no suitable space can be found on the free-list, return NULL. -** -** This function may detect corruption within pPg. If corruption is -** detected then *pRc is set to SQLITE_CORRUPT and NULL is returned. -** -** Slots on the free list that are between 1 and 3 bytes larger than nByte -** will be ignored if adding the extra space to the fragmentation count -** causes the fragmentation count to exceed 60. -*/ -static u8 *pageFindSlot(MemPage *pPg, int nByte, int *pRc){ - const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset; - u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; - int iAddr = hdr + 1; - int pc = get2byte(&aData[iAddr]); - int x; - int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize; - - assert( pc>0 ); - do{ - int size; /* Size of the free slot */ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of - ** increasing offset. */ - if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc=0 ){ - testcase( x==4 ); - testcase( x==3 ); - if( pc < pPg->cellOffset+2*pPg->nCell || size+pc > usableSize ){ - *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return 0; - }else if( x<4 ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-11498-58022 In a well-formed b-tree page, the total - ** number of bytes in fragments may not exceed 60. */ - if( aData[hdr+7]>57 ) return 0; - - /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of - ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ - memcpy(&aData[iAddr], &aData[pc], 2); - aData[hdr+7] += (u8)x; - }else{ - /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account - ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ - put2byte(&aData[pc+2], x); - } - return &aData[pc + x]; - } - iAddr = pc; - pc = get2byte(&aData[pc]); - }while( pc ); - - return 0; -} - -/* -** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed -** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[] -** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or -** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT). -** -** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the -** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring -** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using -** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this -** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will -** also end up needing a new cell pointer. -*/ -static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ - const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ - u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ - int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Integer return code */ - int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( nByte < (int)(pPage->pBt->usableSize-8) ); - - assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf ); - gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - assert( gap<=65536 ); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29356-02391 If the database uses a 65536-byte page size - ** and the reserved space is zero (the usual value for reserved space) - ** then the cell content offset of an empty page wants to be 65536. - ** However, that integer is too large to be stored in a 2-byte unsigned - ** integer, so a value of 0 is used in its place. */ - top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( top<=(int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); /* Prevent by getAndInitPage() */ - if( gap>top ){ - if( top==0 && pPage->pBt->usableSize==65536 ){ - top = 65536; - }else{ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } - - /* If there is enough space between gap and top for one more cell pointer - ** array entry offset, and if the freelist is not empty, then search the - ** freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy the request. - */ - testcase( gap+2==top ); - testcase( gap+1==top ); - testcase( gap==top ); - if( (data[hdr+2] || data[hdr+1]) && gap+2<=top ){ - u8 *pSpace = pageFindSlot(pPage, nByte, &rc); - if( pSpace ){ - assert( pSpace>=data && (pSpace - data)<65536 ); - *pIdx = (int)(pSpace - data); - return SQLITE_OK; - }else if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - } - - /* The request could not be fulfilled using a freelist slot. Check - ** to see if defragmentation is necessary. - */ - testcase( gap+2+nByte==top ); - if( gap+2+nByte>top ){ - assert( pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB ); - rc = defragmentPage(pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( gap+nByte<=top ); - } - - - /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array - ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already - ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there - ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page. - ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence. - */ - top -= nByte; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); - assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - *pIdx = top; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. -** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aData[iStart] -** and the size of the block is iSize bytes. -** -** Adjacent freeblocks are coalesced. -** -** Note that even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(), -** that routine will not detect overlap between cells or freeblocks. Nor -** does it detect cells or freeblocks that encrouch into the reserved bytes -** at the end of the page. So do additional corruption checks inside this -** routine and return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any problems are found. -*/ -static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){ - u16 iPtr; /* Address of ptr to next freeblock */ - u16 iFreeBlk; /* Address of the next freeblock */ - u8 hdr; /* Page header size. 0 or 100 */ - u8 nFrag = 0; /* Reduction in fragmentation */ - u16 iOrigSize = iSize; /* Original value of iSize */ - u32 iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize-4; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */ - u32 iEnd = iStart + iSize; /* First byte past the iStart buffer */ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; /* Page content */ - - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( CORRUPT_DB || iStart>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize ); - assert( CORRUPT_DB || iEnd <= pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( iSize>=4 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ - assert( iStart<=iLast ); - - /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete - ** option is enabled */ - if( pPage->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ - memset(&data[iStart], 0, iSize); - } - - /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the - ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted. - */ - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - iPtr = hdr + 1; - if( data[iPtr+1]==0 && data[iPtr]==0 ){ - iFreeBlk = 0; /* Shortcut for the case when the freelist is empty */ - }else{ - while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))>0 && iFreeBlkiLast ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 ); - - /* At this point: - ** iFreeBlk: First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none - ** iPtr: The address of a pointer to iFreeBlk - ** - ** Check to see if iFreeBlk should be coalesced onto the end of iStart. - */ - if( iFreeBlk && iEnd+3>=iFreeBlk ){ - nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd; - if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]); - if( iEnd > pPage->pBt->usableSize ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - iSize = iEnd - iStart; - iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]); - } - - /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist - ** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be - ** coalesced onto the end of iPtr. - */ - if( iPtr>hdr+1 ){ - int iPtrEnd = iPtr + get2byte(&data[iPtr+2]); - if( iPtrEnd+3>=iStart ){ - if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - nFrag += iStart - iPtrEnd; - iSize = iEnd - iPtr; - iStart = iPtr; - } - } - if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - data[hdr+7] -= nFrag; - } - if( iStart==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ){ - /* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area, - ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another - ** freelist entry */ - if( iPtr!=hdr+1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - put2byte(&data[hdr+1], iFreeBlk); - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], iEnd); - }else{ - /* Insert the new freeblock into the freelist */ - put2byte(&data[iPtr], iStart); - put2byte(&data[iStart], iFreeBlk); - put2byte(&data[iStart+2], iSize); - } - pPage->nFree += iOrigSize; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page -** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. -** -** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different -** indicates a corrupt database files: -** -** PTF_ZERODATA -** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF -** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY -** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF -*/ -static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ - BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ - - assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); - flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; - pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; - pPage->xCellSize = cellSizePtr; - pBt = pPage->pBt; - if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-03640-13415 A value of 5 means the page is an interior - ** table b-tree page. */ - assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY)==5 ); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-20501-61796 A value of 13 means the page is a leaf - ** table b-tree page. */ - assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF)==13 ); - pPage->intKey = 1; - if( pPage->leaf ){ - pPage->intKeyLeaf = 1; - pPage->noPayload = 0; - pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtr; - }else{ - pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0; - pPage->noPayload = 1; - pPage->xCellSize = cellSizePtrNoPayload; - pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload; - } - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; - }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-27225-53936 A value of 2 means the page is an interior - ** index b-tree page. */ - assert( (PTF_ZERODATA)==2 ); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-16571-11615 A value of 10 means the page is a leaf - ** index b-tree page. */ - assert( (PTF_ZERODATA|PTF_LEAF)==10 ); - pPage->intKey = 0; - pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0; - pPage->noPayload = 0; - pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtrIndex; - pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; - pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; - }else{ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-47608-56469 Any other value for the b-tree page type is - ** an error. */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does -** not contain a well-formed database page, then return -** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not -** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that -** we failed to detect any corruption. -*/ -static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ - - assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); - assert( pPage->pBt->db!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - if( !pPage->isInit ){ - u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ - u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ - u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ - BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ - int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ - u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ - int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ - int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ - int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ - int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */ - - pBt = pPage->pBt; - - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - data = pPage->aData; - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28594-02890 The one-byte flag at offset 0 indicating - ** the b-tree page type. */ - if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); - pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 8 + pPage->childPtrSize; - pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize]; - pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset]; - pPage->aDataOfst = &data[pPage->childPtrSize]; - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58015-48175 The two-byte integer at offset 5 designates - ** the start of the cell content area. A zero value for this integer is - ** interpreted as 65536. */ - top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the - ** number of cells on the page. */ - pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ - /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) ); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24089-57979 If a page contains no cells (which is only - ** possible for a root page of a table that contains no rows) then the - ** offset to the cell content area will equal the page size minus the - ** bytes of reserved space. */ - assert( pPage->nCell>0 || top==usableSize || CORRUPT_DB ); - - /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end - ** of page when parsing a cell. - ** - ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends - ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be - ** returned if it does. - */ - iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; - iCellLast = usableSize - 4; - if( pBt->pBt->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk ){ - int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */ - int sz; /* Size of a cell */ - - if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pc = get2byteAligned(&data[cellOffset+i*2]); - testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); - testcase( pc==iCellLast ); - if( pciCellLast ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - sz = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]); - testcase( pc+sz==usableSize ); - if( pc+sz>usableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++; - } - - /* Compute the total free space on the page - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-23588-34450 The two-byte integer at offset 1 gives the - ** start of the first freeblock on the page, or is zero if there are no - ** freeblocks. */ - pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - nFree = data[hdr+7] + top; /* Init nFree to non-freeblock free space */ - while( pc>0 ){ - u16 next, size; - if( pciCellLast ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55530-52930 In a well-formed b-tree page, there will - ** always be at least one cell before the first freeblock. - ** - ** Or, the freeblock is off the end of the page - */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - next = get2byte(&data[pc]); - size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); - if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){ - /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of - ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - nFree = nFree + size; - pc = next; - } - - /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start - ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within - ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size - ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also - ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content - ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page. - */ - if( nFree>usableSize ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst); - pPage->isInit = 1; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding -** no entries. -*/ -static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ - unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - u16 first; - - assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ - memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); - } - data[hdr] = (char)flags; - first = hdr + ((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ? 12 : 8); - memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); - data[hdr+7] = 0; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); - pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first); - decodeFlags(pPage, flags); - pPage->cellOffset = first; - pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize]; - pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first]; - pPage->aDataOfst = &data[pPage->childPtrSize]; - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); - pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); - pPage->nCell = 0; - pPage->isInit = 1; -} - - -/* -** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by -** the btree layer. -*/ -static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); - pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; - pPage->pBt = pBt; - pPage->pgno = pgno; - pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; - return pPage; -} - -/* -** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. See also: btreeGetUnusedPage(). -** -** If the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT flag is set, it means that we do not care -** about the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk -** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. -** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that -** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk -** read should occur at that point. -*/ -static int btreeGetPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ - int flags /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */ -){ - int rc; - DbPage *pDbPage; - - assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags); - if( rc ) return rc; - *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not -** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and -** MemPage.aData elements if needed. -*/ -static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ - DbPage *pDbPage; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); - if( pDbPage ){ - return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of -** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). -*/ -static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){ - return pBt->nPage; -} -SQLITE_API u32 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 ); - return btreePagecount(p->pBt); -} - -/* -** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. -** -** If pCur!=0 then the page is being fetched as part of a moveToChild() -** call. Do additional sanity checking on the page in this case. -** And if the fetch fails, this routine must decrement pCur->iPage. -** -** The page is fetched as read-write unless pCur is not NULL and is -** a read-only cursor. -** -** If an error occurs, then *ppPage is undefined. It -** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value. -*/ -static int getAndInitPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */ - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor to receive the page, or NULL */ - int bReadOnly /* True for a read-only page */ -){ - int rc; - DbPage *pDbPage; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pCur==0 || ppPage==&pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur==0 || bReadOnly==pCur->curPagerFlags ); - assert( pCur==0 || pCur->iPage>0 ); - - if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto getAndInitPage_error; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, bReadOnly); - if( rc ){ - goto getAndInitPage_error; - } - *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); - if( (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){ - rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - goto getAndInitPage_error; - } - } - - /* If obtaining a child page for a cursor, we must verify that the page is - ** compatible with the root page. */ - if( pCur - && ((*ppPage)->nCell<1 || (*ppPage)->intKey!=pCur->curIntKey) - ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - releasePage(*ppPage); - goto getAndInitPage_error; - } - return SQLITE_OK; - -getAndInitPage_error: - if( pCur ) pCur->iPage--; - testcase( pgno==0 ); - assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior -** call to btreeGetPage. -*/ -static void releasePageNotNull(MemPage *pPage){ - assert( pPage->aData ); - assert( pPage->pBt ); - assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); - assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage->pDbPage); -} -static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ - if( pPage ) releasePageNotNull(pPage); -} - -/* -** Get an unused page. -** -** This works just like btreeGetPage() with the addition: -** -** * If the page is already in use for some other purpose, immediately -** release it and return an SQLITE_CURRUPT error. -** * Make sure the isInit flag is clear -*/ -static int btreeGetUnusedPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ - Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ - int flags /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */ -){ - int rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, flags); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - *ppPage = 0; - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; - }else{ - *ppPage = 0; - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache -** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of -** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. -** -** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the -** page to agree with the restored data. -*/ -static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ - MemPage *pPage; - pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); - assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); - if( pPage->isInit ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->isInit = 0; - if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ - /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page - ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following - ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT. - ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that - ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make - ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ - btreeInitPage(pPage); - } - } -} - -/* -** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. -*/ -static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ - BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; - assert( pBt->pBt ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->pBt->mutex) ); - return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->pBt->busyHandler); -} - -/* -** Open a database file. -** -** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL -** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might -** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache. -** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted -** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. -** -** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created -** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. -** -** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like -** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY. -** -** If the database is already opened in the same database connection -** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an -** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared -** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead -** to problems with locking. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeOpen( - const char *zVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ - int flags, /* Options */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ -){ - BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ - Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ - sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */ - u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ - unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ - int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */ - -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR - if( ppBtree==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; -#endif - *ppBtree = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT - rc = sqlite3BtreeInitialize(); - if( rc ) return rc; -#endif - - /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the vfsFlags argument. - ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we - ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger - ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations - ** are: - ** - ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY - ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE - ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE - */ - assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 ); - assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 ); - assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 ); - testcase( (1<<(vfsFlags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */ - testcase( (1<<(vfsFlags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ - testcase( (1<<(vfsFlags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ - if( ((1<<(vfsFlags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; /* IMP: R-65497-44594 */ - } - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ - isThreadsafe = 0; - }else if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ - isThreadsafe = 0; - }else if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ - isThreadsafe = 1; - }else{ - isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; - } - if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ - vfsFlags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ - vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; - } - - /* Remove harmful bits from the vfsFlags parameter - ** - ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX vfsFlags were - ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only - ** valid input vfsFlags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, - ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE, - ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask - ** off all other vfsFlags. - */ - vfsFlags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | - SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | - SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | - SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | - SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | - SQLITE_OPEN_WAL - ); - - assert( (vfsFlags&0xff)==vfsFlags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */ - - /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */ - assert( (vfsFlags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (vfsFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 ); - - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = - sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); - if( pVfs==0 ){ - return SQLITE_ERROR; - } - - p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); - if( !p ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - p->lock.pBtree = p; - p->lock.iTable = 1; -#endif - p->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; - - if( isThreadsafe ){ - p->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( p->mutex==0 ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - p = 0; - goto btree_open_out; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->mutex); - - p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - p->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; - p->flags |= 0 -#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC - | SQLITE_CkptFullFSync -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) - | SQLITE_CellSizeCk -#endif -; - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* - ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an - ** existing BtShared object that we can share with - */ - if( (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0 ){ - if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){ - int nFilename = sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1; - int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; - char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(MAX(nFullPathname,nFilename)); - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) - - p->sharable = 1; - if( !zFullPathname ){ - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, - nFullPathname, zFullPathname); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); - sqlite3_free(p); - return rc; - } -#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE - mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); - mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); -#endif - for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ - assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); - if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0)) - && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ - p->pBt = pBt; - pBt->nRef++; - break; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); - } -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - else{ - /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable - ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and - ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) - ** statements to find locking problems. - */ - p->sharable = 1; - } -#endif - } -#endif - if( pBt==0 ){ - /* - ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are - ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result - ** when compiling on a different architecture. - */ - assert( sizeof(i64)==8 ); - assert( sizeof(u64)==8 ); - assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); - assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); - assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); - - pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); - if( pBt==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto btree_open_out; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, - EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, p->szMmap); - rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto btree_open_out; - } - pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags; - pBt->pBt = p; - sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); - p->pBt = pBt; - - pBt->pCursor = 0; - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; -#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; -#endif - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is - ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from - ** the beginning of the database file. */ - pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16); - if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ - pBt->pageSize = 0; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then - ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if - ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. - */ - if( zFilename ){ - pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); - } -#endif - nReserve = 0; - }else{ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is - ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20 - ** into the database file header. */ - nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); - if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; - assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ - - /* - ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. - ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN - ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults - ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants - */ - pBt->file_format = zDbHeader[18]; - if( pBt->file_format==0 ){ - pBt->file_format = 1; - } - if( pBt->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - goto btree_open_out; - } - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) - /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. - */ - if( p->sharable ){ - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) - pBt->nRef = 1; - MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);) - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ - pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); - if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - p->mallocFailed = 0; - goto btree_open_out; - } - } - sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); - pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); - GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt; - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); - } -#endif - } - - sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - - p->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; - - /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking - ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking - ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE - sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), - SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); -#endif - - *ppBtree = p; - -btree_open_out: - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - } - sqlite3_free(pBt); - sqlite3_free(p); - *ppBtree = 0; - }else{ - if (p) { - assert( p->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 - || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->mutex); - } - - /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the - ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache, - ** do not change the pager-cache size. - */ - if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){ - sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); - } - } - if( mutexOpen ){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, -** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return -** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return -** false if it is still positive. -*/ -static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) - BtShared *pList; - int removed = 0; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); - MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - pBt->nRef--; - if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ - if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ - GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; - }else{ - pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); - while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ - pList=pList->pNext; - } - if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ - pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; - } - } - if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ - sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); - } - removed = 1; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - return removed; -#else - return 1; -#endif -} - -/* -** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of -** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child -** pointer. -*/ -static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ - if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ - pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); - - /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before - ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If - ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes - ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which - ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3 - ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from - ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it - ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized - ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error, - ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here. - ** - ** Also: Provide four bytes of initialized space before the - ** beginning of pTmpSpace as an area available to prepend the - ** left-child pointer to the beginning of a cell. - */ - if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){ - memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 8); - pBt->pTmpSpace += 4; - } - } -} - -/* -** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation -*/ -static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ - if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){ - pBt->pTmpSpace -= 4; - sqlite3PageFree(pBt->pTmpSpace); - pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; - } -} - -/* -** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ - if( !p ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63257-11740 Calling sqlite3BtreeClose() - ** with a NULL pointer argument is a harmless no-op. */ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(p) ){ - return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - } - - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->mutex); - - p->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE; - - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - BtCursor *pCur; - - /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - pCur = pBt->pCursor; - while( pCur ){ - BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; - pCur = pCur->pNext; - if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ - sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); - } - } - - /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. - ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by - ** this handle. - */ - sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK, 0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - - /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree - ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans - ** up the shared-btree. - */ - assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); - if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ - /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access - ** it without having to hold the mutex. - ** - ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. - */ - assert( !pBt->pCursor ); - sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); - if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ - pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); - } - sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema); - freeTempSpace(pBt); - sqlite3_free(pBt); - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); - assert( p->locked==0 ); - if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; - if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; -#endif - - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->mutex); - sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); - - p->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; - - sqlite3_free(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. -** -** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute -** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will -** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s -** to insure data is written to the disk surface before -** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, -** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program -** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is -** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database -** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. -** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not -** normally a worry. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 -/* -** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be -** memory mapped. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, szMmap); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ - -/* -** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease -** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power -** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and -** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There -** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the -** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags( - Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */ - unsigned pgFlags /* Various PAGER_* flags */ -){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pgFlags); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other -** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); - rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. -** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY -** without changing anything. -** -** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page -** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not -** changed. -** -** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region -** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, -** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur -** at the beginning of a page. -** -** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved -** bytes per page is left unchanged. -** -** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size -** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); -#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( nReserve>pBt->optimalReserve ) pBt->optimalReserve = (u8)nReserve; -#endif - if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - if( nReserve<0 ){ - nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; - } - assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); - if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && - ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - assert( !pBt->pCursor ); - pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize; - freeTempSpace(pBt); - } - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); - pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; - if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the currently defined page size -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pageSize; -} - -/* -** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it -** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already -** held. -** -** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is -** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the -** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter() -** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the -** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){ - int n; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); - n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; - return n; -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that -** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is -** sometimes used by extensions. -** -** If SQLITE_HAS_MUTEX is defined then the number returned is the -** greater of the current reserved space and the maximum requested -** reserve space. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree *p){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p); -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - if( npBt->optimalReserve ) n = p->pBt->optimalReserve; -#endif - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} - - -/* -** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. -** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. -** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ - int n; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return n; -} - -/* -** Set the BTS_SECURE_DELETE flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1, -** then make no changes. Always return the value of the BTS_SECURE_DELETE -** setting after the change. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ - int b; - if( p==0 ) return 0; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( newFlag>=0 ){ - p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE; - if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; - } - b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0; - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return b; -} - -/* -** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' -** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it -** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is -** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return SQLITE_READONLY; -#else - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; - pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif -} - -/* -** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is -** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; -#else - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = ( - (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: - (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: - BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR - ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -#endif -} - - -/* -** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will -** also acquire a readlock on that file. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a -** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. -** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM -** is returned if we run out of memory. -*/ -static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ - MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */ - int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ - int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */ - int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; - - /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is - ** a valid database file. - */ - nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); - sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile); - if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){ - nPage = nPageFile; - } - if( nPage>0 ){ - u32 pageSize; - u32 usableSize; - u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; - rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43737-39999 Every valid SQLite database file begins - ** with the following 16 bytes (in hex): 53 51 4c 69 74 65 20 66 6f 72 6d - ** 61 74 20 33 00. */ - if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - if( page1[18]>1 ){ - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; - } - if( page1[19]>1 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } -#else - if( page1[18]>2 ){ - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; - } - if( page1[19]>2 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - - /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed - ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then - ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. - ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is - ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer - ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log - ** file. - */ - if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){ - int isOpen = 0; - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - }else if( isOpen==0 ){ - releasePage(pPage1); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; - } -#endif - - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-15465-20813 The maximum and minimum embedded payload - ** fractions and the leaf payload fraction values must be 64, 32, and 32. - ** - ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of - ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. - */ - if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is - ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from - ** the beginning of the database file. */ - pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25008-21688 The size of a page is a power of two - ** between 512 and 65536 inclusive. */ - if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 - || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE - || pageSize<=256 - ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59310-51205 The "reserved space" size in the 1-byte - ** integer at offset 20 is the number of bytes of space at the end of - ** each page to reserve for extensions. - ** - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is - ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20 - ** into the database file header. */ - usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; - if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ - /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size - ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is - ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at - ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function - ** again with the correct page-size. - */ - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->usableSize = usableSize; - pBt->pageSize = pageSize; - freeTempSpace(pBt); - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, - pageSize-usableSize); - return rc; - } - if( (pBt->pBt->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto page1_init_failed; - } - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28312-64704 However, the usable size is not allowed to - ** be less than 480. In other words, if the page size is 512, then the - ** reserved space size cannot exceed 32. */ - if( usableSize<480 ){ - goto page1_init_failed; - } - pBt->pageSize = pageSize; - pBt->usableSize = usableSize; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); - pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); -#endif - } - - /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for - ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout - ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. - ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: - ** 2-byte pointer to the cell - ** 4-byte child pointer - ** 9-byte nKey value - ** 4-byte nData value - ** 4-byte overflow page pointer - ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as - ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow - ** page pointer. - */ - pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23); - pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); - pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35); - pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); - if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){ - pBt->max1bytePayload = 127; - }else{ - pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal; - } - assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; - pBt->nPage = nPage; - return SQLITE_OK; - -page1_init_failed: - releasePage(pPage1); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - return rc; -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG -/* -** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use -** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not -** defined. -** -** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true. If wrOnly is -** false then all cursors are counted. -** -** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that -** is capable of reading or writing to the database. Cursors that -** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted. -*/ -static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){ - BtCursor *pCur; - int r = 0; - for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ - if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0) - && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; - } - return r; -} -#endif - -/* -** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle -** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then -** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which -** has the effect of releasing the read lock. -** -** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. -*/ -static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); - if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; - assert( pPage1->aData ); - assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 ); - pBt->pPage1 = 0; - releasePageNotNull(pPage1); - } -} - -/* -** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file -** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of -** the database. -*/ -static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ - MemPage *pP1; - unsigned char *data; - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pBt->nPage>0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pP1 = pBt->pPage1; - assert( pP1!=0 ); - data = pP1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); - assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); - data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff); - data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff); - data[18] = 1; - data[19] = 1; - assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); - data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); - data[21] = 64; - data[22] = 32; - data[23] = 32; - memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); - zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); - assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); - put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); - put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); -#endif - pBt->nPage = 1; - data[31] = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Initialize the first page of the database file (creating a database -** consisting of a single page and no schema objects). Return SQLITE_OK -** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - p->pBt->nPage = 0; - rc = newDatabase(p->pBt); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction -** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- -** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive -** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed -** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be -** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the -** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. -** -** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any -** changes to the database. None of the following routines -** will work unless a transaction is started first: -** -** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() -** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() -** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() -** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() -** sqlite3BtreeInsert() -** sqlite3BtreeDelete() -** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() -** -** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention -** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler -** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not -** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is -** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. -** -** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has -** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because -** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. -** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be -** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback -** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B -** proceed. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ - Btree *pBlock = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it - ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction - ** is requested, this is a no-op. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ - goto trans_begun; - } - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 ); - - /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ - if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - goto trans_begun; - } - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction - ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is - ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. - */ - if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) - || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0 - ){ - pBlock = pBt->pWriter; - }else if( wrflag>1 ){ - BtLock *pIter; - for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ - if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ - pBlock = pIter->pBtree; - break; - } - } - } - if( pBlock ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p, pBlock); - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - goto trans_begun; - } -#endif - - /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on - ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock - ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); - if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; - - pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; - if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; - do { - /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or - ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() - ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after - ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database - ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update - ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. - */ - while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ - if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - } - } - } - - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - } - }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && - btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ - pBt->nTransaction++; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - if( p->sharable ){ - assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 ); - p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK; - p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock; - pBt->pLock = &p->lock; - } -#endif - } - p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); - if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; - } - if( wrflag ){ - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - assert( !pBt->pWriter ); - pBt->pWriter = p; - pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE; - if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE; -#endif - - /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old - ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing - ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely - ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction - ** rollback occurs within the transaction. - */ - if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); - } - } - } - } - - -trans_begun: - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ - /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of - ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and - ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->nSavepoint); - } - - btreeIntegrity(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - -/* -** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if -** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer -** map entries for the overflow pages as well. -*/ -static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ - int i; /* Counter variable */ - int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; - } - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; ileaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); - ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); - } - } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); - } - -set_child_ptrmaps_out: - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - return rc; -} - -/* -** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so -** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to -** be modified, as follows: -** -** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child -** page of pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow -** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. -** -** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next -** overflow page in the list. -*/ -static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ - /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ - if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); - }else{ - u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; - int i; - int nCell; - int rc; - - rc = btreeInitPage(pPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - nCell = pPage->nCell; - - for(i=0; ixParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); - if( info.iOverflow - && pCell+info.iOverflow+3<=pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage - && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) - ){ - put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo); - break; - } - }else{ - if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){ - put4byte(pCell, iTo); - break; - } - } - } - - if( i==nCell ){ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || - get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); - } - - pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the -** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. -** -** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that -** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno -** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that -** page. -*/ -static int relocatePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ - MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ - u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ - Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ - int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */ -){ - MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ - Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - int rc; - - assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || - eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); - - /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ - TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", - iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); - rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; - - /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells - ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these - ** pages need to be changed. - ** - ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a - ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then - ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. - */ - if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); - if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - } - } - - /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so - ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for - ** iPtrPage. - */ - if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pPtrPage); - return rc; - } - rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); - releasePage(pPtrPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ -static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); - -/* -** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return -** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in -** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error -** occurs, return some other error code. -** -** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so -** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use. -** -** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain -** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE. -** -** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the -** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE -** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit -** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum. -*/ -static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ - Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ - int rc; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( iLastPg>nFin ); - - if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - u8 eType; - Pgno iPtrPage; - - nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - if( nFreeList==0 ){ - return SQLITE_DONE; - } - - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - if( bCommit==0 ){ - /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required - ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be - ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't - ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. - */ - Pgno iFreePg; - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, BTALLOC_EXACT); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); - releasePage(pFreePg); - } - } else { - Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ - MemPage *pLastPg; - u8 eMode = BTALLOC_ANY; /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */ - Pgno iNear = 0; /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */ - - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg - ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. - ** - ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep - ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages - ** of the file is found. - */ - if( bCommit==0 ){ - eMode = BTALLOC_LE; - iNear = nFin; - } - do { - MemPage *pFreePg; - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iNear, eMode); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pLastPg); - return rc; - } - releasePage(pFreePg); - }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin ); - assert( iFreePgbDoTruncate = 1; - pBt->nPage = iLastPg; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database -** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected -** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation. -*/ -static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){ - int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */ - Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */ - Pgno nFin; /* Return value */ - - nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5; - nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry; - nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; - if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFinpBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - }else{ - Pgno nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); - Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); - - if( nOrig0 ){ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, nOrig, 0); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); - } - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction -** is committed for an auto-vacuum database. -** -** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages -** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. -** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc -** pages are in use. -*/ -static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; - VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager); ) - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - assert(pBt->autoVacuum); - if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ - Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */ - Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */ - Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */ - Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */ - - nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); - if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page - ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one - ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. - */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); - nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); - if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - if( nFinnFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){ - rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree, 1); - } - if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); - put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin); - pBt->bDoTruncate = 1; - pBt->nPage = nFin; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); - } - } - - assert( nRef>=sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); - return rc; -} - -#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ -# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -/* -** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine -** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) -** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs -** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back -** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to -** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the -** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. -** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the -** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not -** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the -** commit process. -** -** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. -** -** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to -** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the -** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file -** (single database transaction). -** -** When this is called, the master journal should already have been -** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. -** -** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit -** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - } - if( pBt->bDoTruncate ){ - sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage); - } -#endif - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback() -** at the conclusion of a transaction. -*/ -static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - pBt->bDoTruncate = 0; -#endif - if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && p->nVdbeRead>1 ){ - /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database - ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements - ** may still be reading from the database. */ - downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); - p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; - }else{ - /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the - ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count - ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() - ** call below will unlock the pager. */ - if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ - clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); - pBt->nTransaction--; - if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; - } - } - - /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the - ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ - p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - } - - btreeIntegrity(p); -} - -/* -** Commit the transaction currently in progress. -** -** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The -** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should -** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() -** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the -** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this -** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the -** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and -** drop locks. -** -** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to -** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and -** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument -** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file -** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed -** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this -** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer, -** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write -** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have -** transitioned to the error state. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){ - - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - btreeIntegrity(p); - - /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees - ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. - */ - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; - } - p->iDataVersion--; /* Compensate for pPager->iDataVersion++; */ - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - btreeClearHasContent(pBt); - } - - btreeEndTransaction(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Do both phases of a commit. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error -** code to errCode for every cursor on any BtShared that pBtree -** references. Or if the writeOnly flag is set to 1, then only -** trip write cursors and leave read cursors unchanged. -** -** Every cursor is a candidate to be tripped, including cursors -** that belong to other database connections that happen to be -** sharing the cache with pBtree. -** -** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly -** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only -** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue -** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are -** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being -** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root -** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making -** it unsafe for read cursors to continue. -** -** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while -** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors, -** including all read-cursors are tripped. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while -** saving a cursor position, an SQLite error code. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode, int writeOnly){ - BtCursor *p; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( (writeOnly==0 || writeOnly==1) && BTCF_WriteFlag==1 ); - if( pBtree ){ - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ - int i; - if( writeOnly && (p->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){ - if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){ - rc = saveCursorPosition(p); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - (void)sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(pBtree, rc, 0); - break; - } - } - }else{ - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p); - p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; - p->skipNext = errCode; - } - for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(p->apPage[i]); - p->apPage[i] = 0; - } - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Rollback the transaction in progress. -** -** If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK then cursors will be invalidated (tripped). -** Only write cursors are tripped if writeOnly is true but all cursors are -** tripped if writeOnly is false. Any attempt to use -** a tripped cursor will result in an error. -** -** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there -** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode, int writeOnly){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pPage1; - - assert( writeOnly==1 || writeOnly==0 ); - assert( tripCode==SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK || tripCode==SQLITE_OK ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); - if( rc ) writeOnly = 0; - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - if( tripCode ){ - int rc2 = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode, writeOnly); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (writeOnly==0 && rc2==SQLITE_OK) ); - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; - } - btreeIntegrity(p); - - if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - int rc2; - - assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); - rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); - if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = rc2; - } - - /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So - ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make - ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ - if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ - int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); - testcase( nPage==0 ); - if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); - testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage ); - pBt->nPage = nPage; - releasePage(pPage1); - } - assert( countValidCursors(pBt, 1)==0 ); - pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; - btreeClearHasContent(pBt); - } - - btreeEndTransaction(p); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled -** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction -** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically -** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. -** -** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements -** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint -** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement -** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. -** -** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The -** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, -** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there -** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, -** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back -** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); - assert( iStatement>0 ); - assert( iStatement>p->nSavepoint ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with - ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using - ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any - ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK -** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the -** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value -** of op. -** -** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is -** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the -** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different -** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the -** transaction remains open. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); - assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){ - pBt->nPage = 0; - } - rc = newDatabase(pBt); - pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData); - - /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header - ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset - ** 28 is nonzero. */ - assert( pBt->nPage>0 ); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page -** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that -** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open -** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then -** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction. -** -** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading. -** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for -** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These -** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to -** be allowed: -** -** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1 -** -** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache -** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have -** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise -** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to -** the read cursors in the other database connection. -** -** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) -** -** 4: There must be an active transaction. -** -** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the -** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired -** will not work correctly. -*/ -static int btreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ - BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ -){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */ - BtCursor *pX; /* Looping over other all cursors */ - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 ); - - /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable - ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, - ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with - ** this lock. */ - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) ); - - /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */ - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData ); - assert( wrFlag==0 || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); - - if( wrFlag ){ - allocateTempSpace(pBt); - if( pBt->pTmpSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){ - assert( wrFlag==0 ); - iTable = 0; - } - - /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor - ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ - pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; - pCur->iPage = -1; - pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - pCur->pBtree = p; - pCur->pBt = pBt; - assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==BTCF_WriteFlag ); - pCur->curFlags = wrFlag; - pCur->curPagerFlags = wrFlag ? 0 : PAGER_GET_READONLY; - /* If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such - ** cursors *must* have the BTCF_Multiple flag set. */ - for(pX=pBt->pCursor; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ - if( pX->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){ - pX->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple; - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple; - } - } - pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; - pBt->pCursor = pCur; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree *p, /* The btree */ - int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ - int N, int X, /* index of N key columns and X extra columns */ - BtCursor **ppCur /* Write new cursor here */ -){ - int rc; - - *ppCur = 0; - if( iTable<1 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = NULL; - if (N > 0 || X > 0) { - pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, - sizeof(KeyInfo) + (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1)); - if( pKeyInfo ){ - pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[N+X]; - pKeyInfo->nField = (u16)N; - pKeyInfo->nXField = (u16)X; - pKeyInfo->enc = p->enc; - pKeyInfo->pBtree = p; - pKeyInfo->nRef = 1; - }else{ - p->mallocFailed = 1; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - - BtCursor *pCur = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtCursor)); - if (!pCur) { - p->mallocFailed = 1; - sqlite3_free(pKeyInfo); - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - - if (rc != SQLITE_OK) { - sqlite3_free(pKeyInfo); - sqlite3_free(pCur); - return rc; - } - - *ppCur = pCur; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. -** -** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate -** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque -** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call -** this routine. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){ - return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor)); -} - -/* -** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released -** when the last cursor is closed. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; - if( pBtree ){ - int i; - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); - assert( pBt->pCursor!=0 ); - if( pBt->pCursor==pCur ){ - pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; - }else{ - BtCursor *pPrev = pBt->pCursor; - do{ - if( pPrev->pNext==pCur ){ - pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; - break; - } - pPrev = pPrev->pNext; - }while( ALWAYS(pPrev) ); - } - for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]); - } - unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); - sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow); - /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */ - sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); - } - - if( pCur->pKeyInfo ) { - assert( pCur->pKeyInfo->nRef>0 ); - pCur->pKeyInfo->nRef--; - if( pCur->pKeyInfo->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFree(0, pCur->pKeyInfo); - } - - sqlite3_free(pCur); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid -** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call -** btreeParseCell() to fill it in. -** -** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. -** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell(). -*/ -#ifndef NDEBUG - static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - CellInfo info; - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info); - assert( CORRUPT_DB || memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); - } -#else - #define assertCellInfo(x) -#endif -static SQLITE_NOINLINE void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ - if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; - btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); - }else{ - assertCellInfo(pCur); - } -} - -#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */ -/* -** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one -** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table. -** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){ - return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; -} -#endif /* NDEBUG */ - -/* -** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of -** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing -** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. -** -** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key -** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. -** -** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine. -** -** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the -** cursor currently points to. -** -** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL -** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee -** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID. -** -** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK. -** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue -** to return an integer result code for historical reasons. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 ); - assert( pCur->iPageapPage[pCur->iPage]->intKeyLeaf==1 ); - getCellInfo(pCur); - *pSize = pCur->info.nPayload; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter -** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the -** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum -** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. -** -** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: -** -** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is -** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked -** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. -** -** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding -** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that -** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() -** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because -** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then -** *ppPage is set to zero. -*/ -static int getOverflowPage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ - Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ - Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ -){ - Pgno next = 0; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert(pPgnoNext); - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the - ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in - ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns - ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page - ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgno; - Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; - u8 eType; - - while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - iGuess++; - } - - if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ - next = iGuess; - rc = SQLITE_DONE; - } - } - } -#endif - - assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, (ppPage==0) ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - next = get4byte(pPage->aData); - } - } - - *pPgnoNext = next; - if( ppPage ){ - *ppPage = pPage; - }else{ - releasePage(pPage); - } - return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); -} - -/* -** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. -** -** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. -** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied -** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, -** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes -** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. -*/ -static int copyPayload( - void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ - void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ - int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ - int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ - DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ -){ - if( eOp ){ - /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); - }else{ - /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ - memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information -** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp -** argument is interpreted as follows: -** -** 0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache. -** 1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache. -** 2: The operation is a read. Do not populate the overflow cache. -** -** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". -** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. -** -** The content being read or written might appear on the main page -** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages. -** -** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages and the -** eOp argument is not 2, this function may allocate space for and lazily -** populates the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). -** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset -** more efficient. -** -** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be -** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if -** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum -** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. -** -** * An incremental vacuum, -** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, -** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). -*/ -static int accessPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ - u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ - unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ - int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ -){ - unsigned char *aPayload; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - int iIdx = 0; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */ - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ - unsigned char * const pBufStart = pBuf; - int bEnd; /* True if reading to end of data */ -#endif - - assert( pPage ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( eOp!=2 || offset==0 ); /* Always start from beginning for eOp==2 */ - - getCellInfo(pCur); - aPayload = pCur->info.pPayload; -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ - bEnd = offset+amt==pCur->info.nPayload; -#endif - assert( offset+amt <= pCur->info.nPayload ); - - if( &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] ){ - /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ - if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ - int a = amt; - if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ - a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; - } - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, (eOp & 0x01), pPage->pDbPage); - offset = 0; - pBuf += a; - amt -= a; - }else{ - offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; - } - - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ - Pgno nextPage; - - nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); - - /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now. - ** Except, do not allocate aOverflow[] for eOp==2. - ** - ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page - ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is - ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array - ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated). - */ - if( eOp!=2 && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){ - int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; - if( nOvfl>pCur->nOvflAlloc ){ - Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3Realloc( - pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno) - ); - if( aNew==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pCur->nOvflAlloc = nOvfl*2; - pCur->aOverflow = aNew; - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno)); - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl; - } - } - - /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the - ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip - ** directly to it. - */ - if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 - && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] - ){ - iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; - offset = (offset%ovflSize); - } - - for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ - - /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ - if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)!=0 ){ - assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); - pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; - } - - if( offset>=ovflSize ){ - /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page - ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page - ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow - ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() - ** function. - ** - ** Note that the aOverflow[] array must be allocated because eOp!=2 - ** here. If eOp==2, then offset==0 and this branch is never taken. - */ - assert( eOp!=2 ); - assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl ); - assert( pCur->pBtree->db==pBt->db ); - if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ - nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; - }else{ - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); - } - offset -= ovflSize; - }else{ - /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the - ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ - sqlite3_file *fd; -#endif - int a = amt; - if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ - a = ovflSize - offset; - } - -#ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ - /* If all the following are true: - ** - ** 1) this is a read operation, and - ** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and - ** 3) the database is file-backed, and - ** 4) there is no open write-transaction, and - ** 5) the database is not a WAL database, - ** 6) all data from the page is being read. - ** 7) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer - ** - ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the - ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds - ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages. - */ - if( (eOp&0x01)==0 /* (1) */ - && offset==0 /* (2) */ - && (bEnd || a==ovflSize) /* (6) */ - && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ /* (4) */ - && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods /* (3) */ - && pBt->pPage1->aData[19]==0x01 /* (5) */ - && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart /* (7) */ - ){ - u8 aSave[4]; - u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4]; - assert( aWrite>=pBufStart ); /* hence (7) */ - memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4); - rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1)); - nextPage = get4byte(aWrite); - memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4); - }else -#endif - - { - DbPage *pDbPage; - rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage, - ((eOp&0x01)==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0) - ); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); - nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); - rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, (eOp&0x01), pDbPage); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); - offset = 0; - } - } - amt -= a; - pBuf += a; - } - } - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transferred into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row -** in the table. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0); -} - -/* -** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly -** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer -** begins at "offset". -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes -** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than -** the available payload. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ - int rc; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } -#endif - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the -** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of -** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for -** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available -** key/data is written into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value -** returned will not be a valid pointer. -** -** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key -** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow -** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the -** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills -** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble -** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. -** -** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached -** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time -** any btree routine is called. -*/ -static const void *fetchPayload( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ - u32 *pAmt /* Write the number of available bytes here */ -){ - u32 amt; - assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 ); - assert( pCur->info.pPayload>pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aData || CORRUPT_DB ); - assert( pCur->info.pPayloadapPage[pCur->iPage]->aDataEnd ||CORRUPT_DB); - amt = (int)(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->aDataEnd - pCur->info.pPayload); - if( pCur->info.nLocalinfo.nLocal; - *pAmt = amt; - return (void*)pCur->info.pPayload; -} - - -/* -** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as -** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local -** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. -** -** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move -** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, -** including calls from other threads against the same cache. -** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling -** this routine. -** -** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data -** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. -*/ -SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){ - return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt); -} -SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){ - return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt); -} - - -/* -** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the -** page number of the child page to move to. -** -** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of -** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e. -** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or -** vice-versa). -*/ -static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ - BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPageiPage>=0 ); - if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - pCur->iPage++; - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = 0; - return getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], - pCur, pCur->curPagerFlags); -} - -#if SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function -** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th -** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of -** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of -** the page. -*/ -static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ - if( CORRUPT_DB ) return; /* The conditions tested below might not be true - ** in a corrupt database */ - assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); - if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ - assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); - }else{ - assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); - } -} -#else -# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) -#endif - -/* -** Move the cursor up to the parent page. -** -** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer -** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the -** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than -** the largest cell index. -*/ -static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assertParentIndex( - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno - ); - testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell ); - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); -} - -/* -** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure. -** -** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point -** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a -** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a -** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. -** -** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to -** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first -** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state -** is set to CURSOR_VALID. -** -** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the -** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected -** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not -** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, -** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo -** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index -** b-tree). -*/ -static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ - MemPage *pRoot; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); - return pCur->skipNext; - } - sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); - } - - if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ - while( pCur->iPage ){ - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]!=0 ); - releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); - } - }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - assert( pCur->iPage==(-1) ); - rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0], - 0, pCur->curPagerFlags); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return rc; - } - pCur->iPage = 0; - pCur->curIntKey = pCur->apPage[0]->intKey; - } - pRoot = pCur->apPage[0]; - assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); - - /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor - ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is - ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, - ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. - ** - ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail - ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e. - ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted - ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table - ** (or the freelist). */ - assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 ); - if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - - pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - - if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){ - Pgno subpage; - if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); - }else{ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the -** entry to which it is currently pointing. -** -** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first -** in ascending order. -*/ -static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]nCell ); - pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])); - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the -** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference -** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() -** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() -** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. -** -** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last -** key in ascending order. -*/ -static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ - Pgno pgno; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - while( !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){ - pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1; - assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 ); - assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - }else{ - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK -** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something -** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - - /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ - if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point - ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ - int ii; - for(ii=0; iiiPage; ii++){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell ); - } - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 ); - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf ); -#endif - return SQLITE_OK; - } - - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - *pRes = 1; - }else{ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_AtLast; - }else{ - pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast; - } - - } - } - return rc; -} - -SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord( - UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, - BtCursor* pCur, - int nField, - int default_rc, - Mem* pMem) -{ - pUnKey->pKeyInfo = pCur->pKeyInfo; - pUnKey->nField = nField; - pUnKey->default_rc = default_rc; - pUnKey->aMem = pMem; -} - -/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key -** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. -** -** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey -** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey -** is ignored. -** -** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always -** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it -** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes -** before or after the key. -** -** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of -** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is -** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into -** *pRes is as follows: -** -** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty -** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. -** -** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. -** -** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that -** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. -** -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( - BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ - UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ - i64 intKey, /* The table key */ - int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ - int *pRes /* Write search results here */ -){ - int rc; - RecordCompare xRecordCompare; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( pRes ); - assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); - - /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying - ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 - && pCur->curIntKey - ){ - if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ - *pRes = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 && pCur->info.nKeyerrCode = 0; - assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 - || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 - || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1 - ); - }else{ - xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */ - } - - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 ); - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ - *pRes = -1; - assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 ); - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==pCur->curIntKey ); - assert( pCur->curIntKey || pIdxKey ); - for(;;){ - int lwr, upr, idx, c; - Pgno chldPg; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */ - - /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page - ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop - ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine - ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must - ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise - ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */ - assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); - assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) ); - lwr = 0; - upr = pPage->nCell-1; - assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 ); - idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; - if( xRecordCompare==0 ){ - for(;;){ - i64 nCellKey; - pCell = findCellPastPtr(pPage, idx); - if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){ - while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){ - if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - } - getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); - if( nCellKeyupr ){ c = -1; break; } - }else if( nCellKey>intKey ){ - upr = idx-1; - if( lwr>upr ){ c = +1; break; } - }else{ - assert( nCellKey==intKey ); - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; - pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - lwr = idx; - goto moveto_next_layer; - }else{ - *pRes = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto moveto_finish; - } - } - assert( lwr+upr>=0 ); - idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2; */ - } - }else{ - for(;;){ - int nCell; /* Size of the pCell cell in bytes */ - pCell = findCellPastPtr(pPage, idx); - - /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that - ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree - ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte - ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing - ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is - ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first - ** 2 bytes of the cell. - */ - nCell = pCell[0]; - if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){ - /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a - ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main - ** b-tree page. */ - testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd ); - c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey); - }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) - && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal - ){ - /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record - ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ - testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd ); - c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey); - }else{ - /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In - ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated - ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the - ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. - ** - ** If the record is corrupt, the xRecordCompare routine may read - ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18 - ** bytes of padding is allocated at the end of the buffer in - ** case this happens. */ - void *pCellKey; - u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize; - pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info); - nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey; - testcase( nCell<0 ); /* True if key size is 2^32 or more */ - testcase( nCell==0 ); /* Invalid key size: 0x80 0x80 0x00 */ - testcase( nCell==1 ); /* Invalid key size: 0x80 0x80 0x01 */ - testcase( nCell==2 ); /* Minimum legal index key size */ - if( nCell<2 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto moveto_finish; - } - pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell+18 ); - if( pCellKey==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto moveto_finish; - } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; - rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 2); - if( rc ){ - sqlite3_free(pCellKey); - goto moveto_finish; - } - c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey); - sqlite3_free(pCellKey); - } - assert( - (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0) - && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->mallocFailed) - ); - if( c<0 ){ - lwr = idx+1; - }else if( c>0 ){ - upr = idx-1; - }else{ - assert( c==0 ); - *pRes = 0; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; - if( pIdxKey->errCode ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; - goto moveto_finish; - } - if( lwr>upr ) break; - assert( lwr+upr>=0 ); - idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */ - } - } - assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) ); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( pPage->leaf ){ - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)idx; - *pRes = c; - rc = SQLITE_OK; - goto moveto_finish; - } -moveto_next_layer: - if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ - chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - }else{ - chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); - } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); - if( rc ) break; - } -moveto_finish: - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. -** -** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves -** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past -** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ - /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries - ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code - ** as well as the boolean result value. - */ - return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); -} - -/* -** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. -** -** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreeNext(). That routine is optimized -** for the common case of merely incrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx -** to the next cell on the current page. The (slower) btreeNext() helper -** routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page or -** to restore the cursor. -** -** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1. The initial *pRes value -** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and -** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been -** a unique index. Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero. -** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the -** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current -** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree -** implementation does use this hint, however.) -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - int idx; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( *pRes==0 ); - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ); - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skipNext ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){ - pCur->skipNext = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skipNext = 0; - } - } - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - - /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx - ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies - ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can - ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the - ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */ - testcase( idx>pPage->nCell ); - - if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - if( rc ) return rc; - return moveToLeftmost(pCur); - } - do{ - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - *pRes = 1; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - moveToParent(pCur); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell ); - if( pPage->intKey ){ - return sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - } - if( pPage->leaf ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return moveToLeftmost(pCur); - } -} -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - MemPage *pPage; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pRes!=0 ); - assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 ); - assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); - *pRes = 0; - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) return btreeNext(pCur, pRes); - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( (++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage])>=pPage->nCell ){ - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; - return btreeNext(pCur, pRes); - } - if( pPage->leaf ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - }else{ - return moveToLeftmost(pCur); - } -} - -/* -** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If -** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor -** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before -** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. -** -** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreePrevious(). That routine is optimized -** for the common case of merely decrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx -** to the previous cell on the current page. The (slower) btreePrevious() -** helper routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page -** or to restore the cursor. -** -** The calling function will set *pRes to 0 or 1. The initial *pRes value -** will be 1 if the cursor being stepped corresponds to an SQL index and -** if this routine could have been skipped if that SQL index had been -** a unique index. Otherwise the caller will have set *pRes to zero. -** Zero is the common case. The btree implementation is free to use the -** initial *pRes value as a hint to improve performance, but the current -** SQLite btree implementation does not. (Note that the comdb2 btree -** implementation does use this hint, however.) -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage; - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pRes!=0 ); - assert( *pRes==0 ); - assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); - assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey))==0 ); - assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 ); - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - if( pCur->skipNext ){ - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; - if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){ - pCur->skipNext = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - pCur->skipNext = 0; - } - } - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); - }else{ - while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){ - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - *pRes = 1; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - moveToParent(pCur); - } - assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 ); - assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl))==0 ); - - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pRes!=0 ); - assert( *pRes==0 || *pRes==1 ); - assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); - *pRes = 0; - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey); - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID - || pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 - || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf==0 - ){ - return btreePrevious(pCur, pRes); - } - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Allocate a new page from the database file. -** -** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() -** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also -** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling -** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates -** an error. *ppPage is set to NULL in the event of an error. -** -** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to -** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an -** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, -** which in turn can make database access faster. -** -** If the eMode parameter is BTALLOC_EXACT and the nearby page exists -** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guaranteed to be returned. If -** eMode is BTALLOC_LT then the page returned will be less than or equal -** to nearby if any such page exists. If eMode is BTALLOC_ANY then there -** are no restrictions on which page is returned. -*/ -static int allocateBtreePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ - MemPage **ppPage, /* Store pointer to the allocated page here */ - Pgno *pPgno, /* Store the page number here */ - Pgno nearby, /* Search for a page near this one */ - u8 eMode /* BTALLOC_EXACT, BTALLOC_LT, or BTALLOC_ANY */ -){ - MemPage *pPage1; - int rc; - u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ - u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; - MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; - Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) ); - pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; - mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-05119-02637 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 36 - ** stores stores the total number of pages on the freelist. */ - n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - testcase( n==mxPage-1 ); - if( n>=mxPage ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( n>0 ){ - /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ - Pgno iTrunk; - u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ - u32 nSearch = 0; /* Count of the number of search attempts */ - - /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map - ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then - ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. - */ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT ){ - if( nearby<=mxPage ){ - u8 eType; - assert( nearby>0 ); - assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - searchList = 1; - } - } - }else if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){ - searchList = 1; - } -#endif - - /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the - ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); - - /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable - ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the - ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT) - ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT) - */ - do { - pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; - if( pPrevTrunk ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01506-11053 The first integer on a freelist trunk page - ** is the page number of the next freelist trunk page in the list or - ** zero if this is the last freelist trunk page. */ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); - }else{ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59841-13798 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 32 - ** stores the page number of the first page of the freelist, or zero if - ** the freelist is empty. */ - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - } - testcase( iTrunk==mxPage ); - if( iTrunk>mxPage || nSearch++ > n ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - } - if( rc ){ - pTrunk = 0; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - assert( pTrunk!=0 ); - assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 ); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-13523-04394 The second integer on a freelist trunk page - ** is the number of leaf page pointers to follow. */ - k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - if( k==0 && !searchList ){ - /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. - ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly - ** allocated page */ - assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - *pPgno = iTrunk; - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - *ppPage = pTrunk; - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); - }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){ - /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - }else if( searchList - && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunkpDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - if( k==0 ){ - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - } - }else{ - /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains - ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk - ** page in this case. - */ - MemPage *pNewTrunk; - Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); - if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage ); - rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - goto end_allocate_page; - } - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); - put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); - memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); - releasePage(pNewTrunk); - if( !pPrevTrunk ){ - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_allocate_page; - } - put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); - } - } - pTrunk = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); -#endif - }else if( k>0 ){ - /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ - u32 closest; - Pgno iPage; - unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; - if( nearby>0 ){ - u32 i; - closest = 0; - if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){ - for(i=0; imxPage ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto end_allocate_page; - } - testcase( iPage==mxPage ); - if( !searchList - || (iPage==nearby || (iPagepgno, n-1)); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page; - if( closestpDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - *ppPage = 0; - } - } - searchList = 0; - } - } - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - pPrevTrunk = 0; - }while( searchList ); - }else{ - /* There are no pages on the freelist, so append a new page to the - ** database image. - ** - ** Normally, new pages allocated by this block can be requested from the - ** pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. This prevents the pager - ** from trying to read the pages content from disk. However, if the - ** current transaction has already run one or more incremental-vacuum - ** steps, then the page we are about to allocate may contain content - ** that is required in the event of a rollback. In this case, do - ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal - ** the current page content before overwriting it. - ** - ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal - ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database - ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization - ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the - ** database image and the end of the database file. - */ - int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate))? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT:0; - - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - pBt->nPage++; - if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++; - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){ - /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages - ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page - ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. - */ - MemPage *pPg = 0; - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage)); - assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, bNoContent); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); - releasePage(pPg); - } - if( rc ) return rc; - pBt->nPage++; - if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; } - } -#endif - put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage); - *pPgno = pBt->nPage; - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, bNoContent); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(*ppPage); - *ppPage = 0; - } - TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); - } - - assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - -end_allocate_page: - releasePage(pTrunk); - releasePage(pPrevTrunk); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)<=1 ); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ); - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. -** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. -** -** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. -** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object -** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. -** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. -** -** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, -** its reference count is not altered by this function. -*/ -static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ - MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ - Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ - MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( CORRUPT_DB || iPage>1 ); - assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); - - if( iPage<2 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - if( pMemPage ){ - pPage = pMemPage; - sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); - }else{ - pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); - } - - /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc ) goto freepage_out; - nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); - - if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ - /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then - ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. - */ - if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) ) - || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0) - ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); - } - - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map - ** to indicate that the page is free. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc); - if( rc ) goto freepage_out; - } - - /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two - ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first - ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a - ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the - ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it - ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. - */ - if( nFree!=0 ){ - u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ - - iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - - nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); - assert( pBt->usableSize>32 ); - if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto freepage_out; - } - if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ - /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page - ** being freed as a new leaf. - ** - ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains - ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have - ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to - ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than - ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order - ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, - ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 - ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded - ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above - ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". - ** - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-19920-11576 However, newer versions of SQLite still - ** avoid using the last six entries in the freelist trunk page array in - ** order that database files created by newer versions of SQLite can be - ** read by older versions of SQLite. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); - put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); - if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){ - sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - } - rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); - } - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); - goto freepage_out; - } - } - - /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the - ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. - ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the - ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed - ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. - */ - if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto freepage_out; - } - put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); - put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); - put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); - TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); - -freepage_out: - if( pPage ){ - pPage->isInit = 0; - } - releasePage(pPage); - releasePage(pTrunk); - return rc; -} -static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){ - if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); - } -} - -/* -** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. Write the -** local Cell size (the number of bytes on the original page, omitting -** overflow) into *pnSize. -*/ -static int clearCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the Cell */ - unsigned char *pCell, /* First byte of the Cell */ - u16 *pnSize /* Write the size of the Cell here */ -){ - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - CellInfo info; - Pgno ovflPgno; - int rc; - int nOvfl; - u32 ovflPageSize; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); - *pnSize = info.nSize; - if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ - return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ - } - if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Cell extends past end of page */ - } - ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); - assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); - ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; - nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; - assert( nOvfl>0 || - (CORRUPT_DB && (info.nPayload + ovflPageSize)btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an - ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the - ** file the database must be corrupt. */ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( nOvfl ){ - rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) - && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 - ){ - /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference - ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. - ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it - ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. - ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as - ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is - ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the - ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this - ** can be problematic. - */ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - }else{ - rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); - } - - if( pOvfl ){ - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); - } - if( rc ) return rc; - ovflPgno = iNext; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage -** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are -** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure -** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated -** for pCell[]. -** -** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData -** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will -** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData -** later. -*/ -static int fillInCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ - unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ - const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ - int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ - int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ -){ - int nPayload; - const u8 *pSrc; - int nSrc, n, rc; - int spaceLeft; - MemPage *pOvfl = 0; - MemPage *pToRelease = 0; - unsigned char *pPrior; - unsigned char *pPayload; - BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; - Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; - int nHeader; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - - /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary - ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ - assert( pCellaData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - /* Fill in the header. */ - nHeader = pPage->childPtrSize; - nPayload = nData + nZero; - if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){ - nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload); - }else{ - assert( nData==0 ); - assert( nZero==0 ); - } - nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); - - /* Fill in the payload size */ - if( pPage->intKey ){ - pSrc = pData; - nSrc = nData; - nData = 0; - }else{ - assert( nKey<=0x7fffffff && pKey!=0 ); - nPayload = (int)nKey; - pSrc = pKey; - nSrc = (int)nKey; - } - if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ - n = nHeader + nPayload; - testcase( n==3 ); - testcase( n==4 ); - if( n<4 ) n = 4; - *pnSize = n; - spaceLeft = nPayload; - pPrior = pCell; - }else{ - int mn = pPage->minLocal; - n = mn + (nPayload - mn) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); - testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal ); - testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); - if( n > pPage->maxLocal ) n = mn; - spaceLeft = n; - *pnSize = n + nHeader + 4; - pPrior = &pCell[nHeader+n]; - } - pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; - - /* At this point variables should be set as follows: - ** - ** nPayload Total payload size in bytes - ** pPayload Begin writing payload here - ** spaceLeft Space available at pPayload. If nPayload>spaceLeft, - ** that means content must spill into overflow pages. - ** *pnSize Size of the local cell (not counting overflow pages) - ** pPrior Where to write the pgno of the first overflow page - ** - ** Use a call to btreeParseCellPtr() to verify that the values above - ** were computed correctly. - */ -#if SQLITE_DEBUG - { - CellInfo info; - pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); - assert( nHeader=(int)(info.pPayload - pCell) ); - assert( info.nKey==nKey ); - assert( *pnSize == info.nSize ); - assert( spaceLeft == info.nLocal ); - assert( pPrior == &pCell[info.iOverflow] ); - } -#endif - - /* Write the payload into the local Cell and any extra into overflow pages */ - while( nPayload>0 ){ - if( spaceLeft==0 ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - do{ - pgnoOvfl++; - } while( - PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - ); - } -#endif - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent - ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map - ** for that page now. - ** - ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry - ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, - ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() - ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the - ** wrong pages from the database. - */ - if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pOvfl); - } - } -#endif - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pToRelease); - return rc; - } - - /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area - ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ - assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); - - /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage - ** is still writeable */ - assert( pPrioraData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); - releasePage(pToRelease); - pToRelease = pOvfl; - pPrior = pOvfl->aData; - put4byte(pPrior, 0); - pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; - spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; - } - n = nPayload; - if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; - - /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area - ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ - assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); - - /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage - ** is still writeable */ - assert( pPayloadaData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] - || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - - if( nSrc>0 ){ - if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; - assert( pSrc ); - memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); - }else{ - memset(pPayload, 0, n); - } - nPayload -= n; - pPayload += n; - pSrc += n; - nSrc -= n; - spaceLeft -= n; - if( nSrc==0 ){ - nSrc = nData; - pSrc = pData; - } - } - releasePage(pToRelease); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. -** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that -** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just -** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. -** -** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. -*/ -static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ - u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ - u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ - u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ - int rc; /* The return code */ - int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */ - - if( *pRC ) return; - - assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); - assert( CORRUPT_DB || sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - data = pPage->aData; - ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx]; - pc = get2byte(ptr); - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); - testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ - *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return; - } - rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); - if( rc ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - pPage->nCell--; - if( pPage->nCell==0 ){ - memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); - data[hdr+7] = 0; - put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pPage->pBt->usableSize); - pPage->nFree = pPage->pBt->usableSize - pPage->hdrOffset - - pPage->childPtrSize - 8; - }else{ - memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx)); - put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); - pPage->nFree += 2; - } -} - -/* -** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the -** content of the cell. -** -** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it -** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if -** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry -** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either -** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. -** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that -** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. -*/ -static void insertCell( - MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ - int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ - u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ - int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ - u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ - Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */ - int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */ -){ - int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ - int j; /* Loop counter */ - u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ - u8 *pIns; /* The point in pPage->aCellIdx[] where no cell inserted */ - - if( *pRC ) return; - - assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); - assert( MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 ); - assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) || CORRUPT_DB ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) ); - assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a - ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size - ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size - ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence - ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */ - assert( sz==pPage->xCellSize(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) ); - if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ - if( pTemp ){ - memcpy(pTemp, pCell, sz); - pCell = pTemp; - } - if( iChild ){ - put4byte(pCell, iChild); - } - j = pPage->nOverflow++; - assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->apOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->apOvfl[0])) ); - pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell; - pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i; - - /* When multiple overflows occur, they are always sequential and in - ** sorted order. This invariants arise because multiple overflows can - ** only occur when inserting divider cells into the parent page during - ** balancing, and the dividers are adjacent and sorted. - */ - assert( j==0 || pPage->aiOvfl[j-1]<(u16)i ); /* Overflows in sorted order */ - assert( j==0 || i==pPage->aiOvfl[j-1]+1 ); /* Overflows are sequential */ - }else{ - int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); - data = pPage->aData; - assert( &data[pPage->cellOffset]==pPage->aCellIdx ); - rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx); - if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } - /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following properties - ** if it returns successfully */ - assert( idx >= 0 ); - assert( idx >= pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell+2 || CORRUPT_DB ); - assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); - pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz); - memcpy(&data[idx], pCell, sz); - if( iChild ){ - put4byte(&data[idx], iChild); - } - pIns = pPage->aCellIdx + i*2; - memmove(pIns+2, pIns, 2*(pPage->nCell - i)); - put2byte(pIns, idx); - pPage->nCell++; - /* increment the cell count */ - if( (++data[pPage->hdrOffset+4])==0 ) data[pPage->hdrOffset+3]++; - assert( get2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3])==pPage->nCell ); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write - ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. - */ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC); - } -#endif - } -} - -/* -** A CellArray object contains a cache of pointers and sizes for a -** consecutive sequence of cells that might be held multiple pages. -*/ -typedef struct CellArray CellArray; -struct CellArray { - int nCell; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ - MemPage *pRef; /* Reference page */ - u8 **apCell; /* All cells begin balanced */ - u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ -}; - -/* -** Make sure the cell sizes at idx, idx+1, ..., idx+N-1 have been -** computed. -*/ -static void populateCellCache(CellArray *p, int idx, int N){ - assert( idx>=0 && idx+N<=p->nCell ); - while( N>0 ){ - assert( p->apCell[idx]!=0 ); - if( p->szCell[idx]==0 ){ - p->szCell[idx] = p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[idx]); - }else{ - assert( CORRUPT_DB || - p->szCell[idx]==p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[idx]) ); - } - idx++; - N--; - } -} - -/* -** Return the size of the Nth element of the cell array -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE u16 computeCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){ - assert( N>=0 && NnCell ); - assert( p->szCell[N]==0 ); - p->szCell[N] = p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[N]); - return p->szCell[N]; -} -static u16 cachedCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){ - assert( N>=0 && NnCell ); - if( p->szCell[N] ) return p->szCell[N]; - return computeCellSize(p, N); -} - -/* -** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The -** szCell[] array contains the size in bytes of each cell. This function -** replaces the current contents of page pPg with the contents of the cell -** array. -** -** Some of the cells in apCell[] may currently be stored in pPg. This -** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any -** such cells before overwriting the page data. -** -** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly. -*/ -static int rebuildPage( - MemPage *pPg, /* Edit this page */ - int nCell, /* Final number of cells on page */ - u8 **apCell, /* Array of cells */ - u16 *szCell /* Array of cell sizes */ -){ - const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPg */ - u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPg */ - const int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize; - u8 * const pEnd = &aData[usableSize]; - int i; - u8 *pCellptr = pPg->aCellIdx; - u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager); - u8 *pData; - - i = get2byte(&aData[hdr+5]); - memcpy(&pTmp[i], &aData[i], usableSize - i); - - pData = pEnd; - for(i=0; iaData && pCellxCellSize(pPg, pCell) || CORRUPT_DB ); - testcase( szCell[i]!=pPg->xCellSize(pPg,pCell) ); - } - - /* The pPg->nFree field is now set incorrectly. The caller will fix it. */ - pPg->nCell = nCell; - pPg->nOverflow = 0; - - put2byte(&aData[hdr+1], 0); - put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell); - put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData); - aData[hdr+7] = 0x00; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell -** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function attempts to -** add the cells stored in the array to page pPg. If it cannot (because -** the page needs to be defragmented before the cells will fit), non-zero -** is returned. Otherwise, if the cells are added successfully, zero is -** returned. -** -** Argument pCellptr points to the first entry in the cell-pointer array -** (part of page pPg) to populate. After cell apCell[0] is written to the -** page body, a 16-bit offset is written to pCellptr. And so on, for each -** cell in the array. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure -** that it is safe to overwrite this part of the cell-pointer array. -** -** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the -** content area on page pPg. If the size of the content area is extended, -** *ppData is updated to point to the new start of the content area -** before returning. -** -** Finally, argument pBegin points to the byte immediately following the -** end of the space required by this page for the cell-pointer area (for -** all cells - not just those inserted by the current call). If the content -** area must be extended to before this point in order to accomodate all -** cells in apCell[], then the cells do not fit and non-zero is returned. -*/ -static int pageInsertArray( - MemPage *pPg, /* Page to add cells to */ - u8 *pBegin, /* End of cell-pointer array */ - u8 **ppData, /* IN/OUT: Page content -area pointer */ - u8 *pCellptr, /* Pointer to cell-pointer area */ - int iFirst, /* Index of first cell to add */ - int nCell, /* Number of cells to add to pPg */ - CellArray *pCArray /* Array of cells */ -){ - int i; - u8 *aData = pPg->aData; - u8 *pData = *ppData; - int iEnd = iFirst + nCell; - assert( CORRUPT_DB || pPg->hdrOffset==0 ); /* Never called on page 1 */ - for(i=iFirst; iapCell[i] will never overlap on a well-formed - ** database. But they might for a corrupt database. Hence use memmove() - ** since memcpy() sends SIGABORT with overlapping buffers on OpenBSD */ - assert( (pSlot+sz)<=pCArray->apCell[i] - || pSlot>=(pCArray->apCell[i]+sz) - || CORRUPT_DB ); - memmove(pSlot, pCArray->apCell[i], sz); - put2byte(pCellptr, (pSlot - aData)); - pCellptr += 2; - } - *ppData = pData; - return 0; -} - -/* -** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell -** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function adds the -** space associated with each cell in the array that is currently stored -** within the body of pPg to the pPg free-list. The cell-pointers and other -** fields of the page are not updated. -** -** This function returns the total number of cells added to the free-list. -*/ -static int pageFreeArray( - MemPage *pPg, /* Page to edit */ - int iFirst, /* First cell to delete */ - int nCell, /* Cells to delete */ - CellArray *pCArray /* Array of cells */ -){ - u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; - u8 * const pEnd = &aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize]; - u8 * const pStart = &aData[pPg->hdrOffset + 8 + pPg->childPtrSize]; - int nRet = 0; - int i; - int iEnd = iFirst + nCell; - u8 *pFree = 0; - int szFree = 0; - - for(i=iFirst; iapCell[i]; - if( pCell>=pStart && pCellszCell[i]; assert( sz>0 ); - if( pFree!=(pCell + sz) ){ - if( pFree ){ - assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 ); - freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree); - } - pFree = pCell; - szFree = sz; - if( pFree+sz>pEnd ) return 0; - }else{ - pFree = pCell; - szFree += sz; - } - nRet++; - } - } - if( pFree ){ - assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 ); - freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree); - } - return nRet; -} - -/* -** apCell[] and szCell[] contains pointers to and sizes of all cells in the -** pages being balanced. The current page, pPg, has pPg->nCell cells starting -** with apCell[iOld]. After balancing, this page should hold nNew cells -** starting at apCell[iNew]. -** -** This routine makes the necessary adjustments to pPg so that it contains -** the correct cells after being balanced. -** -** The pPg->nFree field is invalid when this function returns. It is the -** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly. -*/ -static int editPage( - MemPage *pPg, /* Edit this page */ - int iOld, /* Index of first cell currently on page */ - int iNew, /* Index of new first cell on page */ - int nNew, /* Final number of cells on page */ - CellArray *pCArray /* Array of cells and sizes */ -){ - u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; - const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset; - u8 *pBegin = &pPg->aCellIdx[nNew * 2]; - int nCell = pPg->nCell; /* Cells stored on pPg */ - u8 *pData; - u8 *pCellptr; - int i; - int iOldEnd = iOld + pPg->nCell + pPg->nOverflow; - int iNewEnd = iNew + nNew; - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager); - memcpy(pTmp, aData, pPg->pBt->usableSize); -#endif - - /* Remove cells from the start and end of the page */ - if( iOldaCellIdx, &pPg->aCellIdx[nShift*2], nCell*2); - nCell -= nShift; - } - if( iNewEnd < iOldEnd ){ - nCell -= pageFreeArray(pPg, iNewEnd, iOldEnd - iNewEnd, pCArray); - } - - pData = &aData[get2byteNotZero(&aData[hdr+5])]; - if( pDataaCellIdx; - memmove(&pCellptr[nAdd*2], pCellptr, nCell*2); - if( pageInsertArray( - pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr, - iNew, nAdd, pCArray - ) ) goto editpage_fail; - nCell += nAdd; - } - - /* Add any overflow cells */ - for(i=0; inOverflow; i++){ - int iCell = (iOld + pPg->aiOvfl[i]) - iNew; - if( iCell>=0 && iCellaCellIdx[iCell * 2]; - memmove(&pCellptr[2], pCellptr, (nCell - iCell) * 2); - nCell++; - if( pageInsertArray( - pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr, - iCell+iNew, 1, pCArray - ) ) goto editpage_fail; - } - } - - /* Append cells to the end of the page */ - pCellptr = &pPg->aCellIdx[nCell*2]; - if( pageInsertArray( - pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr, - iNew+nCell, nNew-nCell, pCArray - ) ) goto editpage_fail; - - pPg->nCell = nNew; - pPg->nOverflow = 0; - - put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell); - put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData); - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - for(i=0; iapCell[i+iNew]; - int iOff = get2byteAligned(&pPg->aCellIdx[i*2]); - if( pCell>=aData && pCell<&aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize] ){ - pCell = &pTmp[pCell - aData]; - } - assert( 0==memcmp(pCell, &aData[iOff], - pCArray->pRef->xCellSize(pCArray->pRef, pCArray->apCell[i+iNew])) ); - } -#endif - - return SQLITE_OK; - editpage_fail: - /* Unable to edit this page. Rebuild it from scratch instead. */ - populateCellCache(pCArray, iNew, nNew); - return rebuildPage(pPg, nNew, &pCArray->apCell[iNew], &pCArray->szCell[iNew]); -} - -/* -** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved -** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side -** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the -** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and -** NN neighbors on either side. -** -** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 -** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance -** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. -** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. -*/ -#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ -#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE -/* -** This version of balance() handles the common special case where -** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the -** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest -** entry in the tree. -** -** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add -** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in -** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat -** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries -** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly -** fill up. On average. -** -** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. -** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry -** which is also the right-most entry on the page. -** -** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider -** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4 -** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other -** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at -** least 13 bytes in size. -*/ -static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ - BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */ - MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */ - int rc; /* Return Code */ - Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */ - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); - - /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */ - if( NEVER(pPage->nCell==0) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - - /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of - ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell - ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - - u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4]; - u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0]; - u16 szCell = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, pCell); - u8 *pStop; - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); - assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) ); - zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF); - rc = rebuildPage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); - if( NEVER(rc) ) return rc; - pNew->nFree = pBt->usableSize - pNew->cellOffset - 2 - szCell; - - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map - ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the - ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these - ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents - ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. - ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to - ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a - ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); - if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); - } - } - - /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell - ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and - ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the - ** largest key on pPage). - ** - ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most - ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the - ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) - ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). - ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length - ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the - ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer. - */ - pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); - pStop = &pCell[9]; - while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCellnCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace), - 0, pPage->pgno, &rc); - - /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ - put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); - - /* Release the reference to the new page. */ - releasePage(pNew); - } - - return rc; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ - -#if 0 -/* -** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. -** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible -** for setting pointer-map entries. -*/ -static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ - int i, j; - for(i=0; ipBt; - assert( pPage->isInit ); - - for(j=0; jnCell; j++){ - CellInfo info; - u8 *z; - - z = findCell(pPage, j); - pPage->xParseCell(pPage, z, &info); - if( info.iOverflow ){ - Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]); - ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ); - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno child = get4byte(z); - ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); - } - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); - ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); - assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); - } - } - return 1; -} -#endif - -/* -** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored -** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then -** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the -** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained -** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer -** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. -** -** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the -** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. -** -** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). -** -** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by -** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of -** which are called often under normal circumstances. -*/ -static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ - if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ - BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt; - u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData; - u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData; - int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset; - int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); - int rc; - int iData; - - - assert( pFrom->isInit ); - assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); - assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize ); - - /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ - iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); - memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); - memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); - - /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure - ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under - ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized - ** page pFrom. - */ - pTo->isInit = 0; - rc = btreeInitPage(pTo); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - *pRC = rc; - return; - } - - /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries - ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo); - } - } -} - -/* -** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent -** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the -** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the -** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one -** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page -** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page -** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings -** participate in the balancing. -** -** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by -** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. -** -** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page -** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen -** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated -** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning. -** -** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be -** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so -** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this -** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct -** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). -** -** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database -** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should -** be rolled back. -** -** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a -** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent -** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is -** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts -** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum -** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4 -** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large -** enough for all overflow cells. -** -** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns -** SQLITE_NOMEM. -*/ -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM) -#pragma optimize("", off) -#endif -static int balance_nonroot( - MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */ - int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */ - u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */ - int isRoot, /* True if pParent is a root-page */ - int bBulk /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */ -){ - BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ - int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ - int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ - int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ - int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ - int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */ - u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ - int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ - int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ - int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ - int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ - int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */ - int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ - MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ - MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ - u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */ - u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ - int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in b.paCell[] of cell after i-th page */ - int cntOld[NB+2]; /* Old index in b.apCell[] */ - int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells placed on i-th page */ - u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */ - Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */ - u8 abDone[NB+2]; /* True after i'th new page is populated */ - Pgno aPgno[NB+2]; /* Page numbers of new pages before shuffling */ - Pgno aPgOrder[NB+2]; /* Copy of aPgno[] used for sorting pages */ - u16 aPgFlags[NB+2]; /* flags field of new pages before shuffling */ - CellArray b; /* Parsed information on cells being balanced */ - - memset(abDone, 0, sizeof(abDone)); - b.nCell = 0; - b.apCell = 0; - pBt = pParent->pBt; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - -#if 0 - TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); -#endif - - /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if - ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with - ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function - ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). - */ - assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 ); - assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx ); - - if( !aOvflSpace ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent - ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on - ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, - ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent - ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. - ** - ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This - ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any - ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will - ** have already been removed. - */ - i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell; - if( i<2 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - }else{ - assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 ); - if( iParentIdx==0 ){ - nxDiv = 0; - }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ - nxDiv = i-2+bBulk; - }else{ - nxDiv = iParentIdx-1; - } - i = 2-bBulk; - } - nOld = i+1; - if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){ - pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]; - }else{ - pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); - } - pgno = get4byte(pRight); - while( 1 ){ - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i], 0, 0); - if( rc ){ - memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); - goto balance_cleanup; - } - nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; - if( (i--)==0 ) break; - - if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] && pParent->nOverflow ){ - apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0]; - pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - szNew[i] = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, apDiv[i]); - pParent->nOverflow = 0; - }else{ - apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); - pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); - szNew[i] = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, apDiv[i]); - - /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to - ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped. - ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first - ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first - ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use - ** later on. - ** - ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode, - ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. - ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[] - ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer - ** is allocated. */ - if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ - int iOff; - - iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData); - if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); - goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]); - apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData]; - } - } - dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc); - } - } - - /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte - ** alignment */ - nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; - - /* - ** Allocate space for memory structures - */ - szScratch = - nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* b.apCell */ - + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* b.szCell */ - + pBt->pageSize; /* aSpace1 */ - - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28375-38319 SQLite will never request a scratch buffer - ** that is more than 6 times the database page size. */ - assert( szScratch<=6*(int)pBt->pageSize ); - b.apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); - if( b.apCell==0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - b.szCell = (u16*)&b.apCell[nMaxCells]; - aSpace1 = (u8*)&b.szCell[nMaxCells]; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); - - /* - ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells - ** into the local b.apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells - ** into space obtained from aSpace1[]. The divider cells have already - ** been removed from pParent. - ** - ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the - ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied - ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in b.apCell[] are without - ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in - ** b.apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in b.apCell[] - ** are alike. - ** - ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. - ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. - */ - b.pRef = apOld[0]; - leafCorrection = b.pRef->leaf*4; - leafData = b.pRef->intKeyLeaf; - for(i=0; inCell; - u8 *aData = pOld->aData; - u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage; - u8 *piCell = aData + pOld->cellOffset; - u8 *piEnd; - - /* Verify that all sibling pages are of the same "type" (table-leaf, - ** table-interior, index-leaf, or index-interior). - */ - if( pOld->aData[0]!=apOld[0]->aData[0] ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - - /* Load b.apCell[] with pointers to all cells in pOld. If pOld - ** constains overflow cells, include them in the b.apCell[] array - ** in the correct spot. - ** - ** Note that when there are multiple overflow cells, it is always the - ** case that they are sequential and adjacent. This invariant arises - ** because multiple overflows can only occurs when inserting divider - ** cells into a parent on a prior balance, and divider cells are always - ** adjacent and are inserted in order. There is an assert() tagged - ** with "NOTE 1" in the overflow cell insertion loop to prove this - ** invariant. - ** - ** This must be done in advance. Once the balance starts, the cell - ** offset section of the btree page will be overwritten and we will no - ** long be able to find the cells if a pointer to each cell is not saved - ** first. - */ - memset(&b.szCell[b.nCell], 0, sizeof(b.szCell[0])*limit); - if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){ - memset(&b.szCell[b.nCell+limit], 0, sizeof(b.szCell[0])*pOld->nOverflow); - limit = pOld->aiOvfl[0]; - for(j=0; jnOverflow; k++){ - assert( k==0 || pOld->aiOvfl[k-1]+1==pOld->aiOvfl[k] );/* NOTE 1 */ - b.apCell[b.nCell] = pOld->apOvfl[k]; - b.nCell++; - } - } - piEnd = aData + pOld->cellOffset + 2*pOld->nCell; - while( piCellmaxLocal+23 ); - assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); - memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); - b.apCell[b.nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; - assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); - b.szCell[b.nCell] = b.szCell[b.nCell] - leafCorrection; - if( !pOld->leaf ){ - assert( leafCorrection==0 ); - assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 ); - /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left - ** pointer of the divider cell */ - memcpy(b.apCell[b.nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4); - }else{ - assert( leafCorrection==4 ); - while( b.szCell[b.nCell]<4 ){ - /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. If a smaller cell - ** does exist, pad it with 0x00 bytes. */ - assert( b.szCell[b.nCell]==3 || CORRUPT_DB ); - assert( b.apCell[b.nCell]==&aSpace1[iSpace1-3] || CORRUPT_DB ); - aSpace1[iSpace1++] = 0x00; - b.szCell[b.nCell]++; - } - } - b.nCell++; - } - } - - /* - ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all b.nCell cells. - ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total - ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index - ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. - ** cntNew[k] should equal b.nCell. - ** - ** Values computed by this block: - ** - ** k: The total number of sibling pages - ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. - ** cntNew[i]: Index in b.apCell[] and b.szCell[] for the first cell to - ** the right of the i-th sibling page. - ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. - ** - */ - usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; - for(i=0; inFree; - if( szNew[i]<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } - for(j=0; jnOverflow; j++){ - szNew[i] += 2 + p->xCellSize(p, p->apOvfl[j]); - } - cntNew[i] = cntOld[i]; - } - k = nOld; - for(i=0; iusableSpace ){ - if( i+1>=k ){ - k = i+2; - if( k>NB+2 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } - szNew[k-1] = 0; - cntNew[k-1] = b.nCell; - } - sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]-1); - szNew[i] -= sz; - if( !leafData ){ - if( cntNew[i]usableSpace ) break; - szNew[i] += sz; - cntNew[i]++; - if( !leafData ){ - if( cntNew[i]=b.nCell ){ - k = i+1; - }else if( cntNew[i] <= (i>0 ? cntNew[i-1] : 0) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - - /* - ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings - ** on the left side (siblings with smaller keys). The left siblings are - ** always nearly full, while the right-most sibling might be nearly empty. - ** The next block of code attempts to adjust the packing of siblings to - ** get a better balance. - ** - ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might - ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most - ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. - */ - for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ - int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ - int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ - int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ - int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ - - r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; - d = r + 1 - leafData; - (void)cachedCellSize(&b, d); - do{ - assert( d szLeft-(b.szCell[r]+2)) ){ - break; - } - szRight += b.szCell[d] + 2; - szLeft -= b.szCell[r] + 2; - cntNew[i-1] = r; - r--; - d--; - }while( r>=0 ); - szNew[i] = szRight; - szNew[i-1] = szLeft; - if( cntNew[i-1] <= (i>1 ? cntNew[i-2] : 0) ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - - /* Sanity check: For a non-corrupt database file one of the follwing - ** must be true: - ** (1) We found one or more cells (cntNew[0])>0), or - ** (2) pPage is a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when - ** the real root page is page 1 and we are the only child of - ** that page. - */ - assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) || CORRUPT_DB); - TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d)\n", - apOld[0]->pgno, apOld[0]->nCell, - nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->nCell : 0, - nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0, nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->nCell : 0 - )); - - /* - ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. - */ - pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0]; - for(i=0; ipDbPage); - nNew++; - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - }else{ - assert( i>0 ); - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0); - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags); - apNew[i] = pNew; - nNew++; - cntOld[i] = b.nCell; - - /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - } - } - - /* - ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order. - ** This helps to keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan - ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn - ** helps the operating system to deliver pages from the disk more rapidly. - ** - ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more - ** than (NB+2) (a small constant), that should not be a problem. - ** - ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster - ** for large insertions and deletions. - */ - for(i=0; ipgno; - aPgFlags[i] = apNew[i]->pDbPage->flags; - for(j=0; ji ){ - sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[iBest]->pDbPage, pBt->nPage+iBest+1, 0); - } - sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[i]->pDbPage, pgno, aPgFlags[iBest]); - apNew[i]->pgno = pgno; - } - } - - TRACE(("BALANCE: new: %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) " - "%d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d)\n", - apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], cntNew[0], - nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, - nNew>=2 ? cntNew[1] - cntNew[0] - !leafData : 0, - nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, - nNew>=3 ? cntNew[2] - cntNew[1] - !leafData : 0, - nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, - nNew>=4 ? cntNew[3] - cntNew[2] - !leafData : 0, - nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0, - nNew>=5 ? cntNew[4] - cntNew[3] - !leafData : 0 - )); - - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); - - /* If the sibling pages are not leaves, ensure that the right-child pointer - ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was - ** originally in the same field of the right-most old sibling page. */ - if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 && nOld!=nNew ){ - MemPage *pOld = (nNew>nOld ? apNew : apOld)[nOld-1]; - memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &pOld->aData[8], 4); - } - - /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with - ** cells stored on sibling pages following the balance operation. Pointer - ** map entries associated with divider cells are set by the insertCell() - ** routine. The associated pointer map entries are: - ** - ** a) if the cell contains a reference to an overflow chain, the - ** entry associated with the first page in the overflow chain, and - ** - ** b) if the sibling pages are not leaves, the child page associated - ** with the cell. - ** - ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry - ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be - ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been - ** populated, not here. - */ - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - MemPage *pNew = apNew[0]; - u8 *aOld = pNew->aData; - int cntOldNext = pNew->nCell + pNew->nOverflow; - int usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - int iNew = 0; - int iOld = 0; - - for(i=0; inCell + pOld->nOverflow + !leafData; - aOld = pOld->aData; - } - if( i==cntNew[iNew] ){ - pNew = apNew[++iNew]; - if( !leafData ) continue; - } - - /* Cell pCell is destined for new sibling page pNew. Originally, it - ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell), - ** or else the divider cell to the left of sibling page iOld. So, - ** if sibling page iOld had the same page number as pNew, and if - ** pCell really was a part of sibling page iOld (not a divider or - ** overflow cell), we can skip updating the pointer map entries. */ - if( iOld>=nNew - || pNew->pgno!=aPgno[iOld] - || pCell=&aOld[usableSize] - ){ - if( !leafCorrection ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(pCell), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc); - } - if( cachedCellSize(&b,i)>pNew->minLocal ){ - ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); - } - if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; - } - } - } - - /* Insert new divider cells into pParent. */ - for(i=0; ileaf ){ - memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); - }else if( leafData ){ - /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, - ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider - ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of - ** the sibling-page assembled above only. - */ - CellInfo info; - j--; - pNew->xParseCell(pNew, b.apCell[j], &info); - pCell = pTemp; - sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey); - pTemp = 0; - }else{ - pCell -= 4; - /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was - ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 - ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this - ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of - ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to - ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. - ** - ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all - ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used - ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. - */ - if( b.szCell[j]==4 ){ - assert(leafCorrection==4); - sz = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, pCell); - } - } - iOvflSpace += sz; - assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 ); - assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); - insertCell(pParent, nxDiv+i, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); - } - - /* Now update the actual sibling pages. The order in which they are updated - ** is important, as this code needs to avoid disrupting any page from which - ** cells may still to be read. In practice, this means: - ** - ** (1) If cells are moving left (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg-1]) - ** then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after - ** the left-hand sibling apNew[iPg-1] has been updated. - ** - ** (2) If cells are moving right (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg+1]) - ** then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after - ** the right-hand sibling apNew[iPg+1] has been updated. - ** - ** If neither of the above apply, the page is safe to update. - ** - ** The iPg value in the following loop starts at nNew-1 goes down - ** to 0, then back up to nNew-1 again, thus making two passes over - ** the pages. On the initial downward pass, only condition (1) above - ** needs to be tested because (2) will always be true from the previous - ** step. On the upward pass, both conditions are always true, so the - ** upwards pass simply processes pages that were missed on the downward - ** pass. - */ - for(i=1-nNew; i=0 && iPg=0 /* On the upwards pass, or... */ - || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1] /* Condition (1) is true */ - ){ - int iNew; - int iOld; - int nNewCell; - - /* Verify condition (1): If cells are moving left, update iPg - ** only after iPg-1 has already been updated. */ - assert( iPg==0 || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1] || abDone[iPg-1] ); - - /* Verify condition (2): If cells are moving right, update iPg - ** only after iPg+1 has already been updated. */ - assert( cntNew[iPg]>=cntOld[iPg] || abDone[iPg+1] ); - - if( iPg==0 ){ - iNew = iOld = 0; - nNewCell = cntNew[0]; - }else{ - iOld = iPgnFree = usableSpace-szNew[iPg]; - assert( apNew[iPg]->nOverflow==0 ); - assert( apNew[iPg]->nCell==nNewCell ); - } - } - - /* All pages have been processed exactly once */ - assert( memcmp(abDone, "\01\01\01\01\01", nNew)==0 ); - - assert( nOld>0 ); - assert( nNew>0 ); - - if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){ - /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling - ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the - ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the - ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" - ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. - ** - ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() - ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages - ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. - ** - ** It is critical that the child page be defragmented before being - ** copied into the parent, because if the parent is page 1 then it will - ** by smaller than the child due to the database header, and so all the - ** free space needs to be up front. - */ - assert( nNew==1 || CORRUPT_DB ); - rc = defragmentPage(apNew[0]); - testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); - assert( apNew[0]->nFree == - (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) - || rc!=SQLITE_OK - ); - copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc); - freePage(apNew[0], &rc); - }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM && !leafCorrection ){ - /* Fix the pointer map entries associated with the right-child of each - ** sibling page. All other pointer map entries have already been taken - ** care of. */ - for(i=0; iaData[8]); - ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc); - } - } - - assert( pParent->isInit ); - TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", - nOld, nNew, b.nCell)); - - /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. - */ - for(i=nNew; iisInit ){ - /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that - ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while - ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may - ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ - ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); - ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1); - } -#endif - - /* - ** Cleanup before returning. - */ -balance_cleanup: - sqlite3ScratchFree(b.apCell); - for(i=0; i= 1700 && defined(_M_ARM) -#pragma optimize("", on) -#endif - - -/* -** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is -** overfull (has one or more overflow pages). -** -** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root -** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root -** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child -** pointer pointing to the new page. -** -** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages -** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The -** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root -** page is also updated. -** -** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child -** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required -** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs, -** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0. -*/ -static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){ - int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ - MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */ - Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */ - BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */ - - assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - - /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new - ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents - ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. - */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0); - copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc); - if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc); - } - } - if( rc ){ - *ppChild = 0; - releasePage(pChild); - return rc; - } - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell ); - - TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno)); - - /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */ - memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl, - pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0])); - memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl, - pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0])); - pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow; - - /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */ - zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); - put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); - - *ppChild = pChild; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in -** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the -** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing -** routine. Balancing routines are: -** -** balance_quick() -** balance_deeper() -** balance_nonroot() -*/ -static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3; - u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13]; - u8 *pFree = 0; - - TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 ); - TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 ); - - do { - int iPage = pCur->iPage; - MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage]; - - if( iPage==0 ){ - if( pPage->nOverflow ){ - /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the - ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page - ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The - ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. - */ - assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 ); - rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pCur->iPage = 1; - pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; - pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0; - assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow ); - } - }else{ - break; - } - }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){ - break; - }else{ - MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1]; - int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1]; - - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE - if( pPage->intKeyLeaf - && pPage->nOverflow==1 - && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell - && pParent->pgno!=1 - && pParent->nCell==iIdx - ){ - /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which - ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell - ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this - ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent - ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this - ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] - ** buffer. - ** - ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a - ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this - ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse - ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. - */ - assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 ); - rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); - }else -#endif - { - /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells - ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves - ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to - ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop - ** will balance the parent page to correct this. - ** - ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells - ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. - ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by - ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, - ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a - ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() - ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by - ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been - ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new - ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). - */ - u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize); - rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, - pCur->hints&BTREE_BULKLOAD); - if( pFree ){ - /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used - ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are - ** now stored either on real database pages or within the - ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ - sqlite3PageFree(pFree); - } - - /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to - ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever - ** comes first. */ - pFree = pSpace; - } - } - - pPage->nOverflow = 0; - - /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */ - releasePage(pPage); - pCur->iPage--; - assert( pCur->iPage>=0 ); - } - }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - if( pFree ){ - sqlite3PageFree(pFree); - } - return rc; -} - - -/* -** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) -** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to -** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor -** is left pointing at a random location. -** -** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is -** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. -** -** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to -** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already -** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative -** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or -** a positive value if pCur points at an entry that is larger than -** (pKey, nKey)). -** -** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that -** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be -** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may -** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek -** the cursor before the new key can be inserted. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeInsert( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ - const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ - const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ - int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ - int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */ - int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */ -){ - int rc; - int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */ - int szNew = 0; - int idx; - MemPage *pPage; - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *oldCell; - unsigned char *newCell = 0; - - if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ - assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); - return pCur->skipNext; - } - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0 - && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE - && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); - - /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened - ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob - ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an - ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a - ** blob of associated data. */ - assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); - - /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table. - ** - ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For - ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer - ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the - ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the - ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes - ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without - ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important - ** not to clear the cursor here. - */ - if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ - assert( pKey==0 ); - /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob - ** cursors open on the row being replaced */ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0); - - /* If the cursor is currently on the last row and we are appending a - ** new row onto the end, set the "loc" to avoid an unnecessary - ** btreeMoveto() call */ - if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && nKey>0 - && pCur->info.nKey==nKey-1 ){ - loc = -1; - }else if( loc==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, 0, nKey, appendBias, &loc); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - }else if( loc==0 ){ - rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) ); - - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); - assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); - - TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", - pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, - loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); - assert( pPage->isInit ); - newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; - assert( newCell!=0 ); - rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - assert( szNew==pPage->xCellSize(pPage, newCell) ); - assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); - idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - if( loc==0 ){ - u16 szOld; - assert( idxnCell ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ){ - goto end_insert; - } - oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); - } - rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &szOld); - dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc); - if( rc ) goto end_insert; - }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - }else{ - assert( pPage->leaf ); - } - insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); - - /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() - ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move - ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey - ** variables. - ** - ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor - ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents - ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that, - ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations - ** slightly faster. - ** - ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting - ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can - ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it - ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in - ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last - ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key - ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the - ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost. - */ - pCur->info.nSize = 0; - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){ - pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey); - rc = balance(pCur); - - /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() - ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. - ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() - ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ - pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0; - pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; - } - assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 ); - -end_insert: - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. -** -** If the second parameter is zero, then the cursor is left pointing at an -** arbitrary location after the delete. If it is non-zero, then the cursor -** is left in a state such that the next call to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() -** moves it to the same row as it would if the call to BtreeDelete() had -** been omitted. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, int bPreserve){ - Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int rc; /* Return code */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ - unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ - int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ - int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ - u16 szCell; /* Size of the cell being deleted */ - int bSkipnext = 0; /* Leaf cursor in SKIPNEXT state */ - - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); - assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); - assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) ); - assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); - - iCellDepth = pCur->iPage; - iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth]; - pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth]; - pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx); - - /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move - ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than - ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted - ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead - ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the - ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes - ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - int notUsed = 0; - rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before - ** making any modifications. */ - if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree, - ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */ - if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0); - } - - /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the cursor position must - ** be preserved following this delete operation. If the current delete - ** will cause a b-tree rebalance, then this is done by saving the cursor - ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before - ** returning. - ** - ** Or, if the current delete will not cause a rebalance, then the cursor - ** will be left in CURSOR_SKIPNEXT state pointing to the entry immediately - ** before or after the deleted entry. In this case set bSkipnext to true. */ - if( bPreserve ){ - if( !pPage->leaf - || (pPage->nFree+cellSizePtr(pPage,pCell)+2)>(int)(pBt->usableSize*2/3) - ){ - /* A b-tree rebalance will be required after deleting this entry. - ** Save the cursor key. */ - rc = saveCursorKey(pCur); - if( rc ) return rc; - }else{ - bSkipnext = 1; - } - } - - /* Make the page containing the entry to be deleted writable. Then free any - ** overflow pages associated with the entry and finally remove the cell - ** itself from within the page. */ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &szCell); - dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, szCell, &rc); - if( rc ) return rc; - - /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor - ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed - ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal - ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal - ** node to replace the deleted cell. */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - int nCell; - Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno; - unsigned char *pTmp; - - pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1); - if( pCell<&pLeaf->aData[4] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - nCell = pLeaf->xCellSize(pLeaf, pCell); - assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell ); - pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace; - assert( pTmp!=0 ); - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage); - insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc); - dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc); - if( rc ) return rc; - } - - /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page, - ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first - ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is - ** never true. - ** - ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then - ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to - ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly - ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may - ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm - ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the - ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has - ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, - ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as - ** well. */ - rc = balance(pCur); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ - while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ - releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); - } - rc = balance(pCur); - } - - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( bSkipnext ){ - assert( bPreserve && pCur->iPage==iCellDepth ); - assert( pPage==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] ); - assert( (pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB) && iCellIdx<=pPage->nCell ); - pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT; - if( iCellIdx>=pPage->nCell ){ - pCur->skipNext = -1; - pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth] = pPage->nCell-1; - }else{ - pCur->skipNext = 1; - } - }else{ - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - if( bPreserve ){ - pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page -** number for the root page of the new table. -** -** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the -** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for -** flags might not work: -** -** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys -** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices -*/ -static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - MemPage *pRoot; - Pgno pgnoRoot; - int rc; - int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */ - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ - MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ - - /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database - ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns - ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches - ** held by open cursors. - */ - invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); - - /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the - ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page - ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). - */ - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); - pgnoRoot++; - - /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the - ** PENDING_BYTE page. - */ - while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || - pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ - pgnoRoot++; - } - assert( pgnoRoot>=3 || CORRUPT_DB ); - testcase( pgnoRoot<3 ); - - /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will - ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens - ** to reside at pgnoRoot). - */ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, BTALLOC_EXACT); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ - /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of - ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were - ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated - ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove - ** is already journaled. - */ - u8 eType = 0; - Pgno iPtrPage = 0; - - /* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in - ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference - ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot. */ - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); - releasePage(pPageMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); - if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); - assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); - releasePage(pRoot); - - /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - }else{ - pRoot = pPageMove; - } - - /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ - ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - - /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in - ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the - ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail. - */ - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) ); - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); - if( NEVER(rc) ){ - releasePage(pRoot); - return rc; - } - - }else{ - rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - } -#endif - assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); - if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){ - ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF; - }else{ - ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF; - } - zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); - assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 ); - *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; - return SQLITE_OK; -} -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return -** the page to the freelist. -*/ -static int clearDatabasePage( - BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ - Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ - int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ - int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */ -){ - MemPage *pPage; - int rc; - unsigned char *pCell; - int i; - int hdr; - u16 szCell; - - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); - if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ - return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - } - rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - if( pPage->bBusy ){ - rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - pPage->bBusy = 1; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - for(i=0; inCell; i++){ - pCell = findCell(pPage, i); - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &szCell); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - } - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange); - if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; - }else if( pnChange ){ - assert( pPage->intKey || CORRUPT_DB ); - testcase( !pPage->intKey ); - *pnChange += pPage->nCell; - } - if( freePageFlag ){ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ - zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[hdr] | PTF_LEAF); - } - -cleardatabasepage_out: - pPage->bBusy = 0; - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is -** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, -** the root page is empty, but still exists. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the -** root of the table. -** -** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The -** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of -** entries in the table. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ - int rc; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - - rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0); - - if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ - /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable - ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is - ** a no-op). */ - invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1); - rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -/* -** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on. -** -** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0); -} - -/* -** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to -** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on -** page 1) is never added to the freelist. -** -** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open -** cursors on the table. -** -** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last -** root page in the database file, then the last root page -** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by -** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page -** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all -** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which -** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the -** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before -** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. -** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of -** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. -*/ -static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - MemPage *pPage = 0; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - - /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the - ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may - ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted - ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would - ** occur. - ** - ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point. - */ - if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){ - sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db); - return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; - } - - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); - if( rc ) return rc; - rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); - if( rc ){ - releasePage(pPage); - return rc; - } - - *piMoved = 0; - - if( iTable>1 ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); -#else - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - Pgno maxRootPgno; - sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno); - - if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ - /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page - ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. - */ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - }else{ - /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page - ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the - ** gap left by the deleted root-page. - */ - MemPage *pMove; - releasePage(pPage); - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - pMove = 0; - rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); - freePage(pMove, &rc); - releasePage(pMove); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - *piMoved = maxRootPgno; - } - - /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This - ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to - ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the - ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. - */ - maxRootPgno--; - while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) - || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ - maxRootPgno--; - } - assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); - - rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); - }else{ - freePage(pPage, &rc); - releasePage(pPage); - } -#endif - }else{ - /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. - ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt - ** database. - */ - zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); - releasePage(pPage); - } - return rc; -} -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ - int rc; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -/* -** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already -** has a read or write transaction open on the database. -** -** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] -** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] -** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] -** is read-only, the others are read/write. -** -** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema -** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of -** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. -** -** This routine treats Meta[BTREE_DATA_VERSION] as a special case. Instead -** of reading the value out of the header, it instead loads the "DataVersion" -** from the pager. The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not actually stored in the -** database file. It is a number computed by the pager. But its access -** pattern is the same as header meta values, and so it is convenient to -** read it from this routine. -*/ -SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); - assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); - assert( pBt->pPage1 ); - assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); - - if( idx==BTREE_DATA_VERSION ){ - *pMeta = sqlite3PagerDataVersion(pBt->pPager) + p->iDataVersion; - }else{ - *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]); - } - - /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum - ** database, mark the database as read-only. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){ - pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; - } -#endif - - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); -} - -/* -** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is -** read-only and may not be written. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - unsigned char *pP1; - int rc; - assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); - pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){ - assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); - assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); - pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; - } -#endif - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT -/* -** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the -** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. -** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database -** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ - i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ - int rc; /* Return code */ - - if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ - *pnEntry = 0; - return SQLITE_OK; - } - rc = moveToRoot(pCur); - - /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each - ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). - */ - while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ - MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ - - /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then - ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter - ** accordingly. - */ - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ - nEntry += pPage->nCell; - } - - /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it - ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of - ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The - ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell - ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page - ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. - ** - ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the - ** caller. - */ - if( pPage->leaf ){ - do { - if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ - /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ - *pnEntry = nEntry; - return moveToRoot(pCur); - } - moveToParent(pCur); - }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell ); - - pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++; - pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; - } - - /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently - ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). - */ - iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; - if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); - }else{ - rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); - } - } - - /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for -** testing and debugging only. -*/ -SQLITE_API Pager *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->pPager; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** Append a message to the error message string. -*/ -static void checkAppendMsg( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, - const char *zFormat, - ... -){ - va_list ap; - if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; - pCheck->mxErr--; - pCheck->nErr++; - va_start(ap, zFormat); - if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ - sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); - } - if( pCheck->zPfx ){ - sqlite3XPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 0, pCheck->zPfx, pCheck->v1, pCheck->v2); - } - sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap); - va_end(ap); - if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==STRACCUM_NOMEM ){ - pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK - -/* -** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that -** corresponds to page iPg is already set. -*/ -static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){ - assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 ); - return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07))); -} - -/* -** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg. -*/ -static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){ - assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 ); - pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07)); -} - - -/* -** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second -** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. -** Return 1 if there are 2 or more references to the page and 0 if -** if this is the first reference to the page. -** -** Also check that the page number is in bounds. -*/ -static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage){ - if( iPage==0 ) return 1; - if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "invalid page number %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); - return 1; - } - setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage); - return 0; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM -/* -** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to -** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message -** to pCheck. -*/ -static void checkPtrmap( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ - Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ - u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ - Pgno iParent /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ -){ - int rc; - u8 ePtrmapType; - Pgno iPtrmapParent; - - rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); - return; - } - - if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", - iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); - } -} -#endif - -/* -** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. -** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. -*/ -static void checkList( - IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ - int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ - int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ - int N /* Expected number of pages in the list */ -){ - int i; - int expected = N; - int iFirst = iPage; - while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ - DbPage *pOvflPage; - unsigned char *pOvflData; - if( iPage<1 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", - N+1, expected, iFirst); - break; - } - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) break; - if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "failed to get page %d", iPage); - break; - } - pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); - if( isFreeList ){ - int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0); - } -#endif - if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); - N--; - }else{ - for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0); - } -#endif - checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage); - } - N -= n; - } - } -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - else{ - /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last - ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for - ** the following page matches iPage. - */ - if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ - i = get4byte(pOvflData); - checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage); - } - } -#endif - iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); - sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); - - if( isFreeList && N<(iPage!=0) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "free-page count in header is too small"); - } - } -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -/* -** An implementation of a min-heap. -** -** aHeap[0] is the number of elements on the heap. aHeap[1] is the -** root element. The daughter nodes of aHeap[N] are aHeap[N*2] -** and aHeap[N*2+1]. -** -** The heap property is this: Every node is less than or equal to both -** of its daughter nodes. A consequence of the heap property is that the -** root node aHeap[1] is always the minimum value currently in the heap. -** -** The btreeHeapInsert() routine inserts an unsigned 32-bit number onto -** the heap, preserving the heap property. The btreeHeapPull() routine -** removes the root element from the heap (the minimum value in the heap) -** and then moves other nodes around as necessary to preserve the heap -** property. -** -** This heap is used for cell overlap and coverage testing. Each u32 -** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page. -** The upper 16 bits are the index of the first byte of a range and the -** lower 16 bits are the index of the last byte of that range. -*/ -static void btreeHeapInsert(u32 *aHeap, u32 x){ - u32 j, i = ++aHeap[0]; - aHeap[i] = x; - while( (j = i/2)>0 && aHeap[j]>aHeap[i] ){ - x = aHeap[j]; - aHeap[j] = aHeap[i]; - aHeap[i] = x; - i = j; - } -} -static int btreeHeapPull(u32 *aHeap, u32 *pOut){ - u32 j, i, x; - if( (x = aHeap[0])==0 ) return 0; - *pOut = aHeap[1]; - aHeap[1] = aHeap[x]; - aHeap[x] = 0xffffffff; - aHeap[0]--; - i = 1; - while( (j = i*2)<=aHeap[0] ){ - if( aHeap[j]>aHeap[j+1] ) j++; - if( aHeap[i]zPfx; - int saved_v1 = pCheck->v1; - int saved_v2 = pCheck->v2; - u8 savedIsInit = 0; - - /* Check that the page exists - */ - pBt = pCheck->pBt; - usableSize = pBt->usableSize; - if( iPage==0 ) return 0; - if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) return 0; - pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: "; - pCheck->v1 = iPage; - if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); - goto end_of_check; - } - - /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in - ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */ - savedIsInit = pPage->isInit; - pPage->isInit = 0; - if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ - assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); - goto end_of_check; - } - data = pPage->aData; - hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; - - /* Set up for cell analysis */ - pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %d cell %d: "; - contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); - assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the - ** number of cells on the page. */ - nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); - assert( pPage->nCell==nCell ); - - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-23882-45353 The cell pointer array of a b-tree page - ** immediately follows the b-tree page header. */ - cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; - assert( pPage->aCellIdx==&data[cellStart] ); - pCellIdx = &data[cellStart + 2*(nCell-1)]; - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - /* Analyze the right-child page of internal pages */ - pgno = get4byte(&data[hdr+8]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - pCheck->zPfx = "On page %d at right child: "; - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage); - } -#endif - depth = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &maxKey, maxKey); - keyCanBeEqual = 0; - }else{ - /* For leaf pages, the coverage check will occur in the same loop - ** as the other cell checks, so initialize the heap. */ - heap = pCheck->heap; - heap[0] = 0; - } - - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02776-14802 The cell pointer array consists of K 2-byte - ** integer offsets to the cell contents. */ - for(i=nCell-1; i>=0 && pCheck->mxErr; i--){ - CellInfo info; - - /* Check cell size */ - pCheck->v2 = i; - assert( pCellIdx==&data[cellStart + i*2] ); - pc = get2byteAligned(pCellIdx); - pCellIdx -= 2; - if( pcusableSize-4 ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Offset %d out of range %d..%d", - pc, contentOffset, usableSize-4); - doCoverageCheck = 0; - continue; - } - pCell = &data[pc]; - pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); - if( pc+info.nSize>usableSize ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Extends off end of page"); - doCoverageCheck = 0; - continue; - } - - /* Check for integer primary key out of range */ - if( pPage->intKey ){ - if( keyCanBeEqual ? (info.nKey > maxKey) : (info.nKey >= maxKey) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Rowid %lld out of order", info.nKey); - } - maxKey = info.nKey; - } - - /* Check the content overflow list */ - if( info.nPayload>info.nLocal ){ - int nPage; /* Number of pages on the overflow chain */ - Pgno pgnoOvfl; /* First page of the overflow chain */ - assert( pc + info.iOverflow <= usableSize ); - nPage = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); - pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage); - } -#endif - checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage); - } - - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - /* Check sanity of left child page for internal pages */ - pgno = get4byte(pCell); -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ - checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage); - } -#endif - d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &maxKey, maxKey); - keyCanBeEqual = 0; - if( d2!=depth ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Child page depth differs"); - depth = d2; - } - }else{ - /* Populate the coverage-checking heap for leaf pages */ - btreeHeapInsert(heap, (pc<<16)|(pc+info.nSize-1)); - } - } - *piMinKey = maxKey; - - /* Check for complete coverage of the page - */ - pCheck->zPfx = 0; - if( doCoverageCheck && pCheck->mxErr>0 ){ - /* For leaf pages, the min-heap has already been initialized and the - ** cells have already been inserted. But for internal pages, that has - ** not yet been done, so do it now */ - if( !pPage->leaf ){ - heap = pCheck->heap; - heap[0] = 0; - for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){ - u32 size; - pc = get2byteAligned(&data[cellStart+i*2]); - size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]); - btreeHeapInsert(heap, (pc<<16)|(pc+size-1)); - } - } - /* Add the freeblocks to the min-heap - ** - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-20690-50594 The second field of the b-tree page header - ** is the offset of the first freeblock, or zero if there are no - ** freeblocks on the page. - */ - i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); - while( i>0 ){ - int size, j; - assert( (u32)i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - size = get2byte(&data[i+2]); - assert( (u32)(i+size)<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - btreeHeapInsert(heap, (((u32)i)<<16)|(i+size-1)); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58208-19414 The first 2 bytes of a freeblock are a - ** big-endian integer which is the offset in the b-tree page of the next - ** freeblock in the chain, or zero if the freeblock is the last on the - ** chain. */ - j = get2byte(&data[i]); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of - ** increasing offset. */ - assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - assert( (u32)j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ - i = j; - } - /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or - ** freeblocks, and counting the number of untracked bytes in nFrag. - ** - ** Each min-heap entry is of the form: (start_address<<16)|end_address. - ** There is an implied first entry the covers the page header, the cell - ** pointer index, and the gap between the cell pointer index and the start - ** of cell content. - ** - ** The loop below pulls entries from the min-heap in order and compares - ** the start_address against the previous end_address. If there is an - ** overlap, that means bytes are used multiple times. If there is a gap, - ** that gap is added to the fragmentation count. - */ - nFrag = 0; - prev = contentOffset - 1; /* Implied first min-heap entry */ - while( btreeHeapPull(heap,&x) ){ - if( (prev&0xffff)>=(x>>16) ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "Multiple uses for byte %u of page %d", x>>16, iPage); - break; - }else{ - nFrag += (x>>16) - (prev&0xffff) - 1; - prev = x; - } - } - nFrag += usableSize - (prev&0xffff) - 1; - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43263-13491 The total number of bytes in all fragments - ** is stored in the fifth field of the b-tree page header. - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-07161-27322 The one-byte integer at offset 7 gives the - ** number of fragmented free bytes within the cell content area. - */ - if( heap[0]==0 && nFrag!=data[hdr+7] ){ - checkAppendMsg(pCheck, - "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", - nFrag, data[hdr+7], iPage); - } - } - -end_of_check: - if( !doCoverageCheck ) pPage->isInit = savedIsInit; - releasePage(pPage); - pCheck->zPfx = saved_zPfx; - pCheck->v1 = saved_v1; - pCheck->v2 = saved_v2; - return depth+1; -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK -/* -** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is -** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of -** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. -** -** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling -** this function. -** -** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory -** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from -** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is -** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( - Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ - int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ - int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ - int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ - int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ -){ - Pgno i; - IntegrityCk sCheck; - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - int savedDbFlags = pBt->pBt->flags; - char zErr[100]; - VVA_ONLY( int nRef ); - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); - assert( (nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager))>=0 ); - sCheck.pBt = pBt; - sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; - sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt); - sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; - sCheck.nErr = 0; - sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; - sCheck.zPfx = 0; - sCheck.v1 = 0; - sCheck.v2 = 0; - sCheck.aPgRef = 0; - sCheck.heap = 0; - sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, 0, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); - if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ - goto integrity_ck_cleanup; - } - - sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1); - if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){ - sCheck.mallocFailed = 1; - goto integrity_ck_cleanup; - } - sCheck.heap = (u32*)sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); - if( sCheck.heap==0 ){ - sCheck.mallocFailed = 1; - goto integrity_ck_cleanup; - } - - i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); - if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i); - - /* Check the integrity of the freelist - */ - sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: "; - checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), - get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36])); - sCheck.zPfx = 0; - - /* Check all the tables. - */ - testcase( pBt->pBt->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk ); - pBt->pBt->flags &= ~SQLITE_CellSizeCk; - for(i=0; (int)iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ - checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0); - } -#endif - checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], ¬Used, LARGEST_INT64); - } - pBt->pBt->flags = savedDbFlags; - - /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced - */ - for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); - } -#else - /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain - ** references to pointer-map pages. - */ - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); - } - if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && - (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ - checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); - } -#endif - } - - /* Clean up and report errors. - */ -integrity_ck_cleanup: - sqlite3PageFree(sCheck.heap); - sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef); - if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ - sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); - sCheck.nErr++; - } - *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; - if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg); - /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. */ - assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); -} -#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ - -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeFileFormat(Btree *p){ - return p->pBt->file_format; -} - -/* -** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. Return -** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database. -** -** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1); -} - -/* -** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return -** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file -** has been created or not. -** -** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is -** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. -*/ -SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ - assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); - return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); -} - -/* -** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL -/* -** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument. -** -** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open -** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to. -** -** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( p ){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){ - rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; - }else{ - rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; -} - -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ - assert( p ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - return p->nBackup!=0; -} - -/* -** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with -** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own -** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with -** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. -** -** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory -** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent -** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob -** of memory returned. -** -** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been -** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been -** allocated, it is returned as normal. -** -** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the -** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the -** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free() -** on the memory, the btree layer does that. -*/ -SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ - BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ - pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes); - pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return pBt->pSchema; -} - -/* -** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared -** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the -** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ - int rc; - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - return rc; -} - - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE -/* -** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The -** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock -** if it is false. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ); - if( p->sharable ){ - u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; - assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); - assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); - - sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); - rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); - } - sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); - } - return rc; -} -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -/* -** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an -** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. -** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. -** -** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to -** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with -** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, -** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ - int rc; - assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) ); - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); - assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob ); - - rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); - if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ - return SQLITE_ABORT; - } - - /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is - ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch - ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below. - ** - ** Note that pCsr must be open on a INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition() - ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence - ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK. - */ - VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); - - /* Check some assumptions: - ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, - ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, - ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), - ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and - ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. - */ - if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){ - return SQLITE_READONLY; - } - assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 - && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); - assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) ); - assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) ); - assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey ); - - return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); -} - -/* -** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor. -*/ -SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ - pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob; - pCur->pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1; -} -#endif - -/* -** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and -** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database -** header to iVersion. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ - BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; - int rc; /* Return code */ - - assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); - - /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the - ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2. - */ - pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; - if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL; - - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData; - if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - aData[18] = (u8)iVersion; - aData[19] = (u8)iVersion; - } - } - } - } - - pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; - return rc; -} - -/* -** set the mask of hint flags for cursor pCsr. -*/ -SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){ - assert( mask==BTREE_BULKLOAD || mask==BTREE_SEEK_EQ || mask==0 ); - pCsr->hints = mask; -} - -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Return true if the cursor has a hint specified. This routine is -** only used from within assert() statements -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){ - return (pCsr->hints & mask)!=0; -} -#endif - -/* -** Return true if the given Btree is read-only. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){ - return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0; -} - -/* -** Return the size of the header added to each page by this module. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); } - -SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeErrName(int rc){ - const char *zName = 0; - int i, origRc = rc; - for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){ - switch( rc ){ - case SQLITE_OK: zName = "SQLITE_OK"; break; - case SQLITE_ERROR: zName = "SQLITE_ERROR"; break; - case SQLITE_INTERNAL: zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL"; break; - case SQLITE_PERM: zName = "SQLITE_PERM"; break; - case SQLITE_ABORT: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT"; break; - case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK"; break; - case SQLITE_BUSY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY"; break; - case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY"; break; - case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT"; break; - case SQLITE_LOCKED: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED"; break; - case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break; - case SQLITE_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break; - case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED"; break; - case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK: - zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break; - case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH"; break; - case SQLITE_CORRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT"; break; - case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTFOUND: zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND"; break; - case SQLITE_FULL: zName = "SQLITE_FULL"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break; - case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break; - case SQLITE_PROTOCOL: zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL"; break; - case SQLITE_EMPTY: zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY"; break; - case SQLITE_SCHEMA: zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA"; break; - case SQLITE_TOOBIG: zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY: - zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY: - zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY";break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK: - zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK";break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB"; break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION: - zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION";break; - case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID"; break; - case SQLITE_MISMATCH: zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH"; break; - case SQLITE_MISUSE: zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE"; break; - case SQLITE_NOLFS: zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS"; break; - case SQLITE_AUTH: zName = "SQLITE_AUTH"; break; - case SQLITE_FORMAT: zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT"; break; - case SQLITE_RANGE: zName = "SQLITE_RANGE"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTADB: zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB"; break; - case SQLITE_ROW: zName = "SQLITE_ROW"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTICE: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE"; break; - case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break; - case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK: - zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break; - case SQLITE_WARNING: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING"; break; - case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break; - case SQLITE_DONE: zName = "SQLITE_DONE"; break; - } - } - if( zName==0 ){ - static char zBuf[50]; - sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc); - zName = zBuf; - } - return zName; -} - -/* -** The following functions: -** -** sqlite3BtreeSerialType() -** sqlite3BtreeSerialTypeLen() -** sqlite3BtreeSerialLen() -** sqlite3BtreeSerialPut() -** sqlite3BtreeSerialGet() -** -** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite -** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a -** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned -** integer, stored as a varint. -** -** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before -** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial -** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at -** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the -** serial-type and data blob separately. -** -** The following table describes the various storage classes for data: -** -** serial type bytes of data type -** -------------- --------------- --------------- -** 0 0 NULL -** 1 1 signed integer -** 2 2 signed integer -** 3 3 signed integer -** 4 4 signed integer -** 5 6 signed integer -** 6 8 signed integer -** 7 8 IEEE float -** 8 0 Integer constant 0 -** 9 0 Integer constant 1 -** 10,11 reserved for expansion -** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB -** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text -** -** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions -** of SQLite will not understand those serial types. -*/ - -/* -** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem. -*/ -SQLITE_API u32 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){ - int flags = pMem->flags; - u32 n; - - if( flags&MEM_Null ){ - return 0; - } - if( flags&MEM_Int ){ - /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */ -# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1) - i64 i = pMem->u.i; - u64 u; - if( i<0 ){ - u = ~i; - }else{ - u = i; - } - if( u<=127 ){ - return ((i&1)==i && file_format>=4) ? 8+(u32)u : 1; - } - if( u<=32767 ) return 2; - if( u<=8388607 ) return 3; - if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4; - if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5; - return 6; - } - if( flags&MEM_Real ){ - return 7; - } - assert( pMem->pBtree->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); - assert( pMem->n>=0 ); - n = (u32)pMem->n; - if( flags & MEM_Zero ){ - n += pMem->u.nZero; - } - return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0)); -} - -/* -** The sizes for serial types less than 12 -*/ -static const u8 sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[] = { - 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 -}; - -/* -** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type. -*/ -SQLITE_API u32 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - return (serial_type-12)/2; - }else{ - return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; - } -} - -/* -** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating -** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the -** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. -** -** For most architectures, this is a no-op. -** -** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem -** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems -** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit -** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated -** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though. -** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler. -** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different -** ABI get the byte order right. -** -** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their -** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG -** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of -** floating point values is correct. -** -** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely -** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank -** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware -** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full -** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the -** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point -** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, -** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer -** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here -** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently -** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about -** so we trust him. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT -static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ - union { - u64 r; - u32 i[2]; - } u; - u32 t; - - u.r = in; - t = u.i[0]; - u.i[0] = u.i[1]; - u.i[1] = t; - return u.r; -} -# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X) -#else -# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) -#endif - -/* -** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into -** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. -** Return the number of bytes written. -** -** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. The caller is responsible -** for allocating enough space to buf[] to hold the entire field, exclusive -** of the pMem->u.nZero bytes for a MEM_Zero value. -** -** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number -** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only -** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. -*/ -SQLITE_API u32 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){ - u32 len; - - /* Integer and Real */ - if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){ - u64 v; - u32 i; - if( serial_type==7 ){ - assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->u.r) ); - memcpy(&v, &pMem->u.r, sizeof(v)); - swapMixedEndianFloat(v); - }else{ - v = pMem->u.i; - } - len = i = sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; - assert( i>0 ); - do{ - buf[--i] = (u8)(v&0xFF); - v >>= 8; - }while( i ); - return len; - } - - /* String or blob */ - if( serial_type>=12 ){ - assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0) - == (int)sqlite3BtreeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) ); - len = pMem->n; - memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len); - return len; - } - - /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */ - return 0; -} - -/* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a -** big-endian integer. Return the equivalent native integer -*/ -#define ONE_BYTE_INT(x) ((i8)(x)[0]) -#define TWO_BYTE_INT(x) (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1]) -#define THREE_BYTE_INT(x) (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2]) -#define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x) (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3]) -#define FOUR_BYTE_INT(x) (16777216*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3]) - -/* -** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member or anything that -** follows. -*/ -#define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc) - -#define VdbeMemDynamic(X) \ - (((X)->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0) - -/* -** Initialize bulk memory to be a consistent Mem object. -** -** The minimum amount of initialization feasible is performed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem *pMem, Btree *pBtree, u16 flags){ - assert( (flags & ~MEM_TypeMask)==0 ); - pMem->flags = flags; - pMem->pBtree = pBtree; - pMem->szMalloc = 0; -} - -/* -** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine -** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is -** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE. -** -** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string -** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this -** routine is a no-op. -** -** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required). -** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion -** between formats. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){ - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE - || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); - if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); - return SQLITE_ERROR; -} - -/* -** If the memory cell contains a value that must be freed by -** invoking the external callback in Mem.xDel, then this routine -** will free that value. It also sets Mem.flags to MEM_Null. -** -** This is a helper routine for sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() and -** for sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(). Use those other routines as the -** entry point for releasing Mem resources. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(Mem *p){ - assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); - assert( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ); - if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){ - assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 ); - p->xDel((void *)p->z); - } - p->flags = MEM_Null; -} - -/* -** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL. -** -** This routine calls the Mem.xDel destructor to dispose of values that -** require the destructor. But it preserves the Mem.zMalloc memory allocation. -** To free all resources, use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(), which both calls this -** routine to invoke the destructor and deallocates Mem.zMalloc. -** -** Use this routine to reset the Mem prior to insert a new value. -** -** Use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() to complete erase the Mem prior to abandoning it. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ - if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){ - vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pMem); - }else{ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - } -} - -/* -** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least -** min(n,32) bytes. -** -** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of -** pMem->z into the new allocation. pMem must be either a string or -** blob if bPreserve is true. If bPreserve is false, any prior content -** in pMem->z is discarded. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){ - assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - - /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already - ** contain a valid string or blob value. */ - assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); - testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 ); - - assert( pMem->szMalloc==0 - || pMem->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->pBtree, pMem->zMalloc) ); - if( pMem->szMallocszMalloc>0 && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){ - pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->pBtree, pMem->z, n); - bPreserve = 0; - }else{ - if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFree(pMem->pBtree, pMem->zMalloc); - pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->pBtree, n); - } - if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); - pMem->z = 0; - pMem->szMalloc = 0; - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - }else{ - pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->pBtree, pMem->zMalloc); - } - } - - if( bPreserve && pMem->z && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ - memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n); - } - if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){ - assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); - pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z)); - } - - pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; - pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Change the pMem->zMalloc allocation to be at least szNew bytes. -** If pMem->zMalloc already meets or exceeds the requested size, this -** routine is a no-op. -** -** Any prior string or blob content in the pMem object may be discarded. -** The pMem->xDel destructor is called, if it exists. Though MEM_Str -** and MEM_Blob values may be discarded, MEM_Int, MEM_Real, and MEM_Null -** values are preserved. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code (probably SQLITE_NOMEM) -** if unable to complete the resizing. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int szNew){ - assert( szNew>0 ); - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || pMem->szMalloc==0 ); - if( pMem->szMallocflags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); - pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; - pMem->flags &= (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB - int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); - #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) -#else - #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK - #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK -#endif - -/* -** Change pMem so that its MEM_Str or MEM_Blob value is stored in -** MEM.zMalloc, where it can be safely written. -** -** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){ - int f; - assert( pMem->pBtree==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->pBtree->mutex) ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - ExpandBlob(pMem); - f = pMem->flags; - if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && (pMem->szMalloc==0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc) ){ - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; - pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; - } - pMem->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem; -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; -#endif - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** It is already known that pMem contains an unterminated string. -** Add the zero terminator. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemAddTerminator(Mem *pMem){ - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; - pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->pBtree==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->pBtree->mutex) ); - testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Term|MEM_Str) ); - testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==0 ); - if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))!=MEM_Str ){ - return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */ - }else{ - return vdbeMemAddTerminator(pMem); - } -} - -/* -** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers -** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string -** is a no-op. -** -** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are invalidated if -** bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false. -** -** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is -** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via -** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree -** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the -** user and the latter is an internal programming error. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, u8 enc, u8 bForce){ - int fg = pMem->flags; - const int nByte = 32; - - assert( pMem->pBtree==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->pBtree->mutex) ); - assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) ); - assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) ); - assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - - - if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8 - ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding - ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation. - ** - ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16. - */ - if( fg & MEM_Int ){ - sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i); - }else{ - assert( fg & MEM_Real ); - sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->u.r); - } - pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); - pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; - pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term; - if( bForce ) pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real); - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared -** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc. -** -** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in -** the unusual case where there really is memory in p that needs -** to be freed. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClear(Mem *p){ - if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ){ - vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(p); - } - if( p->szMalloc ){ - sqlite3DbFree(p->pBtree, p->zMalloc); - p->szMalloc = 0; - } - p->z = 0; -} - -/* -** Release any memory resources held by the Mem. Both the memory that is -** free by Mem.xDel and the Mem.zMalloc allocation are freed. -** -** Use this routine prior to clean up prior to abandoning a Mem, or to -** reset a Mem back to its minimum memory utilization. -** -** Use sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() to release just the Mem.xDel space -** prior to inserting new content into the Mem. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){ - assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) ); - if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) || p->szMalloc ){ - vdbeMemClear(p); - } -} - -/* -** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of -** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If -** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z -** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static). -*/ -static void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType); -static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeClrCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int eType){ - vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo); - assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ); - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTo, pFrom, eType); -} -static void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){ - assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( pTo->pBtree==pFrom->pBtree ); - if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ){ vdbeClrCopy(pTo,pFrom,srcType); return; } - memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); - if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){ - pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem); - assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static ); - pTo->flags |= srcType; - } -} - -/* -** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type -** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read. -** -** This function is implemented as two separate routines for performance. -** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate -** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer -** is avoided. -*/ -static u32 SQLITE_NOINLINE serialGet( - const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ - u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ - Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ -){ - u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf); - u32 y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4); - x = (x<<32) + y; - if( serial_type==6 ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29851-52272 Value is a big-endian 64-bit - ** twos-complement integer. */ - pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - }else{ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-57343-49114 Value is a big-endian IEEE 754-2008 64-bit - ** floating point number. */ -#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) - /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same - ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is - ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed - ** endian. - */ - static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32; - static const double r1 = 1.0; - u64 t2 = t1; - swapMixedEndianFloat(t2); - assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 ); -#endif - assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->u.r)==8 ); - swapMixedEndianFloat(x); - memcpy(&pMem->u.r, &x, sizeof(x)); - pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->u.r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real; - } - return 8; -} -SQLITE_API u32 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeSerialGet( - const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ - u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ - Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ -){ - switch( serial_type ){ - case 10: /* Reserved for future use */ - case 11: /* Reserved for future use */ - case 0: { /* Null */ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24078-09375 Value is a NULL. */ - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - break; - } - case 1: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-44885-25196 Value is an 8-bit twos-complement - ** integer. */ - pMem->u.i = ONE_BYTE_INT(buf); - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - return 1; - } - case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49794-35026 Value is a big-endian 16-bit - ** twos-complement integer. */ - pMem->u.i = TWO_BYTE_INT(buf); - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - return 2; - } - case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37839-54301 Value is a big-endian 24-bit - ** twos-complement integer. */ - pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf); - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - return 3; - } - case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit - ** twos-complement integer. */ - pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf); - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - return 4; - } - case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-50385-09674 Value is a big-endian 48-bit - ** twos-complement integer. */ - pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf); - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); - return 6; - } - case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */ - case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */ - /* These use local variables, so do them in a separate routine - ** to avoid having to move the frame pointer in the common case */ - return serialGet(buf,serial_type,pMem); - } - case 8: /* Integer 0 */ - case 9: { /* Integer 1 */ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12976-22893 Value is the integer 0. */ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-18143-12121 Value is the integer 1. */ - pMem->u.i = serial_type-8; - pMem->flags = MEM_Int; - return 0; - } - default: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14606-31564 Value is a BLOB that is (N-12)/2 bytes in - ** length. - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-28401-00140 Value is a string in the text encoding and - ** (N-13)/2 bytes in length. */ - static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem }; - pMem->z = (char *)buf; - pMem->n = (serial_type-12)/2; - pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1]; - return pMem->n; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord -** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if -** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo. -** -** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within -** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably -** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should -** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the -** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL -** before returning. -** -** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Description of the record */ - char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available */ - int szSpace, /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */ - char **ppFree /* OUT: Caller should free this pointer */ -){ - UnpackedRecord *p; /* Unpacked record to return */ - int nOff; /* Increment pSpace by nOff to align it */ - int nByte; /* Number of bytes required for *p */ - - /* We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned. - ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift - ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero. - */ - nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7; - nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1); - if( nByte>szSpace+nOff ){ - p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->pBtree, nByte); - *ppFree = (char *)p; - if( !p ) return 0; - }else{ - p = (UnpackedRecord*)&pSpace[nOff]; - *ppFree = 0; - } - - p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))]; - assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); - p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; - p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1; - return p; -} - -/* -** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the -** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the -** contents of the decoded record. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ - int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ - const void *pKey, /* The binary record */ - UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */ -){ - const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; - int d; - u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */ - u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ - u32 szHdr; - Mem *pMem = p->aMem; - - p->default_rc = 0; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); - d = szHdr; - u = 0; - while( idxenc = pKeyInfo->enc; - pMem->pBtree = pKeyInfo->pBtree; - /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3BtreeSerialGet() will set this for us */ - pMem->szMalloc = 0; - d += sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem); - pMem++; - if( (++u)>=p->nField ) break; - } - assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 ); - p->nField = u; -} - -#if SQLITE_DEBUG -/* -** Count the number of fields (a.k.a. columns) in the record given by -** pKey,nKey. The verify that this count is less than or equal to the -** limit given by pKeyInfo->nField + pKeyInfo->nXField. -** -** If this constraint is not satisfied, it means that the high-speed -** vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString() routines will -** not work correctly. If this assert() ever fires, it probably means -** that the KeyInfo.nField or KeyInfo.nXField values were computed -** incorrectly. -*/ -static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits( - int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */ - const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo /* Compare size with this KeyInfo */ -){ - int nField = 0; - u32 szHdr; - u32 idx; - u32 notUsed; - const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char*)pKey; - - if( CORRUPT_DB ) return; - idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); - assert( nKey>=0 ); - assert( szHdr<=(u32)nKey ); - while( idxnField+pKeyInfo->nXField ); -} -#else -# define vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(A,B,C) -#endif - -/* -** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare() -** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the -** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single -** byte (i.e. is less than 128). -** -** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used -** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less. -*/ -static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ - UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ -){ - const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F]; - int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1]; - int res; - u32 y; - u64 x; - i64 v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i; - i64 lhs; - - vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo); - assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB ); - switch( serial_type ){ - case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ - lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey); - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ - lhs = TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ - lhs = THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey); - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ - y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); - lhs = (i64)*(int*)&y; - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ - lhs = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 6: { /* 8-byte signed integer */ - x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); - x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4); - lhs = *(i64*)&x; - testcase( lhs<0 ); - break; - } - case 8: - lhs = 0; - break; - case 9: - lhs = 1; - break; - - /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running - ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch - ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and - ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated - ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other - ** compilers might be similar. */ - case 0: case 7: - return sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2); - - default: - return sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2); - } - - if( v>lhs ){ - res = pPKey2->r1; - }else if( vr2; - }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ - /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing - ** fields. */ - res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); - }else{ - /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing - ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */ - res = pPKey2->default_rc; - } - - assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) ); - return res; -} - -/* -** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare() -** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field -** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint -** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte. -*/ -static int vdbeRecordCompareString( - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ - UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ -){ - const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1; - int serial_type; - int res; - - vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo); - getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type); - if( serial_type<12 ){ - res = pPKey2->r1; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */ - }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ - res = pPKey2->r2; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */ - }else{ - int nCmp; - int nStr; - int szHdr = aKey1[0]; - - nStr = (serial_type-12) / 2; - if( (szHdr + nStr) > nKey1 ){ - pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return 0; /* Corruption */ - } - nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr ); - res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp); - - if( res==0 ){ - res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n; - if( res==0 ){ - if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ - res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); - }else{ - res = pPKey2->default_rc; - } - }else if( res>0 ){ - res = pPKey2->r2; - }else{ - res = pPKey2->r1; - } - }else if( res>0 ){ - res = pPKey2->r2; - }else{ - res = pPKey2->r1; - } - } - - assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) - || CORRUPT_DB - || pPKey2->pKeyInfo->pBtree->mallocFailed - ); - return res; -} - -/* -** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary -** blob stored in dynamically allocated space. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){ - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - int nByte; - assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob ); - assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( pMem->pBtree==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->pBtree->mutex) ); - - /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */ - nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero; - if( nByte<=0 ){ - nByte = 1; - } - if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - - memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero); - pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero; - pMem->flags &= ~MEM_Zero; - } - return SQLITE_OK; -} -#endif - -/* -** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer. -** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then -** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer. -*/ -static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */ - return r; -#else - /* - ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the - ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them - ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation. - ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing - ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant. - */ - static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64; - static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64; - - if( r<=(double)minInt ){ - return minInt; - }else if( r>=(double)maxInt ){ - return maxInt; - }else{ - return (i64)r; - } -#endif -} - -/* -** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do -** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer. -** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is -** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part. -** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert -** it into an integer and return that. If pMem represents an -** an SQL-NULL value, return 0. -** -** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){ - int flags; - assert( pMem->pBtree==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->pBtree->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - flags = pMem->flags; - if( flags & MEM_Int ){ - return pMem->u.i; - }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ - return doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r); - }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - i64 value = 0; - assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 ); - sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc); - return value; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* -** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a -** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its -** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double. -** If it is a NULL, return 0.0. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ - assert( pMem->pBtree==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->pBtree->mutex) ); - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); - if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ - return pMem->u.r; - }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ - return (double)pMem->u.i; - }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - double val = (double)0; - sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc); - return val; - }else{ - /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ - return (double)0; - } -} - -/* -** The pVal argument is known to be a value other than NULL. -** Convert it into a string with encoding enc and return a pointer -** to a zero-terminated version of that string. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE const void *valueToText(Mem* pVal, u8 enc){ - assert( pVal!=0 ); - assert( pVal->pBtree==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->pBtree->mutex) ); - assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); - assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Null))==0 ); - if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ - pVal->flags |= MEM_Str; - if( pVal->flags & MEM_Zero ){ - sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pVal); - } - if( pVal->enc != (enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ - sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); - } - if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){ - assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 ); - if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return 0; - } - } - sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */ - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc, 0); - assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ); - } - assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->pBtree==0 - || pVal->pBtree->mallocFailed ); - if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ - return pVal->z; - }else{ - return 0; - } -} - -/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the -** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(), -** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second -** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or -** SQLITE_UTF8. -** -** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED. -** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte -** boundary. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(Mem* pVal, u8 enc){ - if( !pVal ) return 0; - assert( pVal->pBtree==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->pBtree->mutex) ); - assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); - assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - if( (pVal->flags&MEM_Str)==MEM_Str && pVal->enc==enc ){ - return pVal->z; - } - if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){ - return 0; - } - return valueToText(pVal, enc); -} - -/* -** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values -** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero -** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than -** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);". -*/ -static int vdbeCompareMemString( - const Mem *pMem1, - const Mem *pMem2, - const CollSeq *pColl, - u8 *prcErr /* If an OOM occurs, set to SQLITE_NOMEM */ -){ - if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){ - /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the - ** comparison function directly */ - return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z); - }else{ - int rc; - const void *v1, *v2; - int n1, n2; - Mem c1; - Mem c2; - sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c1, pMem1->pBtree, MEM_Null); - sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c2, pMem1->pBtree, MEM_Null); - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem); - sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem); - v1 = sqlite3ValueText(&c1, pColl->enc); - n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n; - v2 = sqlite3ValueText(&c2, pColl->enc); - n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n; - rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1); - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2); - if( (v1==0 || v2==0) && prcErr ) *prcErr = SQLITE_NOMEM; - return rc; - } -} - -/* -** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that -** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive -** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value -** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes -** and returns the value. -*/ -static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){ - u32 y; - assert( CORRUPT_DB || (serial_type>=1 && serial_type<=9 && serial_type!=7) ); - switch( serial_type ){ - case 0: - case 1: - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - return ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey); - case 2: - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - return TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); - case 3: - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - return THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey); - case 4: { - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); - return (i64)*(int*)&y; - } - case 5: { - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - return FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); - } - case 6: { - u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); - testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); - x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4); - return (i64)*(i64*)&x; - } - } - - return (serial_type - 8); -} - -/* -** This function compares the two table rows or index records -** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero -** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or -** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob -** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 -** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from -** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord. -** -** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already -** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal. -** -** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all -** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is -** returned. -** -** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to -** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, -** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the -** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->pBtree). -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ - UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ - int bSkip /* If true, skip the first field */ -){ - u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ - int i; /* Index of next field to compare */ - u32 szHdr1; /* Size of record header in bytes */ - u32 idx1; /* Offset of first type in header */ - int rc = 0; /* Return value */ - Mem *pRhs = pPKey2->aMem; /* Next field of pPKey2 to compare */ - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; - const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; - Mem mem1; - - /* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first - ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so - ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */ - if( bSkip ){ - u32 s1; - idx1 = 1 + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], s1); - szHdr1 = aKey1[0]; - d1 = szHdr1 + sqlite3BtreeSerialTypeLen(s1); - i = 1; - pRhs++; - }else{ - idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); - d1 = szHdr1; - if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ - pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return 0; /* Corruption */ - } - i = 0; - } - - VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ - assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField+pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nXField>=pPKey2->nField - || CORRUPT_DB ); - assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); - assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nField>0 ); - assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB ); - do{ - u32 serial_type; - - /* RHS is an integer */ - if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Int ){ - serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; - testcase( serial_type==12 ); - if( serial_type>=10 ){ - rc = +1; - }else if( serial_type==0 ){ - rc = -1; - }else if( serial_type==7 ){ - double rhs = (double)pRhs->u.i; - sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1); - if( mem1.u.rrhs ){ - rc = +1; - } - }else{ - i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]); - i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i; - if( lhsrhs ){ - rc = +1; - } - } - } - - /* RHS is real */ - else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){ - serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; - if( serial_type>=10 ){ - /* Serial types 12 or greater are strings and blobs (greater than - ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future - ** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing - ** them to numberic values are. */ - rc = +1; - }else if( serial_type==0 ){ - rc = -1; - }else{ - double rhs = pRhs->u.r; - double lhs; - sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1); - if( serial_type==7 ){ - lhs = mem1.u.r; - }else{ - lhs = (double)mem1.u.i; - } - if( lhsrhs ){ - rc = +1; - } - } - } - - /* RHS is a string */ - else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){ - getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); - testcase( serial_type==12 ); - if( serial_type<12 ){ - rc = -1; - }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ - rc = +1; - }else{ - mem1.n = (serial_type - 12) / 2; - testcase( (d1+mem1.n)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); - testcase( (d1+mem1.n+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); - if( (d1+mem1.n) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){ - pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return 0; /* Corruption */ - }else if( pKeyInfo->aColl[i] ){ - mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; - mem1.pBtree = pKeyInfo->pBtree; - mem1.flags = MEM_Str; - mem1.z = (char*)&aKey1[d1]; - rc = vdbeCompareMemString( - &mem1, pRhs, pKeyInfo->aColl[i], &pPKey2->errCode - ); - }else{ - int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n); - rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); - if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; - } - } - } - - /* RHS is a blob */ - else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){ - getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); - testcase( serial_type==12 ); - if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){ - rc = -1; - }else{ - int nStr = (serial_type - 12) / 2; - testcase( (d1+nStr)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); - testcase( (d1+nStr+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); - if( (d1+nStr) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){ - pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; - return 0; /* Corruption */ - }else{ - int nCmp = MIN(nStr, pRhs->n); - rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); - if( rc==0 ) rc = nStr - pRhs->n; - } - } - } - - /* RHS is null */ - else{ - serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; - rc = (serial_type!=0); - } - - if( rc!=0 ){ - if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ - rc = -rc; - } - assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, rc) ); - assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ - return rc; - } - - i++; - pRhs++; - d1 += sqlite3BtreeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); - idx1 += sqlite3BtreeVarintLen(serial_type); - }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && inField && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 ); - - /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using - ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a - ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). */ - assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); - - /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and - ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc - ** value. */ - assert( CORRUPT_DB - || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) - || pKeyInfo->pBtree->mallocFailed - ); - return pPKey2->default_rc; -} -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare( - int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ - UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ -){ - return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0); -} - -/* -** Return a pointer to an sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare() compatible function -** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed -** as the only argument. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){ - /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume - ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record - ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt() - ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the - ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is - ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each - ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to - ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field - ** is an integer. - ** - ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with - ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal - ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes. */ - if( (p->pKeyInfo->nField + p->pKeyInfo->nXField)<=13 ){ - int flags = p->aMem[0].flags; - if( p->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){ - p->r1 = 1; - p->r2 = -1; - }else{ - p->r1 = -1; - p->r2 = 1; - } - if( (flags & MEM_Int) ){ - return vdbeRecordCompareInt; - } - testcase( flags & MEM_Real ); - testcase( flags & MEM_Null ); - testcase( flags & MEM_Blob ); - if( (flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob))==0 && p->pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 ){ - assert( flags & MEM_Str ); - return vdbeRecordCompareString; - } - } - - return sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare; -} - -/* -** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure. -** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing -** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve. -** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written -** into the pMem element. -** -** The pMem object must have been initialized. This routine will use -** pMem->zMalloc to hold the content from the btree, if possible. New -** pMem->zMalloc space will be allocated if necessary. The calling routine -** is responsible for making sure that the pMem object is eventually -** destroyed. -** -** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable -** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemFromBtreeResize( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ - u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ - u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ - int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ - Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ -){ - int rc; - pMem->flags = MEM_Null; - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, amt+2)) ){ - if( key ){ - rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); - }else{ - rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - pMem->z[amt] = 0; - pMem->z[amt+1] = 0; - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Term; - pMem->n = (int)amt; - }else{ - sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); - } - } - return rc; -} - -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( - BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ - u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ - u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ - int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */ - Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ -){ - char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ - u32 available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ - - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); - assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ); - - /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() - ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ - assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ); - if( key ){ - zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available); - }else{ - zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available); - } - assert( zData!=0 ); - - if( offset+amt<=available ){ - pMem->z = &zData[offset]; - pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; - pMem->n = (int)amt; - }else{ - rc = vdbeMemFromBtreeResize(pCur, offset, amt, key, pMem); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode. -** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid. -** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise. -** -** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file. -** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(Btree* pBtree, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ - i64 nCellKey = 0; - int rc; - u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ - u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ - u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */ - Mem m, v; - - /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less - ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. - ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so - ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits - */ - assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); - VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey); - assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */ - assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey ); - - /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */ - sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, pBtree, 0); - rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, 1, &m); - if( rc ){ - return rc; - } - - /* The index entry must begin with a header size */ - (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr); - testcase( szHdr==3 ); - testcase( szHdr==m.n ); - if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){ - goto idx_rowid_corruption; - } - - /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID. - ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */ - (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); - testcase( typeRowid==1 ); - testcase( typeRowid==2 ); - testcase( typeRowid==3 ); - testcase( typeRowid==4 ); - testcase( typeRowid==5 ); - testcase( typeRowid==6 ); - testcase( typeRowid==8 ); - testcase( typeRowid==9 ); - if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){ - goto idx_rowid_corruption; - } - lenRowid = sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[typeRowid]; - testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid ); - if( unlikely((u32)m.npDest); - const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); - int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); - const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); - const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is - ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle - ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner. */ - int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc); - int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(p->pDest); -#endif - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - i64 iOff; - - assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 ); - assert( p->bDestLocked ); - assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) ); - assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ); - assert( zSrcData ); - -#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC - /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing - ** and a codec is in use. - */ - if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){ - rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - } - - /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ - ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to - ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible, - ** then the backup cannot proceed. - */ - if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){ - u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz; - rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; - } -#endif - - /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source - ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset - ** of the destination page. - */ - for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest->pBt) ) continue; - if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg)) - && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg)) - ){ - const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz]; - u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg); - u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz]; - - /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page. - ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module - ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte - ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers - ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked - ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. - */ - memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); - ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0; - if( iOff==0 && bUpdate==0 ){ - sqlite3Put4byte(&zOut[28], sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc)); - } - } - sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg); - } - - return rc; -} - -/* -** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the -** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been -** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the -** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs -** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is -** complete. -** -** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object -** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is -** called. -*/ -static SQLITE_NOINLINE void backupUpdate( - sqlite3_backup *p, - Pgno iPage, - const u8 *aData -){ - assert( p!=0 ); - do{ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); - if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPageiNext ){ - /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it - ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy - ** the new data into the backup. - */ - int rc; - assert( p->pDest ); - sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDest->mutex); - rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData, 1); - sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDest->mutex); - assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - p->rc = rc; - } - } - }while( (p = p->pNext)!=0 ); -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){ - if( pBackup ) backupUpdate(pBackup, iPage, aData); -} - -/* -** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer -** detects that the database has been modified by an external database -** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the -** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still -** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. -** -** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object -** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is -** called. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ - sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ - for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ - assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); - p->iNext = 1; - } -} - -/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/ -/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/ -/* -** 2007 August 22 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used -** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization -** is enabled. -** -** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the -** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created, -** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to -** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file -** on disk is not created or populated until either: -** -** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated -** buffer, or -** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - - -/* -** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by -** as an open file handle for journal files. -*/ -struct JournalFile { - sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */ - int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */ - char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */ - int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */ - int flags; /* xOpen flags */ - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ - sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */ - const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ -}; -typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile; - -/* -** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file -** for JournalFile p. -*/ -static int createFile(JournalFile *p){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - if( !p->pReal ){ - sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1]; - rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0); - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - p->pReal = pReal; - if( p->iSize>0 ){ - assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf); - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0); - } - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - /* If an error occurred while writing to the file, close it before - ** returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory journal data to - ** roll back changes made to the internal page-cache before this - ** function was called. */ - sqlite3OsClose(pReal); - p->pReal = 0; - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal); - } - sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Read data from the file. -*/ -static int jrnlRead( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ - void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){ - rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; - }else{ - memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt); - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Write data to the file. -*/ -static int jrnlWrite( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ - const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ -){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){ - rc = createFile(p); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); - }else{ - memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt); - if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){ - p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt); - } - } - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Truncate the file. -*/ -static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size); - }else if( sizeiSize ){ - p->iSize = size; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Sync the file. -*/ -static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ - int rc; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags); - }else{ - rc = SQLITE_OK; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Query the size of the file in bytes. -*/ -static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - if( p->pReal ){ - rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize); - }else{ - *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object. -*/ -static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - jrnlClose, /* xClose */ - jrnlRead, /* xRead */ - jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ - jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - jrnlSync, /* xSync */ - jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - 0, /* xLock */ - 0, /* xUnlock */ - 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - 0, /* xFileControl */ - 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ - 0, /* xShmMap */ - 0, /* xShmLock */ - 0, /* xShmBarrier */ - 0 /* xShmUnmap */ -}; - -/* -** Open a journal file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen( - sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ - const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ - int flags, /* Opening flags */ - int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ -){ - JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd; - memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); - if( nBuf>0 ){ - p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf); - if( !p->zBuf ){ - return SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - }else{ - return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); - } - p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods; - p->nBuf = nBuf; - p->flags = flags; - p->zJournal = zName; - p->pVfs = pVfs; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying -** file has not yet been created, create it now. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){ - if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){ - return SQLITE_OK; - } - return createFile((JournalFile *)p); -} - -/* -** The file-handle passed as the only argument is guaranteed to be an open -** file. It may or may not be of class JournalFile. If the file is a -** JournalFile, and the underlying file on disk has not yet been opened, -** return 0. Otherwise, return 1. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalExists(sqlite3_file *p){ - return (p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods || ((JournalFile *)p)->pReal!=0); -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs -** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ - return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile)); -} -#endif - -/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/ -/************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/ -/* -** 2008 October 7 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** -** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal. -** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for -** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used. -*/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -/* Forward references to internal structures */ -typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal; -typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint; -typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk; - -/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of -** this many bytes. -** -** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two. That way, -** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills -** a power-of-two allocation. This minimizes wasted space in power-of-two -** memory allocators. -*/ -#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*))) - -/* -** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures. -*/ -struct FileChunk { - FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */ - u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */ -}; - -/* -** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal. -** The cursor can be either for reading or writing. -*/ -struct FilePoint { - sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */ - FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */ -}; - -/* -** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal -** is an instance of this class. -*/ -struct MemJournal { - sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */ - FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */ - FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */ - FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */ -}; - -/* -** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation -** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method. -*/ -static int memjrnlRead( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ - void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ -){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - u8 *zOut = zBuf; - int nRead = iAmt; - int iChunkOffset; - FileChunk *pChunk; - - /* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */ - assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset ); - - if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ - sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; - for(pChunk=p->pFirst; - ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst; - pChunk=pChunk->pNext - ){ - iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE; - } - }else{ - pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk; - } - - iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); - do { - int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset; - int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset)); - memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy); - zOut += nCopy; - nRead -= iSpace; - iChunkOffset = 0; - } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 ); - p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt; - p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk; - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Write data to the file. -*/ -static int memjrnlWrite( - sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ - const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ - int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ - sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ -){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - int nWrite = iAmt; - u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf; - - /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random - ** access writes are not required by sqlite. - */ - assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset ); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst); - - while( nWrite>0 ){ - FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk; - int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE); - int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset); - - if( iChunkOffset==0 ){ - /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */ - FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk)); - if( !pNew ){ - return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; - } - pNew->pNext = 0; - if( pChunk ){ - assert( p->pFirst ); - pChunk->pNext = pNew; - }else{ - assert( !p->pFirst ); - p->pFirst = pNew; - } - p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew; - } - - memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace); - zWrite += iSpace; - nWrite -= iSpace; - p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Truncate the file. -*/ -static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - FileChunk *pChunk; - assert(size==0); - UNUSED_PARAMETER(size); - pChunk = p->pFirst; - while( pChunk ){ - FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk; - pChunk = pChunk->pNext; - sqlite3_free(pTmp); - } - sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Close the file. -*/ -static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - - -/* -** Sync the file. -** -** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. And, in fact, this routine -** is never called in a working implementation. This implementation -** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other -** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake. -*/ -static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ - UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Query the size of the file in bytes. -*/ -static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset; - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object. -*/ -static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { - 1, /* iVersion */ - memjrnlClose, /* xClose */ - memjrnlRead, /* xRead */ - memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ - memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ - memjrnlSync, /* xSync */ - memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ - 0, /* xLock */ - 0, /* xUnlock */ - 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ - 0, /* xFileControl */ - 0, /* xSectorSize */ - 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ - 0, /* xShmMap */ - 0, /* xShmLock */ - 0, /* xShmBarrier */ - 0, /* xShmUnmap */ - 0, /* xFetch */ - 0 /* xUnfetch */ -}; - -/* -** Open a journal file. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; - assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); - memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize()); - p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; -} - -/* -** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is -** an in-memory journal -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ - return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; -} - -/* -** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){ - return sizeof(MemJournal); -} - -/************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/ -/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ -/* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ - -/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a -** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the -** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } - -/* -** If the following global variable points to a string which is the -** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store -** temporary files. -** -** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; - -/* -** Initialize SQLite. -** -** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, -** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with -** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT -** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as -** sqlite3_open(). -** -** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, -** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3BtreeShutdown. -** -** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to -** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first -** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent -** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. -** -** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive -** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the -** initialization process would never complete. -** -** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other -** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is -** incomplete, it is required that: -** -** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most -** call by X completes. -** -** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately -** without blocking. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeInitialize(void){ - MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ - int rc; /* Result code */ -#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT - int bRunExtraInit = 0; /* Extra initialization needed */ -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } -#endif - - /* If the following assert() fails on some obscure processor/compiler - ** combination, the work-around is to set the correct pointer - ** size at compile-time using -DSQLITE_PTRSIZE=n compile-time option */ - assert( SQLITE_PTRSIZE==sizeof(char*) ); - - /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call - ** to sqlite3BtreeInitialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization - ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end - ** of this routine. - */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; - - /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to - ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. - ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, - ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. - ** - ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own - ** initialization. - */ - rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); - if( rc ) return rc; - - /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. - ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that - ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the - ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static - ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. - */ - MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ - rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; - if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = - sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ - rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; - } - } - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - - /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc - ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate - ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } - - /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so - ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into - ** sqlite3BtreeInitialize(). The recursive calls normally come through - ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other - ** recursive calls might also be possible. - ** - ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls - ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. - ** - ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit - ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the - ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize(). - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ - rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; - rc = sqlite3OsInit(); - } - if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; -#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT - bRunExtraInit = 1; -#endif - } - sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - - /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive - ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. - */ - sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ - assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); - sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; - } - sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); - - /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has - ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but - ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no - ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. - */ -#ifndef NDEBUG -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT - /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ - if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ - u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; - double y; - assert(sizeof(x)==8); - assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); - memcpy(&y, &x, 8); - assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); - } -#endif -#endif - - /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT - ** compile-time option. - */ -#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT - if( bRunExtraInit ){ - int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*); - rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0); - } -#endif - - return rc; -} - -/* -** Undo the effects of sqlite3BtreeInitialize(). Must not be called while -** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or -** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This -** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine -** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down -** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. -*/ -SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3BtreeShutdown(void){ -#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD - int rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); - if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ - return rc; - } -#endif - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ -#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN - void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void); - SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(); -#endif - sqlite3_os_end(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ - sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ - sqlite3MallocEnd(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; - } - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ - sqlite3MutexEnd(); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; - } - - return SQLITE_OK; -} - -/* -** The following routines are substitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, -** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error -** constants. They serve two purposes: -** -** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger -** to detect when version error conditions occurs. -** -** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where -** a low-level error is first detected. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT, - "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]", - lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); - return SQLITE_CORRUPT; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, - "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]", - lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); - return SQLITE_MISUSE; -} -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ - testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); - sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, - "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]", - lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); - return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; -} - -/* -** Invoke the given busy handler. -** -** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. -** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it -** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ - int rc; - if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; - rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); - if( rc==0 ){ - p->nBusy = -1; - }else{ - p->nBusy++; - } - return rc; -} - -/* -** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of -** the SQLite library at run-time. -** -** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding -** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not -** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable -** behavior. -*/ -SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ - va_list ap; - int rc = SQLITE_OK; - - /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while - ** the SQLite library is in use. */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; - - va_start(ap, op); - switch( op ){ - - /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe - ** compile. - */ -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-54466-46756 */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02748-19096 This option sets the threading mode to - ** Single-thread. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on core */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on connections */ - break; - } -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-20520-54086 */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14374-42468 This option sets the threading mode to - ** Multi-thread. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on core */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on connections */ - break; - } -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-59593-21810 */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41220-51800 This option sets the threading mode to - ** Serialized. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on core */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on connections */ - break; - } -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-63666-48755 */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { - /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); - break; - } -#endif -#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-14450-37597 */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { - /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; - break; - } -#endif - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55594-21030 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a - ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the - ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The argument specifies alternative - ** low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of the memory - ** allocation routines built into SQLite. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51213-46414 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a - ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the - ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The sqlite3_mem_methods structure is - ** filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines. */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61275-35157 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes - ** single argument of type int, interpreted as a boolean, which enables - ** or disables the collection of memory allocation statistics. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08404-60887 There are three arguments to - ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: A pointer an 8-byte aligned memory buffer from - ** which the scratch allocations will be drawn, the size of each scratch - ** allocation (sz), and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-31408-40510 There are three arguments to - ** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to 8-byte aligned memory, the size - ** of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N). */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-39100-27317 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes - ** a single parameter which is a pointer to an integer and writes into - ** that integer the number of extra bytes per page required for each page - ** in SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */ - *va_arg(ap, int*) = - sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree() + - sqlite3HeaderSizePcache() + - sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(); - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { - /* no-op */ - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { - /* now an error */ - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63325-48378 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a - ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2 - ** object. This object specifies the interface to a custom page cache - ** implementation. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*); - break; - } - case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22035-46182 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a - ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2 - ** object. SQLite copies of the current page cache implementation into - ** that object. */ - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ - sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); - } - *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2; - break; - } - -/* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06626-12911 The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only -** available if SQLite is compiled with either SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 or -** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 and returns SQLITE_ERROR if invoked otherwise. */ -#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) - case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-19854-42126 There are three arguments to - ** SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, the - ** number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. - */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1; - }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){ - /* cap min request size at 2^12 */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12); - } - - if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49920-60189 If the first pointer (the memory pointer) - ** is NULL, then SQLite reverts to using its default memory allocator - ** (the system malloc() implementation), undoing any prior invocation of - ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC. - ** - ** Setting sqlite3GlobalConfig.m to all zeros will cause malloc to - ** revert to its default implementation when sqlite3BtreeInitialize() is run - */ - memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); - }else{ - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61006-08918 If the memory pointer is not NULL then the - ** alternative memory allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites - ** memory allocation needs. */ -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); -#endif -#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 - sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); -#endif - } - break; - } -#endif - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument. - ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is - ** NULL. - */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { - /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. - ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 - ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); - */ - typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); - sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); - break; - } - - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55548-33817 The compile-time setting for URI filenames - ** can be changed at start-time using the - ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,1) or - ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,0) configuration calls. - */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25451-61125 The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single - ** argument of type int. If non-zero, then URI handling is globally - ** enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling is globally - ** disabled. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-36592-02772 The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN - ** option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as a - ** boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for - ** full table scans in the query optimizer. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58063-38258 SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit - ** integer (sqlite3_int64) values that are the default mmap size limit - ** (the default setting for PRAGMA mmap_size) and the maximum allowed - ** mmap size limit. */ - sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); - sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-53367-43190 If either argument to this option is - ** negative, then that argument is changed to its compile-time default. - ** - ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-34993-45031 The maximum allowed mmap size will be - ** silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the - ** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE - ** compile-time option. - */ - if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){ - mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE; - } - if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE; - if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap; - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap; - break; - } - -#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) /* IMP: R-04780-55815 */ - case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: { - /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-34926-03360 SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit - ** unsigned integer value that specifies the maximum size of the created - ** heap. */ - sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); - break; - } -#endif - - case SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ: { - sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPma = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); - break; - } - - default: { - rc = SQLITE_ERROR; - break; - } - } - va_end(ap); - return rc; -} - -/************** End of main.c ************************************************/ diff --git a/src/runtime/c/sg/sqlite3Btree.h b/src/runtime/c/sg/sqlite3Btree.h deleted file mode 100644 index b66b53c7e..000000000 --- a/src/runtime/c/sg/sqlite3Btree.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,705 +0,0 @@ -/* -** 2001 September 15 -** -** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of -** a legal notice, here is a blessing: -** -** May you do good and not evil. -** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. -** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. -** -************************************************************************* -** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file -** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description -** of what each interface routine does. -*/ -#ifndef _BTREE_H_ -#define _BTREE_H_ - -/* -** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. -** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never -** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest -** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple -** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same -** database connection at the same time. -** -** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. -** We support that for legacy. -*/ -#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) -# if defined(THREADSAFE) -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE -# else -# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ -# endif -#endif - -/* -** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types -** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 -** -** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types -** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. -** -** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. -** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards -** compatibility only. -** -** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values -** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The -** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values -** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. -*/ -#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE - typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) - typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; -#else - typedef long long int sqlite_int64; - typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; -#endif -typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; -typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; - -/* -** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures -** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the -** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: -** -** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... -*/ -#ifndef UINT32_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T -# define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t -# else -# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef UINT16_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T -# define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t -# else -# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef INT16_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T -# define INT16_TYPE int16_t -# else -# define INT16_TYPE short int -# endif -#endif -#ifndef UINT8_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T -# define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t -# else -# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char -# endif -#endif -#ifndef INT8_TYPE -# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T -# define INT8_TYPE int8_t -# else -# define INT8_TYPE signed char -# endif -#endif -#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE -# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double -#endif -typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ -typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ -typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ -typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ - -/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It -** needs to be revisited. -*/ -#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 16 - -/* -** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise -** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM - #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 -#endif - -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ -#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library -** -** ^The sqlite3BtreeInitialize() routine initializes the -** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3BtreeShutdown() routine -** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3BtreeInitialize(). -** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and -** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using -** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. -** -** A call to sqlite3BtreeInitialize() is an "effective" call if it is -** the first time sqlite3BtreeInitialize() is invoked during the lifetime of -** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3BtreeInitialize() is invoked -** following a call to sqlite3BtreeShutdown(). ^(Only an effective call -** of sqlite3BtreeInitialize() does any initialization. All other calls -** are harmless no-ops.)^ -** -** A call to sqlite3BtreeShutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first -** call to sqlite3BtreeShutdown() since the last sqlite3BtreeInitialize(). ^(Only -** an effective call to sqlite3BtreeShutdown() does any deinitialization. -** All other valid calls to sqlite3BtreeShutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ -** -** The sqlite3BtreeInitialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3BtreeShutdown() -** is not. The sqlite3BtreeShutdown() interface must only be called from a -** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all -** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking -** sqlite3BtreeShutdown(). -** -** Among other things, ^sqlite3BtreeInitialize() will invoke -** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3BtreeShutdown() -** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). -** -** ^The sqlite3BtreeInitialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. -** ^If for some reason, sqlite3BtreeInitialize() is unable to initialize -** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such -** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. -** -** ^The sqlite3BtreeInitialize() routine is called internally by many other -** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to -** invoke sqlite3BtreeInitialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] -** calls sqlite3BtreeInitialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically -** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized -** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] -** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3BtreeInitialize() -** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3BtreeInitialize() directly -** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, -** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3BtreeInitialize() -** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases -** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited -** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the -** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. -** -** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific -** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() -** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks -** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation -** of static resources, initialization of global variables, -** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up -** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. -** -** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() -** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke -** sqlite3BtreeInitialize() and sqlite3BtreeShutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() -** interface is called automatically by sqlite3BtreeInitialize() and -** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3BtreeShutdown(). Appropriate -** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() -** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. -** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] -** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time -** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for -** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied -** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() -** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon -** failure. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreeInitialize(void); -int sqlite3BtreeShutdown(void); - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions} -** -** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown -** here in order to indicate success or failure. -** -** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. -** -** See also: [extended result code definitions] -*/ -#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ -/* beginning-of-error-codes */ -#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ -#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ -#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ -#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ -#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ -#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ -#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ -#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ -#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ -#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ -#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ -#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ -#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ -#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ -#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ -#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ -#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ -#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ -#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ -#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ -#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ -#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ -#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ -#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ -#define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ -#define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ -#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ -#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ -/* end-of-error-codes */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes -** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions} -** -** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer -** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of -** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as -** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to -** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include -** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information -** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled -** on a per database connection basis using the -** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for -** the most recent error can be obtained using -** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()]. -*/ -#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) -#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8)) -#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) -#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) -#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) -#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) -#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8)) - -/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ - -/* -** Forward declarations of structure -*/ -typedef struct Btree Btree; -typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; -typedef struct BtShared BtShared; -typedef struct Mem Mem; -typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; -typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; - - -int sqlite3BtreeOpen( - const char *zVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ - const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ - Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ - int flags, /* Flags */ - int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ -); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the -** following values. -** -** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in -** pager.h. -*/ -#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ -#define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */ -#define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ -#define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ - -/* -** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations -** -** These bit values are intended for use in the -** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and -** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. -*/ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ -#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ - -int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); -#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 - int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); -#endif -int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); -int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); -int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); -u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); -int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); -int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); -int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); -int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int); -int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); -int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); -int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); -void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); -int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); -int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); -int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); - -int sqlite3BtreeFileFormat(Btree *); -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); -const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); -int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); - -int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); - -/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR -** of the flags shown below. -** -** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. -** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data -** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With -** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored -** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL -** indices.) -*/ -#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ -#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ - -int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); -int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); -int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int, int); - -void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); -int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); - -int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); - -/* -** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta -** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned -** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an -** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: -** -** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) -** -** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of -** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at -** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). -** -** The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not really a value stored in the header. -** It is a read-only number computed by the pager. But we merge it with -** the header value access routines since its access pattern is the same. -** Call it a "virtual meta value". -*/ -#define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 -#define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 -#define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 -#define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 -#define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 -#define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 -#define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 -#define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 -#define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8 -#define BTREE_DATA_VERSION 15 /* A virtual meta-value */ - -/* -** An instance of the following structure holds information about a -** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual -** values. -** -** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. -** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store -** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by -** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the -** OP_Column opcode. -** -** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled -** into its constituent fields. -** -** The r1 and r2 member variables are only used by the optimized comparison -** functions vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString(). -*/ -struct UnpackedRecord { - KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ - u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ - i8 default_rc; /* Comparison result if keys are equal */ - u8 errCode; /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */ - Mem *aMem; /* Values */ - int r1; /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */ - int r2; /* Value to return if (rhs < lhs) */ -}; - -/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK -** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct. -** -** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value. -** No other flags may be set in this case. -** -** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. -** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main -** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also -** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real -** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. -*/ -#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */ -#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */ -#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */ -#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */ -#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */ - -#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */ -#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */ -#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */ -#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */ -#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */ - -/* -** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem -** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string, -** integer etc.) of the same value. -*/ -struct Mem { - union MemValue { - double r; /* Real value used when MEM_Real is set in flags */ - i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */ - int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */ - } u; - u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */ - u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */ - u8 eSubtype; /* Subtype for this value */ - int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */ - char *z; /* String or BLOB value */ - /* ShallowCopy only needs to copy the information above */ - char *zMalloc; /* Space to hold MEM_Str or MEM_Blob if szMalloc>0 */ - int szMalloc; /* Size of the zMalloc allocation */ - u32 uTemp; /* Transient storage for serial_type in OP_MakeRecord */ - Btree *pBtree; /* The associated database connection */ - void (*xDel)(void*);/* Destructor for Mem.z - only valid if MEM_Dyn */ -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG - Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */ - void *pFiller; /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */ -#endif -}; - -/* -** Values that may be OR'd together to form the second argument of an -** sqlite3BtreeCursorHints() call. -** -** The BTREE_BULKLOAD flag is set on index cursors when the index is going -** to be filled with content that is already in sorted order. -** -** The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is set on cursors that will get OP_SeekGE or -** OP_SeekLE opcodes for a range search, but where the range of entries -** selected will all have the same key. In other words, the cursor will -** be used only for equality key searches. -** -*/ -#define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 /* Used to full index in sorted order */ -#define BTREE_SEEK_EQ 0x00000002 /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */ - -int sqlite3BtreeCursor( - Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ - int iTable, /* Index of root page */ - int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ - int N, int X, /* index of N key columns and X extra columns */ - BtCursor **ppCursor /* Space to write cursor pointer */ -); -int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); - -int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); -void sqlite3BtreeInitUnpackedRecord( - UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, - BtCursor* pCur, - int nField, - int default_rc, - Mem* pMem); -int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( - BtCursor*, - UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, - i64 intKey, - int bias, - int *pRes -); -int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*); -int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, int); -int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, - const void *pData, int nData, - int nZero, int bias, int seekResult); -int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); -int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); -int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); -int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); -const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); -int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); -int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); - -char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); -struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); - -int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); -void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *); -void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); -int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); -void sqlite3BtreeCursorHints(BtCursor *, unsigned int mask); -#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG -int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor*, unsigned int mask); -#endif -int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt); - -#ifndef NDEBUG -int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT -int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); -#endif - -#ifdef SQLITE_TEST -int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); -void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); -#endif - -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL - int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); -#endif - -/* -** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to -** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the -** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. -*/ -#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE - void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); -#else -# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) -#endif - -#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE - int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); - void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); - void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); - void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); -#else - -# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 -# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) -# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) -#endif - -u32 sqlite3BtreeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format); -u32 sqlite3BtreeSerialTypeLen(u32); -u32 sqlite3BtreeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem *); -u32 sqlite3BtreeSerialPut(u8*, Mem*, u32); - -/* -** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to -** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c -** file. -*/ -int sqlite3BtreePutVarint(unsigned char*, u64); -u8 sqlite3BtreeGetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *); -u8 sqlite3BtreeGetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *); -int sqlite3BtreeVarintLen(u64 v); - -/* -** The common case is for a varint to be a single byte. They following -** macros handle the common case without a procedure call, but then call -** the procedure for larger varints. -*/ -#define getVarint32(A,B) \ - (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3BtreeGetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B))) -#define putVarint32(A,B) \ - (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\ - sqlite3BtreePutVarint((A),(B))) -#define getVarint sqlite3BtreeGetVarint -#define putVarint sqlite3BtreePutVarint - - -int sqlite3BtreeIdxRowid(Btree*, BtCursor*, i64*); - -int sqlite3BtreeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); - -const char *sqlite3BtreeErrName(int rc); - -#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ diff --git a/src/runtime/haskell-bind/PGF2/FFI.hsc b/src/runtime/haskell-bind/PGF2/FFI.hsc index b348f5012..082b58d36 100644 --- a/src/runtime/haskell-bind/PGF2/FFI.hsc +++ b/src/runtime/haskell-bind/PGF2/FFI.hsc @@ -531,12 +531,6 @@ foreign import ccall "pgf/pgf.h pgf_print" foreign import ccall "pgf/expr.h pgf_read_expr" pgf_read_expr :: Ptr GuIn -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO PgfExpr -foreign import ccall "pgf/expr.h pgf_read_expr_tuple" - pgf_read_expr_tuple :: Ptr GuIn -> CSizeT -> Ptr PgfExpr -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO CInt - -foreign import ccall "pgf/expr.h pgf_read_expr_matrix" - pgf_read_expr_matrix :: Ptr GuIn -> CSizeT -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO (Ptr GuSeq) - foreign import ccall "pgf/expr.h pgf_read_type" pgf_read_type :: Ptr GuIn -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO PgfType diff --git a/src/runtime/haskell-bind/SG.hsc b/src/runtime/haskell-bind/SG.hsc deleted file mode 100644 index 791abc767..000000000 --- a/src/runtime/haskell-bind/SG.hsc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,349 +0,0 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable, ExistentialQuantification #-} - -#include -#include -#include - -module SG( SG, openSG, closeSG - , beginTrans, commit, rollback, inTransaction - , SgId - , insertExpr, getExpr, queryExpr - , updateFtsIndex - , queryLinearization - , readTriple, showTriple - , insertTriple, getTriple - , queryTriple - , query - ) where - -import Foreign hiding (unsafePerformIO) -import Foreign.C -import SG.FFI -import PGF2.FFI -import PGF2.Expr - -import Data.Typeable -import Control.Exception(Exception,SomeException,catch,throwIO) -import System.IO.Unsafe(unsafePerformIO,unsafeInterleaveIO) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ --- Global database operations and types - -newtype SG = SG {sg :: Ptr SgSG} - -openSG :: FilePath -> IO SG -openSG fpath = - withCString fpath $ \c_fpath -> - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - sg <- sg_open c_fpath exn - failed <- gu_exn_is_raised exn - if failed - then do is_errno <- gu_exn_caught exn gu_exn_type_GuErrno - if is_errno - then do perrno <- (#peek GuExn, data.data) exn - errno <- peek perrno - ioError (errnoToIOError "openSG" (Errno errno) Nothing (Just fpath)) - else do is_sgerr <- gu_exn_caught exn gu_exn_type_SgError - if is_sgerr - then do c_msg <- (#peek GuExn, data.data) exn - msg <- peekUtf8CString c_msg - throwIO (SGError msg) - else throwIO (SGError "The database cannot be opened") - else return (SG sg) - -closeSG :: SG -> IO () -closeSG (SG sg) = - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - sg <- sg_close sg exn - handle_sg_exn exn - -beginTrans :: SG -> IO () -beginTrans (SG sg) = - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - sg <- sg_begin_trans sg exn - handle_sg_exn exn - -commit :: SG -> IO () -commit (SG sg) = - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - sg <- sg_commit sg exn - handle_sg_exn exn - -rollback :: SG -> IO () -rollback (SG sg) = - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - sg <- sg_rollback sg exn - handle_sg_exn exn - -inTransaction :: SG -> IO a -> IO a -inTransaction sg f = - catch (beginTrans sg >> f >>= \x -> commit sg >> return x) - (\e -> rollback sg >> throwIO (e :: SomeException)) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ --- Expressions - -insertExpr :: SG -> Expr -> IO SgId -insertExpr (SG sg) (Expr expr touch) = - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - id <- sg_insert_expr sg expr 1 exn - touch - handle_sg_exn exn - return id - -getExpr :: SG -> SgId -> IO (Maybe Expr) -getExpr (SG sg) id = do - exprPl <- gu_new_pool - exprFPl <- newForeignPtr gu_pool_finalizer exprPl - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - c_expr <- sg_get_expr sg id exprPl exn - handle_sg_exn exn - if c_expr == nullPtr - then do touchForeignPtr exprFPl - return Nothing - else do return $ Just (Expr c_expr (touchForeignPtr exprFPl)) - -queryExpr :: SG -> Expr -> IO [(SgId,Expr)] -queryExpr (SG sg) (Expr query touch) = - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - res <- sg_query_expr sg query tmpPl exn - touch - handle_sg_exn exn - fetchResults res exn - where - fetchResults res exn = do - exprPl <- gu_new_pool - (key,c_expr) <- alloca $ \pKey -> do - c_expr <- sg_query_next sg res pKey exprPl exn - key <- peek pKey - return (key,c_expr) - failed <- gu_exn_is_raised exn - if failed - then do gu_pool_free exprPl - sg_query_close sg res exn - handle_sg_exn exn - return [] - else if c_expr == nullPtr - then do gu_pool_free exprPl - sg_query_close sg res exn - return [] - else do exprFPl <- newForeignPtr gu_pool_finalizer exprPl - rest <- fetchResults res exn - return ((key,Expr c_expr (touchForeignPtr exprFPl)) : rest) - -updateFtsIndex :: SG -> PGF -> IO () -updateFtsIndex (SG sg) p = do - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - sg_update_fts_index sg (pgf p) exn - handle_sg_exn exn - -queryLinearization :: SG -> String -> IO [Expr] -queryLinearization (SG sg) query = do - exprPl <- gu_new_pool - exprFPl <- newForeignPtr gu_pool_finalizer exprPl - (withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - c_query <- newUtf8CString query tmpPl - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - seq <- sg_query_linearization sg c_query tmpPl exn - handle_sg_exn exn - len <- (#peek GuSeq, len) seq - ids <- peekArray (fromIntegral (len :: CInt)) (seq `plusPtr` (#offset GuSeq, data)) - getExprs exprFPl exprPl exn ids) - where - getExprs exprFPl exprPl exn [] = return [] - getExprs exprFPl exprPl exn (id:ids) = do - c_expr <- sg_get_expr sg id exprPl exn - handle_sg_exn exn - if c_expr == nullPtr - then getExprs exprFPl exprPl exn ids - else do let e = Expr c_expr (touchForeignPtr exprFPl) - es <- getExprs exprFPl exprPl exn ids - return (e:es) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ --- Triples - -readTriple :: String -> Maybe (Expr,Expr,Expr) -readTriple str = - unsafePerformIO $ - do exprPl <- gu_new_pool - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> - withTriple $ \triple -> - do c_str <- newUtf8CString str tmpPl - guin <- gu_string_in c_str tmpPl - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - ok <- pgf_read_expr_tuple guin 3 triple exprPl exn - status <- gu_exn_is_raised exn - if (ok == 1 && not status) - then do c_expr1 <- peekElemOff triple 0 - c_expr2 <- peekElemOff triple 1 - c_expr3 <- peekElemOff triple 2 - exprFPl <- newForeignPtr gu_pool_finalizer exprPl - let touch = touchForeignPtr exprFPl - return $ Just (Expr c_expr1 touch,Expr c_expr2 touch,Expr c_expr3 touch) - else do gu_pool_free exprPl - return Nothing - -showTriple :: Expr -> Expr -> Expr -> String -showTriple (Expr expr1 touch1) (Expr expr2 touch2) (Expr expr3 touch3) = - unsafePerformIO $ - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> - withTriple $ \triple -> do - (sb,out) <- newOut tmpPl - let printCtxt = nullPtr - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - pokeElemOff triple 0 expr1 - pokeElemOff triple 1 expr2 - pokeElemOff triple 2 expr3 - pgf_print_expr_tuple 3 triple printCtxt out exn - touch1 >> touch2 >> touch3 - s <- gu_string_buf_freeze sb tmpPl - peekUtf8CString s - -insertTriple :: SG -> Expr -> Expr -> Expr -> IO SgId -insertTriple (SG sg) (Expr expr1 touch1) (Expr expr2 touch2) (Expr expr3 touch3) = - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> - withTriple $ \triple -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - pokeElemOff triple 0 expr1 - pokeElemOff triple 1 expr2 - pokeElemOff triple 2 expr3 - id <- sg_insert_triple sg triple exn - touch1 >> touch2 >> touch3 - handle_sg_exn exn - return id - -getTriple :: SG -> SgId -> IO (Maybe (Expr,Expr,Expr)) -getTriple (SG sg) id = do - exprPl <- gu_new_pool - exprFPl <- newForeignPtr gu_pool_finalizer exprPl - let touch = touchForeignPtr exprFPl - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> - withTriple $ \triple -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - res <- sg_get_triple sg id triple exprPl exn - handle_sg_exn exn - if res /= 0 - then do c_expr1 <- peekElemOff triple 0 - c_expr2 <- peekElemOff triple 1 - c_expr3 <- peekElemOff triple 2 - return (Just (Expr c_expr1 touch - ,Expr c_expr2 touch - ,Expr c_expr3 touch - )) - else do touch - return Nothing - -queryTriple :: SG -> Maybe Expr -> Maybe Expr -> Maybe Expr -> IO [(SgId,Expr,Expr,Expr)] -queryTriple (SG sg) mb_expr1 mb_expr2 mb_expr3 = - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> - withTriple $ \triple -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - pokeElemOff triple 0 (toCExpr mb_expr1) - pokeElemOff triple 1 (toCExpr mb_expr2) - pokeElemOff triple 2 (toCExpr mb_expr3) - res <- sg_query_triple sg triple exn - handle_sg_exn exn - unsafeInterleaveIO (fetchResults res) - where - toCExpr Nothing = nullPtr - toCExpr (Just (Expr expr _)) = expr - - fromCExpr c_expr touch Nothing = Expr c_expr touch - fromCExpr c_expr touch (Just e) = e - - fetchResults res = do - exprPl <- gu_new_pool - alloca $ \pKey -> - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> - withTriple $ \triple -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - r <- sg_triple_result_fetch res pKey triple exprPl exn - failed <- gu_exn_is_raised exn - if failed - then do gu_pool_free exprPl - sg_triple_result_close res exn - handle_sg_exn exn - return [] - else if r == 0 - then do gu_pool_free exprPl - sg_triple_result_close res exn - return [] - else do exprFPl <- newForeignPtr gu_pool_finalizer exprPl - let touch = touchForeignPtr exprFPl - c_expr1 <- peekElemOff triple 0 - c_expr2 <- peekElemOff triple 1 - c_expr3 <- peekElemOff triple 2 - key <- peek pKey - rest <- unsafeInterleaveIO (fetchResults res) - return ((key,fromCExpr c_expr1 touch mb_expr1 - ,fromCExpr c_expr2 touch mb_expr2 - ,fromCExpr c_expr3 touch mb_expr3) : rest) - - -query :: SG -> String -> IO [[Expr]] -query (SG sg) str = - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> - do c_str <- newUtf8CString str tmpPl - guin <- gu_string_in c_str tmpPl - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - seq <- pgf_read_expr_matrix guin 3 tmpPl exn - if seq /= nullPtr - then do count <- (#peek GuSeq, len) seq - q <- sg_query sg (count `div` 3) (seq `plusPtr` (#offset GuSeq, data)) exn - handle_sg_exn exn - n_cols <- sg_query_result_columns q - unsafeInterleaveIO (fetchResults q n_cols) - else return [] - where - fetchResults q n_cols = - withGuPool $ \tmpPl -> do - exn <- gu_new_exn tmpPl - pExprs <- gu_malloc tmpPl ((#size PgfExpr) * n_cols) - exprPl <- gu_new_pool - res <- sg_query_result_fetch q pExprs exprPl exn - failed <- gu_exn_is_raised exn - if failed - then do gu_pool_free exprPl - sg_query_result_close q exn - handle_sg_exn exn - return [] - else if res /= 0 - then do exprFPl <- newForeignPtr gu_pool_finalizer exprPl - let touch = touchForeignPtr exprFPl - row <- fmap (map (flip Expr touch)) $ peekArray (fromIntegral n_cols) pExprs - rows <- unsafeInterleaveIO (fetchResults q n_cols) - return (row:rows) - else do gu_pool_free exprPl - sg_query_result_close q exn - return [] - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ --- Exceptions - -newtype SGError = SGError String - deriving (Show, Typeable) - -instance Exception SGError - -handle_sg_exn exn = do - failed <- gu_exn_is_raised exn - if failed - then do is_sgerr <- gu_exn_caught exn gu_exn_type_SgError - if is_sgerr - then do c_msg <- (#peek GuExn, data.data) exn - msg <- peekUtf8CString c_msg - throwIO (SGError msg) - else throwIO (SGError "Unknown database error") - else return () - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ diff --git a/src/runtime/haskell-bind/SG/FFI.hs b/src/runtime/haskell-bind/SG/FFI.hs deleted file mode 100644 index ef1b06de8..000000000 --- a/src/runtime/haskell-bind/SG/FFI.hs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE ForeignFunctionInterface, MagicHash #-} -module SG.FFI where - -import Foreign -import Foreign.C -import PGF2.FFI -import GHC.Ptr -import Data.Int - -data SgSG -data SgQueryExprResult -data SgTripleResult -data SgQueryResult -type SgId = Int64 - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_open" - sg_open :: CString -> Ptr GuExn -> IO (Ptr SgSG) - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_close" - sg_close :: Ptr SgSG -> Ptr GuExn -> IO () - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_begin_trans" - sg_begin_trans :: Ptr SgSG -> Ptr GuExn -> IO () - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_commit" - sg_commit :: Ptr SgSG -> Ptr GuExn -> IO () - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_rollback" - sg_rollback :: Ptr SgSG -> Ptr GuExn -> IO () - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_insert_expr" - sg_insert_expr :: Ptr SgSG -> PgfExpr -> CInt -> Ptr GuExn -> IO SgId - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_get_expr" - sg_get_expr :: Ptr SgSG -> SgId -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO PgfExpr - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_query_expr" - sg_query_expr :: Ptr SgSG -> PgfExpr -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO (Ptr SgQueryExprResult) - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_query_next" - sg_query_next :: Ptr SgSG -> Ptr SgQueryExprResult -> Ptr SgId -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO PgfExpr - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_query_close" - sg_query_close :: Ptr SgSG -> Ptr SgQueryExprResult -> Ptr GuExn -> IO () - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_update_fts_index" - sg_update_fts_index :: Ptr SgSG -> Ptr PgfPGF -> Ptr GuExn -> IO () - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_query_linearization" - sg_query_linearization :: Ptr SgSG -> CString -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO (Ptr GuSeq) - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_insert_triple" - sg_insert_triple :: Ptr SgSG -> SgTriple -> Ptr GuExn -> IO SgId - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_get_triple" - sg_get_triple :: Ptr SgSG -> SgId -> SgTriple -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO CInt - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_query_triple" - sg_query_triple :: Ptr SgSG -> SgTriple -> Ptr GuExn -> IO (Ptr SgTripleResult) - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_triple_result_fetch" - sg_triple_result_fetch :: Ptr SgTripleResult -> Ptr SgId -> SgTriple -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO CInt - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_triple_result_close" - sg_triple_result_close :: Ptr SgTripleResult -> Ptr GuExn -> IO () - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_query" - sg_query :: Ptr SgSG -> CSizeT -> Ptr PgfExpr -> Ptr GuExn -> IO (Ptr SgQueryResult) - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_query_result_columns" - sg_query_result_columns :: Ptr SgQueryResult -> IO CSizeT - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_query_result_fetch" - sg_query_result_fetch :: Ptr SgQueryResult -> Ptr PgfExpr -> Ptr GuPool -> Ptr GuExn -> IO CInt - -foreign import ccall "sg/sg.h sg_query_result_close" - sg_query_result_close :: Ptr SgQueryResult -> Ptr GuExn -> IO () - -type SgTriple = Ptr PgfExpr - -withTriple :: (SgTriple -> IO a) -> IO a -withTriple = allocaArray 3 - -gu_exn_type_SgError = Ptr "SgError"# :: CString diff --git a/src/runtime/haskell-bind/pgf2.cabal b/src/runtime/haskell-bind/pgf2.cabal index 4022f0b9b..9197bff9a 100644 --- a/src/runtime/haskell-bind/pgf2.cabal +++ b/src/runtime/haskell-bind/pgf2.cabal @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ extra-source-files: README cabal-version: >=1.10 library - exposed-modules: PGF2, PGF2.Internal, SG + exposed-modules: PGF2, PGF2.Internal -- backwards compatibility API: --, PGF, PGF.Internal - other-modules: PGF2.FFI, PGF2.Expr, PGF2.Type, SG.FFI + other-modules: PGF2.FFI, PGF2.Expr, PGF2.Type build-depends: base >=4.3, containers, pretty -- hs-source-dirs: default-language: Haskell2010 build-tools: hsc2hs - extra-libraries: sg pgf gu + extra-libraries: pgf gu cc-options: -std=c99 c-sources: utils.c diff --git a/src/runtime/java/Makefile b/src/runtime/java/Makefile index 4af682699..2889175bc 100644 --- a/src/runtime/java/Makefile +++ b/src/runtime/java/Makefile @@ -1,8 +1,7 @@ INSTALL_PATH = /usr/local -C_SOURCES = jpgf.c jsg.c jni_utils.c -JAVA_SOURCES = $(wildcard org/grammaticalframework/pgf/*.java) \ - $(wildcard org/grammaticalframework/sg/*.java) +C_SOURCES = jpgf.c jni_utils.c +JAVA_SOURCES = $(wildcard org/grammaticalframework/pgf/*.java) JNI_INCLUDES = $(if $(wildcard /usr/lib/jvm/default-java/include/.*), -I/usr/lib/jvm/default-java/include -I/usr/lib/jvm/default-java/include/linux, \ $(if $(wildcard /usr/lib/jvm/java-1.11.0-openjdk-amd64/include/.*), -I/usr/lib/jvm/java-1.11.0-openjdk-amd64/include/ -I/usr/lib/jvm/java-1.11.0-openjdk-amd64/include/linux, \ @@ -28,13 +27,13 @@ LIBTOOL = $(if $(shell command -v glibtool 2>/dev/null), glibtool, libtool) --t all: libjpgf.la jpgf.jar libjpgf.la: $(patsubst %.c, %.lo, $(C_SOURCES)) - $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(GCC) $(CFLAGS) -g -O -o libjpgf.la -shared $^ -rpath $(INSTALL_PATH)/lib -lgu -lpgf -lsg $(WINDOWS_LDFLAGS) + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(GCC) $(CFLAGS) -g -O -o libjpgf.la -shared $^ -rpath $(INSTALL_PATH)/lib -lgu -lpgf $(WINDOWS_LDFLAGS) %.lo : %.c $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(GCC) $(CFLAGS) -g -O -c $(JNI_INCLUDES) $(WINDOWS_CCFLAGS) -std=c99 -shared $< -o $@ jpgf.jar: $(patsubst %.java, %.class, $(JAVA_SOURCES)) - jar -cf $@ org/grammaticalframework/pgf/*.class org/grammaticalframework/sg/*.class + jar -cf $@ org/grammaticalframework/pgf/*.class %.class : %.java javac $< @@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ install: libjpgf.la jpgf.jar doc: - javadoc org.grammaticalframework.pgf org.grammaticalframework.sg -d java-api + javadoc org.grammaticalframework.pgf -d java-api clean: rm -f *.lo diff --git a/src/runtime/java/jsg.c b/src/runtime/java/jsg.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9419ac127..000000000 --- a/src/runtime/java/jsg.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,339 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "jni_utils.h" - -JNIEXPORT jobject JNICALL -Java_org_grammaticalframework_sg_SG_openSG(JNIEnv *env, jclass cls, jstring path) -{ - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_local_pool(); - - // Create an exception frame that catches all errors. - GuExn* err = gu_exn(tmp_pool); - - const char *fpath = (*env)->GetStringUTFChars(env, path, 0); - - // Read the PGF grammar. - SgSG* sg = sg_open(fpath, err); - - (*env)->ReleaseStringUTFChars(env, path, fpath); - - if (!gu_ok(err)) { - GuString msg; - if (gu_exn_caught(err, SgError)) { - msg = (GuString) gu_exn_caught_data(err); - } else { - msg = "The database cannot be opened"; - } - throw_string_exception(env, "org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError", msg); - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - return NULL; - } - - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - - jmethodID constrId = (*env)->GetMethodID(env, cls, "", "(J)V"); - return (*env)->NewObject(env, cls, constrId, p2l(sg)); -} - -JNIEXPORT void JNICALL -Java_org_grammaticalframework_sg_SG_close(JNIEnv *env, jobject self) -{ - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_local_pool(); - - // Create an exception frame that catches all errors. - GuExn* err = gu_exn(tmp_pool); - - sg_close(get_ref(env, self), err); - if (!gu_ok(err)) { - GuString msg; - if (gu_exn_caught(err, SgError)) { - msg = (GuString) gu_exn_caught_data(err); - } else { - msg = "The database cannot be closed"; - } - throw_string_exception(env, "org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError", msg); - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - return; - } - - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); -} - -JNIEXPORT jobjectArray JNICALL -Java_org_grammaticalframework_sg_SG_readTriple(JNIEnv *env, jclass cls, jstring s) -{ - GuPool* pool = gu_new_pool(); - - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_local_pool(); - GuString buf = j2gu_string(env, s, tmp_pool); - GuIn* in = gu_data_in((uint8_t*) buf, strlen(buf), tmp_pool); - GuExn* err = gu_exn(tmp_pool); - - const int len = 3; - - PgfExpr exprs[len]; - int res = pgf_read_expr_tuple(in, 3, exprs, pool, err); - if (!gu_ok(err) || res == 0) { - throw_string_exception(env, "org/grammaticalframework/pgf/PGFError", "The expression cannot be parsed"); - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - gu_pool_free(pool); - return NULL; - } - - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - - jclass pool_class = (*env)->FindClass(env, "org/grammaticalframework/pgf/Pool"); - jmethodID pool_constrId = (*env)->GetMethodID(env, pool_class, "", "(J)V"); - jobject jpool = (*env)->NewObject(env, pool_class, pool_constrId, p2l(pool)); - - jclass expr_class = (*env)->FindClass(env, "org/grammaticalframework/pgf/Expr"); - jmethodID expr_constrId = (*env)->GetMethodID(env, expr_class, "", "(Lorg/grammaticalframework/pgf/Pool;Ljava/lang/Object;J)V"); - - jobjectArray array = (*env)->NewObjectArray(env, len, expr_class, NULL); - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { - jobject obj = (*env)->NewObject(env, expr_class, expr_constrId, jpool, NULL, p2l(gu_variant_to_ptr(exprs[i]))); - (*env)->SetObjectArrayElement(env, array, i, obj); - (*env)->DeleteLocalRef(env, obj); - } - - return array; -} - -JNIEXPORT jobject JNICALL -Java_org_grammaticalframework_sg_SG_queryTriple(JNIEnv *env, jobject self, - jobject jsubj, - jobject jpred, - jobject jobj) -{ - SgSG *sg = get_ref(env, self); - - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_local_pool(); - GuExn* err = gu_exn(tmp_pool); - - SgTriple triple; - triple[0] = (jsubj == NULL) ? gu_null_variant - : gu_variant_from_ptr((void*) get_ref(env, jsubj)); - triple[1] = (jpred == NULL) ? gu_null_variant - : gu_variant_from_ptr((void*) get_ref(env, jpred)); - triple[2] = (jobj == NULL) ? gu_null_variant - : gu_variant_from_ptr((void*) get_ref(env, jobj)); - - SgTripleResult* res = sg_query_triple(sg, triple, err); - if (!gu_ok(err)) { - GuString msg; - if (gu_exn_caught(err, SgError)) { - msg = (GuString) gu_exn_caught_data(err); - } else { - msg = "The query failed"; - } - throw_string_exception(env, "org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError", msg); - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - return NULL; - } - - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - - jclass res_class = (*env)->FindClass(env, "org/grammaticalframework/sg/TripleResult"); - jmethodID constrId = (*env)->GetMethodID(env, res_class, "", "(JLorg/grammaticalframework/pgf/Expr;Lorg/grammaticalframework/pgf/Expr;Lorg/grammaticalframework/pgf/Expr;)V"); - jobject jres = (*env)->NewObject(env, res_class, constrId, p2l(res), jsubj, jpred, jobj); - - return jres; -} - -JNIEXPORT jboolean JNICALL -Java_org_grammaticalframework_sg_TripleResult_hasNext(JNIEnv *env, jobject self) -{ - SgTripleResult *res = get_ref(env, self); - - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_local_pool(); - GuPool* out_pool = gu_new_pool(); - GuExn* err = gu_exn(tmp_pool); - - SgId key; - SgTriple triple; - int r = sg_triple_result_fetch(res, &key, triple, out_pool, err); - if (!gu_ok(err)) { - GuString msg; - if (gu_exn_caught(err, SgError)) { - msg = (GuString) gu_exn_caught_data(err); - } else { - msg = "The fetch failed"; - } - throw_string_exception(env, "org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError", msg); - gu_pool_free(out_pool); - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - return JNI_FALSE; - } - - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - - if (r) { - SgTriple orig_triple; - sg_triple_result_get_query(res, orig_triple); - - jclass pool_class = (*env)->FindClass(env, "org/grammaticalframework/pgf/Pool"); - jmethodID pool_constrId = (*env)->GetMethodID(env, pool_class, "", "(J)V"); - jobject jpool = (*env)->NewObject(env, pool_class, pool_constrId, p2l(out_pool)); - - jclass expr_class = (*env)->FindClass(env, "org/grammaticalframework/pgf/Expr"); - jmethodID constrId = (*env)->GetMethodID(env, expr_class, "", "(Lorg/grammaticalframework/pgf/Pool;Ljava/lang/Object;J)V"); - - jclass result_class = (*env)->GetObjectClass(env, self); - - jfieldID keyId = (*env)->GetFieldID(env, result_class, "key", "J"); - (*env)->SetLongField(env, self, keyId, key); - - if (triple[0] != orig_triple[0]) { - jfieldID subjId = (*env)->GetFieldID(env, result_class, "subj", "Lorg/grammaticalframework/pgf/Expr;"); - jobject jsubj = (*env)->NewObject(env, expr_class, constrId, jpool, jpool, p2l(gu_variant_to_ptr(triple[0]))); - (*env)->SetObjectField(env, self, subjId, jsubj); - } - - if (triple[1] != orig_triple[1]) { - jfieldID predId = (*env)->GetFieldID(env, result_class, "pred", "Lorg/grammaticalframework/pgf/Expr;"); - jobject jpred = (*env)->NewObject(env, expr_class, constrId, jpool, jpool, p2l(gu_variant_to_ptr(triple[1]))); - (*env)->SetObjectField(env, self, predId, jpred); - } - - if (triple[2] != orig_triple[2]) { - jfieldID objId = (*env)->GetFieldID(env, result_class, "obj", "Lorg/grammaticalframework/pgf/Expr;"); - jobject jobj = (*env)->NewObject(env, expr_class, constrId, jpool, jpool, p2l(gu_variant_to_ptr(triple[2]))); - (*env)->SetObjectField(env, self, objId, jobj); - } - - return JNI_TRUE; - } else { - gu_pool_free(out_pool); - return JNI_FALSE; - } -} - -JNIEXPORT void JNICALL -Java_org_grammaticalframework_sg_TripleResult_close(JNIEnv *env, jobject self) -{ - SgTripleResult *res = get_ref(env, self); - - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_local_pool(); - GuExn* err = gu_exn(tmp_pool); - - sg_triple_result_close(res, err); - if (!gu_ok(err)) { - GuString msg; - if (gu_exn_caught(err, SgError)) { - msg = (GuString) gu_exn_caught_data(err); - } else { - msg = "Closing the result failed"; - } - throw_string_exception(env, "org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError", msg); - } - - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); -} - -JNIEXPORT void JNICALL -Java_org_grammaticalframework_sg_SG_beginTrans(JNIEnv *env, jobject self) -{ - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_local_pool(); - - // Create an exception frame that catches all errors. - GuExn* err = gu_exn(tmp_pool); - - sg_begin_trans(get_ref(env, self), err); - if (!gu_ok(err)) { - GuString msg; - if (gu_exn_caught(err, SgError)) { - msg = (GuString) gu_exn_caught_data(err); - } else { - msg = "The transaction cannot be started"; - } - throw_string_exception(env, "org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError", msg); - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - return; - } - - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); -} - -JNIEXPORT void JNICALL -Java_org_grammaticalframework_sg_SG_commit(JNIEnv *env, jobject self) -{ - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_local_pool(); - - // Create an exception frame that catches all errors. - GuExn* err = gu_exn(tmp_pool); - - sg_commit(get_ref(env, self), err); - if (!gu_ok(err)) { - GuString msg; - if (gu_exn_caught(err, SgError)) { - msg = (GuString) gu_exn_caught_data(err); - } else { - msg = "The transaction cannot be commited"; - } - throw_string_exception(env, "org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError", msg); - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - return; - } - - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); -} - -JNIEXPORT void JNICALL -Java_org_grammaticalframework_sg_SG_rollback(JNIEnv *env, jobject self) -{ - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_local_pool(); - - // Create an exception frame that catches all errors. - GuExn* err = gu_exn(tmp_pool); - - sg_rollback(get_ref(env, self), err); - if (!gu_ok(err)) { - GuString msg; - if (gu_exn_caught(err, SgError)) { - msg = (GuString) gu_exn_caught_data(err); - } else { - msg = "The transaction cannot be rolled back"; - } - throw_string_exception(env, "org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError", msg); - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - return; - } - - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); -} - -JNIEXPORT jlong JNICALL -Java_org_grammaticalframework_sg_SG_insertTriple(JNIEnv *env, jobject self, - jobject jsubj, - jobject jpred, - jobject jobj) -{ - SgSG *sg = get_ref(env, self); - - GuPool* tmp_pool = gu_local_pool(); - GuExn* err = gu_exn(tmp_pool); - - SgTriple triple; - triple[0] = gu_variant_from_ptr((void*) get_ref(env, jsubj)); - triple[1] = gu_variant_from_ptr((void*) get_ref(env, jpred)); - triple[2] = gu_variant_from_ptr((void*) get_ref(env, jobj)); - - SgId id = sg_insert_triple(sg, triple, err); - if (!gu_ok(err)) { - GuString msg; - if (gu_exn_caught(err, SgError)) { - msg = (GuString) gu_exn_caught_data(err); - } else { - msg = "The insertion failed"; - } - throw_string_exception(env, "org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError", msg); - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - return 0; - } - - gu_pool_free(tmp_pool); - - return id; -} diff --git a/src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/SG.java b/src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/SG.java deleted file mode 100644 index 64dd6b511..000000000 --- a/src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/SG.java +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -package org.grammaticalframework.sg; - -import java.io.Closeable; -import org.grammaticalframework.pgf.*; - -/** This class represents a connection to a semantic graph database. - * The semantic graph is a graph represented as a set of tripples - * of abstract expressions. The graph can be used for instance to store - * semantic information for entities in a GF grammar. - */ -public class SG implements Closeable { - /** Opens a new database file. */ - public static native SG openSG(String path) throws SGError; - - /** Closes an already opened database. */ - public native void close() throws SGError; - - /** Reads a triple in the format <expr,expr,expr> and returns it as an array. */ - public static native Expr[] readTriple(String s) throws PGFError; - - /** Simple triple queries. - * Each of the arguments subj, pred and obj could be null. - * A null argument is interpreted as a wild card. - * If one of the arguments is not null then only triples with matching values - * will be retrieved. - * - * @return An iterator over the matching triples. - */ - public native TripleResult queryTriple(Expr subj, Expr pred, Expr obj) throws SGError; - - /** Starts a new transaction. */ - public native void beginTrans() throws SGError; - - /** Commits the transaction. */ - public native void commit() throws SGError; - - /** Rollbacks all changes made in the current transaction. */ - public native void rollback() throws SGError; - - /** Inserts a new triple. - * @return an unique id that identifies this triple in the database - */ - public native long insertTriple(Expr subj, Expr pred, Expr obj) throws SGError; - - ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // private stuff - private long ref; - - private SG(long ref) { - this.ref = ref; - } - - static { - System.loadLibrary("jpgf"); - } -} diff --git a/src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError.java b/src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError.java deleted file mode 100644 index 8b03caab7..000000000 --- a/src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/SGError.java +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -package org.grammaticalframework.sg; - -/** This exception is thrown if an error occurs in the semantic graph. - */ -public class SGError extends RuntimeException { - private static final long serialVersionUID = -6098784400143861939L; - - public SGError(String message) { - super(message); - } -} diff --git a/src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/TripleResult.java b/src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/TripleResult.java deleted file mode 100644 index 5570fd93b..000000000 --- a/src/runtime/java/org/grammaticalframework/sg/TripleResult.java +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -package org.grammaticalframework.sg; - -import java.io.Closeable; -import org.grammaticalframework.pgf.Expr; - -/** This class is used to iterate over a list of triples. - * To move to the next triple, call {@link TripleResult#hasNext}. - * When you do not need the iterator anymore then call {@link TripleResult#close} - * to release the allocated resources. - */ -public class TripleResult implements Closeable { - public native boolean hasNext(); - - /** Closes the iterator and releases the allocated resources. */ - public native void close(); - - /** Each triple has an unique integer key. You can get the key for - * the current triple by calling {@link TripleResult#getKey}. - */ - public long getKey() { - return key; - } - - /** This is the first element of the current triple. */ - public Expr getSubject() { - return subj; - } - - /** This is the second element of the current triple. */ - public Expr getPredicate() { - return pred; - } - - /** This is the third element of the current triple. */ - public Expr getObject() { - return obj; - } - - ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - // private stuff - private long ref; - private long key; - private Expr subj; - private Expr pred; - private Expr obj; - - private TripleResult(long ref, Expr subj, Expr pred, Expr obj) { - this.ref = ref; - this.subj = subj; - this.pred = pred; - this.obj = obj; - } -}